阅读理解训练题（一）
A
Ever since news of widespread food recalls caused by a carcinogenic dye broke, there has been confusion（混淆） over possible links to the country of the same name, but Sudan officials say there is no connection whatever.
Sudan?1 is a red industrial dye that has been found in some chilli powder, but was banned in food products across the European Union (EU) in July 2003.
Since the ban was put in place, EU officials have been striving to remove some food products from the shelves. So far 580 products have been recalled.
Last week Sudan’s Embassy in the United Kingdom asked the Food Standards Agency (FSA) for clarification of the origin of the dye’s name.
Omaima Mahmoud Al Sharief, a press official at Sudan’s Embassy in China, explained the purpose of the inquiry was to clear up any misunderstanding over links between the country and the poisonous dye.
"We want to keep an eye on every detail and avoid any misunderstanding there," she said. "Our embassy to Britain asked them how the dye got that name and whether the dye had something to do with our country. But they told us there was no relationship."
The FSA, an independent food security watchdog in Britain, received a letter from the Sudanese embassy last week.
"They asked us why the dye is named Sudan, however, we also do not know how it got the name," she said. "People found the dye in 1883 and gave it the name. Nobody knows the reason, and we cannot give any explanation before we find out."
Sudan dyes, which include Sudan?1 to 4, are red dyes（颜料） used for colouring solvents（溶剂）, oils, waxes, petrol, and shoe and floor polishes. They are classified as carcinogens by the International Agency for Research on Cancer.
56. What does the underlined word mean in paragraph one?
A. Causing cancer. B. Having side effect. C. Containing poison. D.Poisonous.
57. How did the Sudan?1 get its name?
A. The dye is often produced in Sudan.
B. The dye has something to do with the country named Sudan.
C. Nobody is sure of the origin of the name.
D. Many foods produced in Sudan contain the dye.
58. We can infer from the passage that.
A. the Sudan government is paying much attention to the food safety
B. Sudan?1 is often used to be added to the food
C. people didn’t realize the danger of Sudan?1 until 2003
D. many food shops will be closed down
59. Which of the following is the best title?
A. Keep away from Sudan?1
B. No Sudan?1 dye links to the country
C. How Sudan?1 dye got its name?
D. Pay attention to the food safety
B
Long bus rides are like television shows. They have a beginning,a middle,and an endwith commercials （商业广告） thrown in every three or four minutes. The commercials are unavoidable. They happen whether you want them or not. Every couple of minutes a billboard glides by outside the bus window. "Buy Super Clean Toothpaste.""Drink Good Wet Root Beer.""Fill up with Pacific Gas."Only if you sleep,which is equal to turning the television set off,are you spared the unending cry of "You Need It! Buy It Now!"
The beginning of the ride is comfortable and somewhat exciting,even if you’ve traveled that way before. Usually some things have changednew houses,new buildings,sometimes even a new road. The bus driver has a style of driving and it’s fun to try to figure it out the first hour or so. If the driver is particularly reckless （鲁莽的） or daring,the ride can be as thrilling （惊心动魄的） as a suspense story. Will the driver pass the truck in time? Will the driver move into the right?or the left?hand lane? After a while,of course,the excitement dies down. Sleeping for a while helps pass the middle hours of the ride. Food always makes bus rides more interesting. But you’ve got to be careful of what kind of food you eat. Too much salty food can make you very thirsty between stops.
The end of the ride is somewhat like the beginning. You know it will soon be over and there’s a kind of expectation and excitement in that. The seat of course,has become harder as the hours have passed. By now you’ve sat with your legs crossed,with your hands in your lap,with your hands on the armrestseven with your hands crossed behind your head. The end comes just at no more ways to sit.
60.According to the passage,what do the passengers usually see when they are on a long bus trip?
A.Buses on the road. B.Films on television.
C.Advertisem*nts on the billboards. D.Gas stations.
61.What is the purpose of this passage?
A.To give the writer’s opinion about long bus trips.
B.To persuade you to take a long bus trip.
C.To explain how bus trips and television shows differ.
D.To describe the billboards along the road.
62.The writer of this passage would probably favor .
A.bus drivers who aren’t reckless B.driving alone
C.a television set on the bus D.no billboards along the road
63.The writer feels long bus rides are like TV shows because .
A.the commercials both on TV shows and on billboards along the road are fun
B.they both have a beginning,a middle,and an end,with commercials in between
C.the drivers are always reckless on TV shows just as they are on buses
D.both traveling and watching TV are not exciting.
64.The writer thinks that the end of the ride is somewhat like the beginning because both are .
A.exciting B.comfortable C.tiring D.boring
C
Modern man has cleared the forests for farmland and for wood,and has also carelessly burned them. More than that,though,he has also interfered （干涉） with the invisible bonds between the living things in the forests. There are many examples of this kind of destruction. The harmfulness of man’s interference can be seen in what happened many years ago in the forest of the Kaibab plateau （凯亚巴布高原） of northern Arizona. Man tried to improve on the natural web of forest life and destroyed it instead.
The Kaibab had a storybook forest of largesized pine,Douglas fir,white fir,blue and Engelmann spruce. In 1882 a visitor noted,"We,who ... have wandered through its forests and parks,have come to regard it as the most enchanting region it has ever been our privilege （特权） to visit."This was also the living place of the Rocky Mountain mule deer. Indians hunted there every autumn to gather meat and skins. The forest also had mountain lions,timber wolves and bobcats that kept the deer from multiplying too rapidly.
Then,in 1906,President Theodore Roosevelt made the Kaibab a national game preserve. Deer hunting was forbidden. Government hunters started killing off the deer’s enemies. In 25 years’ time,6,250 mountain lions,wolves and bobcats were killed. Before the program,there were about 4,000 deer in the Kaibab,by 1924,there were about 100,000.
The deer ate every leaf and twig they could reach. But there was not nearly enough food. Hunting of deer was permitted again. This caused a slight decrease in the deer herd （鹿群），but a far greater loss resulted from starvation （饥饿） and disease. Some 60 percent of the deer herd died in two winters. By 1930 the herd had dropped to 20,000 animals. By 1942 it was down to 8,000.
65.The destruction of the environment of the Kaibab resulted from .
A.turning the forest into cultivated land
B.interfering with natural cycle of forest life
C.forest fires caused by man’s carelessness
D.cutting the trees for building materials
66."Engelmann spruce"（Para. 2） is most likely the name of .
A.a tree B.an animal C.a mountain D.a game
67.The number of the deer in the Kaibab had increased enormously in years’ time.
A.25 B.6 C.18 D.12
68.Years later,large numbers of deer in the Kaibab died mainly because of .
A.the cold B.the organized kill
C.the shortage of food D.the poor management
D
In the USA Forbes magazine has published its annual list of the richest people in the world. Bill Gates of Microsoft is the richest man again for the eleventh successive year with a fortune of forty?four billion dollars.
There are a record 691 dollar billionaires according to Forbes magazine. Between them they have a fortune of two point two trillion dollars. The highest concentration of the ultra?rich is in New York followed by Moscow and San Fransisco and then London and Los Angeles. But in total the very wealthy live in forty?seven different countries with Iceland Kazakstan? Ukraine and Poland entering the list for the first time this year.
Laksmi Mittal,an Indian born steel tycoon （巨头）enjoyed the biggest increase in personal fortune. His net worth has quadrupled （变成四倍）to thirteen billion dollars making him the world’s third richest man. Ingvar Kamprad founder of the Swedish furniture chain Ikea also saw a big increase in wealth taking him to the sixth place. Developing countries make more of a showing than in past years — there are for example three Russians and four Indians in the top sixty richest people, though surprisingly perhaps none from China excluding Hong Kong. Asian wealth is probably under?represented as its usually spread among families whereas Forbes looks at individuals. Relatively few women feature in the list — among them is JK Rowling,author of the Harry Potter novels ranked 620th with a fortune of 519 million dollars. New entrants to the list include the founders of the Internet search group Google Sergie Brin and Larry Page each worth more than seven billion dollars after their company’s recent stock market debut. The richest Italian is the prime minister Silvio Berlusconi ranked number 25 in the global wealth league.
69. Which of the following persons has the largest fortune according to this year’s Forbes magazine?
A. Laksmi Mittal. B. Ingvar Kamprad.
C. JK Rowling. D. Silvio Berlusconi.
70. There are about _____ persons with a fortune between 100 million dollars and 519 million dollars in the world.
A. 300 B. 180 C. 70 D. 150
71. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. No Chinese has entered the top sixty richest people in the world.
B. Russia is a developing country.
C. This is the first time that Sergie Brin and Larry Page has been included in the list.
D. There are more billionaires（亿万富翁） in New York than any other city in the world.
72. We can infer from the passage that ______.
A. There are more billionaires in London than in Moscow.
B. Ukraine is a very rich country in the world.
C. JK Rowling’s novels have sold very well.
D. The IT industry is a profit?making industry.
E
Ad. 1
April fool’s party
On Friday, April 1, Inner Affair goes back to the days of funk! Classic Tunes from the 70’s and 80’s by DJs Den & Sion. 9pm till late.
Tickets: Free entrance for those in costume, otherwise 50 yuan (US$6)
Time/date: 9 pm, April 1
Place: Inner Affair, 1/F Qiankun Dasha, 6 Sanlitun Xiliujie, Chaoyang District
Tel: 8454? 0321
Ad. 2
Language in use
Enjoy free in?house coffee, tea and beer as well as music and dancing. Practice your Chinese, make friends and have fun.
Time/date: 7 to 9 pm, March 25
Place: Language In Use Club, 2/F, Science Fortune Center, 8 Xueqing Lu, north of Xueyuan Lu, Haidian District
Ad. 3
The "worst" party
Organized by o?zone productions, the party is set to be "the worst ever", with the lamest music from the 60s, 70s and 80s. Special prizes will be awarded to the worst dressed or for bad fashion sense.
Tickets: Free entrance
Time/date: 9 pm, April 1
Place: Pula Pula, Tianze Lu, Oriental Seven Colours Plaza, Chaoyang District
Tel: 6466?8575
Ad. 4
La Nuit Francaise
Again on the 2nd Thursday of the month La Nuit Francaise will be held at Le Rendez?vous. The monthly event is an opportunity for all French people and everyone interested in France or speaking French to gather together.
The evening features three glasses of wine and canapes for participants and a special exhibition.
Time/date: 7 to 10 pm, April 14
Place: Le Rendez?vous, 3 Gongti Beilu, accross from the Pacific Century Plaza, Chaoyang District Tel: 6462?9110
Ad. 5
Marco V
Dutch DJ Marco V drops by Banana for a gig which is supported by Hong Kong’s DJ Spark.
Marco V has been around for many years, as an inventive, style?blending deejay and a successful and devoted producer. His spinning is energetic, crowd?pleasing and never sees an empty dance floor. He was ranked No. 15 in this year’s international DJ MAG DJ Top100.
Tickets: 40 yuan (US$4.80) in advance, 50 yuan (US$6) at the door, both include a free drink
Time/date: 10 pm to 4 am, March 31, April 1
Place: Banana, in the lobby of the Scitech Hotel, 22 Jianwai Dajie, Chaoyang District
Tel: 6528?3636
73. Which of the following is NOT true of Ad. 1 and Ad. 3?
A. The two parties will be held on the same day.
B. The two parties will be held at the same time.
C. The entrance fees of the two parties will not be charged.
D. Some old music will be played at the parties.
74. Which of the following is intended for the Chinese learners?
A. Marco V. B. La Nuit Francaise.
C. Language in use. D. The "worst" party.
75. We can infer that______.
A. Marco V is a newly?established band
B. La Nuit Francaise may be French words
C. the "worst" party will attract a lot of college students
D. you will enjoy free drink at April fool’s party
阅读理解训练题（一）解答提示
56. A词义猜测题。根据They are classified as carcinogens by the International Agency for Research on Cancer. 可知这个词与癌症有关，故可推出carcinogenic意为"致癌的"。
57. C细节题。根据People found the dye in 1883 and gave it the name. Nobody knows the reason, and we cannot give any explanation before we find out.可知还没有人知道"苏丹红"名称的由来。
58. B推断题。根据EU officials have been striving to remove some food products from the shelves. So far 580 products have been recalled.可知某些食品因含有"苏丹红"而被召回。故可推断"苏丹红"经常用作食品添加剂。
59. B主旨大意题。根据there has been confusion over possible links to the country of the same name, but Sudan officials say there is no connection whatever. 可知本文主要讲"苏丹红"与苏丹这个国家是否有联系的问题，故B最佳。
60.C文章的第一段中，作者叙述了乘客在坐长途车中所见的是广告牌。
61.A全文都是作者表述对乘车长途旅行中的广告的意见和看法。
62.D从第三段作者对"长途乘车中广告太多"所表达的情况看，作者不太喜欢沿途的广告牌。
63.B由文章第一段第一句和第二句可知答案为B。
64.A由第三段第一句和第二句可知。
65.B第一段第二句可知。
66.A从前面所列举的树木的名字可猜出是一种树。
67.C由文中第三段中的叙述，1924－1906＝18。
68.C由第四段第一、二句可知。
69.A推断题。根据making him the world’s third richest man可知 Laksmi Mittal是世界上排名第三的富人，其他三人在他之后，故这四人中他最富。
70.C推断题。根据有两个，一是：There are a record 691 dollar billionaires according to Forbes magazine.根据本句可知，财产超过亿万的富豪有691人。二是：JK Rowling ，author of the Harry Potter novels ranked 620th with a fortune of 519 million dollars.根据本句可知罗琳财产为5亿1千9百万美元，排在富豪榜第620位，故财产在她之下的亿万富豪为70人左右。
71.A细节题。根据though surprisingly perhaps none from China excluding Hong Kong可知中国大陆无人进入富豪榜前60名，但香港有人进入，故A项陈述是错误的。
72.C推断题。根据among them is JK Rowling，author of the Harry Potter novels ranked 620th with a fortune of 519 million dollars.可知JK罗琳主要是因为她写的小说《哈利?波特》而位居排行榜第620位，故可断定她写的书一定很畅销。
73.C 细节题。根据Free entrance for those in costume, otherwise 50 yuan (US$6)可知，April fool’s party晚会化了妆的人可以免费，未化妆的人是要收费的。故C项是不正确的。
74.C细节题。根据Practice your Chinese可知Language in use的对象是汉语学习者。
75.B推断题。这个广告标题La Nuit Francaise不像英文，同时根据an opportunity for all French people and everyone interested in France or speaking French to gather together.可知它的对象是法国人及对法国感兴趣的人，可以断定这个标题是用法语写的。
阅读理解训练题（十）
A
Everyone has got two personalities – the one that is shown to the world and the other that is secret and real. You don’t show your secret personality when you’re awake because you can control your behaviour, but when you’re asleep, your sleeping position shows the real you. In a normal night, of course, people frequently change their position. The important position is the one that you go to sleep in.
If you go to sleep on your back, you’re a very open person. You normally trust people and you are easily influenced by fashion or new ideas. You don’t like to upset people, so you never express your real feelings. You’re quite shy and you aren’t very confident.
If you sleep on your stomach, you are a rather secretive person. You worry a lot and you’re always easily upset. You’re very stubborn (顽固的) ,but you aren’t very ambitious. You usually live for today not for tomorrow. This means that you enjoy having a good time.
If you sleep on curled up, you are probably a very nervous person. You have a low opinion of yourself and so you’re often defensive. You’re shy and you don’t normally like meeting people. You prefer to be on your own. You’re easily hurt.
If you sleep on your side, you have usually got a well-balanced personality. You know your strengths and weakness. You’re usually careful. You have a confident personality. You sometimes feel anxious, but you don’t often get depressed. You always say what you think even if it annoys people.
56. According to the writer, you naturally show your secret and real personality _______.
only in a normal night
only when you go to sleep
only when you refuse to show yourself to the world
only when you change sleeping position
57. Maybe you don’t want to make friends with a person who sleeps curled up. Why?
He or she would rather be alone than communicate with you.
He or she is rarely ready to help you.
He or she prefers staying at home to going out.
He or she wouldn’t like to get help from you.
58. It appears that the writer tends to think highly of the person who sleeps on one side because _______.
he or she always shows sympathy for people
he or she is confident, but not stubborn
he or she has more strengths than weakness
he or she often considers annoying people
B
He has lived through countless dangers but time may be running out for the Palestinian (巴勒斯坦) leader, Yasser Arafat.
On September 11, Israel (以色列) announced its decision to remove him, following several Palestinian suicide bomb attacks on Israel. "He should take some responsibility for the killings," an Israeli official said. "He has done nothing to stop the terrorist groups."
But the decision has angered many other countries. China said that Arafat is the true leader, elected by the Palestinian people, and removing him would harm the peace in the Middle East. This view is shared by other governments.
Arafat himself said: "They can kill me, but never get me out of my country." He has spent most of his life in danger as the chief target (目标) of Israel. But, just like a cat with nine lives, Arafat escaped every time.
For years he has made a practice of sleeping in a different bed each night, thinking a moving target is harder to hit.
In 1985, Israel sent fighter planes to kill Arafat. The wild bombing destroyed his old headquarters (总部) in Tunis but Arafat himself was unhurt.
In 1992, the aircraft in which he was flying over north Africa broke in two during a crash landing. The crew was killed but he managed to remain alive.
What is so unbelievable is that he always remains calm in great danger.
Israeli tanks and helicopters attacked his headquarters in Ramallah in December, 2001. When they saw the attackers coming, Arafat's bodyguards ignored his orders to stay still and carried him to safety underground. Seconds later, several bombs exploded nearby. Though safe, his bodyguards were so scared they were soaked in sweat.
But Arafat, with Israeli tanks only 200 metres away, showed no fear at all. He stayed in the damaged office, contacting foreign leaders in hope of preventing further attacks from Israel.
All these experiences have made him a mysterious man, and one of the world's most legendary (传奇式的) leaders.
But has he used up the last of his nine lives? Only time will tell.
59. What is the main idea of the story？ A. Arafat was in danger again after Israel's decision to remove him. B. Arafat faced dangers without fear. C. Arafat was one of the most legendary leaders in the world. D. Arafat may have used up the last of his nine lives.60. Which is not one of the reasons that Arafat managed to live through countless dangers? A. Luck. B. He was very careful. C. He kept a clear head in danger. D. He had mysterious powers.61. What does the boldfaced word “scared” in the last paragraph but three mean? A. Glad. B. Frightened. C. Feeling lucky. D. Worried.62. Arafat's answer to Israeli decision showed ______. A. that he wasn't afraid of danger B. his determination to stay in his own country C. that he has belief in himself D. both A and B
C
There are some special traditions in Hawaii. People are very friendly and always welcome visitors. They give visitors a lei along necklace of beautiful fresh flowers. Men wear bright flowered shirts, and women often wear long flowered dresses. There are traditional Chinese, Japanese and Filipino holidays and all the holidays from the United States. They call Hawaii the Aloha State. Aloha means both hello and goodbye. It also means “I love you”.
Usually when people from different countries, races, and traditions live together, there are serious problems. There are a few problems in Hawaii, but in general, people have learned to live together in peace.
Hawaiians earn most of their money from travelers and most of the travelers come from the mainland and from Japan. There are many people living in Hawaii now so there are residential areas where there used to be farms. Some of the big sugar and pineapple companies have moved to the Philippines, where they do not have to pay workers as much money. The families of the first people who came from the U.S. mainland own the important banks and companies. Japanese are also buying or starting businesses here.
63. The special tradition in Hawaii includes______.
A．giving visitors a lei of beautiful fresh flowers. B．Men wear bright flowered shirts
C．Women often wear long flowered dresses D．All of the above.
64. The most important problem in Hawaii is ________.
A．to learn to live together in peace. B．To earn money from travelers
C．To find a comfortable place to live D．To unite different holidays.
65. The main travellers are from ________.
A．Europe B．America C．Japan D．B and C
66. Which is not the transformation in Hawaii? ________.
A．Farms have become residential areas
B．Some big sugar and pineapple companies have moved to Philippines
C．Japanese are buying or starting in Hawaii now
D．The families of the first people who came from Europe own the important banks and companies
D
Among all the fast growing science and technology, the research of human genes, or biological engineering as people call it, is drawing more and more attention now. Sometimes it is a hot topic discussed by people.
The greatest thing that gene technology can do is to cure serious diseases that doctors at present can almost do nothing with, such as cancer and heart disease. Every year, millions of people are murdered by these two killers. And to date, doctors have not found an effective way to cure them. But if the gene technology is applied, not only these two diseases can be cured completely, bringing happiness and more living days to the patients, but also the great amount of money people spend on curing their diseases can be saved, therefore it benefits the economy as well. In addition, human life span(寿命) can be prolonged.
Gene technology can help people to give birth to more healthy and clever children. Some families, with the English imperial family being a good example, have hereditary diseases. This means their children will for sure have the family disease, which is a great trouble for these families. In the past, doctors could do nothing about hereditary diseases. But gene technology can solve this problem perfectly. The scientist just need to find the wrong gene and correct it, and a healthy child will be born.
Some people are worrying that the gene research can be used to manufacture human beings in large quantities. In the past few years, scientists have succeeded in cloning a sheep, therefore these people predict that human babies would soon be cloned. But I believe cloned babies will not come out in large quantities, for most couples in the world can have babies in very normal way. Of course, the governments must take care to control gene technology.
67. What does “these two killers” in the second paragraph refer to ?
gene technology and another treatment of the two diseases.
The two murderers who killed the cloned baby
The two diseases of cancer and heart disease
Hereditary diseases and cancer
68. What’s the main idea of the third paragraph?
A. How gene technology can be applied in the field of treating hereditary diseases.
B. Gene technology can be used to clone human babies.
C. Gene technology can help people to give birth of a baby.
D. Gene technology can help the English imperial family out
69. In what way gene technology can help to treat hereditary diseases?
Using gene technology, people with hereditary diseases can have more living days.
Using gene technology, scientist finds the wrong gene and corrects it.
Using gene technology, human babies can be cloned.
Doctors can cure cancer and heart disease with the help of gene technology.
70. What is the main purpose of writing this passage?
Expressing the writer’s idea that gene technology will benefit people
Telling people the advantages of gene technology
Telling the readers that gene technology will not benefit people
Explaining that gene technology will also do harm to the humanity
E
The European capital cities, Berlin and London, running the third and the fourth richest economies in the world, both produce about a metric ton of rubbish for each household per year. But when it comes to disposing of their citizens’ waste, the comfortable similarities end.
London, and Britain as a whole, is in the middle of a waste crisis. Today, the environment secretary, Margaret Beckett, is presiding over a waste summit to try to find out why the UK is not going to reach its 25% recycling and composting (转制成堆肥) target by 2005; currently, it is managing 11%
By comparison, Berlin and Germany know exactly where they are going. Although Berlin has been the capital for less than a decade, and has had east and west to unite, it has already reached 40% recycling. The city has one ambition: to have no rubbish to dump or burn in 20 year’s time. So far, the city has not decided quite how, but it is developing new technologies and moving steadily in the right direction. London, by comparison, has a chaotic system. The 33 boroughs all have different recycling systems.
Ken Livingstone, who since taking office as mayor has published a brand-new waste management strategy for the capital, is responsible for sorting out this hotch potch. One of the most contentious issues both for London and Berlin is incineration, with both cities burning a large proportion of their waste---London 20% and Berlin 32%
Here again Berlin has made decisions and London is uncertain. Berlin has a state of the art incinerator in the 1970s and upgraded constantly until in the 1990s it is impossible to detect any emissions but warm gases. The city has abandoned plans to build another and instead wants to make the existing one redundant by reducing the waste so there is none to burn
London boroughs have plans to increase the size of the incinerator at Edmonton and there are plans to build more elsewhere. But Livingstone is resisting and the government is already rethinking its current energy from waste policy.
Samantha Heath, the chair of Greater London Authority’s environment committee, wants to invest in the market for recycled goods so there is somewhere for the material to go and a prospect of selling it, or at least disposing of it for less than the price of incineration or landfill
Ingolf Rank, spokesman for Berlin’s City Cleaning company has some advice: “The first task is to get the public on your side.” Each household has to pay 40 pounds every three months to dispose of its rubbish. In future, the less they create, the more they recycle and compost, the less they will have to pay, he says.
Each house in Berlin has a series of different coloured bins for refuse so glass, paper and plastics can be separated for recycling. This allows 800 000 tonnes of rubbish a year to be turned back into useful items.
But Berlin has ideas that have not ever been heard of in London. For example, at this time of year, thousands of trees that line Berlin’s streets shed their leaves. Rather than put these leaves into general rubbish and add to the problems of disposal, they are collected up in large vacuum cleaners and turned into garden compost. Most of London has no composting service at all.
Another system that stops material even being called rubbish is a collection service for second-hand furniture and electrical goods less than seven years old. Each offering is inspected, taken to a central shop, and sold at low cost to poorer people. It saves a lot of material being dumped.
Not all goes according to plan in Berlin, however. Rank says that people dump waste in the streets, like mattresses, old furniture or just general rubbish cost the city 2.8 million pounds a year.
One problem the city has tried to solve but failed, is the excreta of 150 000 dogs. Rank says it is the owners’ responsibility to clean up after their pets but police who tried enforce the law were “sometimes bitten (by the dogs), insulted by the owners and even beaten up. As a result we still have to clean up 40 tonnes of droppings every day. Nobody is happy about that.”
71. Which of the following is correct? __________
A.By 2005, UK is going to reach its 25% recycling and composting target.
UK has survived a waste crisis already.
Berlin has 33 boroughs with different recycling systems.
Germans are ambitious to have no rubbish to dump or burn in 20 years’ time.
72. Which is the main way for the two countries to deal with rubbish?
To bury. B.To incinerate. C.To sell D.To compost.
73.Inferring from the passage, which of the following is the main factor for Germans’ abandoning the incineration system?
A. Citizens’ protest. B. High opportunity cost.
C. Air pollution. D. Less produced rubbish.
74. What do people in Berlin do with the fallen leaves?
A. Landfill. B. Burning. C. Putting then into the dustbin. D. Turning them to fertilizer.
75. The writer uses the ______as a figure of speech(修辞).
A. Simile B. Metaphor C. contrast D. personification
阅读理解训练题（十）答案
56-60BABCD 61-65BDDAD 66-70DCABA 71-75DBBDC
阅读理解训练题（十一）
A
Imagine a classroom missing the one thing that's long been considered a necessary part to reading and writing ? Paper. No notebooks, no textbooks, no test paper. Nor are there any pencils or pens, which always seem to run out of ink at the critical (关键的) moment. A "paperless classroom" is what more and more schools are trying to achieve. Students don't do any handwriting in this class. Instead, they use palm (手掌) size, or specially-designed computers. The teacher downloads texts from Internet libraries and sends them to every student's personal computer. Having computers also means that students can use the Web. They can look up information on any subject they're studying ? from maths to social science. High school teacher Judy Herrell in Florida, US, described how her class used the Web to learn about the war in Afganistan (阿富汗) over one year ago. "We could touch every side of the country through different sites ? from the forest to refugee camps (难民营)," she said. "Using a book that's three or four years old is impossible." And exams can go online too. At a high school in Tennessee, US, students take tests on their own computers. The teacher records the grades on the network for everyone to see and then copies them to his own electronic grade book. A paperless classroom is a big step towards reducing the waste of paper. High school teacher Stephanie Sorrell in Kentucky, US, said she used to give about 900 pieces of paper each week to each student. "Think about the money and trees we could save with the computers," she said.But, with all this technology, there's always the risk (危险) that the machines will break down. So, in case of a power failure or technical problems, paper textbooks are still widely available (可用的) for these hi-tech students.
56. What does the part of the last sentence in the first paragraph, “run out of ink at the critical
moment”, mean?
A. Pens may not write well at the critical moment. B. Pens get lost easily, so you may not find them at the critical moment. C. Pens may have little or no ink at the critical moment. D. Pens use ink, while pencils don't.
57. In a paperless classroom, what is a must? A. Pens.B. Computers.C. Information.D. Texts.
58. The high school teacher, Judy Herrell, used the example of her class to show that _______. A. the Web could take them everywhere B. the Web taught them a lot C. the Web is a good tool for information D. the Web, better than the textbooks, can give the latest and comprehensive (全面的) information59. The paperless classrooms will benefit _____ the most. A. studentsB. teachersC. treesD. computers60. What does the phrase in the last paragraph, “break down”, mean? A. Break into pieces.B. Stop working.C. Fall down.D. Lose control.
B
Psychologists take opposing views of how external rewards, from warm praise to cold cash, affect motivation and creativity. Behaviorists, who study the relation between actions and their consequences argue that rewards can improve performance at work and school. Cognitive researchers, who study various aspects of mental life, maintain that rewards often destroy creativity by encouraging dependence on approval and gifts from others.
The latter view has gained many supporters, especially among educators. But the careful use of small monetary rewards sparks creativity in grade-school children, suggesting that properly presented inducements indeed aid inventiveness, according to a study in the June Journal of Personality and Social Psychology.
“If kids know they’re working for a reward and can focus on a relatively challenging task, they show the most creativity,” says Robert Eisenberger of the University of Delaware in Newark, “But it’s easy to kill creativity by giving rewards for poor performance or creating too much anticipation for rewards.”
A teacher who continually draws attention to rewards or who hands out high grades for ordinary achievement ends up with uninspired students, Eisenberger holds. As an example of the latter point, he notes growing efforts at major universities to tighten grading standards and restore failing grades.
In earlier grades, the use of so-called token economies, in which students handle challenging problems and receive performance-based points toward valued reward, shows promise in raising effort and creativity, the Delaware psychologist claims.
According to the passage, which is true?
All the researchers performance at work and school.
All the researchers think that rewards often destroy creativity.
Among the educators they think rewards can destroy creativity.
Even the careful use of a small money is harmful to the creativity.
What’s the meaning of “approval”? ________
A. Praise. B. Happy.C. Blame.D. Feeling
According to the passage, which is true?
A. It doesn’t matter we give reward to the children according to their performances.
B. A reward will help a child increase his creativity.
C. In early grades, we can’t give children any rewards.
D. It doesn’t matter whether we tighten grading standards at university.
C
London has more than nine million visitors every year. They come and visit some of the most famous places in England: Big Ben (大笨钟), the Tower of London and the River Thames (泰晤士河). You can see some of the most interesting places in the city by getting on one of London's tour buses. It has an open roof and let you off at the places you want to visit. Or you can take a ride on the London Eye. This large wheel slowly takes you 135m above the River Thames. From the top you have wonderful views of the whole city. The River Thames is London's main waterway. It has shaped the capital's landscape, history and geography. So one of the best ways of making sense of the city is to take a trip along the river. Much of the riverbank can now be walked along, particularly the south bank. The clock tower of the Houses of Parliament (议会大厦), Big Ben, has become one of the main symbols of London. It rises up nearly 100m to a golden point above the clock and a 13-ton bell. The sound of the bell, which you can hear at the beginning of many television and radio programmes, has become well-known throughout the nation. No visit to London is complete without a look at the Tower of London, in the eastern part of the city. After Big Ben, the Tower may be London's most visited tourist spot. It is Europe's oldest palace and prison. Directly south is Tower Bridge, which is more than 100 years old. Among all the palaces in London, Buckingham Palace (白金汉宫) is the most famous. It has been the main London home of the royal (皇家的) family since Queen Victoria moved there in 1837. You can visit some of the rooms in August and September. And most mornings of the year you can watch the soldiers outside hanging the guard? About one hour by train out of London is the town of Windsor. Here you can visit another of the Queen's homes — Windsor Castle (温莎城 堡). This wonderful building is Europe's biggest castle. There was a fire in 1992 and many of the rooms were badly burned. But now they are full of beautiful pictures, tables and chairs again. Sight-seeing in London is great, but it can get very tiring. So, the best way to start the day is to fill up on an English breakfast. For starters, have an egg, bacon, sausages (香肠), tomatoes, mushrooms, black pudding and fried bread. Then finish off with toast and jam, and a large pot of tea. You can buy an English breakfast in nearly every hotel, and at many restaurants and cafes. An English pub is a good place to stop for lunch and a drink. You can get hot or cold food and try one of England's many ales (淡色啤酒). The English also like to have afternoon tea. This is toast and jam, or cake and another pot of tea.
Fish and chips are also a traditional English meal. So look out for fish and chip shops in cities as well as by the sea. Or you can sit outside one of the many roadside pubs and cafes in London, and simply watch the busy world go by.
64．Which of the following is not suggested as one of the best ways to make sense of London?
A. Taking a trip along the Thames. B. Subway. C. Tour buses. D. London Eye.
65．According to the story, which place may be London's most visited tourist spot?
A. Buckingham Palace. B. The Tower of London.
C. Big Ben. D. The River Thames.
66．If you go to London in December, you will not be able to __________.
A. tour the city along the River Thames. B. visit Windsor Castle
C. watch the soldiers outside the Buckingham Palace changing guards
D. tour the Buckingham Palace
67．The word "starters" in the last paragraph but four (倒数第五段) means ________.
A. the first course of the meal B. beginnerC. the first time D. those who haven't had an English breakfast
D
With the advent of fast food chains from the West such as McDonald’s, Kentucky Fried Chicken and Pizza Hut, the Chinese are being introduced to a diet that markedly increases the death rate from certain diseases in any population.
The main killers in North America, the degenerative diseases such as heart attack and stroke as well as colon cancer, will become a way of death, not death, not life, in this country if the Chinese do not act quickly and compete with these health destroying food chains.
Scientific studies from all over the world show that a diet high in animal foods such as pork, beef, including sugar, white flour, white noodles and even white rice, undermines one’s health. Deposits of animal fat cling to the walls of arteries, blocking the blood supply to various organs.
This causes diseases in almost every organ, but in particular it damages two of the most vital ones, the heart and brain.
Compare these problems with the excellent health one may enjoy if one consumes good Chinese food. The cook goes out every day, procures great-tasting, fresh vegetables, then cooks them for just a few minutes so that their nutritional value is preserved and afterwards serves them in a most artistic and elegant fashion. Please cling to your traditional ways of eating. They are far superior to those of the West.
Certainly the fast food chains make lots of money, but who wants to fill the pockets of a foreign food chain that proceeds to ruin the health of the Chinese people?
Another reason Western fast food restaurants make money is that the food they serve, which comes from assembly lines, will not attract bugs or spoil easily.
How the Chinese could patronize these fast food places when Chinese cook such delectable food, not just in this country but over the entire world, is beyond my comprehension.
Western restaurants are clean and tastefully decorated. Moreover, these restaurants also do indeed have “good service and an inviting dining atmosphere”. However, Chinese food chains could do likewise if they would organize themselves as the Western chains do.
These lessons in management and décor are the only ones worth learning from the invasion of this country by the Western fast food chains. In other words only imitate the style of the restaurants, not the content of the food or the menus in any way, shape or form.
Do not let the desire for money destroy the wonderful tradition that China has established in producing absolutely fantastically tasty as well as healthful food.
68．A diet high in animal foods and refined foods will cause diseases, in particular it damages _________.
A．the heart and brain B．the walls of arteries C．all organs D．the blood
69．The reasons Western fast food restaurants make money are __________.
A．assembly lines that will not attract bugs or spoil easily B．clean and tastefully decorated
C．good service and an inviting dining atmosphere D．above of all
70．What will be worth learning from the Western fast food chains? _______
A．The content of the food. B．The menus.
C．The lessons in management and decoration. D．Shape or form of the food.
71．In the passage, the author thinks _________
A．Chinese should learn everything from Western fast food restaurants.
B．Chinese should say no to Western fast food.
C．Western fast food are good. D．Chinese food are bad.
E
Special trees that grow faster, fight pollution, produce better wood, and even sense chemical attacks are being planted by scientists in the US. When 40 per cent of Hawaii's US$14 million-a-year papaya (木瓜)industry was destroyed by a virus five years ago, work began on creating genetically engineered (转基因的) trees. Researchers successfully introduced seeds that were designed to resist the virus. Since then, more and more people have been testing genetically engineered trees. Some researchers put special bacteria into trees to help them grow faster and produce better wood. Others are trying to create trees that can clean polluted soil. Meanwhile fruit farmers are looking for trees that are strong enough to resist worms, and paper companies want trees that produce more wood and therefore more paper. The Pentagon (五角大楼，美国国防部所在地) even gave the researchers US$500,000 this year after they developed a pine tree that changes its colours if it senses a chemical attack. So far, the poplar, eucalyptus (杨树与桉树), apple and coffee trees are among those being engineered. All this is can be done today because we have a better understanding of tree genomes (基因组). However, some people fear that the genetically engineered trees will cause dangerous results. They are worried that the new trees will breed with natural species and change the balance of the forest environment.
"It could be destructive," said Jim Diamond, an environmentalist. "Trees are what is left of our natural environment and home to many endangered species." But researchers insist that science could give nature a fighting chance against both natural and man-made dangers. They hope to answer the critics by stopping the new trees from breeding, so their effect on the environment can be controlled.
72．Which kind of tree is not the ones that scientists are planting in the US?
A. Trees that worms can't hurt. B. Trees that can protect themselves at a chemical attack.
C. Trees that can resist wind better. D. Genetically engineered trees.
73．What caused the American scientists to work on special trees?
A. They think science could give nature a fighting chance against both natural and man-made dangers.
B. Great numbers of trees have been lost due to attacks by viruses.
C. Researchers successfully introduced seeds designed to resist the virus.
D. Tree genomes are mapped out so scientists know how to improve trees.
74．Which of the following was probably the first kind of trees being engineered?
A. Papaya.B. Pine.C. Apple.D. Poplar.
75．Why did critics think engineered trees dangerous? Because _______.
A. these trees can destroy the balance of nature
B. everything except trees has been genetically engineered
C. trees are home to many endangered species D. these trees may affect normal trees
阅读理解训练题（十一）答案
56-60CBDCB 61-65CABBC 66-70DAADC 71-75BCBAD
阅读理解训练题（十二）
A
Haikou: A shark was killed after being dragged to shore at Yalong Berth beach in Sanya, South China’s Hainan Province, on Sunday afternoon.
It was the first time a shark had been caught in the beach area, a popular tourist site in Hainan.
Local fishermen said they caught the 3-meter-long, l-ton shark by chance When they were fishing in sea water 1,000 metres deep near the beach.
Police temporarily（暂时）protected the shark while oceanographers decided whether it was a species belonging to State protection.
Fishermen later killed and sold the shark after oceanographers confirmed that it was a whale shark and therefore not under State protection.
The shark was believed to have drifted into the area from the deep sea due to strong waves caused last week by Typhoon Imbudo. It had no open injuries but experts said they believed it suffered from internal（内部的）bleeding.
Local police officer Fu Chenggeng said beachgoers should not feel threatened by sharks because the fish never attack human beings on their own initiative. Fu said he had never heard of any shark attacks at the Sanya beach since he first started work there eight years ago.
However, police said they will improve the security system to safeguard tourists’ safety on the beach.
56．A possible title of the article should be .
A．Tourists in DangerB．Killing Whale Shark
C．Shark Caught in Beach AreaD．Whale Shark in Danger
57．From the article it can be learned .
A．the shark was caught because of obvious injuries B．the number of the whale shark may be small
C．typhoon Imbudo may have brought the shark to the area
D．it’s not unusual to see a shark on the beach
58．The underlined word“confirmed”probably means .
A．saidB．believedC．thoughtD．made sure
B
There are some very good things about open education. This way of teaching allows the students to grow as people, and to develop their own interests in many subjects. Open education allows students to be responsible for their own education, as they are responsible for what they do in life. Some students do badly in a traditional classroom. The open classroom may allow them to enjoy learning. Some students will be happier in an open education school. They will not have to worry about grades or rules. For students who worry about these things a lot, it is a good idea to be in an open classroom.
But many students will not do well in an open classroom. For some students, there are too few rules. These students will do little in school. They will not make good use of open education. Because open education is so different from traditional education, these students may have a problem getting used to making so many choices. For many students it is important to have some rules in the classroom. They worry about the rules even when there are no rules. Even a few rules will help this kind of students. The last point about open education is that some traditional teachers do not like it. Many teachers do not believe in open education. Teachers who want to have an open classroom may have many problems at their schools.
You now know what open education is. Some of its good points and bad points have been explained. You may have your own opinion about open education. The writer thinks that open education is a good idea, but only in theory. In actual fact, it may not work very well in a real class or school. The writer believes that most students, but of course not all students, want some structure in their classes. They want and need to have rules. In some cases, they must be made to study some subjects. Many students are pleased to find subjects they have to study interesting. They would not study those subjects if they did not have to.
59．Open education allows the students to .
A．grow as the educatedB．be responsible for their future
C．develop their own interestsD．discover subjects outside class
60．Open education may be a good idea for the students who .
A．enjoy learningB．worry about grades
C．do well in a traditional classroomD．are responsible for what they do in life.
61．Some students will do little in an open classroom because .
A．there are too few rulesB．they hate activities
C．open education is similar to the traditional education D．they worry about the rules
62．Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?
A．Some traditional teachers do not like it. B．Many teachers do not believe in open education.
C．Teachers may have problems in open classrooms.
D．The teacher’s feelings and attitudes are important to the students.
63．Which of the following best summarizes the passage?
A．Open education is a really complex idea.
B．Open education is better than traditional education.
C．Teachers dislike open education.
D．The writer thinks that open education is a good idea in practice.
C
Pocket Tape-Recorders“Family and Home Magazine”test what’s on the market now.
1）Pearlcorder S702 $64
This simple model at the bottom of the Olympus range scored the most points for its excellent quality of recording. Background noise hardly affects the sound and recording from a pocket is perfectly possible, but it doesn’t turn off automatically.
Tape length: 30 minutes per side. Weight:240g.
2）Sony M9 $49.95
Small and very good looking, sony’s latest offering scored most for appearance. Sounds clear, but there is slight machine noise. The big control buttons are a great improvement on some of the complicated little controls on other tape-recorders. Doesn’t switch off automatically but a red light shows if the machine is still running.
Tape length: 60 minutes per side. Weight: 195g.
3）Sony M400 $115
Lots of little control buttons that make a noise and are difficult to use . Recording was good but machine noise lost points. Tape counter and automatic switch-off when tape has finished recording or rewinding are useful Tape length: 60 minutes per side. Weight: 230g.
4）Imperial OEM. MC $29.95
Cheap and simple compared with the rest, but recording was good as long as there was no background noise. Use only its own make of cassette. No light to show it is on; no fast forward button and the record button makes a loud noise.
Tape length: 30 minutes per side. Weight: 285g.
5）Philips 585 $80
Handsome and simple to use, but recording is very poor at more than the recommended distance of 5 cm-designed for dictation. No recording light. Tape length: 15 minutes per side. Weight: 220g.
64．The machine that produces the best recording with the least unwanted noise is the .
A．Pearlcorder S702 B．Sony M9 C．Sony M400D．Imperial OEM MC7
65．It you want a machine which turns off automatically and weighs very little you should choose the .
A．Pearlcorder S702 B．Sony M9 C．Sony M400D．Philips 585
66．Which machine is unsuitable for general use?
A．Pearlcorder S702B．Imperial OEM MC7
C．Sony M400D．Philips 585
67．What disadvantage does only the Imperial OEM MC7 have?
A．No light shows when it is onB．It requires a special cassette.
C．It picks up background noise.D．The record button makes a noise.
D
Having reached the highest point of our route according to plan, we discovered something the map had not told us. It was impossible to climb down into the Kingo valley. The river lay deep between mountain sides that were almost vertical（垂直）.We couldn’t find any animal tracks, which usually show the best way across country, and the slopes were covered so thickly with bushes that we could not see the nature of the ground. We had somehow to break through to the river which would give us our direction out of the mountains into the inhabited lowlands.
Our guide cut a narrow path through the bushes with his long knife and we followed in single file. Progress was slow. Then, when we thought we had really reached the river, we found ourselves instead on the edge of a cliff with a straight drop of 1,000 feet to the water below. We climbed back up the slope and began to look for another way down. We climbed slipped, sweated and scratched our hands to pieces and finally arrived at the river. Happily we came downhill along its bank without having to cut our way. However, after a few miles the river entered a steep-sided gap between rocks and suddenly dropped thirty-five feet over a waterfall. There was no path alongside it and no way round it.
Then one of the guides saw a way of overcoming the difficulty. There was a fallen tree lying upside down over the waterfall with its leafy top resting on the opposite bank below the falls. Without hesitation he climbed down the slippery trunk to show us how easy it was. Having got to the fork of the tree, he moved hand over hand along a branch for four or five feet with his legs hanging in space, then he dropped onto the flat bank the other side, throwing his arms in the air like a footballer who has scored goal, and cheerfully waving us on.
68．Having reached the highest point on their route, the travelers expected to be able to .
A．track animals to the river B．put away the maps they had been using
C．come near to the river from a different direction
D．get down to the river without much difficulty.
69．The travelers wanted to get to the river because .
A．it would lead them to the waterfall B．it would show them which way to go
C．it was the only possible way out of the mountains
D．it was a quicker way than going over the mountains
70．One reason why the travelers took so long to get to the river was that .
A．it was too hot to move quickly B．there was no proper path
C．they all tried to go different ways D．they could not follow the animal tracks
71．To get past the waterfall the guide had to .
A．use a fallen tree as a kind of bridge B．cross the river above the waterfall
C．slide down a steep river bank D．swing across the river from a high branch
E
Anxiety is the appropriate（适当的）emotion when the immediate personal terror—of a volcano, an arrow, a stab（刺伤）in the back and other disasters, all directed against one’s self-disappears.
The kind of world that produces anxiety is actually a world of relative safety, a world in which no one feels that he himself is facing sudden death. The anxiety exists as an uneasy state of mind, in which one has a feeling that something unspecified（不具体的）and indeterminable may go wrong. If the world seems to be going well, this produces anxiety—for good times may end. If the world is going badly—it may get worse. Anxiety tends to be without focus; the anxious person doesn’ t know whether to blame himself or other people. He isn’t sure whether it is the current year of the administration or a change in climate or the atom bomb that is to blame for this undefined sense of unease.
It is clear that we have developed a society which depends on having the right amount of anxiety to make it work…While we agree that too much anxiety is harmful to mental health, we have come to rely on anxiety to push us into seeing a doctor about a symptom（症状）which may indicate cancer, into checking up on that old life-insurance policy which may have out-of-date provisions in it, into having a conference with Billy’s teacher even though his report card looks all right.
People who are anxious enough keep their car insurance up, have the brakes checked, don’t take a second drink when they have to drive. People who are too anxious either refuse to go into cars at all—and so complicate the ordinary course of life—or drive so tensely and carefully that they help cause accidents. People who aren’t anxious enough take chance after chance, which increases the terrible accidents of the roads.
72．According to the author, anxiety is the emotion when .
A．one is filled with a sudden sense of uneasiness B．one sees no immediate danger
C．one has a vague sense about his life D．one feels that the world may go badly
73．The author holds that .
A．anxiety is a good thing B．anxiety is a symptom of mental illness
C．some anxiety can lead to changes for the better D．no anxiety is bad for society
74．According to the author, accidents of the road tend to be caused by .
A．all those who are too anxiousB．all those who have anxiety
C．those who have no anxietyD．those who are not anxious enough
75．The best title for the passage would be .
A．One Man’s Thought about AnxietyB．The Right Amount of Anxiety
C．Anxiety versus SafetyD．Different Attitudes to Anxiety
阅读理解训练题（十二）答案
56-60CCDCB 61-65 ADAAC 66-70DBDCB 71-75ABCDA
阅读理解训练题（十三）
A
The total area of land on earth is about 149 million square kilometers, or about 39 percent of the total area of the earth.
The average height of the land is about 750 metres above the sea level .The Eurasian（欧亚的）land mass is the largest with an area of 54,527,600 square kilometers .The smallest continent is the Australian mainland, with an area of about 7,614,600 square kilometers, which together with Tasmania, New Zealand, New Guinea and the Pacific Islands, is described as Oceania .The total area of Oceania is about 8,935,500 square kilometres, including West Iran which is political in Asia .
The world’s largest peninsula（半岛）is Arabia ,with an area of about 3,327,500 square kilometres .
The largest island in the world is Greenland, with an area of about 2,175,600 square kilometres. The largest island surrounded by fresh water is the Ilha de Marajo (4,022 square kilometres) in the mouth of the Amazon River, Brazil .The largest island in a lake is Manitoulin Island (2,766 square kilometres) in the Canadian section of Lake Huron . This island itself has on it a lake of 106 square kilometres called Manitou lake, in which there are several islands.
56．The area of Tasmania, of New Zealand, of New Guinea and of the Pacific Islands add up to
about square kilometres .
A.8,935,500B.1,320,900C.7,614,600D.16,550,100
57．Oceania is made up of .(Suppose I: Australia ;II: Tasmania and New Zealand ; III:
New Guinea and the Pacific Is –lands )
A.I and II B.II and IIIC.I and IIID.I,II and III
58．Which of the following diagrams （图解）shows the correct relationship between Manitoulin
Island(MI), Lake Huron (LH), Manitou Lake (ML) and the “several islands” (SI) mentioned at the end of the passage ?
59．The largest island surrounded by fresh water is in .
A.a river B.a lake C.a sea D.an ocean
B
Tea drinking was common in China for nearly one thousand years before anyone in Europe had ever heard about tea . People in Britain were much slower in finding out what tea was like , mainly because tea was very expensive . It could not be bought in shops and even those people who could afford to have it sent from Holland did so only because it was a fashionable curiosity . Some of them were not sure how to use it . They thought it was a vegetable and tried cooking the leaves . Then they served them mixed with butter and salt . They soon discovered their mistake but many people used to spread the used tea leaves on bread and give them to their children as sandwiches .
Tea remained scarce and very expensive in England until the ships of the East India Company began to bring it direct from China early in the seventeenth century . During the next few years so much tea came into the country that the price fell and many people could afford to buy it .
At the same time people on the Continent were becoming more and more fond of tea . Until then tea had been drunk without milk in it , but one day a famous French lady named Madame de Sevigne decided to see what tea tasted like when milk was added . She found it so pleasant that she would never again drink it without milk . Because she was such a great lady that her friends thought they must copy everything she did ,they also drank their tea with milk in it . Slowly this habit spread until it reached England and today only very few Britons drink tea without milk .
At first , tea was usually drunk after dinner in the evening . No one ever thought of drinking tea in the afternoon until a duch*ess （公爵夫人）found that a cup of tea and a piece of cake at three or four o’clock stopped her getting “a sinking feeling” as she called it . She invited her friends to have this new meal with her and so , tea-time was born .
60．This passage mainly discusses .
A. the history of tea drinking in Britain B. how tea became a popular drink in Britain
C. how the Britons got the habit of drinking tea D. how tea-time was born
61．Tea became a popular drink in Britain .
A. in the eighteenth century B. in the sixteenth century
C. in the seventeenth century D. in the late seventeenth century
62．People in Europe began to drink tea with milk because .
A. it tasted like milk B. it tasted more pleasant C. it became a popular drink
D. Madame de Sevinge was such a lady with great social influence that people tried to copy
the way she drank tea
63．We may infer from the passage that the habit of drinking tea in Britain was mostly due to the
influence of .
A. a famous French lady B. the ancient Chinese
C. the upper(上层的) social class D. people in Holland
C
Six chimps(猩猩) were introduced to a slot machine called the Chimp- O- Mat, which would give out one grape when a white coin was insert into the slot. When Dr Wolf showed a young chimp named Moos how he could win himself a grape by inserting a coin, Moos immediately picked up another coin, pushed it into the slot, then stuck out his paw and waited for a grape to drop out..
Besides white coins, the chimps were given yellow coins to insert into the slot, but nothing came out because they were worthless. The chimps soon learned this fact. When a handful of white and yellow coins were thrown into the cage housing, Bula, Bimba and Alpha, the three chimps rushed for the white coins and never touched the yellow ones.
Now the chimps were madly in love with money. Would the six chimps value money enough to work for it? To find the answer, Dr Wolfe designed a work machine. The chimps were shown that when a large handle was lifted, they could pick one grape. When they had learned the skill of lifting the handle to get the grape, Dr Wolf made a change to the machines so that instead of the grape they would find a white coin. This coin would still buy them one grape at the Chimp- O- Mat.
Thus the complexity of getting a grape was not only doubled, but also the money to buy the grape could be achieved only by honest work. The handle they had to lift to get the coin weighed eighty pounds. Great effort is needed for a young chimp to raise that weight, yet the formerly lazy chimps not only quickly mastered the new operation, but also showed great eagerness to work for money.
64．The purpose of the Chimp- O- Mat experiment was to discover whether chimps would learn to________.
A. enjoy themselves B. work together C. use coins D. operate a machine
65．In the first part of the experiment the chimps learned to __________.
tell the difference between the useful and the worthless coins
use yellow coins to get grapes
wait for the grapes to drop out D.buy grapes with coins
66．Which of the following shows the correct order of the things a chimp did in the second part of the experiment?
got a white coin
got a grape
lifted the heavy handle
inserted a coin into the Chimp- O- Mat
A. c a b d B. c a d b C. a b d c D. a d c b
67．The passage showed that _________.
A. Dr Wolfe was disappointed with his experiment
B. The chimps could do everything if taught
C. The chimps were willing to work if something was paid back
D. The chimp’s understanding was as good as a man’s
D
Career education is instruction intended to help young people identify, choose, and prepare for a career. Such instruction may focus on a person’s role in work, leisure, or family life. Career education differs from vocational education, which is designed to teach specific occupational skills.
Career education includes the formal and informal learning that occurs in the family, in the community, and in schools. In schools, career education consists of instructive activities included in many courses. These activities are designed to improve the attitudes, knowledge, and skills important for work roles. Career education helps students develop self- understanding and use it to plan their education and working life.
A complete career education program in school begins in kindergarten and continues at least through high school. Many colleges and universities also offer career education through their counseling(咨询) programs. In kindergartens and elementary schools, youngsters learn about different types of work. In middle schools or junior high school, children begin to explore the occupations and leisure activities that interest them most. In high school, students get more specific information about occupations and life styles. They may be in classroom, small group, or individual sessions where they learn how to make career decisions. They also should obtain the skills they need for further study or for a job after graduation. Counselors provide information on such matters as how to locate and apply for jobs and how to be successful in interviews. Teachers and counselors use a variety of methods to provide career education, including films about occupations or industries. Children may invite parents or other adults to come to school and describe their jobs. A student may accompany a worker on the job. Cooperative education combines classroom study with practical work experience.
68．According to the passage, which statement is true?
A. Career education is carried out in primary schools only.
B. Career education is carried out in middle schools only.
C. Career education is carried out in colleges only.
D. Career education is carried out in the whole process of people’s education – from kindergarten to university.
69．It may be inferred from the passage that _________.
A. not only teachers but also parents are responsible for youngsters’ career education
B. in high schools, students know more specific information about occupations
C. career education may be in classroom, small group, or individual sessions
D. teachers use a variety of methods to provide career education, including films
70．A child may get career education in all the following places EXCEPT _________.
A. schools B. homes C. communities D. public places
71．The underlined word “combine” in the last paragraph means “to ________”.
A. connect B. force C. provide D. attempt
E
One hundred and thirteen million Americans have at least one bank-issued credit card. They give their owners automatic credit in stores, restaurants, and hotels, at home, across the country, and even abroad, and they make many banking services available as well. More and more of these credit cards can be read automatically, making it possible to withdraw or deposit money in scattered locations, whether or not the local branch bank is open. For many of us the “cashless society” is not on the horizon----it’s already here.
While computers offer these conveniences to consumers, they have many advantages for sellers too. Electronic cash registers can do much more than simply ring up sales. They can keep a wide range of records, including who sold what, when, and to whom. This information allows businessmen to keep track of their list of goods by showing which items are being sold and how fast they are moving. Decisions to reorder or return goods to suppliers can then be made. At the same time these computers record which hours are busiest and which employees are the most efficient, allowing personnel and staffing assignments to be made accordingly. And they also identify preferred customer for promotional campaigns. Computers are relied on by manufacturers for similar reasons. Computer analyzed marketing reports can help to decide which products to emphasize now, which to develop for the future and which to drop. Computers keep track of goods in stock, of raw materials on hand, and even of the production process itself.
Numerous other commercial enterprises, from theaters to magazine publishers, from gas and electric utilities to milk processors, bring better and more efficient services to consumers through the use of computers.
72．According to the passage, the credit card enables its owner to .
A. withdraw as much money from the bank as he wishes
B. obtain more convenient services than other people do
C. enjoy greater trust from the storekeeper
D. cash money where he wishes to
73．From the last sentence of the first paragraph we learn that .
A. in the future all the Americans will use credit cards
B. credit cards are mainly used in the United States today
C. nowadays many Americans do not pay in cash
D. it is now more convenient to use credit cards than before
74．The phrase “ring up sales” most probably means .
A. make an order of goods B. record sales on a cash register
C. call the sales manager D. keep track of the goods in stock
75．It can be inferred that .
A. computers will bring disaster B. computer industry will not develop faster
C. computers will bring about more convenience to people’s life D. None
阅读理解训练题（十三）答案
56-60 BDDAA 61-65 CDCCA 66-70BCDAD 71-75ABCBC
阅读理解训练题（十四）
A
Friend is better than fortune. Friend is worse than poison in some cases. The two sentences above are opposite and seem to be unreasonable but they can be explained as follows: the first refers to all good friends who drive us towards good while the second all bad ones who lead us to wrong ways.
My ideal(理想的) friend is of course a good friend whose goodness is shown below-he has no bad likings, such as smoking and drinking. He lives in frugality(节俭). He studies hard so as not to waste his golden time. At home he honors his parents and loves his brothers; at school he respects his teachers and shares feelings of his classmates. He treats those truly who are true to him. In a word, he has all the good characters better than mine. I can follow him as a model. With his help I am free from all difficulties,
Indeed, if I have such a person as my friend, I shall never fear difficulty and I shall never know the existence of the word "failure".
56. This passage tells us __
A. how to make friends with others B. how the writer' s friend helps him
C. what kind of person the writer's friend is D what kind of person we should make friends with
57. An ideal friend means
A. a true friend B. a false friend C. an imaginary friend D. an excellent friend
58. From the passage we can learn that
A. the writer and his ideal friend have a lot to learn from each other
B. the writer has a lot to learn from his ideal friend
C. the writer's ideal friend has a lot to learn from him
D. the writer has only a little to learn from his ideal friend
59. From the second paragraph, we can infer the writer is sure that
A. nothing cannot be done with friend B. only the first sentence is reasonable
C. he who does not smoke or drink must be a good friend
D. good friends should always help each other
B
Life gets noisier every day and very few people can be free from noise of some sort or another. It doesn't matter where you live--in the middle of a modern city, or a faraway village--the chances are that you' 11 be disturbed by jet planes, transistor radios, oil - powered engines, etc. We seem to be getting used to noise, too. Some people feel quite lonely without background music while they' re working.
Scientific tests have shown that total silence can be a very frightening experience for a human being. However, some people enjoy listening to pop music which is very loud, and this can do harm to their eardrums(耳鼓). The noise level in some discos is far above the usual safety level for heavy industrial areas.
One recent report about noise and concentration(专心) suggested that although a lot of people say that any noise disturbs their concentration, what really influences their ability to concentrate is a change in the level of noise. It goes on to say that a background noise which doesn't change too much(music, for example) may even help people to concentrate.
60. According to this passage, the noise pollution __
A. has become the worst in the countryside B. has become better in big cities
C. has spread from cities to villages D. has been controlled in modern cities
61. What does background music refer to?
A. Music played while people are working. B. Music played in the backyard.
C. Noise that continues while you' re listening to other noises.
D. Music used to help people to concentrate.
62. Some people have their hearing harmed __
A. while listening to pop music B. in complete silence
C. when speaking loudly D. while watching TV
63. Which of the following isn't included among the things causing noise?
A. trucks B. motorcycles C. electric engines D. jet planes
64. Scientists have discovered that what prevents people from concentrating on something is
A. all kinds of noise B. great changes in the level of noise
C. background noise D. popular music
C
Sheffield
Lincoln College of English
Classes for foreign students at all levels.
3 months, 6 months, 9 months and one year course.
Open all year.
Small class (maximum 12 students).
Library, language laboratory and listening center.
Accommodation(住宿) with selected families.
25 minutes from London.
Course fees for English for one year are ￡ 1,380 with reduction (减少 )for shorter periods of study.
65. This passage is probably taken from __
A. an advertisem*nt B. a notice C. a poster D. a piece of news
66. Who are admitted in?
A. Both foreign and native students. B. Only foreign beginners and the advanced.
C. Foreign students from beginners to the advanced. D. Only( foreign students advanced.
67. While you stay there, who will take care of you?
A. The school where you study. B. Your classmates.
C. The family you have chosen. D. Your parents.
D
Have you ever been in a meeting while someone was making a speech and realized suddenly that your mind was a million miles away? You probably felt sorry and made up your mind to pay attention and always have been told that daydreaming is a waste of time.
"On the contrary, "says L. Giambra, an expert in psychology, "daydreaming is quite necessary. Without it, the mind couldn't get done all the thinking it has to do during a normal day. You can' t possibly do all your thinking with a conscious(有意识)mind. Instead, your unconscious mind is working out problems all the time. Daydreaming then may be one way that the unconscious and conscious states of mind have silent dialogues."
Early experts in psychology paid no attention to the importance of daydreams or even considered them harmful. At one time daydreaming was thought to be a cause of some mental illnesses. They did not have a better understanding of daydreams until the late 1980s. Eric Klinger, a professor of psychology, is the writer of the book Daydreaming. Klinger says, "We know now that daydreaming is one of the main ways that we organize our lives, learn from our experiences, and plan for our futures. Day- dreams really are a window on the things we fear and the things we long for in life."
Daydreams are usually very simple and direct, quite unlike sleep dreams, which may be hard to understand. It's easier to gain a deep understanding of your life by paying close attention to your day- dreams than by trying to examine your sleep dreams carefully. Daydreams help you recognize the difficult situations in your life and find out a possible way of dealing with them.
Daydreams cannot be predicated (预料). They move off in unexpected directions which may be creative( 创造性的 ) and full of ideas. For many famous artists and scientists, daydreams were and are a main source of creative energy.
68. The writer of this passage considers daydreams
A. hard to understand B. important and helpful
C. harmful and unimportant D. the same as sleep dreams
69. The writer quoted( 引用 )L. Giambra and Eric Klinger to __________.
A. point out the wrong ideas of early experts B. list two different ideas
C. support his own idea D. report the latest research on daydreams
70. Which of the following is TRUE?
A. An unconscious mind can work all the problems out.
B. Daydreaming can give artists and scientists ideas for creation.
C. Professor Eric Klinger has a better idea than L. Giambra.
D. Early experts didn't understand what daydreams were.
71. What is the main difference between daydreams and sleep dreams?
A. People have daydreams and sleep dreams at different times.
B. Daydreams are the result of unconscious mind while sleep dreams are that of conscious mind.
C. Daydreams are more harmful. D. Daydreams are more helpful in solving problems.
E
When nature is left alone, a balance is reached among the animals and plants living in one area. But when man starts his work in nature, the balance is likely to be destroyed. He grows a crop and takes it away to eat ;then there are no dead leaves to fall on the ground, holding water while it sinks into the surface, or decaying(腐烂) and adding humus(腐殖质) to the soil. Unless a farmer acts with knowl- edge and skill, he is therefore most likely to make the land poorer. To take the place of the useful matter in the crops that he removes, he uses some kind of fertilizer(肥料). Chemical fertilizers are of great help, but the waste products of animals and decaying remains of plants should also be put on the land. In some places, it is a habit to burn waste material lying about, but such burning destroys the useful matter in the dead plants. Although the ashes that are left are valuable when put on the land, a better practice is to bury the waste so that it decays and increases the humus in the soil.
In the past, when the world population was much lower than it is now, a man had little difficulty in ordinary times in growing the food that was needed. When a field had been used some years and had become tired, the farmer could move to another place. The tired land then slowly recovered. Gradually grasses and other plants would appear on it and its productive power would slowly return to normal through their decay. But nature, left alone, would take a long time to bring back the land to its former state; the length of time required would depend on local conditions, but it might well be ten years.
It is a bad practice to grow the same crop in a field year after year. If the crop is changed, the land will suffer less because it is treated and used in a different way. Different plants have different effects on the soil. Therefore, a change of crop will do less harm than the growing of the same crop year after year and a regular change to grass will do good to the soil. Much will therefore be gained if different crops are grown one after another, a method known as the rotation(轮作) of crops.
72. According to the passage, the land will become poorer
A. if all the dead leaves are cleared away B. if the humus is increased after the harvest
C. if dead leaves decay in the soil by themselves D. if waste plant material lying about is buried
73. We can learn from the passage that the tired land has gradually recovered
A. when grasses and other plants appear again
B. when the treatment is given by nature alone
C. after new grasses and other plants have decayed again
D. after nature has been left alone for several months
74. A modern farmer can hardly move to another place as he did before because
A. the productive power of a new field isn't higher than that of an old one
B. there are few free fields left for him to do farming
C. it takes a farmer more than ten years to start farming in a new field
D. there will be too many grasses in a new field to grow crops
75. It is most likely that the author will go on to ______ in the paragraph following the passage above.
A. introduce other methods of planting crops B. deal with how to prevent land getting tired
C. start another topic of how to make use of land D. further explain what the rotation of crops is
阅读理解训练题（十四）答案
56-60DCBAC 61-65AACBA 66-70CCBCB 71-75DACBD
阅读理解训练题（十五）
A
Wanted
Project management Assistant
Responsibility:
—Provide service for the project in Chongqing.
—Provide assistance to the project manager for everyday work.
—Responsible for file management, customer service for students and parents.
Requirements:
—College degree and above.
—Good English and computer skills.
—Related working experience in the international organization.
—Patient, careful, supportive. Has strong teamwork spirit.
English Teacher
Responsibility:
—Conduct English teaching according to British education system.
Requirements:
—University degree and above in English major or normal English.
—Eager to learn and open-minded with creativity.
—With deep understanding and respect for different cultures. （Warmly welcome the fresh graduates to apply for this position.）
Marketing Assistant
Responsibility:
—Responsible for the local management of marketing and sales activities according to the instruction from the head office.
—Collect related information to the head office .
—Develop relationship with local media and customers .
Requirements :
—College degree and above with good English (speaking and writing).
—With basic idea of sales and marketing, related experience is preferred.
—Working experience in the international organization is a must .
—Good communication and presentation skills .
Accountant
Responsibility:
—Accountant （会计）work for Chongqing office and project .
—Perform the finance （金融）management locally according to the rules and policy of the company.
Requirements:
—College degree and above in finance area .
—Good English and computer skills .
—Good sense of finance management .
—At least two years of experience as accountant in the international organization is a must
—Self—management ,hard –working ,independent and able to deal with pressure.
You can go to http://www.51 job.com for the information.
Please mail or fax your resume (both in English and Chinese ),diploma ,training certificates（证书）and expected salary to the following address within two weeks .Please write “应聘”on the envelope .No personal visit or telephone call before that. Your materials will be kept in ACE files .
Add :Room 1607,Plaza Building ,Yuzhong District ,Chongqing,400100
Fax No : 023—63728428
E—mail: acercq@ cta. cq. cn
36．If you have just graduated from a university ,you should apply for the position as .
A．a project management assistant B．an English teacher
C．a marketing assistant D．an accountant
37．If you want to get the position as the project management assistant ,in your resume you’d better say , .
A．you always have new ideas and can’t wait to see them realized
B．you can decide everything for yourself and have your plan carried out
C．you are always ready to listen and help carry out good decisions
D．you are good at persuading others to follow you
38．If you want to apply to position ,you can .
A．go to the company or make a phone call at any time
B．go to acercq @ cta. cq.cn for the information about the employment
C．tell the company how much money you want for your position
D．write about yourself either in English or in Chinese .
B
“Mummy ,I don’t know what to play with “Steve interrupts his mother ,who is talking to a friend ,for the fourth time .”You’ve got a room full of toys !”his mother says ,impatiently .In fact it is the jumble of toys which is to blame for four –year –old Steve’s lack of interest in his dolls ,cars and stuffed (packed )animals .Each morning he tips out three washing baskets of toys all over his floor ,listlessly pulls out something and shortly after is standing at his mother’s desk or following her into the kitchen saying : “Mummy, I am bored .”
A family therapist （心理医生）explains why children lose interest when they have a whole “toy shop” at home : “According to their brain development ,little children are not in a position to judge the quality of a variety of things at once .There is always just one favorite toy for the moment .All the rest is left lying about . “What can parents do to stop their children from being oversupplied with toys ? Under no conditions should we simply make something disappear without the child’s knowledge .If he /she takes no more notice of a toy ,a parent can ask if it can be stored or given away .Be warned though the child will always say he /she wants it then ! A talk with relatives and friends may also help .Lyn is the mother of four –year –old Jessie ,and we like her way .A small set of shelves in her child’s room holds the toys and books that are the current (at present ) favorites .When it seems to her that her daughter is tired of these toys ,they put them away in a box together and select some other toys from a cupboard in another room .The box of “old” toys goes into the cupboard .When her child says she is “bored”, they also get something from her cupboard –it may be something she has had for some time but because she hasn’t seen it for a while it is almost like a new toy .
Some favorite toys stay out all the time ,and there is collection of dolls which sits in the corner ,but in this way Lyn has found that she has fewer toys to put away at the end of the day and her daughter always has something “fresh” to play with .
39．Steve interrupted his mother several times because .
A．he felt uninterested in his toys B．he disliked his mother’s guest
C．he didn't have enough toys to play with D．he hoped his mother would play with him
40．According to the therapist ,children often complain that they have nothing to play with because .
A．they can’t play alone for a long time B．they are too young to play with so many toys
C．they are too lazy to pick out their favourites
D．they lack the ability to value too many things at a time
41．Which of the following can be used in place of “jumble”?
A．Simple choice .B．Mixture in disorder . C．Ordinary appearance .D．Same shape .
42．Which is the advice given to parents in the text ?
A．Buy fewer toys for their children . B．Form good habits for their children
C．Spare some time to play with their children. D．Arrange the toys in a proper way .
C
The total area of land on earth is estimated （估计）as 149 million square kilometers ,or about 39 percent of the total area of the earth .
The average height of the land is about 750 metres above the sea level .The Eurasian（欧亚的）land mass is the largest with an area of 54,527,600 square kilometers .The smallest continent is the Australian mainland ,with an area of about 7,614,600 square kilometers ,which together with Tasmania ,New Zealand ,New Guinea and the Pacific Islands ,is described as Oceania .The total area of Oceania is about 8,935,500 square kilometres ,including West Iran which is political in Asia .
The world’s largest peninsula（半岛）is Arabia ,with an area of about 3,327,500 square kilometres .
The largest island in the world is Greenland ,with an area of about 2,175,600 square kilometres. The largest island surrounded by fresh water is the Ilha de Marajo (4,022 square kilometres) in the mouth of the Amazon River ,Brazil .The largest island in a lake is Manitoulin Island(2,766 square kilometres) in the Canadian section of Lake Huron . This island itself has on it a lake of 106 square kilometres called Manitou lake ,in which there are several islands .
43．The area of Tasmania ,of New Zealand ,of New Guinaea and of the Pacific Islands add up to
about square kilometres .
A．8,935,500B．1,320,900C．7,614,600D．16,550,100
44．Oceania is made up of .(Suppose I: Australia ;II: Tasmania and New Zealand ; III:
New Guinea and the Pacific Is –lands )
A．I and II B．II and IIIC．I and IIID．I,II and III
45．Which of the following diagrams （图解）shows the correct relationship between Manitoulin
Island(MI), Lake Huron (LH), Manitou Lake (ML) and the “several islands” (SI) mentioned at the end of the passage ?
46．The largest island surrounded by fresh water is in .
A．a river B．a lake C．a sea D．an ocean
D
China recorded fewer traffic accidents in 2001 than in 2000 and a lower going continued in January this year .
The traffic accidents in 2001 totaled 270,000,fewer by 20,000 than in 2000.
But the number of the dead for 2001 was 54,000,an increase of 1,000 from the year before .The increase was not as slow as that in recent years .
A government official said in Beijing yesterday that 3,821 persons were killed in highway traffic accidents last month ,a drop of 12.8 percent from January 2001.He also said there were 21.201 traffic accidents in the first month of the year ,10.1 percent fewer than January last year ,and 11,700 people injured .
The traffic accidents last year caused a loss worth 27.32 million yuan ,about 2.9 million US dollars .
Economic Daily also said 170,000 persons were injured in the traffic accidents in 2001,fewer by 10,000 than in 2000.
(From China Daily ,February 16,2002)
47．In 2000 the total number of the traffic accidents was .
A．20,000B．250,000C．290,000D．310,000
48．In 2000 persons were killed in the traffic accidents .
A．1,000B．53,000C．54,000D．55,000
49．Which is true according to the news report ?
A．The traffic accidents in 2002 will go up continuously.
B．Economic Daily said the traffic accidents caused a loss worth 2.9 million US dollars in 2000.
C．In January 2002 , there were 3,821 highway traffic accidents .
D．There were more traffic accidents in January 2001 than in January 2002.
50．The best title for this news report should be .
A．Road accidents 2001B．Road Accidents 2000
C．Death Up or Down This Year D．$2.9 Million loss in Traffic Accidents
E
“I’ve changed my mind . I wanted to have a telescope , but now I want my daddy back .” Lucien Lawrence’s letter to Father Christmas written after his schoolteacher father had been knifed to death outside his school gate ,must have touched every heart . Lucien went on to say that without his father he couldn’t see the stars in the sky . When those whom we love depart from us , we cannot see the stars for a while .
But Lucien , the stars are still there , and one day , when you are older and your tears have gone , you will see them again . And , in a strange way , I expect that you will find your father is there too , in you mind and in your heart .I find that my parents , long dead now , still figure in many of my dreams and that I think of them perhaps more than I ever did when they were alive . I still live to please them and I’m still surprised by their reactions . I remember that when I became a professor , I was so proud , or rather so pleased with myself , that I couldn’t wait to cable my parents . The reply was a long time in coming , but when it did , all Mother said was ” I hope this means that now you will have more time for the children!” I haven’t forgotten . The values of my parents still live on .
It makes me pause and think about how I will live on in the hearts and minds of my children and of those for whom I care . Would I have been as ready as Philip Lawrence have been to face the aggressors (挑衅者), and to lay down my life for those in my care ? How many people would want me back for Christmas ? It’s a serious thought , one to give me pause .
I pray silently , something , in the dead of night , that ancient cry of a poet “Deliver my soul form the sword (剑), and my darling form the power of the dog .”Yet I know that death comes to us all , and sometimes comes suddenly . We must therefore plan not to live forever , but live as if we will die tomorrow . We live on , I’m sure , in the lives of those we loved , and therefore we ought to have to care for what they will remember and what they will treasure . If more parents knew this in their hearts to be true , there might be fewer knives on our streets today .
51．According to the whole text we can see that the first paragraph .
A．puts forward the subject of the text B．shows the author’s pity on the kid
C．acts as an introduction to the discussion D．makes a clear statement of the author’s views
52．In the second paragraph the author mainly wants to explain to us .
A．how much he misses his parents now B．why his parents often appear in his dream
C．when Lucien will get over all his sadness D．how proud he was when he succeeded in life
53．What feeling did the author’s mother express in her reply ?
A．Proud B．Happy C．Disappointed D．Worried
54．In the author’s opinion ,the value of a person’s life is .
A．to leave behind a precious memory to the people related .
B．to have a high sense of duty to the whole society
C．to care what others will remember and treasure
D．to share happiness and sadness with his family
55．What does the writer mean by the sentence taken from an old poem ?
A．Call on criminals and murders to lay down their guns .
B．Advise parents to stay with their children safely at home .
C．Spend every day meaningfully in memory of the death .
D．Try to keep violence and murder far away from society .
阅读理解训练题（十五）答案
36—40 BCCAD 41—45 BDBDD 46—50 ACBDA 51—55 CBDAD
阅读理解训练题（十六）
A
Haikou: A shark was killed after being dragged to shore at Yalong Berth beach in Sanya, South China’s Hainan Province, on Sunday afternoon.
It was the first time a shark had been caught in the beach area, a popular tourist site in Hainan.
Local fishermen said they caught the 3-meter-long, l-ton shark by chance When they were fishing in sea water 1,000 metres deep near the beach.
Police temporarily（暂时）protected the shark while oceanographers decided whether it was a species belonging to State protection.
Fishermen later killed and sold the shark after oceanographers confirmed that it was a whale shark and therefore not under State protection.
The shark was believed to have drifted into the area from the deep sea due to strong waves caused last week by Typhoon Imbudo. It had no open injuries but experts said they believed it suffered from internal（内部的）bleeding.
Local police officer Fu Chenggeng said beachgoers should not feel threatened by sharks because the fish never attack human beings on their own initiative. Fu said he had never heard of any shark attacks at the Sanya beach since he first started work there eight years ago.
However, police said they will improve the security system to safeguard tourists’ safety on the beach.
56．A possible title of the article should be .
A．Tourists in DangerB．Killing Whale Shark
C．Shark Caught in Beach AreaD．Whale Shark in Danger
57．From the article it can be learned .
A．the shark was caught because of obvious injuries
B．the number of the whale shark may be small
C．typhoon Imbudo may have brought the shark to the area
D．it’s not unusual to see a shark on the beach
58．The underlined word“confirmed”probably means .
A．saidB．believedC．thoughtD．made sure
B
There are some very good things about open education. This way of teaching allows the students to grow as people, and to develop their own interests in many subjects. Open education allows students to be responsible for their own education, as they are responsible for what they do in life. Some students do badly in a traditional classroom. The open classroom may allow them to enjoy learning. Some students will be happier in an open education school. They will not have to worry about grades or rules. For students who worry about these things a lot, it is a good idea to be in an open classroom.
But many students will not do well in an open classroom. For some students, there are too few rules. These students will do little in school. They will not make good use of open education. Because open education is so different from traditional education, these students may have a problem getting used to making so many choices. For many students it is important to have some rules in the classroom. They worry about the rules even when there are no rules. Even a few rules will help this kind of students. The last point about open education is that some traditional teachers do not like it. Many teachers do not believe in open education. Teachers who want to have an open classroom may have many problems at their schools.
You now know what open education is. Some of its good points and bad points have been explained. You may have your own opinion about open education. The writer thinks that open education is a good idea, but only in theory. In actual fact, it may not work very well in a real class or school. The writer believes that most students, but of course not all students, want some structure in their classes. They want and need to have rules. In some cases, they must be made to study some subjects. Many students are pleased to find subjects they have to study interesting. They would not study those subjects if they did not have to.
59．Open education allows the students to .
A．grow as the educatedB．be responsible for their future
C．develop their own interestsD．discover subjects outside class
60．Open education may be a good idea for the students who .
A．enjoy learningB．worry about grades
C．do well in a traditional classroomD．are responsible for what they do in life.
61．Some students will do little in an open classroom because .
A．there are too few rulesB．they hate activities
C．open education is similar to the traditional education D．they worry about the rules
62．Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?
A．Some traditional teachers do not like it. B．Many teachers do not believe in open education.
C．Teachers may have problems in open classrooms.
D．The teacher’s feelings and attitudes are important to the students.
63．Which of the following best summarizes the passage?
A．Open education is a really complex idea.
B．Open education is better than traditional education.
C．Teachers dislike open education.
D．The writer thinks that open education is a good idea in practice.
C
Pocket Tape-Recorders“Family and Home Magazine”test what’s on the market now.
1）Pearlcorder S702 $64
This simple model at the bottom of the Olympus range scored the most points for its excellent quality of recording. Background noise hardly affects the sound and recording from a pocket is perfectly possible, but it doesn’t turn off automatically.
Tape length: 30 minutes per side. Weight:240g.
2）Sony M9 $49.95
Small and very good looking, sony’s latest offering scored most for appearance. Sounds clear, but there is slight machine noise. The big control buttons are a great improvement on some of the complicated little controls on other tape-recorders. Doesn’t switch off automatically but a red light shows if the machine is still running.
Tape length: 60 minutes per side. Weight: 195g.
3）Sony M400 $115
Lots of little control buttons that make a noise and are difficult to use . Recording was good but machine noise lost points. Tape counter and automatic switch-off when tape has finished recording or rewinding are useful Tape length: 60 minutes per side. Weight: 230g.
4）Imperial OEM. MC $29.95
Cheap and simple compared with the rest, but recording was good as long as there was no background noise. Use only its own make of cassette. No light to show it is on; no fast forward button and the record button makes a loud noise.
Tape length: 30 minutes per side. Weight: 285g.
5）Philips 585 $80
Handsome and simple to use, but recording is very poor at more than the recommended distance of 5 cm-designed for dictation. No recording light. Tape length: 15 minutes per side. Weight: 220g.
64．The machine that produces the best recording with the least unwanted noise is the .
A．Pearlcorder S702 B．Sony M9 C．Sony M400D．Imperial OEM MC7
65．It you want a machine which turns off automatically and weighs very little you should choose the .
A．Pearlcorder S702 B．Sony M9 C．Sony M400D．Philips 585
66．Which machine is unsuitable for general use?
A．Pearlcorder S702 B．Imperial OEM MC7 C．Sony M400D．Philips 585
67．What disadvantage does only the Imperial OEM MC7 have?
A．No light shows when it is onB．It requires a special cassette.
C．It picks up background noise.D．The record button makes a noise.
D
Having reached the highest point of our route according to plan, we discovered something the map had not told us. It was impossible to climb down into the Kingo valley. The river lay deep between mountain sides that were almost vertical（垂直）.We couldn’t find any animal tracks, which usually show the best way across country, and the slopes were covered so thickly with bushes that we could not see the nature of the ground. We had somehow to break through to the river which would give us our direction out of the mountains into the inhabited lowlands.
Our guide cut a narrow path through the bushes with his long knife and we followed in single file. Progress was slow. Then, when we thought we had really reached the river, we found ourselves instead on the edge of a cliff with a straight drop of 1,000 feet to the water below. We climbed back up the slope and began to look for another way down. We climbed slipped, sweated and scratched our hands to pieces and finally arrived at the river. Happily we came downhill along its bank without having to cut our way. However, after a few miles the river entered a steep-sided gap between rocks and suddenly dropped thirty-five feet over a waterfall. There was no path alongside it and no way round it.
Then one of the guides saw a way of overcoming the difficulty. There was a fallen tree lying upside down over the waterfall with its leafy top resting on the opposite bank below the falls. Without hesitation he climbed down the slippery trunk to show us how easy it was. Having got to the fork of the tree, he moved hand over hand along a branch for four or five feet with his legs hanging in space, then he dropped onto the flat bank the other side, throwing his arms in the air like a footballer who has scored goal, and cheerfully waving us on.
68．Having reached the highest point on their route, the travelers expected to be able to .
A．track animals to the river B．put away the maps they had been using
C．come near to the river from a different direction D．get down to the river without much difficulty.
69．The travelers wanted to get to the river because .
A．it would lead them to the waterfall B．it would show them which way to go
C．it was the only possible way out of the mountains
D．it was a quicker way than going over the mountains
70．One reason why the travelers took so long to get to the river was that .
A．it was too hot to move quickly B．there was no proper path
C．they all tried to go different ways D．they could not follow the animal tracks
71．To get past the waterfall the guide had to .
A．use a fallen tree as a kind of bridge B．cross the river above the waterfall
C．slide down a steep river bank D．swing across the river from a high branch
E
Anxiety is the appropriate（适当的）emotion when the immediate personal terror—of a volcano, an arrow, a stab（刺伤）in the back and other disasters, all directed against one’s self-disappears.
The kind of world that produces anxiety is actually a world of relative safety, a world in which no one feels that he himself is facing sudden death. The anxiety exists as an uneasy state of mind, in which one has a feeling that something unspecified（不具体的）and indeterminable may go wrong. If the world seems to be going well, this produces anxiety—for good times may end. If the world is going badly—it may get worse. Anxiety tends to be without focus; the anxious person doesn’ t know whether to blame himself or other people. He isn’t sure whether it is the current year of the administration or a change in climate or the atom bomb that is to blame for this undefined sense of unease.
It is clear that we have developed a society which depends on having the right amount of anxiety to make it work…While we agree that too much anxiety is harmful to mental health, we have come to rely on anxiety to push us into seeing a doctor about a symptom（症状）which may indicate cancer, into checking up on that old life-insurance policy which may have out-of-date provisions in it, into having a conference with Billy’s teacher even though his report card looks all right.
People who are anxious enough keep their car insurance up, have the brakes checked, don’t take a second drink when they have to drive. People who are too anxious either refuse to go into cars at all—and so complicate the ordinary course of life—or drive so tensely and carefully that they help cause accidents. People who aren’t anxious enough take chance after chance, which increases the terrible accidents of the roads.
72．According to the author, anxiety is the emotion when .
A．one is filled with a sudden sense of uneasiness B．one sees no immediate danger
C．one has a vague sense about his life D．one feels that the world may go badly
73．The author holds that .
A．anxiety is a good thing B．anxiety is a symptom of mental illness
C．some anxiety can lead to changes for the better D．no anxiety is bad for society
74．According to the author, accidents of the road tend to be caused by .
A．all those who are too anxiousB．all those who have anxiety
C．those who have no anxietyD．those who are not anxious enough
75．The best title for the passage would be .
A．One Man’s Thought about AnxietyB．The Right Amount of Anxiety
C．Anxiety versus SafetyD．Different Attitudes to Anxiety
阅读理解训练题（十六）答案
56-60CCDCB 61-65 ADAAC 66-70DBDCB 71-75ABCDA
阅读理解训练题（十七）
（A）
He has lived through various dangers but time may be running out for the Palestinian leader , Yasser Arafat .
On September 11, Israel（以色列）announced its decision to remove him , following several Palestinian suicide bomb attacks on Israel . “He should be punished for the killings ,” an Israeli official said , “He has done nothing to stop the terrorist groups .”
But the decision has angered many other countries . China said that Arafat is the true leader , elected by the Palestinian people , and removing him would harm the peace in the Middle East . This idea is shared by other governments .
Arafat himself said : “They can kill me , but never get me out of my country .” He has spent most of his life in danger as the most important aim of Israel .But , just like a cat with nine lives , Arafat escaped every time .
For years he has made a practice of sleeping in a different bed each night , thinking a moving person is harder to hit . In 1985 , Israel sent fighter planes to kill Arafat . The wild bombing destroyed his office in Tunis but Arafat himself was unhurt . In 1992 , the aircraft in which he was flying over north Africa broke in two during a crash landing . The pilot was killed but he managed to remain alive .
What is so unbelievable is that he always remains calm in great danger .
Israeli tanks and planes attacked his office building in Ramallah in December , 2001 . When they saw the attackers coming , Arafat’s bodyguards ignored his orders to stay still and carried him to safety underground . Seconds later , several bombs were dropped nearby . Though safe , his bodyguards were so frightened that they were wet in sweat .
But , Arafat , with Israeli tanks only 200 meters away , showed no fear at all . He stayed in the damaged office , talking by phone with foreign leaders in hope of preventing further attacks from Israel .
All these experiences have made him a beloved leader to his people and an enemy to some others .
But has he used up the last of his nine lives ? Only time will tell .
56．Which of the following statements cannot be used to describe Arafat ?
A．He went to visit a few foreign countries last year. B．He is not afraid of death in face of his enemy.
C．His office used to be in Tunis. D．He remained alive during an air crash in 1992.
57．According to the passage, which statement is true?
A．In 1992, Arafat’s plane crashed in south Africa.
B．Israeli officers thought Arafat himself sent the terrorist groups to Israel.
C．China is the only country against Israel’s decision of removing Arafat.
D．Being Palestinian leader, Arafat would rather die in his own country than be driven away from his people.
58．What did the author mean by saying “just like a cat has nine lives” when he talked about Arafat? A．Arafat is as clever as a cat. B．Arafat can live as long as a cat.
C．Arafat can stay alive after accidents or disasters as if he has nine lives.
D．Arafat should have died for at least 8 times.
59．The underlined word “ignore” can be replaced by __________.
A．obey the instructionsB．take no notice of
C．pay much attention to D．give out orders
60．What’s the writer’s attitude towards Arafat’s future, judging from the last sentence of the passage? A．Hopeful. B.Interesting. C．Satisfactory. D．Doubtful.
(B)
A new period is coming. Call it what you will: the service industry, the information age, the knowledge society. It all translates to a great change in the way we work. Already we’re partly there, the percentage of people who earn their living by making things has fallen sharply in the Western World. Today the majority of jobs in America, Europe and Japan (two thirds or more are in many of these countries) are in the service industry, and the number is on the rise. More women are in the work force than ever before. There are more part-time jobs. More people are self-employed. But the breath of the great change can’t be measured by numbers alone, because it also is giving rise to new way of thinking about the nature of work itself. Long-held opinions about jobs and careers, the skills needed to succeed, even the relation between workers and employers-all these are being doubted.
We have only to look behind us to get some sense of what may lie ahead. No one looking ahead 20 years possibly could have seen the ways in which a single invention, the chip(芯片), would change our world thanks to its uses in personal computers, and factory equipment. Tomorrow’s achievements in biotechnology or even some still unimagined technology could produce a similar wave of great changes. But one thing is certain: information and knowledge will become even more important, and the people who own it, whether they work in factories or services, will have the advantage and produce the wealth. Computer knowledge will become as basic a requirement as the ability to read and write. The ability to deal with problems by making use of information instead of performing regular tasks will be valued above all else. If you look ahead 10 years, information service will be leading the way. It will be the way you do your job.
61．Information age means _____________.
A．the service industry is depending more and more on women workers
B．heavy industries are rapidly increasing
C．people find it harder and harder to earn a living by working in factories
D．most of the job chances can now be found in the service industry.
62．Knowledge society brings about a great change that __________.
A．the difference between the workers and employers has become smaller
B．people’s old ideas about work no longer exist
C．most people have to take part-time jobs D．people have to change their jobs from time to time
63．What does the author mean by referring to computers and other inventions?
A．People should be able to act quickly to the advancement of technology.
B．Future achievements in technology will bring about big changes.
C．The importance of high technology has been paid no attention to.
D．Computer science will play a leading role in the future information services.
64．The future will probably belong to those who _________.
A．own and know how to make use of information B．can read and write well
C．devote themselves to service industries D．look ahead instead of looking back
(C)
One of the United States’ social problems is the breakdown of the two-parent family. Today, millions of American children grow up without fathers. Too often, these children lack the love and help they badly need and which they would ordinarily receive from not one but two parents. In the old days, American parents placed the needs of their children above their own. At present, however, nearly one half of all new marriages end in divorce(离婚), with often troubling results for their children. Worse, every year, thousands of teenage, unmarried Americans become mothers outside marriage, with generally terrible results for the mothers and children alike and for American society more generally. However, Chinese continue to value whole marriages. This is not to say that Chinese marriages are all perfect-they certainly are not, judging from increasing rates of divorce and extramarital affairs－but the willingness of Chinese to set aside their own needs and stay together for the sake of the children is admirable and worthy of study.
Families, in whatever form they may take, are important to Americans. If one was to ask a group of Americans what is dearest to them, the majority would say“family”.And yet, so many Americans spend much more time at work-that is, beyond the formal forty-hour work week-than they do with their own families. Obviously, the USA is one of the most powerful in the world, owing in large measure to“workaholism”（工作狂）.It seems to me that Chinese generally find a better balance between work and family needs than many Americans do. I don’t see the number of workaholics in China that I do in the United States（or American organizations in China）.Instead, average Chinese usually head home right after work（in the office or field），have meals together, and spend time with their family members. What’s more, Chinese try to make more time for grandparents, uncles, aunts and cousins than many Americans; in many cases, multigenerational families live together. Of course, like many facts of Chinese society, this is all changing; increasing numbers of“New Chinese”are working longer hours and spending less time with their families than ever before. Still, while Americans do value their loved ones. I think we have something to learn from the Chinese about finding the proper balance between work and family.
65．The main point of the passage is .
A．family plays a very important role in America.
B．there is something about family for Americans to learn from China.
C．a proper balance between work and family needs to be found for Chinese
D．the Chinese have a proper balance between work and play
66．According to the passage, the American family value in the past is that .
A．Americans love their families more than their jobs.
B．Americans often set aside their children’s needs
C．Americans have a strong work desire
D．American parents place the needs of their children above their own
67．It can be concluded from the passage that .
A．in the author’s eyes, the breakdown of the two-parent family in China will be more serious than that in
the U. S. in the future.
B．today young Americans should reduce their material comforts in the interests of their children’s future
C．Chinese marriage is said to be all perfect
D．at present, nearly one half of all new marriages end in divorce in China
68．What does the author think according to the passage?
A．Children living in one-parent families badly need their parents’ love and help
B．Children with one-parent need their parents’ money badly.
C．Chinese value whole marriage more than before. D．Work is dearest to most Chinese.
（D）
In many ways, the earliest periods of photography are the most satisfying. Learning to use the controls is easy and comes quickly, and you can measure the results in terms of sharp and correctly developed pictures. Once you have mastered that, you can start on the second step of your photographic work. Using these basic skills in a wide variety of situations to give the pictures you want, noticing what you see through the viewfinder and turning that into the most effective picture becomes totally interesting.
All good photographs have one thing in common; there is no doubt what the subject of the picture is meant to be. Every photographer must use those same standards to his or her work, not only to the finished results but to the subject before he or she takes it. Always work out quite clearly what the subject of the picture is to be and why you are taking the picture. For example,“I am going to take a picture of this street to show the different styles and ages of the buildings and that people have been living, working and shopping in them since time began.”By doing this you have a better idea of what to include in the picture and what to leave out. How often have you been shown photographs taken by people away on a trip somewhere? The judgment is always similar, something about“the car park is out of the picture to the left”, or“you can’t quite see from this picture but if you go up the street”. The photographs are usually collections of buildings, people, parked cars, possibly a distant look of an ancient church, and best of all, a figure which you are told is Aunt Henrietta, disappearing in the middle distance. When photographers show you their pictures, they have a clear idea of what they want to bring to your attention, but it often does not appear in the picture. If they had given just a little of their time to think about their future judgment before taking the picture, then the picture would relate its own story. Good pictures can show their subjects quickly and easily.
69．What does the author mean by saying“in many ways, the earliest periods of photography are the most satisfying”?
A．The skills of photography are not as satisfactory nowadays as before
B．The earliest pictures were the best pictures people have ever taken
C．The present-day photography depends more on technology than on art
D．Learning to produce a sharp and correctly developed picture is only the first step in photography and is easily learned.
70．What will it bring you if you decide the purpose of the photograph in advance?
A．Allows you to leave out unnecessary material B．Allows you to stand in the best place
C．Helps you to vary the subjects of your pictures D．Means you waste less time.
71．Many photographers fail because .
A.their pictures include the buildings and people B.the details are not clear in their pictures
C．the subjects of their pictures are not obvious
D．the explanation given for their pictures is mistaken
72．What book is this passage most likely taken from?
A．A book on photography for news reporters B．A book on how to photograph people
C．A book on choosing the right camera. D．A book on improving photographic techniques.
E
Read the following two advertisem*nts and answer the questions below:
73．What is the best time for drivers to get gas filled?
A．Monday.B．Tuesday.C．Wednesday.D．Thursday.
74．We can get all kinds of services from Paiges Basic except .
A．giving advice for free. B．changing pets’ bad behavior.
C．going to hosts’ home for training. D．curing Pets’ disease.
75．Of these two advertisem*nts, which one doesn’t provide the exact address?
A．The first one.B．The second one. C．Neither one. D．We have no idea.
阅读理解训练题（十七）答案
56-60ADCBD 61-65DABAB 66-70DBADA 71-75CDCDB
阅读理解训练题（十八）
A
Nearly everyone is shy in some ways. If shyness is making you uncomfortable, it may be time for a few lessons in self-confidence. You can build your confidence by following some suggestions from doctors and psychologists.
Make a decision not to hold back in conversations. What you have to say is just as important as what other people say. And don’t turn down party invitations just because of your shyness.
Prepare yourself for being with others in groups. Make a list of the good qualities you have. Then make a list of ideas, experiences, and skills you would like to share with other people. Think about what you would like to say in advance. Then say it.
If you start feeling self-conscious in a group, take a deep breath and focus your attention on other people. Remember, you are not alone. Other people are concerned about the impression they are making, too.
No one ever gets over being shy completely, but most people do learn to live with their shyness. Even entertainers admit that they often feel shy. They work at fighting their shy feelings so that they can face the cameras and the public. Just making the effort to control shyness can have many rewards. But perhaps the best reason to fight shyness is to give other people a chance to know more about you.
56．Where would this article probably appear?
A．In a popular magazine. B．On the front page of a newspaper.
C．In a science textbook. D．In an encyclopedia.(百科全书)
57．The main purpose of the article is to .
A．explain how shyness developedB．recommend ways of dealing with shyness
C．persuade readers that shyness is naturalD．prove that shyness can overcome
58．Which of these can you conclude from reading the article?
A．Shy people never have any fun. B．Entertainers choose their work to fight shyness.
C．The attempt to overcome shyness is always successful.
D．The attempt to overcome shyness is always worthwhile.
59．What is the source of the suggestions for fighting shyness?
A．The author of the article. B．Shy men and women.
C．doctors and psychologists D．Popular entertainers.
B
As we know, it is very important that a firm should pay attention to the training of its staff as there exist many weak points in its various departments. Staff training must have a purpose, which I defined(解释) when a firm considers its training needs, which are in turn based on job descriptions and job specifications.
A job description should give details of the performance that is required for a particular job, and a job specification should give information about the behaviour, knowledge and skills that are expected of an employee who works in it. When all of this has been collected, it is possible to make a training specification. This specifies that the training department must teach for the successful performance of the job, and also the best methods to use in the training period.
There are many different training methods, and there are advantages and disadvantages of all of them. Successful training performances depend on an understanding of the difference between learning about skills and training in using them. It is frequently said that learning about skills takes place “off the job” in classroom, but training in using these skills takes place “on the job,” by means of such activities as practice in the workshop.
It’s always difficult to evaluate the costs of a training programme. The success of such a programme depends not only on the methods used but also on the quality of the staff who do the training. The evaluation of management training is much more complex than that.
60．To be successful in our training programme, we must understand the difference between
.
A．a job description and a job specification B．what is taught, and how it is taught
C．the costs and the quality of the programme D．the training contents and training in using
61．According to passage, which of the following statements is NOT true?
A．As there exist weak points in different departments of a firm, the training of its staff is
highly necessary.
B．A training specification is based on the information collected from a job description and a job specification.
C．Training in using skills and learning about skills usually do not happen at the same time.
D．It’s easier to evaluate management training than to evaluate the training of workers and technicians.
62．The best title for the passage might be .
A．Staff training and its evaluation B．A successful training programme
C．How to describe and specify a job D．The importance of training the staff
63．From the passage we know the success of a training programme lies in .
A．the training methods and the quality of the training staff
B．the performance of the trainees in the programme
C．the places where the training programmes take place
D．the way to evaluate the training programme
C
Five years ago, David Smith wore an expensive suit to work every day.“I was a clothes addict（有瘾的人）”he jokes.“I used to carry a fresh suit to work with me so I could change if my clothes got wrinkled.” Today David wears casual clothes—khaki pants and a sports shirt—to the office. He hardly ever wears a necktie.“I am working harder than ever.”David says,“and I need to feel comfortable.”
More and more companies are allowing their office workers to wear casual clothes to work. In the United States, the change from formal to casual office wear has been gradual. In the early 1990s, many companies allowed their employees to wear casual clothes on Friday（but only on Friday）.This became known as“dress-down Friday”or“casual Friday”.“What started out as an extra one-day-a-week benefit for employees has really become an everyday thing.”said business consultant Maisly Jones.
Why have so many companies started allowing their employees to wear casual clothes?One reason is that it’s easier for a company to attract new employees if it has a casual dress code.” “A lot of young people don’t want to dress up for work,” says the owner of a software company,“so it’s hard to hire people if you have a conservative（保守的）dress code.”Another reason is that people seem happier and more productive when they are wearing comfortable clothes. In a study conducted by Levi Strauss and Company, 85 percent of employers said that they believe that casual dress improves employee morale（心境，士气）. Only 4 percent of employers said that casual dress has a negative influence on productivity. Supporters of casual office wear also argue that a casual dress code helps them save money. “Suits are expensive, if you have to wear one every day,”one person said. “For the same amount of money, you can buy a lot more casual clothes.”
64．David Smith refers to himself as having been“a clothes addict,”because .
A．he often wore khaki pants and a sports shirt B．he couldn’t stand a clean appearance
C．he wanted his clothes to look neat all the time D．he didn’t want to spend much money on clothes
65．David Smith wears casual clothes now, because .
A．they make him feel at ease when working B．he cannot afford to buy expensive clothes
C．he looks handsome in casual clothes D．he no longer works for any company
66．According to this passage, which of the following statements is FALSE?
A．Many employees don’t like a conservative dress code.
B．Comfortable clothes make employees more productive.
C．A casual clothes code is welcomed by young employees.
D．All the employers in the U. S. are for casual office wear.
67．According to this passage, which of the following statements is TRUE?
A．Company workers started to dress down about twenty years ago.
B．Dress-down has become an everyday phenomenon since the early 90s.
C．“Dress-down Friday”was first given as a favor from employers.
D．Many workers want to wear casual clothes to impress people.
68．In this passage, the following advantages of casual office wear are mentioned
EXCEPT . A．saving employees’ money B．making employees more attractive
C．improving employees’ motivation D．making employees happier
D
BUS SERVICE
New York City-Brennan, New Jersey
（Trip time: 30 minutes each way）
Timetable
●Buses leave the Railway Station, New York 7:00 am and every half-hour thereafter（此后）until1 11:30 pm （7days a week）.
●Buses leave Brennan Station 20 minutes before and after every hour from 6:20 am to 10:40（7days a week）.
●Evening rush hours（5:00 pm to 7:00 pm）buses leave the Railway Station, New York every 15minutes（Monday-Friday）.
●Holidays: buses leave every hour on the hour time, each direction.
All tickets must be bought at Window 12, the Railway Station, New York, or at the Brennan Station Window before boarding buses.
69．What time does a bus leave New York for Brennan on Thursdays?
A．10:20 amB．6:30 amC．6:45 amD．4:40 am
70．Which is the latest bus you should take from Brennan if you have to arrive at the Railway Station, New York before 4:00 pm on Monday?
A．The 3:20 pm bus B．The 3:00 pm bus C．The 3:30 pm bus D．The 3:40 pm bus
71．What time does a bus leave Brennan for New York on Christmas Day?
A．1:00 pmB．9:40 pmC．3:15 pmD．8:30 pm
E
Twelve European nations with a total population of 300 million people have given up their national currencies（货币）and now have a new currency—the euro.
The decision to give up the French franc or German deutschmark has not been an easy one. Both were known as strong currencies across the world, so it is not surprising that Britain wants to have its people vote about changing currencies before making a decision. In the 15-member European Union, Britain, Denmark and Sweden chose not to adopt the euro.
The decision about a single currency was taken 10 years ago. On January 1,1999,11 European countries began to use the new euro currency: Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portuguese, Spain. Greece became the 12th country to adopt the euro on January 1,2002. It became the official, single currency of these nations on January 1,2002.
At present, all prices in 12 countries are valued in euro. Each“old”currency stopped being used completely on February 28.
The coins have one side the same in all 12 countries. The other side is different in each country. The notes will look the same throughout the euro area. On the notes, pictures of gateways and bridges represent European openness and co-operation.
As the euro becomes the only currency in the euro-zone, its symbol will become as well-known as the US dollar or Coca-Cola symbols. But Arthur Eisenmenger, now 86 and the designer of the symbol, seems to have been forgotten. He now lives in an old people’s home in Germany.
European Commission President, Jacques Santer, introduced the euro symbol to the world in 1997. He said it was a sign of the weight of European civilization, and “E”for Europe, and the lines crossing through stand for the euro being a dependable currency. Even then, he never mentioned Eisenmenger, who designed the euro symbol more than a quarter of a century ago.
72．The euro symbol was designed by Eisenmenger .
A．in the 1970sB．in the 1980s C．in 1997D．in 1999
73．Which of the following is not mentioned in the passage?
A．The euro is the official single currency of Italy.
B．Germany used to use German deutschmark as its currency.
C．All the 15-member European Union doesn’t adopt the euro.
D．France can’t use French franc after January, 1,2002
74．Europe’s new currency will help to .
A．make people live a peaceful life in Europe.
B．make it convenient for people to travel in twelve European counties.
C．settle the problem of banknote forgery（伪造）
D．make Europe much stronger than it used to be
75．Britain wants to have its people vote about changing currencies before making a decision because .
A．people have the right to decide important things.
B．the government of Britain is willing to do things against people’s will
C．the currency of Britain-pound is known as a strong currency
D．Britain has not the tradition to use the same currency with other European countries
阅读理解训练题（十八）答案
56-60ABDCD 61-65DAACA 66-70DCBBA 71-75AADDC
阅读理解训练题（十九）
A
Hillside Secondary School year is divided into two 18-week semesters. Semester one runs from September to the end of January. Semester two runs from February to late June.
The school day runs from 8 : 45 a. m. to 3 : 15 p. m. and is made up of five 78-minute periods. Students take four classes and have one period for lunch.
In February, 2000, the school introduced a new system of computerized attendance in order to provide accurate records of student lates and absences and to enable communication with parents.
Student evaluation is a continual process based upon class performance, tests, homework and reports, as well as special projects or formal examinations held at the end of the semester. There will be at least three reports to parents during each semester. After five weeks of class, students carry Early-bird Report home. The semester one Parent/Teacher interview date appears on this report. Mid-term Report is at the ninth week. Marks are then calculated. Mid-term Reports are prepared and mailed in mid November and late April. Students with marks under 60% after 11 weeks of class will receive an In-Danger Report to remind them that more effort is required as well as careful preparation for final exams. Those notices are mailed home. Final Reports are mailed home in February and July.
The Newsletter is an excellent way for the school to communicate with parents. In addition to providing a profile of our many activities, it contains key dates and information-upcoming events such as parent interviews or exams, changes being considered at the school. Messages from school office-Parents regularly tell us they value and appreciate learning about what is happening in their children’s school. Parents receive four newsletters each year. Keep them on the refrigerator!
56．Each semester, the parents may get at least from the school.
A．an Early – bird Report, a Mid – term Report and the Newsletters.
B．an Early – bird Report, a Mid – term Report and the Final Report.
C．a Mid – term Report, an In – Danger Report and a Final Report.
D．a Mid – term Report, a Final Report and the Newsletters.
57．We can infer from the passage that .
A．parents get little information about their children’s performance at school
B．a student has to spend more than 5 periods learning lessons at school.
C．both school and parents think highly of the newsletters.
D．students with a mark above 95% might fail the exams
58．The purpose in writing this passage is .
A．to tell about the contents in different report cards to parents
B．to tell about the duration of a school year and a school day
C．to introduce a new method to record student attendance
D．to give some general information of school
B
The results of the US/NATO bombing of Yugoslavia are to be judged by history. I shall not be the one to do it. But being in the center of actual events that are creating that history, I cannot stay away from what is going on in my country.
First of all, the aim of the bombing was to prevent a human suffering in Kosovo. Today, after many days of frequent bombing, that aim is more distant than before. The bombing only brought tens of thousands of people running away from their homes. Not to mention the large number of the death and injury, buildings and factories. Suppose that the US/NATO really had a wish to prevent the human suffering, they should realize they were wrong when they thought the bombing would solve the problem.
So, what’s left? Back off or ground troops? But who is going to join the ground troops? It would take at least 200,000 armed soldiers, not the 20,000 that the US/NATO have prepared in Macedonian. It should also be clear that the Serbs（塞族）will not give up on Kosovo.
I live under continuous bombing for more than a week now. And it doesn’t frighten me any more. I don’t turn to the shelter at the sound of warning. It’s the thought of ground troops that frightens me. Vietnam would seem like a picnic compared to a bloodshed in Kosovo if the ground troops appear. Is that what the US/NATO wants?
59．Which of the following statements is true?
A．The US/NATO really intends to stop the human suffering.
B．The result of the war will be judged by people in Kosovo.
C．The bombing made tens of thousands of people homeless.
D．The continuous bombing will make the Serbs give up of Kosovo.
60．What worries the writer most?
A．The continuous bombing.B．The coming of ground troops.
C．The sound of bomb warning.D．The idea of ground troops.
61．What’s the writer’s attitude towards the bombing in Kosovo?
A．It is the US/NATO ’s duty to defend Kosovo.
B．It is wrong to solve the problem by bombing Kosovo.
C．The aim of bombing Kosovo is to stop a human suffering.
D．The bombing can solve the problem on Kosovo.
62．The underlined sentence means .
A．the war in Vietnam wasn’t serious at all
B．the war in Vietnam was different from that in Kosovo.
C．the US will send more troops to Kosovo than that to Vietnam
D．ground troops to Kosovo will cause an even greater disaster
C
For centuries, people wondered how big the Earth was. Unfortunately, as long as they thought the Earth was flat, no one was able to figure out its size. Gradually, however, people began to realize that the Earth was really round.
Then, in the third century BC（2,300 years ago）, a Greek man named Eratosthenes had an idea. Eratosthenes was sure that the Earth was a sphere. He used the sun and geometry to figure out the size of the Earth. He calculated that the circumference of the Earth was 28,600 miles（46,000 kilometers）.The true size of the Earth is 25,000 miles（40，000 kilometers）.Eratosthenes’ measurement was wrong, but it was very close to the truth.
For many centuries after Eratoshenes lived, people made maps of the Earth. However, they did not know very much about the world outside of Europe, Asia, and north Africa. Mapmakers could not draw accurate maps of the Earth until people began traveling around the world in the fifteenth century, mapping small areas each time. In the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, people began making correct maps of countries, but the first accurate maps of the world were not made until the 1890s.
Maps today are reliable, inexpensive, and easy to understand. People depend on maps every day. What would our lives be like without them?
63．A sphere is a .
A．large shapeB．planet C．ballD．member of the sun family
64．What’s a synonym（同义词）for figure out?
A．geometryB．calculateC．make outD．understand
65．Look at the four drawings below. Which one shows the circumference of the Earth?
66．A measurement is a .
A．calculationB．kilometerC．true statementD．wrong statement
67．Accurate means .A．bigB．niceC,small D．correct
D
Sarah Williams went to a boarding（寄宿）school. Here is one of the letters she wrote to her parents from the school.
Wentworth Girls’School
Beachside
July 25th
Dearest Mom and Dad,
I’m afraid I have some very bad news for you. I have been very naughty and the school principal is very angry with me. She is going to write to you. You must come and take me away from here. She does not want me in the school any longer.
The trouble started last night when I was smoking a cigarette in bed, This is against the rules, of course. We are not supposed to smoke at all.
As I was smoking, I heard footsteps coming towards the room. I did not want a teacher to catch me smoking, so I threw the cigarette away.
Unfortunately, the cigarette fell into the waste-paper basket, which caught fire.
There was a curtain near the waste paper-basket which caught fire, too. Soon the whole room was burning.
The principal phoned for the fire department. The school is a long way from the town and by the time the fire department arrived, the whole school was in flames. Many of the girls are in the hospital.
The principal says that the fire was all my fault and you must pay for the damage. She will send you a bill for about a million dollars.
I’m very sorry about this.
Much love,
Sarah
P.S. None of the above is true, but I have failed my exams. I just want you to know how bad things could have been!
68．The title of the passage is .
A．A Naughty Girl B．A Fire AccidentC．A Home LetterD．The Exam
69．Which of the following is true?
A．Sarah wrote home to ask for a million dollars.
B．Sarah said she had failed her exams, so the principal was angry with her.
C．Sarah told her parents about the fire to make them less angry at her real news.
D．The letter before the P. S. was completely true.
70．What does the word principal mean in Chinese in the first paragraph of the letter?
A．经理B．局长C．法官D．校长
71．According to Sarah, the fire department took so long to get to the school because .
A．it was a long way from the nearest town
B．the principal didn’t phone for the fire department immediately
C．there’s something wrong with the fire engine D．in fact, it was not far from the town
E
Beijing—Beijing is to spend up to US $ 20 billion to change the Chinese capital into a 21st century one for the 2008 Olympics.
The government managed to host the 2008 games. The general aim is for Beijing to have the same environmental standards as Paris, London or Washington by 2008.
Hundreds of millions of dollars will be spent to pipe natural gas to the city’s home, taking away dirty coal burning gradually while 60, 000 buses will be changed to liquefied（液化）gas.
The money also will be used for relocating the polluting factories and building green belts. By 2008 around 90 percent of Beijing’s waste will be treated, compared to only 40 percent at present.
Olympic officials realize the city has a long way to go to match the environmental standards of such cities as Paris, Toronto, Istanbul and Osaka.
City officials have already announced that around 50 large projects are being dealt with to improve traffic congestion（拥挤）and cut down pollution. They include construction of Beijing’s first light railway, a 40.5—kilometer line which is expected to be complete in 2005.
Beijing, besides, plans to build an 82.25—kilometre – long subway to add to existing 53 kilometres. Nine major roads will be rebuilt or eidened.
Beijing also plans to build a 70–metre–wide green belt along the waterways to protect water quality as well as increase the green areas.
72．The government will pipe natural gas to the city’s home in order to .
A．solve the problem of being short of fuel B．bring down the cost of daily life
C．reduce the pollution of our capital D．keep up with the development of modern society
73．The underlined word“relocating”in this report means .
A．removingB．pulling downC．rebuildingD．dealing with
74．From the last three paragraphs we know the fact that .
A．lengthening the existing 53-kilometre subway is among the 50 large projects
B．a 40.5-kilometer line will be added to Beijing’s first light railway
C．the length of the subway will be up to 135.25-kilometres in 2005
D．a 70-metre-wide green belt will supply us with enough water
75．Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A．The environment of London is better than Toronto.
B．In the first paragraph“a 21 st century one”refers to a modern and advanced capital
C．Beijing is badly polluted mainly by coal burning. D．Liquefied gas is more expensive than petrol.
阅读理解训练题（十九）答案
56-60BCDCD 61-65BDCBA 66-70ADCCD 71-75ACAAB
阅读理解训练题（二）
A
BEUING (Associated Press 美联社) —China has a growing middle class, a tradition (传统) of expecting education and 21 million new babies every year. Selling educatioinal toys should be easy.
While China may be the world’s biggest toy?maker, many of the best are exported (出口). Department stores here do not have enough high quality toys. It is said that the demand for educational toys is low.
A US company, BabyCare, is trying to change that with a new way to sell toys in China.
BabyCare works basically together with doctors in Beijing hospitals. People who join the company’s "mother club"can get lectures and newsletters on baby and child development at no extra cost, if they agree to spend 18 dollars a month on the company’s educational toys and child?care books.
"We want to build a seven?year relationship with those people," said Matthew J. Estes, BabyCare’s president. "It starts during pregnancy (孕期), when the anxiety and needs are highest." BabyCare works on a one?to?one basis. Doctors, nurses, and teachers paid by BabyCare advise parents, explain toys that are designed for children at each stage (阶段) of development to age six.
BabyCare opened its first store in China last June in a shopping center in central Beijing and another near Beijing Zoo. It plans to have 80 stores in China within six years.
It is a new model for China and develops a market in young children’s education and health that no other companies are in.
56. What do the first two paragraphs mainly tell us?
A. Educational toys and foreign toy markets.
B. Problems with China’s toy market and education.
C. Reasons for pushing sales of educational toys in China.
D. Baby population and various kinds of toys made in China.
57. Which of the following is a fact according to the passage?
A. Club members buy BabyCare products for free child?care advice.
B. Doctors in Beijing help in making BabyCare products.
C. Parents are encouraged to pay $ 18 for club activities.
D. BabyCare trains Chinese doctors at no extra cost.
58. BabyCare is developing its business in China by.
A. opening stores in Beijing hospitals
B. offering 18?month courses on child?care
C. setting up children’s education centers
D. forming close relationships with parents
59. Which of the following would be the most suitable title for the passage?
A. Mother’s Club in China. B. BabyCare and Doctors.
C. American Company Model. D. Educational Toys in China.
B
STAGE
Keep it in the air: The Chaoyang Theater is one of the Beijing theaters to present acrobatics(杂技 ) all year round. Top acrobatic artists invited from all over the country perform for Chinese and foreign tourists. The program contains trick cycling, leaping through hoops and Chinese magic tricks. Some of the artists have won prizes in international competitions.
Time: 7∶15 p.m. Daily
Place: 36, Dongsanhuan Beilu, Chaoyang District
Tel: 65072421, 65071818
Use your head: Green Hat is a new drama given by a group of young Chinese actors. It’s a rewrite of American writer Nathaniel Hawthorne’s famous novel The Scarlet Letter. It describes the heroine’s great courage in finding the true love against the public disagreement.
Time: 7∶15 p.m. until March 5, except Mondays
Place: China Children’s Theater
Tel: 66037255, 66037265
Mix and match: Story of Puppets tells of a fairy, Zixia, who looks for true love in the human world. After watching a puppet play Peony Pavilion, she thinks there must be true love in reality, so she uses magic to turn the puppet characters into humans, wanting to fall in love with the puppet hero. But things don’t go as she planned... Li Liuyi, the director of the play has made several successful attempts to present different traditional operas in one play. This time he combines Peking Opera, Kunqu Opera, Pingju Opera along with a band, using the structure of modern drama.
Time: 7∶ 30 p.m. until March 10, except Mondays
Place: Small Playhouse of Beijing People’s Art Theater
Tel: 65250123
Peking Opera: The Beijing Peking Opera Troupe will give two performances at the Chang’an Grand Theater. Each performance includes two classical excerpts(选段). One is Wenxi(a play focusing on singing and dancing); the other is Wuxi (a play full of acrobatic dancing). The first night will be The Crossroad and Presenting a Pearl of the Rainbow Bridge. And the second night will see the performance of The Goddess of Heaven Scatters Flowers and Havoc in Heaven.
Time: 7∶30 p.m. February 27, 28
Place:Chang’an Grand Theater
Tel: 86531043
60. We can learn from the text that.
A. Story of puppets is a play held in China Children’s Theater
B. the artists who have won prizes will perform magic tricks
C. on March 5 there will be two plays for us to choose
D. the artists in the Beijing Peking Opera Troupe are from all over the country
61. If a tourist wants to see a performance on March 15, he can call to book a ticket.
A. 86531043 B. 65250123 C. 66037255 D. 65071818
62. According to the text, which of the following statements is true?
A. The director of the Story of Puppets combines different operas in it.
B. Green Hat is based on a famous novel acted by some American artists.
C. Top Acrobatic artists will present their performances around our country.
D. The Beijing Peking Opera Troupe will give two performances with the same excerpts.
C
Beijing (Xinhua): When she appeared on stage, singing a Japanese song, hundreds of excited teenagers crowded around shouting, "Curarpikt (酷拉皮卡)！It’s Curarpikt!"
At the Beijing Comic and Animation Expo last week, that’s exactly who Shi Jia was. The Senior 1 girl was cosplaying (角色扮演) "Curarpikt", a character from the popular Japanese comic book Hunter X Hunter (《猎人》)by Yoshihiro Togashi.
"I cosplay Curarpikt because I like him," said the pretty 15?year?old girl. "I’m moved by his sad story and I’m attracted by his courage and personality."
In the adventure comic story, Curarpikt, a handsome and kind?hearted boy, struggles to become a hunter so he can capture(掳获)the people who killed his tribe(部落).
Shi has read all the comic books and is a big fan of the animated series(动画片)of Hunter X Hunter. Then last year she saw a real "Curarpikt"in a cosplay show.
"I had watched cosplay shows before but only for fun," she explained. "It’s really exciting to see young people wearing the make?up and costumes of characters that you’ve read about and are familiar with."
"But that time I just fell in love with cosplaying, probably because I like Curarpikt so much. I thought I could play the character better, so I decided to have a go."
Shi bought some cloth and asked a tailor to make a Curarpikt costume for her. She was delighted to find out there was a cosplay show in Beijing in October.
"It’s a great way to spend the national holiday. Posing on the stage for all the comic book fans, I knew I was doing something I had always wanted to do," she said.
But she never talks about her hobby with her parents.
"They think it will distract me from my studies. I don’t want to upset them,that’s my secret hobby," she said. "It’s also why I don’t dye my hair for cosplaying like all the others."
63. What’s cosplay according to the passage?
A.When cosplaying, comic fans wear costumes and pretend to be their favourite comic characters.
B.Cosplay is a kind of performance in which you play a Curarpikt.
C. Cosplay is a character from the popular Japanese comic book Hunter X Hunter by Yoshihiro Togashi.
D.When cosplaying, some funny teenagers play some characters in the animated series.
64. Shi Jia cosplayed Curarpikt ______.
A. in order to attract her fans
B. because she liked animated series
C. because she was greatly attracted by that role
D. because it’s her secret hobby
65. The underlined word "distract" means_____.
A. get rid of B. keep out of
C. give courage to D. draw away attention of
66. Which of the following is wrong?
A. Curarpikt was created by a Japanese cartoonist.
B. Shi Jia’s parents were in favor of her performance.
C. Shi Jia cosplayed Curarpikt successfully.
D. Cosplay is popular with some teenagers.
D
James Cleveland Owens was the son of a farmer and the grandson of black slaves. His family moved to Cleveland when he was 9.There, a school teacher asked the youth his name.
"J.C., "he replied.
She thought he had said "Jesse", and he had a new name.
Owens ran his first race at age 13.After high school, he went to Ohio State University.He had to work part time so as to pay for his education.As a second? year student, in the Big Ten games in 1935, he set even more records than he would in the Olympic Games a year later.
A week before the Big Ten meet, Owens accidentally fell down a flight of stairs. His back hurt so much that he could not exercise all week, and he had to be helped in and out of the car that drove him to the meet. He refused to listen to the suggestions that he give up and said he would try, event by event. He did try, and the results are in the record book.
The stage was set for Owens? victory at the Olympic Games in Berlin the next year, and his success would come to be regarded as not only athletic but also political.Hitler did not congratulate any of the African?American winners.
"It was all right with me, "he said years later."I didn?t go to Berlin to shake hands with him, anyway."
Having returned from Berlin, he received no telephone calls from the president of his own country, either.In fact, he was not honored by the United States until 1976, four years before his death.
Owens? Olympic victories made little difference to him. He earned his living by looking after a school playground, and accepted money to race against cars, trucks, motorcycles and dogs.
"Sure, it bothered me, "he said later."But at least it was an honest living. I had to eat."
In time, however, his gold medals changed his life."They have kept me alive over the years, "he once said."Time has stood still for me.That golden moment dies hard."
67. Owens got his other name "Jesse" when.
A. he went to Ohio State University
B. his teacher made fun of him
C. his teacher took "J. C."for "Jesse"
D. he won gold medals in the Big Ten meet
68. In the Big Ten meet，Owens.
A. hurt himself in the back B. succeeded in setting many records
C. tried every sports event but failed D. had to give up some events
69. We can infer from the text that Owens was treated unfairly in the US at that time because.
A. he was not of the right race
B. he was the son of a poor farmer
C. he didnˊt shake hands with Hitler
D. he didnˊt talk to the US president on the phone
70. When Owens says "They have kept me alive over the years ",he means that the medals.
A. have been changed for money to help him live on
B. have made him famous in the US
C. have encouraged him to overcome difficulties in life
D. have kept him busy with all kinds of jobs
71. What would be the best title for the text?
A. Jesse Owens, A Great American Athlete
B. Golden Moment — A Life?time Struggle
C. Making A Living As A Sportsman
D. How To Be A Successful Athlete
E
Have you ever dreamed of visiting a planet in the Milky Way (银河系)? While the trip sounds exciting, it would take years and years to reach your destination. So in the future, bedtime for astronauts may be more than a few hours of regular shut eye. They would have to sleep for years.
European researchers are now conducting hibernation experiments. The study may help them understand whether humans could ever sleep through the years it would take for a spaceflight to distant planets. "If there was an effective technology, it could make deep?space travel a reality," said Mark Ayre of the European Space Agency last month.
What seems like a science fiction is not completely unlikely. Researchers have been able to use chemicals to put living cells into a sleep?like state where they don’t age. They have now moved on to the small, non?hibernating mammals (哺乳动物) like rats.
A major challenge is the fact that cells can be very simple systems, whereas body organs are far more complex (复杂的). "It’s like moving from a simple Apple computer to a supercomputer," said Marco Biggiogera, a hibernation researcher at Italy’s University of Pavia. Just like bears and frogs, the hibernation of human beings would cause a person’s metabolism (新陈代谢) to lower so they would need less energy.
Medical research, however, is just half of a spaceflight hibernation system. There is a challenge of designing a suitable protective shelter (栖身所). Such a shelter would provide the proper environment for hibernation, such as the proper temperature. It would also have to monitor (监控) life functions and serve the physiological needs of the hibernator.
According to Ayre, the six?person Human Outer Planets Exploration Mission (使命) to Jupiter’s moon (木星的卫星) Callisto, could be an opportunity to use human hibernation. The mission aims to send six persons on a five?year flight to Callisto, where they will spend 30 days, in 2045.
72.According to the article, the hibernation research _______.
A. is just an ideaB. is always a science fiction
C. has already finished successfullyD. has made some progress
73.In a hibernating state, a person needs ________.
A. less sleep B. more food C. less energy D. more movement
74.The first try of the hibernation technologythe six?person Human Outer Planets Exploration Mission to Jupiter’s moon Callisto.
A. will be B. has been planned for
C. is certain to be D. may be
75.What is the best title of the article?
A. Hibernation study for space travel B. Welcome to our space travel
C. To hibernate, to live longer D. Welcome to the Milky Way
阅读理解训练题（二）解答提示
56.C 由第一段和第二段可知。
57.A 由第四段第二句可知。
58.D 由第五段第一句可知。
59.D 本文主要是谈中国具有教育性的玩具。
这是一篇广告，主要介绍了北京朝阳剧院的杂技节目、中国儿童剧院的戏剧《绿帽子》、北京人民艺术剧院的《木偶戏》和长安大剧院的京剧节目播出的相关信息。
60.C本题为细节判断题。Story of Puppets是在北京人民艺术剧院演出而不是在中国儿童剧院，故A不正确；由广告一可知参加演出的一些演员获过奖，而不是在这些节目由获过奖的人演出，故选项B不正确；广告四并未提及京剧演出者来自全国各地，故选项D不正确；由广告二、广告三可知这两个剧院在三月五号有演出，故有两个剧可选择。
61.D本题为细节判断题。在March 15继续举行演出的只有广告一中所提到的杂技节目，因为演出是每天晚上`7∶15（7∶15 p.m. Daily）。
62.A 本题为正误判断题。由广告三可知Story of Puppets将融合京剧（Peking Opera）, 昆曲（Kunqu Opera），平剧（Pingju Opera）等，故A选项正确。
本文是一篇新闻报道类文章。主要介绍了在北京举办的观众喜爱的动画人物模仿秀的表演中，一位特别引人注目的扮演Curarpikt的15岁女孩Shi Jia的有关情况。
63.A 通读全文可知本文是重点介绍上星期在北京举办的观众喜爱的动画人物模仿秀，其中一位特别引人注目，她是扮演Curarpikt的15岁女孩Shi Jia，所以选A。动画片的角色很多，Curarpikt只是孩子们喜欢的角色之一，所以可以排除B；cosplay文中已有该单词的注解，意为"角色扮演"，显然C项错误。被模仿的角色是动画片中的人物，文章所介绍的模仿秀是在舞台上进行表演，不是在动画片中扮演角色，故也排除D项。
64.C 根据本文第三段Shi Jia之所以扮演Curarpikt是因为she likes him and is attracted by his courage and personality,从文章的第三段她说的话可以证实。
65.D 根据Shi Jia在最后一段中所说的话"I don’t want to upset them,that’s my secret hobby..."可以推测distract意为"分散注意力"；get rid of：摆脱；keep out of: 不让某人进入，让某人避开某物；give courage to：鼓励。
66.B 据第二段第二句话可以知道A项正确；从第一段观众对Shi Jia出现在台上的热烈反应可知表演很成功，也由此可知teenagers十分喜欢动画片人物，因此排除C、D两项；从最后一段I don’t want to upset them, that’s my secret hobby.可知Shi Jia的 父母不支持她。
本文讲述美国著名运动员Jesse Owens生平的简要情况。
67.C 文中提到She (Owens? teacher) thought he had said "Jesse", and he had a new name。
68.B 文中提到"... he set even more records than he would in the Olympic Games a year later"。
69.A 从文章中可以推断是种族歧视的原因。
70.C 从keep sb. alive可以得知。
71.A 整篇文章都是讲的这名著名的运动员Jesse Owens。
E
星际探索固然重要，可是怎样打发漫漫旅途呢？别急，人类"冬眠"技术让你一觉睡到目的地。
结构层次：星际探索旅途遥远，漫长的时间难以打发；欧洲科学家正在研制"冬眠"技术；科学家们需要解决两个问题：降低太空人的新陈代谢速度；给太空人提供理想的栖身处。
72.D 推理判断题。由原文第三段可以推出答案。
73.C 细节判断题。由原文第四段的最后一句可知。
74.D 推理判断题。由原文最后一段的第一句话中could一词的委婉语气可推出答案。
75.A 标题判断题。认真分析原文可知，本文自始至终介绍的是在星际探索中使用冬眠技术的研究情况，因此以Hibernation study for space travel为题既具有高度的概括性、强烈的针对性，又具有一定的醒目性。
阅读理解训练题（二十）
A
At first sight the planet Mars（火星）does not appear very welcoming to any kind of life. It has very little oxygen and water, the temperature at night is below-50 degrees and winds of 100 miles （161 kilometres）per hour cause severe dust storms. However, the surface of the planet seems to show that water flowed across it at some time in the past, and it is believed that there is enough ice at the poles to cover the planet with water if it melted. Although there is no life on Mars now, some scientists think that there may have been some form of life a long time ago. At that time, the planet had active volcanoes（火山）; the atmosphere was thicker and warmer; and there was water. In fact, in some ways Mars may have been similar to Earth, where life exists.
Some people believe that Mars could support life in the future if the right conditions were produced. The first step would be to warm the planet using certain gases which trap the sun’s heat in the planet’s atmosphere. With warmth, water and carbon dioxide（三氧化碳）, simple plants could begin to grow. These plants could slowly make Mars fit to live on. It is judged that the whole process might take between 100,000 and 200,000 years. In the meantime, people could begin to live on the planet in special closed environments. They would provide a lot of useful information about conditions on Mars and the problems connected with living there.
56．According to the passage, the planet Mars has no on it.
A．windB．dustC．mountainsD．animals
57．It is believed that on Mars now .
A．there is a large amount of ice at the poles. B．there is a thicker and warmer atmosphere
C．there are some kinds of simple plants D．there are so many active volcanoes.
58．What is the topic discussed in the second paragraph?
A．Certain gases should be used to warm Mars. B．Plants should be grown to make Mars fit to live on.
C．Mars could support life on right conditions in the future.
D．People could live on Mars in special closed environments.
59．A most suitable title for the passage is .
A．No life on MarsB． B.study of Mars C．The possibility of life on Mars
D．The Future conditions on Mars
B
December 06 —Canada: For those of you who have been
Following this story, the third suspect（嫌疑犯）in the Canadian
Cat Mutilation（残害）case has been caught. On March 8, after
just under a year of searching, the Find Matt Campaign received
information that would comfort many. Now known as Mattew
Kaczorowski, 21 years old, this cat mutilator was picked up by the
Police from the streets of Vancouver.
In May 2001, three young men took a young cat, named “Kensington” after the area of town from where she was taken,. from the street to a house. They began to cruelly treat and mutilate her to death, videotaping the attack. Two of the suspects, recognized as 21-year-old Jesse Champlain Power and 24-year –old Anthony Ryan Wennekers, were arrested shortly after the incident. Neither helped the police in an effort to find the third suspect, at the time known only as“Matt.”
In May 2002, Katie set up the “Find Matt Campaign”, with the goals of raising public awareness（意识）about animal cruelty and having as many eyes as possible look for Matt.
“I don’t think Matt would have been caught had it not been for Katie Woodward’s information, ”said Detective Gordon Scott, one of the arresting officers.
Kaczorowski faces the charges of animal cruelty, theft under $ 5,000 and possession of property taken by crime, but one charge remains absent：that of animal cruelty. According to Canadian law, this kind of crime must be charged within six months.
The case is now before the Courts.
While finding Matt is a big step in the right direction of this case, it is not over. It remains that Kensington’s guardian（监护人）has not yet come forward. It is important that her guardian speak out to lessen the possibility of the charges being dropped.
60．What does the passage mainly talk about?
A．A cat was killed cruelly in Canada. B．A Canadian cat mutilator was caught.
C．People pay attention to animal protection. D．No crimes can escape from being charged.
61．Which of the following is in correct order according to the time when the events happened?
a．Matt was caught by the police.
b．“Find Matt Campaign”was set up.
c．Jesse and Anthony were soon arrested.
d．Three young men mutilate a cat to death.
e．Katie got the information about the third suspect.
A．b, e, a, d, cB．e, a , d, c, bC．d, c, b, e, aD．a, d, b, e, c
62．Which one of the charges does Matt certainly have to face?
A．Stealing less than $ 5,000. B．His possession of property.
C．The crime of animal cruelty. D．A six-month imprisonment.
61．What can we infer from the passage?
A．Catching Matt was easy for the police. B．Very few people care about Matt’s case.
C．Katie started the Find Matt Campaign to protect animals.
D．The final result of the case depends on the cat’s guardian.
C
Mickey’s Goal
Last night was the last game for my eight-year-old son’s soccer team. It was the final quarter. The score was two to one, my son’s team in the lead. Parents surrounded the playground, offering encouragement.
With less than ten seconds remaining, the ball suddenly rolled in front of my son’s teammate, Mickey O’ Donnel. With shouts of“Kick it!” echoing（回响）across the playground, Mickey turned around and gave it everything he had. All around me the crowd erupted（沸腾）.O’ Donnel had scored!
Then there was silence. Mickey had scored all right, but in the wrong goal, ending the game in a tie. For a moment there was a total hush. You see, Mickey has Down syndrome（综合症）and for him there is no such thing as a wrong goal. All goals were celebrated by a joyous hug from Mickey. He had even been known to hug the opposing players when they scored.
The silence was finally broken when Mickey, his face filled with joy, hugged my son tightly and shouted,“I scored! I scored. Everybody won! Everybody won!” For a moment I held my breath, not sure how my son would react. I need not have worried . I watched, through tears, as my son threw up his hand in the classic high-five salute and started chanting,“Way to go Mickey! Way to go Mickey!” Within moments both teams surrounded Mickey, joining in the chant and congratulating him on his goal.
Later that night, when my daughter asked who had won, I smiled as I replied,“It was a tie. Everybody won.”
64．What was the score of the soccer match?
A．Two to two, equal to both the teams. B．Three to one in Mickey’s team’s favor.
C．Two to one in the opposite team’s favor. D．Everybody won because of Mickey’s goal.
65．The underlined word“hush”in paragraph 3 means .
A．cheerB．cryC．laughterD．silence
66．What did the author worry about when Mickey scored and hugged his son?
A．The result of the match would fail his son. B．His son would shout at Mickey for his goal.
C．Mickey would again hug the opposing players.
D．His son would understand Mickey’s wrong goal.
67．It can be inferred from the passage that .
A．both teams liked and respected Mickey. B．both teams were thankful to Mickey for his goal.
C．Mickey didn’t mind though his goal was wrong.
D．Mickey was a kind-hearted boy and hoped everybody won.
68．The purpose of the author in writing the passage is .
A．to tell a joke to make readers laugh. B．to suggest we should not mind losing .
C．to show enjoying a game is more than winning a game.
D．to present his son’s fine qualities of understanding others
D
All over the country these days, electronic mail messages are ending with this strange little mark:-) or one of its many variants（变体），like :-（.
It was 20 years ago that Scott Fahlman taught the Net how to smile. The Carnegie Mellon computer scientist has devoted his life to man-made intelligence, the practice of teaching computers how to think like humans, but the bearded scientist is perhaps best known for a flash of inspiration（灵感）that helped to define（定义）Internet culture.
By the early 1980’s the Computer Science group at Carnegie Mellon was making heavy use of online bulletin boards or“bboards”.A good many of the posts were humorous. The problem was that if someone made a humorous remark, a few readers would fail to get the joke. This problem caused some people to suggest（only half seriously）that maybe it would be a good idea to clearly mark posts that were not to be taken seriously. After all, when using text-based online communication, we lack the body language or the tone of voice that communicates this information when we talk in person or on the phone.
So on Sept. 19, 1982, Fahlman typed :-) in an online message. “I had no idea I was starting something that would soon pollute all the world’s communications channels,” he wrote later. The“smiley face”has since become common in online communication, allowing 12-year-old girls and corporate lawyers alike to mark their messages with a quick symbol that says, “Hey, I’m only joking.”
This creation caught on quickly around Carnegie Mellon, and soon spread to other universities and research labs by means of the computer networks of the day. Since then, the smiling icons（marks）have taken the e-mail world by storm. Now called emoticons, short for emotive（情感）icons, Fahlman’s smiley face encouraged the creation of thousands of variants.
Yahoo, Microsoft and America Online all put emoticons into their instant-messaging systems, while telecom companies, jewelry makers and online merchants have sent in trademark applications（申请）for products and ads that include Fahlman’s smiley face.
But Fahlman has never seen a cent from his creation.“If it cost people a cent to use it, nobody would have used it. This is my little gift to the world, for better or worse,”he said.
69．What do the underlined words this information in paragraph 3 refer to?
A．the body language.B．the suggestion of marking posts
C．the tone of voiceD．the humors behind the words
70．The purpose of Fahlman in typing the first smiley face was .
A．to explain to others that he didn’t take his message seriously.
B．to fill all the world’s communication channels with smiley faces.
C．to make money out of telecom companies and online merchants.
D．to show his happy feelings and to help to define Internet culture.
71．What does the passage mainly talk about?
A．Internet cultureB．Electronic mail message.
C．Fahlman’s creation.D．Online smiley face.
E
The case for college has been accepted without question for more than a generation. All high school graduates ought to go, because college will help them earn more money, become“better”people, and learn to be more responsible citizens than those who don’t go.
But college has never been able to work its magic for everyone. And now that close to half our high school graduates are attending, those who don’t fit the pattern are becoming more and more, and more obvious. College graduates are selling shoes and driving taxis; college students get in the way of each other’s experiments and write false letters of recommendation（推荐）in the competition for admission to graduate school. Others find not interest in their studies, and drop out—often encouraged by college administrators（教导主任）.
Some observers say the fault is with the young people themselves—they are spoiled and they are expecting too much. But that is a condemnaiton（谴责）of the students as a whole, and does not explain all campus unhappiness. Others blame the state of the world, and they are partly right. We’ve been told that young people have to go to college because our economy cannot take in an army of untrained eighteen-year-olds. But disappointed graduates are learning that it can no longer take in an army of trained twenty-two-year-olds, either.
Some adventuresome educators and campus watchers have openly begun to suggest that college may not be the best, the proper, the only place for every young person after the completion of high school. We may have been looking at all those surveys（调查）upside down, it seems, and thinking of the rosy glow of our own remembered college experiences. Perhaps college does not make people intelligent（clever），ambitious, happy, liberal, or quick to learn things—maybe it is just the other way round, and intelligent, ambitious, happy, liberal, quick-learning people are only the ones who have been attracted to college in the first place. And perhaps all those successful college graduates would have been successful whether they had gone to college or not. This is heresy（异端邪说）to those of us who have been brought up to believe that if a little schooling is good, more has to be much better. But opposite evidence is beginning to mount up.
72．According to the passage all the following statements are true EXCEPT that .
A．about half of the high school graduates continue their studies in colleges.
B．college graduates are believed to be able to earn more money.
C．administrators often encourage college students to drop out.
D．more and more young people are found unfit for college.
73．Which of the following is one of some observers’ opinions?
A．The students expect so much that they are not satisfied with the hard college life.
B．The economic situation is so discouraging that the youth have to attend college.
C．Colleges should improve because of so much campus unhappiness.
D．Colleges provide more chances of good jobs than anywhere else.
74．What does the underlined sentence in paragraph 4 mean?
A．Our college experiences prove that those surveys are incorrect.
B．The surveys may remind us of our beautiful college experiences.
C．The surveys should all be reexamined according to our college experiences.
D．Our college experiences may make us misunderstand the results of the surveys.
75．What is the main purpose of this passage?
A．To value young people’s further education in colleges.
B．To put forward an idea that college should not be the first choice.
C．To argue against the idea that college is the best place for all young people.
D．To persuade young people into working after the completion of high school.
阅读理解训练题（二十）答案
56-60DACCB 61-65CADAD 66-70BACDA 71-75DCBDC
阅读理解训练题（二十一）
A
The Museum of Childhood is Australia’s most comprehensive collection of childhood items including toys , dolls , infant and school material .
Housed in a modern facility , the displays reflect Australian childhood experience over time including play , child rearing , orphanage childhood , and home , school , and war time experience .
There are many hands –on exhibits and education sessions including the famous ‘lesson’ in the 1920s One Teacher Bush Classroom .
The Museum also hosts national touring exhibitions and conducts special activities on Sundays and school holidays（ring for details ）.
Open: Tuesday- Friday 10am – 4pm , Sunday 10am – 4:30 pm , or by arrangement .
Special activities on Sundays as advertise .
Closed: Public holidays ,16 December-18 January .
Location: Edith Cowan University campus , Bay Road , Claremont (take bus 208 and alight at the Bay Road and Princess Road intersection . The Museum is 15 minutes’ walk from Claremont train station )
Tel :(08) 9442 1373 ; Fax ; (08 ) 9442 1314
56．On you can stay at the Museum until half past four .
A．Wednesday B．Friday C．Sunday D．Monday
57．If you want to attend a special activity , you’d better come on .
A．Monday B．Tuesday C．Saturday D．Sunday
58．When you come on December 20th , Friday ,you will find the Museum .
A．closed B．holding special activities
C．not closed until 4:00D．not closed until 4:30
59．The main purpose of the Museum of Childhood is to .
A．display toys , dolls , infant and school material
B．reflect Australian childhood experience over time
C．host national touring exhibition D．tell you the famous ‘lesson’ in the 1920s
B
WASHINGTON-Laura Straub is a very worried woman . Her job is to find families for French teenagers who expect to live with American families in the summer .
It’s not easy , even desperate .
“We have many children left to place :40 out of 75,” said Straub , who works for a Paris-based foreign – exchange programme called LEC. When exchange programmes started 50 years ago , family life was more accommodating . For one thing , more mothers stayed home .
But now , increasing numbers of women work outside the home . Exchange-student programmes have struggled in recent years to sign up host families for the 30,000 teenagers who annually come from abroad to spend and academic year in the United States , as well as the thousands more who participate in summer programmes .
School systems in many parts of the US, unhappy about accepting non-taxpaying students , have also strictly limited the number of exchange students they accept . At the same time , the idea of hosting foreign students is becoming less exotic.
In searching for host families , who usually receive no pay , exchange programmes are increasingly broadening heir appeals to include everyone from young couples to retirees .
“We are open to many different types of families,” said Vickie Weiner , eastern regional director for ASSE, a 25- year –old programme that sends about 30,000 teen-agers on academic –year exchange programmes worldwide .
For elderly people , exchange students “keep us young –they really do ,” said Jean Foster , who is hosting 16-year –old Nina Porst from Denmark .
60．Viekie Weiner is the person who .
A．works for a programme called LEC B．works for a programme called ASSE
C．is 25 years old D．hosts foreign students
61．The underlined word “exotic” means .
A．difficult B．wonderful C．exciting D．accommodating
62．From the passage we can learn that at the beginning of the exchange programmes , .
A．all the families cold host foreign students
B．only young couples could host foreign students
C．only those who were retired could host foreign students
D．those who were not too old could host foreign students
63．Which of the following is the best title of this passage ?
A．US Struggle to Find Host Families B．Idea of Hosting Students Is Different
C．Foreign-exchange Program Is Going On D．Exchange Students Keep Old People Young
C
Mosquitoes（蚊子）are very important in human history . The Guinness Book of Records says that mosquitoes have caused over 50 per cent of all human deaths since the Stone Age , excluding deaths from war and accidents !
Mosquitoes are found all over the world . Female mosquitoes usually feed on the blood of humans and animals . Mosquitoes often carry dangerous disease called malaria , which usually occurs during hot , rainy season .
If a mosquito feed on the blood of a person with malaria , it becomes a carrier of the disease . It injects the disease into the next person it bites . So , for example , a tourist could be infected with malaria during a visit to Indonesia . The same tourist might then visit Thailand where another mosquito may bite him . This mosquito could then bite another person and spread the disease .
People have used insecticides to kill mosquitoes and their eggs for a long time , but many insects are now resitant to these chemicals . This resistance is a big problem for doctors because it can stop the prevention and treatment of malaria . Also , several of the drugs which doctors use to prevent malaria do not work anymore because mosquitoes are resistant to them . Experts now believe that the world will never be free of malaria , so they tell people to protect themselves from the disease .
If you think that you have malaria , see a doctor immediately . Without treatment , malaria kills over 25 per cent of its victims in a maximum of two weeks . After treatment , mosquitoes that bite you will not pass malaria on to other people . Although doctors can treat malaria victims , you must remember ;prevention is better than cure .
64．According to the Guinness Book of Records , which of the following causes most deaths ?
A．War .B．Accident .C．Malaria .D．Mosquitoes .
65．Which of the following is the correct order for the spreading of malaria ?
a．A mosquito bites the person with malaria .
b．The same mosquito bites another person .
c．A person is infected with malaria .
d．That person may be likely to be infected , too .
A．a—b—c—dB．a—c—d—bC．c—a—b—dD．c—a—d—b
66．We could draw the conclusion that the best way of fighting against the spread of malaria is
.
A．prevention B．treatment C．seeing a doctor immediatelyD．blood —test
67．Which of the following statements is true according to the passage ?
A．We will surely get rid of mosquitoes in the near future .
B．It’s believed that malaria will accompany human beings forever .
C．Insecticides are always effective in killing mosquitoes .
D．A mosquito can not pass the disease on to another person after it bites one with malaria .
D
The report by 700 scientists estimates （估计）that economic losses from so-called natural disasters rose from US$ 4billion per year in the 1950s to US $ 40 billion in 1999.
One report released last month in Shanghai predicts global temperatures could rise by as much as 5.8 degrees centigrade over the next century . The increase is due to industrial pollution and waste gas from cars .
Scientists have warned of global warming for years .
“The effects are expected to be greatest in developing countries in terms of loss of life and impact （冲击）on investment and the economy,” said the report issued Monday . Changing rainfall patterns coupled with population growth will lead to huge pressure on water supplies , it predicts , and that at present 1.7 billion people live in areas where water resources are tight , which will likely increase to 5.4 billion in the next 25 years . “ Climate change will be accompanied by an increase in heat-waves, with increased humidity（湿度）and urban(市区)air pollution causing more heat-related deaths and illnesses ,” it says .
Even more serious will be flooding as a result of rising sea levels in densely populated coastal areas .
“The most widespread direct risk to human settlements is flooding and landslide,” it says . “Coastal settlements are particularly at risk but urban flooding will be a problem where storm drains , water supply and waste management systems are not well developed.”
68．The underlined sentence in this passage suggests that the global warming .
A．must have been taken seriously B．may have been taken seriously
C．couldn’t have been taken seriously D．shouldn’t have been taken seriously
69．From the report issued Monday we may conclude that among the following four countries , the one that will be affected most greatly is .
A．Japan B．America C．BritainD．India
70．The main idea of the passage is .
A．pollution and climate changesB．economic losses
C．flooding and landslides D．tight water resources
71．According to the author , which of the following will not be affected by climate change ?
A．Economy .B．Population growth . C．Loss of life .D．Investment .
E
While the threat of a reappearance of SARS is still there , it is reassuring to learn about the latest developments in vaccine research .
More than 1,400 vaccine shots for SARS have been produced in China , and an application for clinical tests has been referred to the State Food and Drug Administration(SFDA), according to a Xinhua report on Sunday .
“If everything goes smoothly , conducting of clinical experiments will be agreed before the end of December,” said Yin Hongzhang , head of the Biological Product Section of the SFDA.
So far , China is far ahead of other countries in the search for a SARS vaccine , claimed Yin . At that time , volunteers will be sought in Beijing and Guangzhou to take part in experiments using the new vaccine .However , while cheering for the research breakthrough , voices of reason should also be heard .
What medical workers should always maintain is a cool head and careful attitude , which are essential in any scientific research . This is especially true when conducting experiments on human beings , because they are directly concerned with the volunteers’ health and even their lives ,and also because knowledge of the deadly virus is still to limited .
Media reports indicate that members of the public are reacting actively to the news of selecting volunteers and are expressing their readiness . Their courage is well worth our admiration . The trust they are placing in these medical researchers is the biggest support of their work .
The researchers have no other choice but to be highly cautious in the expected experiments . The safety of volunteers should always be the first consideration .Scientists from different countries have been put in a race in uncovering the mystery surrounding the virus . But to play a leading role should by no means be the ultimate pursuit（最终目标）of the scientific workers . It is people’s safety and health that remain the biggest concerns .
While there are still so many mysteries to be solved , it is too early to celebrate .
(China Daily November 25 , 2003)
72．According to the passage , which of the following is not true ?
A．The developments in vaccine research in SARS are encouraging .
B．More than 1,400 vaccine shots for SARS have been applied to clinical test .
C．China is now leading in the search for a SARS vaccine .
D．Experiments using the new vaccine will be carried out only in Beijing and Guangzhou .
73．From the passage , we could see that the author’s attitude towards the new vaccine is quite .
A．praising B．critical C．matter-of –fact D．humorous
74．Which of the following may serve as the best title ?
A．Keep a Cool Head While Fighting SARSB．B. Breakthrough in Fighting SARS
C．A Leading Role in Fighting SARS D．Volunteers Wanted While Fighting SARS
75．The underlined word cautious most probably means .
A．cheerful B．dutiful C．helpfulD．careful
阅读理解训练题（二十一）答案
56-60CDABB 61-65CDADC 66-70ABCDA 71-75BBCAD
阅读理解训练题（二十二）
A
For years, business people in Western Europe were worried. They knew they could not compete against business from the U.S.. The United States is much larger and had many more resources than any Western European countries
Some European people realized that the European nations need to join together to help each other. If they could forget their language differences and the differences in customs, they might become strong competition against other countries.
In 1958, six of the European countries--- Belgium, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, France, Germany and Italy got together and decided to cooperate. They called their group the European Economic Community, or the Common Market. These countries agreed to join their resources together.
Within a few years, the European Economic Community had worked so well that its members were more prosperous than many other European nations. Soon, other nations began to realize the advantage of the Common Market. Today the Common Market includes most of the important countries in Western Europe. It is helping Western Europe to again take its place as a leader among the industrial nations of the world.
56. From the passage we know the U.S. is much richer than ________ in resources.
any other Western European countries B. any other country in Western Europe
C. any country in Western Europe D. every country in Europe
57. The members of the European Economic Community have developed fast because they ___.
share their resources and produce more goods
can again take the place as a leader in the world
forget the differences in their languages and customs
have become strong competition against the U.S.
58. Which statement is true?
The Common Market is only a political association.
The Common Market is an economic and political association
The Common Market is only an economic association
The Common Market is neither an economic association nor a political one.
59. In order to ______ the Western European countries decided to cooperate.
join together to found a united country
help each other to smooth away the differences in customs
work and act together for common purpose
work together and fight against the U.S.
B
Ellis Island is located in New York Harbor. Ellis Island is open daily year round from 9:30 a.m. to 5 p.m., with extended hours during summer. It is closed December 25. There is no admission charge to Ellis Island; but donations are gratefully accepted.
At Your Fingertips
Park information (212) 363-7620
Emergencies (212) 363-3260
Ferryboat information (212) 269-5755
Lost and found (212)363-7620
Dining, gifts & audio tour 344-0996
Transportation
Statue of Liberty and Ellis Island Ferry; Boats leave from Battery Park, Manhattan, and from Liberty State Park, New Jersey. They run about every 30 to 45 minutes beginning at 9:15 a.m.
(The time for ferry is changeable)
Hours: May vary; call the number above
Closed: December 25
Ferry fees (includes Liberty and Islands) adults, $7; senior citizens, $6; Children (age 3~17), $5. (Group rates are available for 25 or more adults.)
60. In summer, visitors will have ______ to visit Ellis Island.
A. a limited time B. a longer time C. a shorter time D. a wonderful time
61. Which number would you call if our friend were suddenly ill?
A. (212)344-0996 B. (212)363-7620 C. (212) 363-3260 D. (212) 269-5755
62. Which of the following is NOT true.
People can visit Ellis Island free of charge.
B. The boats departure time from Battery Park is at 9:15 all the year round.
C. Ferry fees for children are cheaper than for adults.
D. Ferry fees for group visitors can be reduced.
63. We may infer from the passage that______.
A. visitors prefer to go to Ellis Island by boat B. there are more visitors in winter
C. Ellis Island is open every day . Boat is the only transportation to Ellis Island
C
You get all sorts of demands, and the mark of a good hotel is to supply whatever is asked for without sounding surprised. If a guest asks for rubbers gloves, you don’t ask why. You say, “No problem. What color do you want?”
There have been some demands which, much as I would have liked to fill, I couldn’t. A Japanese businessman, for example, thought the manager of a hotel was like his girl friend so he asked me to marry him to the woman he loved. There was one time, however, we did help out. A young man thought that if he asked his girlfriend to marry him at the Ritz (一家以豪华著称的瑞士大旅馆) she would say yes. He asked us to put the ring in a cake, and she accepted.
Top hotels are used more and more to impress. They are used for doing business. If you’ve got something to sell, take your clients (客户) to the best hotel where the surroundings are quite helpful. A friend of mine working at Savoy Hotel tells the story about a man who gave him 5 pounds to say “Good morning, Mr. Smith” when he walked through the door with two other men. This he did, and could hear Mr. Smith saying, “I do wish they would leave me alone at this place.”
According to Julian Payne, the most powerful people in any hotel are the porters, who carry bags for hotel guests. “Porters can do almost anything. They can get you tables at the best restaurants or tickets for a popular concert. Don’t ask me how they do it or what their deal is because I don’t know. Most of them have been there for years. They know more about the history of the hotel and the guests than anyone else. They are invaluable. A head porter will come in even on his day off so he can say hello to someone he remembers visiting the hotel years ago.”
64. When guests ask for something strange, the manager of a good hotel would think ______.
A. how he can meet their needs B. why they have such demands
C. what problems the hotels has D. who is the best person to go to
65. Why are the porters considered the most powerful people in expensive hotels?
A. They sell tickets for concerts.B. They can complete difficult tasks.
C. They know the history of hotels.D. They usually work in a hotel for a long time.
66. Which of the following examples explains “we did help out”?
A. The hotel bought a ring for a young lady. B. A Japanese married the woman he loved.
C. The manager once acted as a captain. D. A young lady agreed to marry her boyfriend.
67. By saying “I do wish they would leave me alone at this place”, Mr. Smith ______.
A. showed that he disliked such people at the hotel
B. gave the impression that he was a constant guest
C. tried to make his clients feel sorry for him
D. sounded as if he was tired of such greeting
D
Suppose a key man in your firm had just met with a terrible accident. The doctor tells you that this man upon whom you depend for directing sales, checking your books or for performing some other important roles will be laid up for months. You’d have to replace him, wouldn’t you? And probably at a pay about equal to his?
Then you’d be faced with double paying for one job because stopping the pay of an injured man would simply be out of the question.
You can prevent this kind of unproductive out going on your payroll by providing your key man with the protection of Travelers Business Accident Insurance!--- This insurance provides total medical expense and a weekly income in case a key man is disabled for some time. Should the disability prove everlasting, and income for life is certainty. Why not make out a list of your key men now? Then get together with Travelers Insurance Company, and let us tell you how little it costs to apply this much needed protection to your business.
Write and we’ll serve you!
68. The above is most probably ______.
A. a reportB. a letter. C. an announcement D. an advertisem*nt
69. What is really true according to the above??
A. Travelers Insurance Company provides services of accident insurance.
B. An important person of the firm has just had an accident.
C. Accident Insurance will protect the important person from accident.
D. Unfortunately the important person has become disabled.
70. Whom might the writing be mainly for?
A. An important person in a firm. B. An employee of a firm.?
C. The boss of a company. D. Readers of a newspaper.
71. Why would the pay be doubled??
A. Because two persons are doing one job of the same.
B. Because the important job is worth double pay.
C. Because it is necessary that the injured person should be paid.
D. Because the double pay is for two persons.
72. Travelers Insurance Company ______ for a person insured.?
A. will pay for all the cost of life B. will pay the weekly income or even that of lifetime
C. won’t get much from the firm D. will provide everlasting pension as well as medical expense
E
On its departure from Edwards Air Force Base in California on December 14, 1986, the Voyager’s success seemed doubtful. The plane taxied to the very end of the runway before slowly becoming airborne. The tips of its wings dragged limply on the ground. With this menacing takeoff, the Voyager started on its history making flight around the world.
Circling the globe without stopping had been done before. However, the Voyager was the first plane to fly around the world without refueling.
To carry enough fuel for such a trip required a plane designed for efficiency. The wings of the Voyager are light and flexible, so flexible that they flap (拍动), bowing at a 12 meter arc. In rough air the plane pitches and rolls, like a row-boat in heavy swells.
To keep the plane light, the co*ckpit has only one seat. The crew, made up of Jeana Yeager and Dick Ruyan, had to roll over each other to switch off piloting duties. Finally, to maintain maximum efficiency, the plane can’t fly faster than 200km/hr. On average it goes no faster than a race car in the Indy 500. At this speed, it took nine cramped (难忍的) days to circle the globe. The journey of the Voyage was as much a testimony to human endurance as it was to innovative engineering.
The Voyager’s route was planned to avoid two dangers: rough weather and unpredictable or hostile countries. Even with the careful planning, the crew ran into both. They had to pass close by a hurricane, at one point doing a 180-degree turn to avoid heavy turbulence (猛烈地、无规则地气流). Refused emergency permission to fly over Vietnam, the Voyager skirted dangerously close to a wall of thunderstorms, looming more than 25,000 meters high. They suffered a broken wing tip before they even left the ground and came uncomfortably close to crashing in the 11th hour.
Limping home on dangerous low fuel tanks, the Voyager cruised over Edwards Air Force Base early on December 23, 1986. Thousands of people came out to watch the historic landing.
Today the Voyager is on display at the National Air and Space Museum in Washington, D.C.. It hangs with planes of other famous and daring pilots who dared to do the undoable.
73. Which question is NOT answered in the reading?
What problems did the Voyager have on its trip around the world?
Why is the Voyager’s co*ckpit very small?
How much does the Voyager weight?
Where and where did the Voyager take off
74. Which statement can be inferred from the information in the reading?
Many planes have circled the globe without stopping.
It is possible to refuel a plane while it is in the air.
The Voyager didn’t use any fuel on its trip around the world.
Most people came out to watch the historic landing.
75. According to the passage, Jeana Yeager and Dick Rutan ________.
A. took turns piloting the Voyager B. had a comfortable trip
C. didn’t leave their seats on the trip D. were very excited
阅读理解训练题（二十二）答案
56-60CABCB 61-65CBDAB 66-70 DBDAC 71-75DCCBA
阅读理解训练题（二十三）
A
It was midnight in Paris and we were rolling toward the Avenue Bosguet. As we came to the Pont Alexander Ⅲ， the cab slowed down ,for the traffic light was red against us ,and then ,without stopping ,we sailed through the red light in a sudden burst of speed .The same performance was repeated at the Alma Bridge .As I paid the driver ,I asked him why he had driven through two red lights .
“You ought to be ashamed of yourself ,breaking the law and endangering your life that way,”I protested（抗议）.
He looked at me ,astonished . “Ashamed of myself ? .I am a law—abiding （遵纪守法的）citizen and have no desire to get killed either .” He cut me off before I could protest .
“No, just listen to me before you complain. What did I do ?Went through a red light. Well ,did you ever stop to consider what a red light is ,what it means?”
“Certainly ,” I replied . “I t is a stop signal and means that traffic is falling in the opposite direction.”
“Half—right,” said the driver , “but incomplete .It is only an automatic signal .And it does not mean that there is cross traffic .Did you see any cross traffic during our trip ?Of course not .I slowed down the light ,looked carefully to the right and to the left .Not another car on streets at this hour .Well ,then !What would you have me do ?Should I stop like a dumb animal because an automatic ,brainless machine turns red every forty seconds ?No , monsieur （先生）,” he thundered ,hitting the door with a huge fist . “I am a man ,not a machine .I have eyes and a brain and judgement ,given by God . It would be a sin （过失）against nature to surrender（使屈服）them to the dictates of a machine .Ashamed of myself ,you say I would only be ashamed of myself if I let those blinking lamps do my thinking for me .Good night ,monsieur.”
Is this bad ,or is this good? Frankly I am no longer sure .I never doubted that it was wrong to drive through a red light ,but now I find my old Anglosaxon standards somewhat shaken.
56．At the Alma Bridge .
A．the writer stopped the cab and paid the driver B．the cab went through a red light again
C．there was a performance the writer had already watched
D．the writer began to scold the driver
57．The chief reason that the driver dared to drive through the red light was that .
A．he found there was no cross traffic there and then
B．he thought it a shame to be controlled by a machine
C．he knew no others would see him at this hour
D．he didn’t trust any brainless machine
58．According to the passage ,the driver thought what he had done as .
A．law-abiding B．law-breaking
C．something to be proud ofD．something to be ashamed of
59．The writer is probably .
A．an old man B．a French person C．an English person D．an American
B
The view over a valley of a tiny village with thatched（草盖的）roof cottages around a church ;a drive through a narrow village street lined with thatched cottages painted pink or white ;the sight over the rolling hills of a pretty collection of thatched farm buildings-these are still common sights in parts of England .Most people will agree that the thatched roof is an essential part of the attraction of the English countryside.
Thatching is in fact the oldest of all the building crafts practiced in the British Isles. Although thatch has always been used for cottage and farm buildings ,it was once used for castles and churches ,too.
Thatching is a solitary （独自的）craft ,which often runs in families .The craft of thatching as it is practiced today has changed very little since the Middle Ages .Over 800 full-time thatchers are employed in England and Wales today ,keeping and renewing the old roofs as well as thatching newer houses .Many property owners choose thatch not only for its beauty but because they know it will keep them cool in summer and warm in winter.
In fact ,if we look at developing countries ,over half the world lives under thatch ,but they all do it in different ways .People in developing countries are often unwinlling to go back to traditional materials and would prefer modern buildings .However, they may lack the money to allow them to get the necessary materials .Their temporary（暂时的）mud huts with thatched roofs of wild grasses often only last six months .Thatch which has been done the British way lasts from twenty to sixty years ,and is an effective defence against the heat .
60．Which of the following remains a special feature of the English coutryside?
A．Narrow streets lined with pink or white roses. B．Rolling hills with pretty farm buildings.
C．Cottages with thatched roofs.D．Churches with cottages around them.
61．What do we know about thatching as a craft?
A．It is a collective activity . B．It is practised on farms all over England.
C．It is quite different from what it used to be.
D．It is in most cases handed down among family members.
62．People in developing countries also live under thatch because .
A．thatched cottages are a big tourist attraction
B．thatched roof houses are the cheapest
C．thatch is an effective defence against the heat .
D．they like thatched houses better than other buildings
63．We can learn from the passage that .
A．thatched cottages in England have been passed down from ancient times
B．thatching is a building craft first created by the English people
C．the English people have a special liking for thatched houses
D．most thatched cottages in England are located on hillsides
C
Many people consider spiders（蜘蛛）to be disgusting（讨厌的）creatures that are potentially destructive（破坏的）.However ,you may be amazed to learn that civilization（文明）as we know probably would not be able to exist were it not for spiders .People undoubtedly would die of starvation because insects such as locusts and grasshoppers would destroy grain crops were it not for spiders who eat them .There are plenty of spiders on the earth ,for example ,an acre of land may be inhibited by thousands of spiders.
Contrary to what many people believe ,a spider is not an insect .A spider has eight legs ,while an insect has six legs .In addition ,there are only two main divisions in a spider—the head and the thorax ,while an insect has a head ,thorax ,and an abdomen .A spider usually has eight simple eyes ,and has gland ,to produce strands of silk which come out of openings called spinnerets .
You also may be surprised to learn that spider silk has been used by man in such devices as astronomical telescopes ,guns and engineers ’ levels .The fibres are excellent for sighting marks .A spider silk is extremely strong and can be either dry or sticky .
There are four general types of webs which spiders can make .There are the irregular mesh web ,the orb web ,and the sheet web .A web can also be a combination of several different types .Perhaps the most lovely spider web is the orb web .Engineers believe that the orb web shows the fact that the suspension（悬）bridge actually was invented by the spider .Spiders often can make a web quite quickly ;for example ,it is possible for a spider to weave a large web in only one hour.
64．What is the passage mainly concerned with ?
A．Civilization and spiders. B．A description of spiders.
C．People’s attitudes toward spiders. D．People’s knowledge of spiders.
65．Which of the following is true of a spider ?
A．A spider has six short legs and two long legs. B．A spider has a head ,a thorax and an abdomen .
C．A spider can produce much useful silk . D．A spider is considered to be an insect .
66．Where could this passage most probably be seen?
A．On a front page of a newspaper.B．In a magazine for spider specialists .
C．In a special report for farmers.D．In a weekly magazine with a large audience.
D
A good modern newspaper is an extraordinary piece of reading .It is remarkable first for what it contains ;the range of news from local crime to international politics ,from sport to business to fashion to science ,and the range of comments and special features（特写）as well, from editorial page to feature articles and interviews to criticism of books ,art ,theatre and music .A newspaper is even more remarkable for the way one reads it : never completely ,never straight through ,but always by jumping from here to there ,in and out glancing at one piece ,reading another article all the way through ,reading just a few paragraphs of the next .A good modern newspaper offers a variety to attract many different readers ,but far more than any reader is interested in .What brings this variety together in one place is its topicality（时事性）,its immediate relation to what is happening in your world and your locality now .But immediacy and the speed of production that goes with it mean also that much of what appears in newspaper has no more than transient（短暂的）value. For all these reasons ,no two people really read the same paper ;what each person does is to put together out of the pages of that day’s paper ,his own selection and sequence（连续）,his own newspaper. For all these reasons ,reading newspapers efficiently ,which means getting what you want from them without missing things you need but without wasting time ,demands skill and self-awareness as you modify and apply the techniques of reading.
67．A modern newspaper is remarkable for all the following except its .
A．wide coverageB．uniform styleC．speed in reporting newsD．popularity
68．Acording to the passage ,the reason why no two people really read the “same” newspaper is that ___ __.
A．people scan for the news they are interested in
B．different people prefer different newspapers
C．people are rarely interested in the same kind of news
D．people have different views about what a good newspaper is
69．It can be concluded from the passage that newspaper readers_____.
A．apply reading techniques skillfully B．jump from one newspaper to another
C．appreciate the variety of a newspaperD．usually read a newspaper selectively
70．A good newspaper offers “a variety” to readers because .
A．it tries to serve different readers B．it has to cover things that happen in a certain locality
C．readers are difficult to pleaseD．readers like to read different newspapers
71．The best title for this passage would be ______.
A．The Importance of Newspaper Topicality B．The Characteristics of a Good Newspaper
C．The Variety of a Good Newspaper D．Some Suggestions on How to Read a Newspaer
E
In the second half of each year ,many powerful storms are born in the tropical Atlantic and Caribbean Sea. Of these ,only about half a dozen produce the strong ,circling winds of 75 miles per hour or more that give them hurricane status ,and several usually make their way to the coast .There they cause millions of dollars of damage ,and bring death to large numbers of people.
The great storms that hit the coast start as innocent circling disturbances（扰乱）hundreds or thousands of miles out to sea .As they travel aimlessly over water warmed by the summer sun ,they are carried westward by the trade winds（信风）.When conditions are just right ,warm ,moist air flows in at the bottom of such a disturbance, moves upward through it and comes out at the top .In the process, the moisture in this warm air produces rain ,and with it the heat is changed into energy in the form of strong winds .As the heat increases ,the young hurricane begins to swirl（旋动）in a counterclockwise（逆时针方向）motion.
The average life of a hurricane is only about nine days ,but is contains almost more power than we can imagine .The energy in the heat released by a hurricane’s rainfall in a single day would satisfy the entire electrical needs of the United States for more than six months .Water ,rather than wind is the main source of death and destruction in a hurricane. A typical hurricane brings 6 to 12-inch downpours resulting in sudden floods .Worst of all is the powerful movement of the sea—the mountains of water moving toward the low—pressure hurricane center ,The water level rises as much as 15 feet above normal as it moves toward shore.
72．When does an ordinary tropical storm turn into a hurricane?
A．When it begins in the Atlantic and Caribbean Sea. B．When it hits the coastline.
C．When it is more than 75 miles per hour. D．When its wind reaches 75 miles per hour.
73．What is the worst thing about the hurricane?
A．The destructive effect of water. B．The heat it releases.
C．It lasts about nine days. D．Strong winds.
74．The counterclockwise swirling of the hurricane is brought about by .
A．the low pressure center of the storm B．the force of waves of water
C．the trade winds D．the increasing heat
75．Which of the following about the hurricane is true?
A．It often occurs around June.
B．It is not so powerful as that of storm born in the Caribbean Sea.
C．It usually lasts about nine days .D．It can be easily detected and prevented.
阅读理解训练题（二十三）答案
56-60BACCC 61-65DBABC 66-70DBADA 71-75BDADC
阅读理解训练题（二十四）
A
The story begins in 1801. Mr Lockwood has rented a house in Yorkshire, so he goes to visit his new landlord, Mr Heathcliff, at his house on the moors nearby, Wuthering Heights. He is not welcomed and the house is full of frightening dogs, but he decides to return the following afternoon, although a snowstorm is beginning.
This time he is met by an old servant, Joseph, and a beautiful young woman. He thinks she is Heathcliff’s wife, but she does not invite him to tea, and when Heathcliff comes in, asks his permission before pouring Lockwood a cup. When Lockwood mistakes her for Heathcliff’s wife, he is told she is his daughter-in-law, so he supposes she is married to a rough young man who has come in and is sitting silently in the background. This makes the young man angry, and Heathcliff says he is not his son. No one makes the mystery clear, so Lockwood asks for help to find the way home. Since no one will do anything for him, he takes a lantem to light his way over the moors but is attacked by the dogs. Heathcliff just laughs, but the maid Zillah, rescues him and puts him in a bedroom in the house without telling her master.
56．Mr Lockwood has rented a house in Yorkshire, .
A．but he knows nothing about his landlord B．and he wants to find out some of the landlord’s secrets
C．although he hates the cold weather there D．because he will stay there for a long time
57．Besides frightening dogs, the landlord’s house is full of .
A．servantsB．strangersC．laughterD．mystery
58．In the landlork’s house, Mr Lockwood finds most people there .
A．helpfulB．rudeC．calmD．funny
B
Safeburn
Planning a home demands great care. The fireplace should be distinctive (有特色) and elegant （美观）, with a fire that looks like a fire, giving your family the warmth and protection they need.
Every year 7,000 people die in fires in Britain, and hundreds of them are little children. Thousands more are disfigured for life.
When you choose a fire, choose Safeburn. It gives you the atmosphere of home comfort you are looking for, and sets your mind at rest.
Caithness Pride
Caithness Pride. The ninth Duke of Caithness would only drink the best whisky. So he built his own private still, in the heart of the Highlands, with the fresh water running in the stream nearby. When we came into possession of the still, we paid the Duke’s heirs（后嗣）a lot of money for it. But it was worth it. After all, what was good for the Duke is too good to be kept a secret.
59．The above two passages are .
A．the covers for two books B．the descriptions about two pictures
C．the advertisem*nts for two pictures D．the advice on home planning and whisky drinking
60．Fire can provide people with all the following except .
A．heatB．home comfortC．great careD．peace
61．In most British houses, you won’t miss seeing fireplaces in their sitting rooms, which suggests in British people’s family life fire is very .
A．warmB．importantC．dangerousD．distinctive and elegant
62．From the second passage we’ve learnt that to make good whisky people need .
A．a famous person’s name B．a private still C．good water D．good land
63．In the second passage, they are trying to make it clear that .
A．their whisky was once drunk by a very famous person
B．their whisky still was built by the ninth Duke of Caithness
C．their whisky is not expensive D．their whisky is second to none
C
Ray Charles was born on September 23rd, 1930 into a poor family in Georgia, U.S.A. His father was a railwayman who had to travel a lot, so Ray was brought up mainly by his mother, who, though not very well educated, was full of common sense. When he went blind after a serious sickness at the age of seven, it was his mother who helped him to face up to the situation. She told him he was blind, not stupid, and that he had lost his eyes but not his mind, she made him sweep floors and chop wood to show him he was by no means helpless. She used to tell him that some day she would not be there to help him, and that then he would have to look after himself.
Soon after he went blind, Ray began to take an interest in music. A neighbour showed him how to play simple tunes on the piano, and he had a love for the music he heard, played and sung in the local church. In the blind school the schoolteachers encouraged him to study a variety of instruments, Then, one more blow came. His mother died suddenly, and Ray, who loved her deeply, was so shocked that for two weeks he was unable to eat. It was another neighbour who finally managed to persuade him that his mother would have wanted him to go on, and reminded him of how she had believed in him. When his father died a year later, Ray knew he was strong enough to keep going on his own.
Between the ages of fifteen and seventeen, Ray worked with bands in Florida, but in 1948, while still only seventeen, he decided that there wasn’t much future for him there and decided to go to Seattle, in the north-west of the U.S.A.
Ray arrived in Seattle and went to a small hotel to sleep. When he woke up, he was hungry. It was two o’ clock in the morning, and everywhere was closed. Ray managed to find a small club and knocked on the door. A man on the door said they had no food, but “we’ ve got a talent night on here,” he added. Ray saw his chance and told the man he could play the piano and sing. The man tried to discourage him, but he was finally guided to the piano and sang a song. As he came off the stand, a man stopped him and said, “I’m from the Elks Club. I think you’ve got a weekend job.” That was Tuesday. By Friday he was working regularly, and after that he never looked back. It was the beginning of his climb to stardom.
64．Although he was blind, Ray’s mother made him sweep floors and chop wood for the purpose of making him . A．helplessB．independentC．encouraged D．useful
65．What played the most important part in Ray’s life?
A．His interest and talent in music. B．His work with bands in Florida.
C．His neighbours’ help and his teachers’ encouragement. D．His mother’s training.
66．What happened that made him extremely sad when he was a teenager?
A．He went blind.B．He lost his mother.
C．He became fatherless.D．The man tried to discourage him.
67．Ray got his big opportunity to success .
A．in GeorgiaB．in the blind school C．in FloridaD．in Seattle
D
Electric shock
Injuries caused by electric shock are fairly common. When a person has received an electric shock, no one should go near him/her until the current has been turned off. If a shock occurring at work or at home causes someone to lose consciousness（知觉）, electrical connection must be broken before anyone tries to give assistance. You should either turn off the switch at the mains or, if that is not possible, push the person away with a dry piece of wood.
Treatment of shock
Look out for signs of shock. People who have been injured or who may have lost a lot of blood, or those who have had heart attacks, may be in deep shock. The signs to look for are faintness, paleness, a moist, sticky skin, shallow, rapid breathing and a fast but weak heartbeat.
Shock can prove fatal, and it is essential to do something to prevent its developing. The best way to treat or prevent shock is to keep the patient lying down, better with the legs higher than the head; if possible, raise the lower part of the body on a rolled-up packet or similar object. Make the patient as comfortable as possible, loosening any tight clothing, and comfort him/her because fright increases the effects of shock.
68．Match the pictures with the passages.
A．Picture 2. Electric shock; Picture 3. Treatment of shock
B．Picture 1. Electric shock; Picture 4. Treatment of shock
C．Picture 4. Electric shock; Picture 2. Treatment of shock
D．Picture 3. Electric shock; Picture 1. Treatment of shock
69．The above passages and pictures have something to do with .
A．how to deal with difficultiesB．how to do first aid
C．how to face dangerD．how to match pictures with passages
70．What would happen if you didn’t turn off the current when you had to treat an unconscious
person who had just received an electric shock?
A．He would regain his consciousness soon. B．He would die soon.
C．Electrical connection would be broken. D．You would be in danger of getting the shock yourself.
71．Of the following adjectives chosen from above, which one has the meaning of “causing death”? A．Fatal.B．Sticky.C．Essential.D．Unconscious.
E
Sir,
The majority of your readers must have been surprised and shocked to read a letter from Mr R. Hogg, published in last Wednesday’s Herald. Mr. Hogg seems to think that his own convenience and that of motorists in general are the only things that matter in our city.
I would have more sympathy（同情）with Mr Hogg if he just made suggestions to improve the situation. No doubt his problems would be partly solved if the local government built a multi-storey car park in the city center, instead of encouraging motorists to use public transport. All the same, judging from the tone of Mr Hogg’s letter, I suspect that motorists who are so careless of pedestrians’（行人）safety that they would rather park their cars on the pavement than hold up the traffic would probably be too lazy to use a multi-storey car park if they had to walk a few hundred yards to their destination（目的地）afterwards.
My main reason for writing, however, is much more important. Does Mr Hogg realize that, according to figures issued by the Department of Transport, 13,000 people were knocked down in Britain last year because of cars being illegally parked either on the pavement or on crossings? In fact, although the total pedestrian casualty（伤亡事故）rate has fallen over the last ten years, there has been an increase in accidents caused when pedestrians have to step out into the road to avoid parked cars on the pavement and cannot see oncoming traffic.
I cannot share Mr Hogg’s view that the government have paid little attention to “long-suffering motorists”; and I think the punishment for dangerous parking should be made severe enough to stop all motorists from breaking the law in this way.
A. WALKER,
Proudfoot Lane, Carchester
72．The letter above is written in answer to the letter by .
A．an editorB．a certain Mr R. Hogg C．some readersD．some motorists
73．The topic for the two letters is .
A．parking problems in the city center B．building a multi-storey car park in the city center
C．public transport D．the increase in accidents caused by parked cars on the pavement
74．What Mr. A. Walker does want to make known in his letter is that .
A．the total pedestrian casualty rate has fallen
B．careless parking may cause serious traffic accidents
C．the convenience of motorists in general matters much
D．the safety of pedestrians matters little
75．In Mr A. Walker’s opinion, serverer punishment should be given to .
A．all the careless motoristsB．all the law breakers
C．all who step out into the roadD．all who do dangerous parking
阅读理解训练题（二十四）答案
56-60ADBCC 61-65BCDBD 66-70BDDBD 71-75ABABD
阅读理解训练题（二十五）
A
An American man from Las Vegas opened a dog and cat hotel recently. Pets can rest on soft rugs(小地毯),watch television and get to know some new friends while their masters have fun in the city.
The American Dog and Cat Hotel opened officially on a Wednesday in March. There is everything a pet could want-and more.
“We hear time and time again. ‘This is so nice , I’ d like to stay here.’” the hotel manager said in an interview. He believed that people would want for their pets what they wanted for themselves.
Kennels (狗舍)have been around for a long time, but nowadays masters want to put their loved pets in some better places, he added.
He said the cats and dogs like to watch images(图象)on TV although they may not understand them. Anyway, they don’t have to know Britney Spears or Emimem to enjoy the pop music. Also, “The dogs don’t know it is a rug, but they know it is soft, ”he said.
Pet masters can book a dog suite(套房)for $79 a night. Baths and other services are also offered.
The pet hotel manager believes that all the animal lovers in the world will love this great idea.
56．By “—and more” in the last sentence of the 2nd paragraph the writer means that _______.
A．there’re also things for the pet mastersB．some of the things are unnecessary
C．there’re things a pet cannot fully enjoyD．all the things are plenty in amount
57．Who made the expression that “This is so nice, I’d like to stay here.”?
A．Some petsB．Some pet masters C．The hotel manager D．The interviewer
58．In the pet masters’ opinion, the kennels are _________.
A．too old to live in B．not good enough
C．just an equal choiceD．no longer in existence
59．The underlined paragraph suggests that _________.
A．some pets know some pop starsB．”rug” is a difficult word for a pet to learn
C．pets enjoy things the same way humans doD．pets enjoy things at a sensational level
B
A few days ago, he was just Colonel（上校）Yang; few people knew his name or recognized his face. But last Thursday, when he came back to the earth after a 21-hour trip to space, Yang Liwei’s smile was seen across the world above the magic words: “China’s first spaceman”.
The 38-year-old astronaut was sent into space at 9 a.m. last Wednesday by China’s Shenzhou V spacecraft, which orbited the earth 14 times. He landed safely at 6:23 a.m. the next day, making China the third country to successfully send a person into space, after the former Soviet Union and the US.
Yang was satisfied with his job. “I have seen many landing scenes before on video, and I think ours was one of the most successful,” he said on a special plane to Beijing after landing.
Born into an ordinary family in Liaoning Province, he became a pilot in the Chinese Air Force in 1987, spending 1,350 hours in the air. He joined the Chinese space programme 11 years later.
While in space, Yang recorded everything he saw as well as showing China’s national flag and the United Nation’s flag to the people watching on TV at home. He also ate a meal of diced chicken and fried rice, before taking a 3-hour nap. The whole project went according to plan, but space exploration is not as easy as it seems. Anyone who saw the destruction of the US space shuttle Columbia in February this year will know that Yang took a great risk.
He experienced extremely high temperatures, while the gravitational forces（重力）on takeoff and landing were strong enough to force tears from his eyes. He has spent five years training to become a spaceman. “I eat all of my meals at the space programme’s dining room and have never been able to take my son to kindergarten,” he said. “I’ve never met his teachers.” But becoming China’s first spaceman has made all the effort worthwhile.
“When I boarded the spacecraft for the first time, I couldn’t help feeling excited”, he said. “I decided that I had to fly it.”
To Chinese people, Yang is now a hero. One visitor to a Xinhua News Agency Online Forum（新华社网上论坛）said: “Yang’s trip is a giant leap forward for China.” Officials say the next Shenzhou will be launched by 2005. China also plans to develop space walking and a space lab. （From 21st Century, China Daily）60．How long did each of Yang’s orbits take on average?
A．1 hourB．1.5 hours C．6 hoursD．14 hours
61．Why did the writer mention the gravitational forces on takeoff and landing?
A．Because it was the most dangerous part of the flight.
B．Because it was a very special experience.
C．To show how much training he had for the flight.
D．To show that Yang is brave.
62．Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A．The space flight showed China did better in space exploration than the US.
B．It is reported that Yang Liwei will do a space walk in the year 2005.
C．It is impossible for Yang Liwei to walk around in his first space exploration.
D．At the age of 28, Mr Yang Liwei became a pilot in the Chinese Air Force.
63．What is the main idea of the story?
A．China’s first manned space flight. B．A hero with great courage.
C．The first Chinese man in space. D．How Yang Liwei became China’s first spaceman.
C
A story from the Bible tells of old Babylon, where the men decided to build a tower that would touch the sky. But God was unhappy, and he made them speak different languages. They couldn’t understand each other, so their dream never came true.
Yet the dream remains alive: if all men speak the same language, they can do anything. L.L. Zamenhof from Poland was among the men who pursue this dream. He developed Esperanto（世界语）between 1877 and 1885.
As the most successful man-made world language, it is spoken by over two million people around the world. Last month, the World Esperanto Congress（大会）,dealing with language rights, ended in Sweden. The 2004 conference will be held in Beijing. Most Esperanto speakers are in Central and Eastern Europe and in East Asia, particularly Chinese mainland.
Esperanto has two advantages . First, it’s easy. Each letter has exactly one sound and there are just 16 basic grammar rules. The second advantage is that it belongs to no one country. But Esperanto has only reached a small number of people compared with natural languages widely used around the world-such as English or Chinese. While these languages are deeply connected with their nations and cultures, Esperanto doesn’t have this background.
Will Esperanto really become a global language? It remains a question.
64．The writer tells us a story at the beginning to .
A．explain why men have been making the effort to create a language shared by all
B．explain why men now speak different languages
C．show the relationship between man and God
D．prove that language is very important
65．What does the underlined word “pursue” in the second paragraph mean?
A． “Realize”.B． “Work for”C． “Be against”.D． “Follow”.
66．What is the basic difference between Esperanto and English?
A．More people speak English than Espernto. B．Esperanto words are easier to spell.
C．Esperanto has fewer grammar rules. D．Esperanto is not supported by any country or culture.
67．What does the story mainly talk about?
A．Advantages and disadvantages of Esperanto.
B．Men’s dream of sharing the same language.
C．The most successful planned language-Esperanto.
D．Comparison of Esperanto and other languages like English and Chinese.
D
London-Sheep, like turkeys and ostriches, are not considered the most clever animals. British scientists said last Wednesday humans may have understimated（低估）the wooly creatures. They could be much smarter than we think.
Researchers at the Babraham Institute in Cambridge, southern England, have shown that the animals have a good memory system and are extremely good at recognizing faces-which they think is a sure sign of intelligence(cleverness).
Behavioral（行为的）scientist Keith Kendrick and his friends trained 20 sheep to recognize and distinguish（区别） 25 pairs of sheep faces and used electrodes（电极）to measure their brain activity, which showed they could remember 50 faces for up to two years.
“If they can do that with faces, the fact is that they have to have reasonable intelligence; otherwise, what is the point of having a system for remembering faces and not remembering anything else,” Kendrick said in an interview.
So hours of seemingly mindless eating grass may not be so mindless after all.
Kendrick believes sheep got their reputation（名声）as dumb(unable to speak) animals because they live in large groups and do not appear to tend about everything.
“All animals including humans, once they are frightened, don’t tend to show signs of intelligent action,” he explained.
In research reported in the science journal Nature, Kendrick and his team showed that sheep, like humans, have a specialized system in the brain which allows them to distinguish between many different faces which look extremely similar.
“The most important finding(of the study) is that they are able, both from a behavioral point of view and from looking at the way the brain is organized, to remember a large number of faces of individual（个体） for a very long time.” Said Kendrick. “It is a very strange system. They are showing similar abilities in many ways to humans.”
68．From what Kendrick said in the interview we learn that scientists .
A．have learned a lot about sheep’s intelligence B．have learned little about sheep’s intelligence
C．can’t do anything more about sheep’s memory D．don’t have to research animals’ memory
69．As is shown in the passage, .
A．sheep are among the weak animals B．it is not right for people to raise sheep in groups
C．when sheep eat grass in the fields, their minds may be active
D．if people feel frightened, sheep may become more brave
70．When scientists found that sheep show similar abilities in many ways to humans they may think it . A．worryingB．moving C．frighteningD．interesting
71．If this passage comes from a newspaper, in which page may it be?
A．Culture.B．Education.C．Science.D．Society.
E
More Shanghai people are renting cars to travel over the coming Spring Festival, eastday. com reported today.
Most cars in large local car-rental companies such as Yongda, Anji and Dazhong are leased(=rented) so far with the Buick Sport Utility Vehicle（SUV） in high demand.
Santana and Jetta used to be the most popular car models rented by Shanghai people for travel, while the high-end Buick models have generated(=caused)great interest among locals renting cars this year. However, the rent on a Buick GL or GS model is between 650 yuan and 750 yuan a day, nearly double those of the Santana and Jetta cars.
Compared with Santana, Buick looks better, has greater capabilities and is safer and more comfortable, said a car leaser. “I’ don’t mind paying a higher cost for a Buick to enjoy the traditional holiday,” he said.
SUV cars are very popular in the car renting market, according to some car-rental firms.
“All the 31 Buick GL8 SUV cars were leased out several days ago,” said an employee with the Shanghai Yongda Car Rental Company.
Local people prefer to go traveling with a group of friends, so SUV cars are a better choice, said an industry analyst（分析家）. Moreover, SUV cars are safer on rugged and rough roads, the analyst said.
According to the data（数据）, most people rented cars of seven days, a lesser number rented them for two or three days.
(Wendy Zhang)
72．The cars mentioned in the passage fall into three major brands（品牌）, which are .
A．Yongda, Anji and DazhongB．Buick, Santana and Jetta
C．Yongda, Santana and JettaD．SUV, GL and GS
73．If you want to rent a Santana for as long as most leasers do, how much should you expect to spend? A．About 1200 yuan.B．About 2100 yuan.
C．About 2500 yuan.D．About 3500 yuan.
74．The underlined sentence “Buick…has greater capabilities…” in Paragraph 4 may mean that Buick is . A．able to run faster B．able to seat more passengers
C．more powerfulD．more valuable
75．What does the underlined phrase “the 31 Buick GL8 SUV cars” in the reading passage refer to?
A．The cars of the 31 Buick GL8 SUV model. B．The 31 cars of the GL8 or SUV model of Buick.
C．The 31 cars of the Buick or GL8 SUV model. D．The 31 cars of the GL8 SUV model of Buick.
阅读理解训练题（二十五）答案
56-60CBBDB 61-65DCCAB 66-70DCBCD 71-75CBCBD
阅读理解训练题（二十六）
A
Jean Driscoll can go faster in her wheelchair than the world’s best marathoners can run!
In April, Jean finished the Boston Marathon in 1 hour 34 minutes 22 seconds. That’s about 33 minutes faster than the winning male runner! She competed on the track, too. She was second in the 800 meter wheelchair race at the 1992 Olympics.
Jean doesn’t like to be told she’s brave. “I’m in sports because I’m a competitive person!” Jean was born with spina befida, a birth illness that damages the spine（脊椎）. She began to use a wheelchair to get around in high school. Then she tried wheelchair race and was amazed.” Players banged each other and fell out of their chair,” she says, “It was fun.”
Jean tried other wheelchair sports. At the University of Illinois, her wheelchair basketball team won two national titles.
Now Jean coaches and teaches. She tries to get people to set goals. “When I sign my autograph（亲笔签名）,says Jean, “I write, dream big and work hard.”
56．What made Jean take part in sports?
A．She was brave. B．She was competitive. C．She was strong. D．She was disabled.
57．What kind of education did she receive?
A．High school. B．Junior middle school. C．High education. D．Primary school.
58．What is Jean’s advice on how to succeed?
A．Work hard. B．Hope for the best.
C．Dream a lot. D．Have great wishes and work hard.
B
Among the four skills in learning English, which one of these is the “odd-man-out”? The answer is speaking. The other three you can do alone on your own. But you can’t really speak alone! Speaking to yourself can be “dangerous” because men in white coats may come and take you away!
Where can you find people to speak English? And how can you practise speaking when you are alone?
At school If you pay to go to a language school, you should use the opportunity to speak. If your teacher asks you to speak in pairs or groups with other students, try to say as much as possible. Don’t worry about your mistakes. Just speak!
Conversation Clubs Many cities around the world have conversation clubs where people can exchange one language for another. Look in your local newspaper to find a conversation club near you. They are usually free although some may charge a small entrance fee.
Shopping Even if you don’t want to buy anything, you can ask questions about products that interest you in a shop. “How much does this cost?” “Can I pay by cheque?” Often you can start a real conversation-and it costs you nothing!
Café and Bars There are often American, Britain, Irish and Australian bars in many large cities. If you can find one, you’ll probably meet many people speaking English as a first or second language.
Language is all around you Everywhere you go, you find language. Shop names, street names, advertisem*nts, notices, and car numbers… When you walk down the street, practise reading the words and numbers that you see. Say them to yourself. It’s not exactly a conversation, but it will help you to “think” in English. But don’t speak too loud!
Songs and Video Repeat the words of an English-language song singing with the music until it becomes automatic. It’s good practice for your memory and for the mouth muscles that you need for English.
Above all, speak as much as possible! Make as many mistakes as possible! When you know that you have made a mistake, you know that you have made progress!
59．What does “odd-man-out” probably mean according to the passage?
A．Someone or something appearing different from the others.
B．Someone or something standing out of the group.
C．Someone or something arranged in pairs.
D．Someone or something that can be easily mistaken for another
60．What might happen if you speak to yourself loudly in public?
A．The police will take you away and punish you.
B．The doctors will force you to stay in hospital.
C．You will have to pay to escape being punished.
D．You will be forbidden to be member of the club.
61．In which places can you learn English NOT free of charge?
A．At school, in conversation clubs and café and bars. B．At school, in shops and café bars.
C．In conversation clubs, shops, songs and video. D．In conversation clubs and in the streets.
62．Why does the writer say “Make as many mistakes as possible”? Because .
A．everyone will make mistakes in learning English.
B．everyone will meet people speaking English with some mistakes.
C．making mistakes is a must in making progress in learning English.
D．making mistakes can make one realize the importance of speaking
63．According to the passage, which way is NOT likely to be accepted by English beginners?
A．Recite poems loudly along the riverside. B．Listen to some English fashion songs and video.
C．Find an Englishman to speak English with. D．In class, try to practise in groups or pairs.
C
The seas and rivers are being poisoned by radioactive wastes, by chemical discharges and by the dumping of dangerous raw swage(污水). The air we breathe is polluted by smoke and fumes from factories and motor vehicles; even the rain is poisoned.
It’s little wonder forests and lakes are being destroyed and everywhere wildlife is disappearing, and yet the destruction continues.
Governments and industries throughout the world are intensifying(加紧) their efforts to extract the earth’s mineral riches and to destroy its living resources.
The great rain-forest and the frozen continents alike are seriously threatened, despite（尽管，但是）the warnings of the scientific community and the deep concern of millions of ordinary people.
In fact, that we can create environmentally clean industries, use the power of the sun, wind and waves for our energy needs and manage the finite（有限的） resources of the earth in a way that will safeguard our future and protect all the rich variety of life-forms which share this planet with us.
64．The main idea of the passage is that .
A．the seas and rivers are being poisoned B．we can protect natural environments
C．the natural world is under violent attack from man
D．governments and industries should be responsible for the destruction of the natural world
65．As to the destruction of forest and lakes, the author .
A．is surprised B．is unsure why C．wonders why D．understands why
66．Rain-forests are being destroyed because governments and industries .
A．are unaware of what they are doing wrong B．are rich and powerful
C．choose to ignore criticism D．basically care about the environment
67．The earth’s resources .
A．should be only for the people B．can be made to last longer
C．will last forever D．belong to just humans and animals
D
A world of opportunity
The New York Times is now better than ever
All the more reasons to order home delivery now.
NEW-Separate sections for The Arts, Monday through Thursday, and Sports 7 days a week that you can pull out, take with you or pass along.
NEW-The House & Home section. Thursday, filled with useful, interesting features and articles about making the most of all sorts of living spaces.
NEW-An expanded, two-part Weekend section. Fridays, with more ideas about movies, shows, art exhibitions, outdoor and indoor recreation.
Latest news and sports results daily. And of course, daily world and national news, Sunday’s special sections and all the other great features you’ll continue to find in The Times.
Find out just how much YOU can benefit from The Times everyday.
Call I-800-331-1969 or use the postage-paid order card convenient home delivery at 50% off our regular price.
68．This is one of the advertisem*nts put for a .
A．book storeB．newspaperC．magazineD．restaurant
69．Detailed information about films can be found in section.
A．The ArtsB．The Dining In, Dining Out C．The House & Home D．Weekend
70．The advertisem*nt tells us The Times is .
A．of great benefitB．of little useC．paidD．priceless
71．The main idea of this advertisem*nt is .
A．many opportunities will be provided just to those who order home delivery
B．several new sections have been printed separately from now on
C．readers can be well informed of the latest news and sports results
D．people can pick up all the information they are interested in
E
British society is considered to be divided into three main groups of classes—the upper class, the middle class, and the lower or working class. This is known as the class system and it is important to know something about it if you mean to understand British people and society. Most British people grow up with a deep knowledge and understanding of the class system even if they are not very conscious（意识到的）of it. As a result, more people know which class they belong to and are able to tell which class other people come from by the way they speak, the kind of clothes they wear, their interests and hobbies or even the type of food they eat.
Social class is not only about behavior and attitudes. For example, although many upper class people are rich and may own a lot of land, having a lot of money does not necessarily make a person one member of the upper class. It is also important to come from a particular kind of family, have friends who are considered suitable, have been to a certain type of private school and speak with the right kind of accent. There are people who are poor but who do not think of themselves as working class because their family background, education, political opinions, etc. are basically different from those of most working-class people. Many people do not like the class system but it is impossible to pretend that these differences do not exist or that British people do not sometimes form opinions in this way.
72．The idea of the class system in Britain .
A．exists only in the mind of foreigners B．is deeply rooted in the British people
C．is now under attack D．is regarded as a long custom
73．If an Englishman has a lot of money, .
A．he belongs to the middle class B．he must be a member of the upper class
C．he is not likely to be from the upper class D．he may buy an upper class title with money
74．What does the second paragraph mainly discuss?
A．Many rich people do not belong to the upper class.
B．Today many British people do not like the class system.
C．Many poor people do not consider themselves a slower class.
D．An Englishman’s social class is determined by many factors.
75．What would be the best title for the passage?
A．An Unequal Society B．Social Class in Britain
C．British People and Society D．Information about Britain
阅读理解训练题（二十六）答案
56-60BCDAB 61-65ACACD 66-70CBBDA 71-75BBCDB
阅读理解训练题（二十七）
A
Like most people, I was brought up to look upon life as a getting. It was not until in my later thirties that I made this important discovery: giving-away makes life so much more exciting. One discovery I made about giving away is that it is almost impossible to give away anything in this world without getting something back, though the return often comes in an unexpected form. One Sunday morning the local post office delivered a letter to my home, though it was addressed to me at my office. I wrote the postmaster a note of appreciation. More than a year later I needed a post office box for4 a new business I was starting. I was told at the window that there were boxes left, and that my name would have to go on a long waiting list. As I was about to leave, the postmaster appeared in the doorway. He had overheard our conversation.“Wasn’t it you that wrote us a letter a year ago about delivering a special delivery to your home?”I said it was.“Well, you certainly are going to have a box in this post office if you have to make one for you. You don’t know what a letter like that means to us. We usually get nothing but complains.”
56．At first the author looked upon life as a process of getting. He formed this view of life because .
A．other people were selfishB．he thought it exciting to get from others
C．of his early educationD．of his character
57．The author wrote a note of appreciation to the post office because .
A．he knew what such a note would mean to the post office.
B．he had discovered giving-away made life all the more exciting
C．he believed he would get something back by doing so
D．the post man delivered an important letter in time
58．When the author needed a post-office box., .
A．many had applied for post-office box before him B．he asked to put his name on a waiting list
C．he tried to see the postmaster D．he wrote the postmaster a note of appreciation
59．The postmaster promised .
A．to make a new post-office box for the author B．to let the author have a post-office box
C．to include the author’s name on the list D．to deliver the author’s mail to his home
60．The postmaster interfered because .
A．he overheard this conversation B．he had received a lot of complaints for lack of post-office box
C．he was thankful for the letter the author had written
D．he was proud of their good service.
（B）
We can offer you a place at one of the best universities in Britain. We’ll provide you with a choice of 150 first class courses developed especially to enable you to study in your own time, backed by the Open University’s own special study method-OU supported open learning.
We’ll give you the support of a personal teacher, and the chance to meet your fellow students. You can take one-off courses, diplomas a degree or a post graduate degree. Subjects available include: Computing, Business Management, Technology, Modern Languages, Social Sciences, English Law, Arts, Science, and Health & Social Welfare.
Whether you want to study to improve your jobs or for your own personal interest, there is
almost certainly a course for you. If you haven’t studied for a while, we’ll help you get started. No previous training or degrees are required you just need a lively power of learning and a willingness to learn. It’s real value for money and you can pay by monthly payments.
Open University course materials are of the highest quality and come in a variety of forms, including video and audio tapes as well as texts. The OU leads the world in its use of new technology for learning. A number of courses provide sourse material on CD Rom. What else can the Open University offer you? The best way to find out is to use the coupon below or phone us today.
61．This is an advertisem*nt of .
A．inquiring English learning B．selling books
C．setting up Open University D．Attracting students
62．As a student of the Open University, you don’t need to .
A．buy any course materialsB．have lessons all the time at the university
C．choose which course to learnD．pay any money for your study
63．The Open University can supply you with .
A．a course for training your EnglishB．a classroom and a library for study
C．different kinds of free instructionsD．different jobs to choose from
64．We can learn from the text that .
A．OU courses are popular in Britain B．Money for learning must be paid off at one time
C．We can’t telephone the university during the night
D．People can’t be employed without finishing OU courses
（C）
Death valley is one of the most famous deserts in the United States, covering a wide area with its alkali（碱性）sand. Almost 20 percent of this area is well below sea level, and bad water, a salt water pool, is about 280 feet below sea level and it is the lowest point in the United States.
Long ago the Panamint Indians called this place Tomesha—the land of fire. Death Valley’s present name dates back to 1849 when a group of miners coming across from Nevada became lost in its unpleasantness and hugeness and their adventure ended with a disaster. Today Death Valley has been declared a National Monument and is crossed by several well-marked roads where good services can be found easily. Luckily the changed created by human settlement has hardly ruined the special beauty of this place.
Here nature created a lot of surprising scenes, almost like the sights on the moon, every changing as the frequent wind moves the sand about, showing the most unusual colors. One of the most astonishing and variable parts of Death Valley is the Devil’s Golf Course, where it seems hard for one to tell reality from terrible dreams. Sand sculptures（泥雕）stand on a frightening ground, as evening shadows move and lengthen.
65．The name of the valley comes from
A．an Indian nameB．the local people
C．a National MonumentD．the death of the miners
66．From the passage we can learn that .
A．people can find gas stations, cafes and hotels in the desert
B．no one had ever known the desert before the miners
C．it’s still not easy to travel across the desert
D．people have changed the natural sights of the desert
67．From the passage we can see the writer the Death Valley.
A．is fearful of B．appreciatesC．dislikesD．has never been to
（D）
Little by little Americans are turning to solar power, tapping the strength of sun for energy. Solar energy is only in its infancy but already sun—light is heating, cooling or doing both for homes and office buildings mostly in the sunny southwest. Experts say all signs point to the birth of the solar energy industry. Right now, at least twenty-three companies are selling solar heat collector panels to heat and cool homes, or to heat water. The glass and metal panels cost from $ 100 to more than $ 500 each and the three-bedroom home usually requires a dozen or more. They look like sandwiches, or very narrow flower boxes, 3to 6 feet in width, 8 to 10 feet long, and 4 to 8 inches thick. They are usually place on roof tops., Nobody knows how many have been sold, and in addition, many people have built their own units. It has been estimated that solar power equipment will be a $ 1.3 billion industry by 1985, and more than a million homes will be plugged into sunlight for heat, air –conditioning or to generate electricity.
68．The sentence“tapping the strength of sun for energy”means
A．making full use of sun to obtain more energy B．getting energy by giving a tap to the sun
C．strengthening energy of the sun D．changing sunlight into energy
69．Which of the following four is false about solar heat collector panels?
A．They are relatively new
B．They can be used to heat home or water in winter, not in other seasons
C．They are usually found on the roof D．They are made of glass and metal
70．Two three-or four-bedroom houses usually need solar heat collector panels.
A．twelve or more B．more than two C．twenty-four at least D．about forty
71．Which of the following statements doesn’t go with the article?
A．The size of solar industry is expected to be a $ 1.3 billion industry in 1985
B．Experts think that solar energy industry has developed quickly by now
C．People in the U.S come to realize the importance of solar energy
D．Some companies are busy with sale of solar heat collector panels
72．A million homes will be fitted with solar heat collector panels .
A．for heat and air conditioning B．in order to get more light and heat
C．to produce electricity D．Both A and C
（E）
In recent years, advances in medical technology have made it possible for doctors to extend people’s life to ma certain length. However, some people, including some doctors, are not in favor of these life-extending measures, and they argue that people should have the right to die when they want. They say that the quality of life is as important as life itself, and that people should not be forced to go on living when the conditions of life become unbearable. They say that people should be allowed to die with dignity（尊严）and to decide when they want to die. Others argue that life under any conditions is better than death and that the duty of the doctors is always to extend life as long as possible. And so that the battle goes on without a final answer.
73．In recent years, people’s lives can be .
A．saved with less difficulty than in the past B．extended as long as people want
C．saved with more difficulty than in the past D．used to do experiments by doctors
74． are in favor of these life-extending measures
A．PatientsB．DoctorsC．NursesD．Not all people
75．Those who are in favor of these life-extending measures think it is right that .
A．people’s lives needn’t be saved
B．if a person’s health condition is too bad to be worth living, let him die
C．doctors must try their best to save people’s lives
D．one can end one’s life under any condition
阅读理解训练题（二十七）答案
56-60CDAAC 61-65DBCAD 66-70ABABC 71-75BDADC
阅读理解训练题（二十八）
A
Begin doing the work you love as soon as possible, even if you don’t get paid for it, or if you can only work at it part-time. Albert Einstein was unable to get a job as a physics professor. He could have said to himself, “Well, I just don’t have the work relative to physics. I should give up on it and settle for something else.” Instead, he wrote the two most famous papers while employed as a patent（专利）clerk. After their publication, there was not a major university in the world that would not have been glad to have him on their staff.
If you want to work as an artist and you are making a living as a waiter, don’t think of yourself as a waiter who hopes one day to become an artist. That puts the work you love somewhere off in the distant future. Rather, think of yourself as an artist, supporting yourself by waiter tables—and paint, or draw as much as you can. It is possible to earn a living wage as a waiter working 24 hours a week. That leaves plenty of time to devote to training or developing your craft（工艺）in the off hours.
While seeking the work you love, it helps to expand your awareness（意识）into the universe of all possibilities. You don’t want to be limited to the ideas of what you should do or what you have done before. Having opened to all possibilities, you can make a final decision and select the work you love as your own.
Doing the work you love requires that you be equally comfortable with the imaginative and the practical. It requires the ability to dream big dreams and the ability to face and master all the little details that make dreams come true.
56．According to the passage, perhaps Einstein once said to himself, “_______.”
A．Well, I just don’t have the work relative to physics. I should give up on it and settle for
something else
B．The job is just what I want, I should work very hard at it
C．I have to support myself by working as a patent clerk now, but I won’t give physics up
D．I must wait until I find my favorite job
57．If a person works 24 hours a week, he can________.
A．have enough spare time for his hobbies B．have no time left to make his dream come true
C．do nothing else D．make a good living
58．Which of the following is not implied in the last paragraph?
A．Sometimes the imaginative is different from the practical.
B．We have to take care of a lot of details before we make our dreams come true.
C．We shall do practical things rather than dream.
D．We shall dream big dreams and practice as well.
59．According to the passage, the author encourages us to ________.
A．start work quickly B．select job carefully and patiently
C．dream often D．make up our minds quickly
B
Ellis Island is located in New York. Harbor Ellis Island is open daily year-round from 9:30 a.m. to 5 p. m. , with extended hours during summer. It is closed December 25. There is no admission charge to Ellis Island; donations are gratefully accepted.
At Your Fingertips
Park information(212)363-7620
Emergencies(212)363-3260
Ferryboat information(212)269-5755
Lost and found(212)363-7620
Dining, gifts, & audio tour(212)344-0996
Transportation
Statue of Liberty and Ellis Island Ferry: Boats leave from Battery Park, Manhattan, and from Liberty State Park, New Jersey. They run about every 30 to 45 minutes beginning at 9:15 a. m. (ferry schedule subject to change)
Hours: May vary; call the number below
Closed: December 25
Ferry fees: (Includes Liberty and Ellis Islands) adults, $7; senior citizens, $6; children(age 3 to 17), $3. (group rates are available for 25 or more adults)
Ticket & schedule information: (212)269-5755
60．In summer, visitors will have ______ to visit Ellis Island.
A．no enough timeB．a longer time C．a shorter timeD．a wonderful time
61．Which number would you call if your friend were suddenly ill?
A．(212)344-0996B．(212)363-7620 C．(212)363-3260D．(212)269-5755
62．Which of the following is not true?
A．People can visit Ellis Island free of charge.
B．The boats departure time from Battery Park is at 9:15 a.m. all the year round.
C．Ferry fees for children are cheaper than for adults.
D．Ferry fees for group visitors can be reduced.
63．We may infer from the passage that _________.
A．visitors prefer to go to Ellis Island by boat B．there are more visitors in winter
C．Ellis Island is open every day D．Boat is the only transportation to Ellis Island
C
A study of a university in Shanghai had found that many of the students there are using a quote（引语）from the Italian poet Dante as a kind of motto. The study of Fudan University, one of China’s top universities, of 489 students, found that 82 had chosen Dante’s “Follow your own path and don’t worry about what others say” as their motto, out of 278 people who said they had a motto. This was followed by “Believe yourself” and “Self-improvement without stop.”
Students also expressed a common hope for greater understanding and care and said they were always ready to give a hand to those in need.
Some researchers think that mottoes can play an important part in children’s growth and they say that a good motto can help children develop a better character.
64．The study shows _________.
A．what poems are popular B．how many students like the motto “Believe yourself.”
C．which university should have mottoes
D．the majority of the students like to choose their favorite mottoes
65．Of the students asked, _______ students have mottoes.
A．about 57%B．about 16%C．about 78%D．about 8%
66．The motto “Self-improvement without stop” shares the similar meaning with ______.
A．growing by oneself continuously B．making oneself better and perfect continuously
C．going on to improve rapidly D．becoming better without having a break
67．The best title for the passage should be _______.
A．Students and PoetB．Mottoes and Learning
C．Mottoes and Character DevelopingD．Understanding Care
68．What do we know from the passage?
A．The students want to be understood and cared and are willing to help.
B．The students want to understand themselves deeper with a motto chosen.
C．The students need help and care greatly.
D．The students believe they understand mottoes better than others.
D
“Business is war.” The traditional language of business certainly makes it sound that way: winning the competition, getting market share, beating up suppliers, locking up customers. There are the victors and the losers.
But today in doing business, you have to listen to stomers, work with suppliers, keep good relations-even with competitors. That doesn’t sound like war. Besides, there are few victors when business is looked upon as war.
Most businesses succeed only if others also succeed. Business is competition and cooperation as well. In other words, business is war and peace.
To bring together competition and cooperation, we turn to game theory. Game theory provides that whether one person wins or loses depends on what other people do. It is particularly effective when there are many interdependent（相互依存的）factors and no decision can be made in isolation（孤立）from other decisions.
Game theory breaks down the game into key elements（要素）:players, added values, rules, tactics（计谋）, and scope（范围）(PARTS).Every element affects the result of the game. This means that each of the five elements gives you a way to change an existing game into entirely new one. Change one of the PARTS, and you change the whole.
Why change the game? An old Chinese saying explains: If you continue on the course you’re heading, that’s where you’ll end up. Sometimes that’s good, sometimes not. You can play the game very well, and still suffer great loss. That’s because you’re playing the wrong game: you need to change it. Even a good game can be made into a better one. Real success comes from actively shaping the game you play-from making the game you want, not taking the game you find.
69．The author of this passage is _______ the idea that “Business is war.”
A．in favor ofB．againstC．consideringD．doubtful of
70． “PARTS” stands for _______.
A．players, added values, rules, tactics and scope B．all of the elements in the game theory
C．the parties in a game D．the parts that affect the result of the game
71．The correct understanding of the underlined sentence in the last paragraph is _______.
A．you are really good at playing the game, but you still lose it out
B．you are so competitive that you beat up all of your competitors terribly
C．you play the game too well to suffer great loss
D．the competition is so hard that you have to put all your heart into it
72．The author emphasizes that _______.
A．we shall play very hard B．we shall continue in the course we are heading
C．we shall play in the right direction D．we shall always change no matter the change is good or not
E
“If I don’t get something to eat soon, I’ll climb the walls,” said Bryan.
Roger, Bryan’s fifteen-year-old bookworm brother kept on reading. Bryan searched the kitchen but found only three aged bananas with big brown spots.
“Roger,” begged Bryan, “you’ve read two books already today. Let’s bake banana bread.”
Roger closed his book with a sigh. “Sounds good, but do you know how? I don’t.”
“It’s easy,” said Bryan. “I’ve watched Mom make it.”
The boys found the recipe and gathered everything they needed. Bryan was mashing bananas when he noticed Roger filling a huge soupspoon with salt.
“Wait!” shouted Bryan. “You need just a teaspoon of salt.”
Roger opened a drawer. “Which spoons are for tea?” he asked.
Bryan was amazed. He had always thought that his older brother knew everything. “Roger,” he said, “use this measuring spoon. See , it say’s teaspoon on the handle.”
Finally the batter（面料）was ready for baking. Soon a delicious smell of banana bread filled the house. An hour later, the boys opened the oven and found a beautifully rounded loaf, only a little burned around the edges.
“Something smells wonderful,” said their mother when she arrived home. “Did you save a taste for me?”
The brothers laughed, brushing crumbs from their fingers.
“Sorry, Mom,” said Roger. “Next time we will. My little brother is quite a baker!”
73．If Roger had used the spoon he chose first, he would have ________.
A．saved timeB．kept the bananas from spoiling
C．ruined the banana breadD．made the batter too sweet
74．What did Roger probably do after he ate the banana bread?
A．ate an orangeB．baked another loaf
C．looked for another recipeD．continued reading his book
75．How did Bryan probably feel after the baking project?
A．upset that the banana bread was burned B．proud that he had made dessert for dinner
C．proud that he had taught Roger something D．upset that he had needed help from his mother.
阅读理解训练题（二十八）答案
56-60CACAB 61-65CBDDA 66-70BCABA 71-75 ACCDC
阅读理解训练题（二十九）
（A）
Wind—even the slightest of winds can prevent frost (霜冻).That’s because wind is like a spoon in your cup of tea: it stirs （搅起）things down and brings down a lot of warm air that often floats just above housetops and trees .
It may seem strange , but ice itself sometimes can protect crops from frost . Some growers actually spray their crops with water on a freezing night . Water freezes quickly on plants and then a strange thing happens . As long as ice stays wet , it can’t get colder than 32°F, a temperaure many plants can stand . By continual spraying water on the ice , the growers keep it from going below 32 degrees even if the air is much colder . This may defeat frost and saves plants .
This strange kind of “ice blanket” works only on plants that are strong enough to stand the weight of frozen spray . This is used even to protect banana plants on some Central American farms .
56．If the ice became entirely frozen and dry , suppose what might happen .
A．The plants might be frozen to death . B．The plants might benefit from it .
C．It might save the plants . D．It might make the plants grow slowly .
57．Ice can save plants rather than destroy them on condition that they are .
A．sprayed regularly B．quickly frozen C．not strong enough D．used to frost
58．The best title would be .
A．Frost Saves crops B．Ice Battle C．Ice Can Be Nice D．Ice Is Good
59．In which of the following sentences “stand” has the same meaning as in the last paragraph ?
A．He could hardly stand .B．This house stands the test of time .
C．The train stood for an hour .D．He stands in terrible danger .
(B)
Build the highway and watch the town grow . At first a few shops appear and maybe a restaurant . Then a hotel opens . Eventually new houses are built . A village is born .
This is also how the virtual world has developed . Think of the Internet as the road carrying information between two computers . Think of the World Wide Web as the village . At first it is just a place on the virtual road where travelers meet . More travelers come bringing new kinds of information . New villages are started .
Every village has a founder . Tim Berners Lee is the man who wrote the software program that led to the foundation of the World Wide Web . How did he get the idea ? He tells us on his own website : “ One of the things computers were not able to do was store contacts from different sources . The dream behind the Web is of a common space in which we communicate by sharing information.”
Tim Berners Lee could have followed the Microsoft route by forming a company to sell the programs he invented . Or he could have joined an existing company . But in his view the Web is a language , not a product . Charging a fee for using his programs would have slowed the growth of the Web . And other companies would make similar products to compete . Instead of one World Wide Web there would be several smaller Webs . Each would use incompatible （不相容的）software . The Web is valuable because it uses a common computer language to reach people and share information . Competing Webs would lose this value .Imagine if somebody sent you a bill every time you spoke a word of English .
In 1994 Tim Berners Lee formed World Wide Web Consortium , or W3C. More than 200 leading companies and laboratories are represented by W3C. Together they make sure that everyone no matter what their equipment or software is can work equally on the Web .
“The Web can help people to understand the way that others live and love . It helps us understand the humanity of people ,” he says .
60．Which appeared first , the Web or the Internet ?
A．The Web .B．The Internet
C．They appeared at the same time .D．There is no clue in the passage .
61．What does the underlined part “ the virtual world” refer to ?
A．The computer system . B．Scientific research
C．All the information on the Web and the Internet .
D．People working on the Web and the Internet
62．What can be inferred from the sentence “Imagine if somebody sent you a bill every time you spoke a word of English ?
A．The information on the Web should be shared by all .
B．The Web is where all kinds of information are stored .
C．People can get all kinds of information on the Web . D．People can communicate on the Web .
63．Which is the main idea of the passage ?
A．How Tim Berners Lee founded the World Wide Web .
B．The advantage of working on the World Wide Web .
C．Why Tim Berners Lee wanted to found the World Wide Web .
D．The building of World Wide Web is similar to the building of highways .
(C)
FOREIGN EXCHANGE
A CLASS OE THEIR OWN
Name: Susan Lane
Age :22
Place: Reykjavik , Iceland , 1994
Cost :$7,000
Organization: AFS
Experience: “I think it was a turning point in my life . I began to understand more about my own culture by experiencing another culture and seeing how other people live .”
Name : Sara Small
Age :23
Place:Crivitz , Germany , 1996
Cost: $8,000
Organization : EF Foundation
Experience: “I loved the traveling and I made a lot of friends . I found the European school system to be hard but I am fluent now in German so it was worth it . I did miss my family and friends in Australia but I would love to do it again .”
Name : Leanne Smythe
Age : 20
Place: Minnesota , America , 1994
Cost: $6,000
Organization: Southern Cross Cultural Exchange
Experience: “I learnt how to be really responsible . It was great to be on my own and I got on really well with the family I was with . I will definitely go back one day.”
Name : David Links
Age : 16
Place: Stuttgart , Germany , 1996 .
Cost: $ 6,000
Organization: Southern Cross Cultural Exchange
Experience: “I wanted to try something that was very different to Australia in culture . In Germany everything was different but I soon got settled . The family I was with were great and I really feel as though I have a second family .”
Name : Tom Jennings
Age : 21
Place: Conflans , France , 1995
Cost: $7 ,000
Organization: Southern Cross Cultural Exchange
Experience: “There were times when it was difficult but I liked it , experiencing a different culture . You just have to play each situation as it comes . If there is one thing you learn when you are on a student-exchange program it is how to take care of yourself .”
Name : Linda Marks
Age : 19
Place: Chonburi Province , Thailand , 1994
Cost: $3,500
Organization: Rotary International
Experience: “It’s like a roller-coaster ride , there are lots of ups and downs , but you always come back for more . I had a few problems but there was always someone to turn to and that was great.”
64．The students who refer to both the good time and the bad time include .
A．Susan Lane and Sara Small B．Linda Marks and David Links
C．Tom Jennings and Linda Marks D．Leanne Smythe and Tom Jennings
65．The writing above would probably be .
A．the records of students’ activities B．the foreign students’ name cards
C．the notice about a visit to foreign countries
D．the advertisem*nt from an international travel service
66．The student who valued learning another language is .
A．Linda Marks B．Sara Small C．Tom Jennings D．Leanne Smythe
67．How many students mention the culture difference they have experienced ?
A．Three .B．Four .C．Five .D．Six .
(D)
Take care about those who use the truth to deceive. When someone tells you something that is true , but leaves out important information that should be included , he can make a false impression . For example , someone might say, “I just won a hundred dollars on the lottery . It was great . I took that dollar ticket back to the store and turned it in for one hundred dollars !”
This guy is a winner , right ? Maybe , maybe not . We then discovered that he bought two hundred tickets , and only one was a winner .He is really a big loser ! He didn’t say anything that was false , but he intentionally left out important information . That’s called a half-truth . Half truths are not technically lies , but they are just as dishonest .
Untrustworthy candidates（候选人）in political campaigns often use this trick . Let’say that during Governor Smith’s last term , her state lost one million jobs and gained three million jobs . Then she seeks another term . One of her opponents (对手) runs and ad. saying , “During Governor Smith’s term , the state lost one million jobs !” That’s true . However ,an honest statement would have been , “During Governor Smith’s term, the state had a net gain of two million jobs .”
Advertisers will sometimes use half-truths . It’s against the law to make false statements so they try to mislead you with the truth . An ad might boast （吹嘘）, “Nine out of ten-doctors recommend Yucky Pills to cure nose pimples.” It fails to mention that they only asked ten doctors and nine of them work for the Yucky Corporation .
This kind of trick happens too often . It’s a sad fact of life: Lies are lies ,and sometimes the truth can lie as well .
68．Which of the statements is true according to the article ?
A．All advertisem*nts are lies . B．You can’t trust anyone who tells the truth .
C．The truth can be used in dishonest ways .
D．Whenever people tell the truth , they are really lying .
69．What does the underlined word “deceive” probably mean ?
A．tellB．explain C．fool D．win
70．The writer suggests in this article that people should .
A．believe in nobody B．vote for female candidates
C．stay away from political campaigns D．think carefully about what they read and hear
71．What is the best title for this article ?
A．Everyone Lies at Present B．Lying With the Truth
C．Try to Be Honest to the People D．Don’t Believe People Who Tell the Truth
(E)
A new study says one part of the human brain may become smaller as the result of a condition known as jet lag . Jet lag results from flying long distances in an airplane . People with jet lag may feel extremely tired for several days . They may also have problems thinking clearly and remembering .
Recently a researcher at the University of Bristol in Britain reported the findings of his jet lag study , which involved twenty young women who worked for international airlines . They had served passengers on airplanes for five years . These flight attendants flew across many countries and at least seven time zones . In the study , the flight attendants had different amounts of time to recover from jet lag . Half the women spent five days or fewer in their home areas between long flights . The other half spent more than fourteen days in their home areas .
The researcher took some saliva from the women’s mouths to measure levels of a hormone （荷尔蒙）that increases during stress（紧张）. He tested them to see if they could remember where black spots appeared on a computer screen . And he took pictures of their brains to measure the size of the brain’s temporal lobes （脑叶）.
It was found that the women who had less time between flights had smaller right temporal lobes . This area of the brain deals with recognizing and remembering what is seen . The same group performed worse and had slower reaction times on the visual memory test . And their saliva samples showed higher levels of stress hormones .
The researcher believes the brain needs at least ten days to recover after a long trip . He says airline workers told him their ability to remember got worse after working on planes for about four years . Other studies have shown that increased feelings of stress can cause a loss of cells in the part of the brain that controls memory .
Scientists say more tests are needed to study the effects of jet lag on the brain . They want to find out if too much jet lag could permanently （永久性的）affect memory .
72．According to the text , jet lag .
A．can cause difficulties in speaking B．can make people feel tired for a few weeks
C．can be only found in flight attendants
D．can be caused by flying over several time zones
73．It can be inferred from the text that .
A．the conclusion is refused by many scientists
B．scientists fear that this research is not done properly
C．every scientific conclusion needs the support from many tests
D．the women who were examined in the research were not healthy
74．From the result of the research we can see that .
A．the women who have longer rest at home show better memory
B．the women who fly in short time have smaller right temporal lobes
C．the women who have longer flights fail the memory test
D．the women who rest more than 14 days produce less hormones
75．What is the subject discussed in the text ?
A．The cause of jet lag . B．A story of a group of flight attendants .
C．The importance of having enough rest after flights .
D．A research about the effects of jet lag on the brain .
阅读理解训练题（二十九）答案
56-60AACBB 61-65CACCA 66-70BACCD 71-75BDCAD
阅读理解训练题（三）
A
Imagine a boy from a small village in East Africa, He from a very early age has been looking after cattle. At twelve years old he knows mote about cattle than most of you. However, he has never been to school. Has dais boy ever had any education?
Education is discovering about ourselves and about the people and things around us. All the people who care about us — our parents, brothers , sisters, friends — are our teachers. In fact, we learn something from everyone we meet. We start learning on the day we are born, not on the first day" we go to school . Every day we have new experiences, like finding a bird's nest, discovering a new street in our neighborhood, making friends with someone we didn't like before. New experiences are even more fun when we share them with other people.
Encouragement from the people around us enables us to explore things as much as possible. As we grow up, we begin to find out what we are capable of doing. You may be good at cooking, or singing or playing football. You find this out by doing these things. Just thinking about cooking doesn't tell you if you are good at it.
We learn so much just living from day to day. So why is school important? Of course you can learn some things better at home than at school, like how to do the shopping, and how to help old or disabled people who can' t do everything for themselves. At school, teachers help us to read and write. With their guidance, we begin to see things in different ways.
56. The writer takes the African boy as an example to show that _______.
A. African children are very poor B. some children are unlucky
C. education takes many ways D. schools are of great importance
57. In the eyes of the writer .
A. we have to learn from the people around us B. school is not important at all
C. only the people caring for us can teach usD. education takes place everywhere
58. One can find out what lie is good at by _ .
A. the encouragement of people around B. the teachings of those lie or she meets
C. thinking of it when growing up D. trying mid practicing it
59. How the writer looks at the role of school is that .
A. school is not so important as our living places
B. school enables us to understand the world in other ways
C. school teaches us something useless at home
D. school cannot prepare us for our daily lives
60. The passage tells us that _ .
A. everyone gets education from the day lie or she is born
B. different education trains different classes of people
C. school is absolutely necessary if one wants to understand the world
D. everyone will find out what he or she is good at
B
Among the most heatedly discussed issues about the Chinese film industry in 2004 was probably the absence of a film rating system — claimed to be a vital part of the upcoming China Motion Picture Industry Promotion Law.
The law is expected to offer a legal basis for a wide range of issues that worried the local film industry including copyright infringement(侵犯), online piracy(侵权) of films and pirated films in such forms as VCDs, DVDs, and most recently the so - called compressed DVDs.
"The film rating or classification system is very common for film producers, distributors and exhibitors worldwide, as many countries and regions adopted such systems decades ago," said Li Ershi, a Chinese film historian with the Beijing Film Academy.
"The Chinese public and film industry have long called for the establishment of such a law," he added.
Over the years, Chinese films have been put into categories according to their subject matters such as rural, military, industry or urban themes.
On March 1, 1989, the former administration of the Ministry of Radio, Film, and Television issued the Circular Concerning the Examination and Rating System for Certain Films that roughly specified(指定)four types of films as "unsuitable for child audiences."
The regulation was first applied to a controversial film entitled "Widow Village", which features some love scenes.
But this rating system didn't work very well in protecting child audiences at local level.
Over the years, it has often been reported that some film distributors and exhibitors even label some films as "unsuitable for child audiences" in a bid to attract curious viewers.
Since 1994, China has introduced many Western popular films, many of which were rated "PG'' for "Parental Guidance" in the USA but shown in Chinese cinemas without any labels, especially for teenagers or younger children, because China does not have a film rating system. Li said.
61. According to the article, which of the following statements is true?
A. China Motion Picture Industry Promotion Law, with the film rating system in it, has been put into practice.
B. China Motion Picture Industry Promotion Law has been put into practice without the film rating system
C. Both China Motion Picture Industry Promotion law and the film rating system are still under
discussion and revision.
D. The film rating system puts Chinese films into categories according to their subject matters.
62. The film rating system is vital because .
A. it is very common worldwide and many countries and regions have adopted it
B. it can solve all the problems that the Chinese film industry has had so far
C. it is a powerful weapon against some unhealthy Western films coming into China in large numbers
D. the old regulation is out of date and couldn't clearly tell the difference between the suitable and the unsuitable films
63. Which of the following is the best title for the news ?
A. Film Rating System A MustB. China Motion Picture Industry Promotion law
C. New Film Rating System and Old Regulation
D. New Film Rating System Against some Unhealthy Western Films
C
A historic journey across the Solar System reached its end on Friday as a little probe (探测器)took a big step for human knowledge.
The US $ 3 billion Cassini-Huygens mission(使命), a joint project of NASA and the European and Italian space agencies was launched in 1997 from Cape Canaveral, Florida, to study Saturn, its rings, its moons and its magnetosphere(磁层) — which surrounds it.
Huygens was named after the Dutch scientist who discovered Titan in 1655, NASA officials said. Some science team members monitoring the flight at the European Space Agency's Space Operations Centre in Darmstadt, Germany, have waited tens of years to see the first of 750 pictures and other scientific readings from the yellow- skied moon.
" I have been in this mission almost 21 years and I' m very excited," ESA mission manager Jean -Pierre LeBreton said at a news conference on Thursday.
“I’m also quite sure we arc going to see something very special tomorrow (on Friday) "
Timers inside the probe will awaken it just before it enters Titan's atmosphere. Huygens is shaped like a wok(锅) and covered with a heat shield(防护装置) so that it can survive the extreme heat that it will face upon entry. It will then unfold a series of parachutes to slow its fall to the moon's reddish surface, expected to take about 2.5 hours.
As it goes down, the probe will lose its heat shield and unfold its special camera and instruments to
begin collecting information on wind speeds and the makeup of Titan's atmosphere. This is the moment
scientists have been waiting for. This data will then be sent back to Cassini, which will relay it to NASA’s Deep Space Network in California and on to ESA controllers in Darmstadt German. Scientists believe the organic chemical reaction taking place on Titan are similar to the process that gave rise to life on Earth.
Its atmosphere is mostly nitrogen, like Earth, but its surface temperature of about minus 180℃ makes it improper to life.
Titan, believed to be the only moon in the solar system with an atmosphere, is larger than the planets Mercury and Pluto.
64. Huygens was named after .
A. an ESA mission managerB. a Dutch scientist who discovered Saturn in 1655
C. an astronomer who first discovered Titan
D. scientists from NASA and the European and Italian space agencies
65. What does "the yellow-skied moon" refer to?
A. Saturn. B. Titan.C. The moon around the earth. D. Solar System.
66. According to the text, the following statements are all true except ______.
A. scientists think Titan is bigger than Mercury and Pluto
B. the information to be collected by Huygens will be sent back to Cassini, then to NASA's Deep Space Network and last to ESA controllers
C. some science team member have waited decades and seen the first of 750 images and other scientific readings from the yellow-skied moon
D. only NASA. has been working for the project of Huygens
D
I don' t know if I am missing the greatest pleasure of my life. I am no fan of computer games. Some guys forget themselves and forget day and night when they play games. For example, a colleague has been playing since 1 o’clock this morning and now it is 7 o'clock. He is still commanding his army of little people to attack strange-looking animals. Some games could be fun, 1 admit, and it is therefore understandable that such a game catches players. For example, games like Red Storm or some role-play games, you do something and try to outwit(智胜) your computer. You get some fun out of these games. It is understandable that such a game pushes you into a pitfall(陷阱) of pleasures. But some games look quite stupid and simple. Again for example, my colleague has been interested in Stone Age, a cartoon-like game rooted in prehistoric time. The game is well made, full of strange people and animals and you can play on line with partners. You can have reference books to study so as to shortcut your rivals(对手) and increase your own conquering power.
I believe some kinds of games are really created for adults. But seeing these adults play the simple games with such interest, I just wonder if there is something wrong with me and if I am losing the greatest possible fun of my life. I ask why I don' t bother playing such games and why I seem to have some aversion(讨厌) to such games. I have no answers. Certainly computer games is no my idea of a good time. I would rather listen to some music or read a book. Take music for example. Good music tops my list of pleasures. Nothing could beat music, all in a harmony of sounds and emotions. But how about games? Why an I so strongly biased(偏见) against such games?
67. From the passage we know that ______.
A. the author is a fan of computer games. B. the author spends much time playing computer games
C. the author once played a whole nightD. the author doesn't like playing computer games
68. In this passage, the author tells us a fact that ______.
A. some computer games are interesting enough to attract people
B. many people fall into a dangerous pitfall
C. many people are suffering a lot from the computer games
D. computer games are pitfalls for most players
69. The underlined word "bother" here means ______.
A. make trouble B. concern about C. disturb D. confuse
70. The author has a pleasure to ______.
A. make a computer game B. to read books C. to listen to good music D. ask himself questions
E
"Calling tower," the pilot's voice crackled. "This is an emergency!" The radio operator in the control tower looked at his watch. It was 3:15 p.m. Lieutenant Charles Taylor and five Navy bombers were in trouble. "We are off course. We cannot see land…repeat…we cannot see land."
The control tower grew silent. The operator garbed (戴上) his microphone. "What is your position? We are not sure of our position," Lieutenant Taylor replied. "We seem to be lost." Taylor had over 2,500 hours of flight time. What was happening?
The tower called back: "Assume bearing(方位) due west." "We don't know which way is west," Taylor replied. "Everything is wrong…strange… We cannot be sure of any direction…Even the ocean looks odd…" The radio operator told Taylor to fly north "with the sun on the left" until he reached a Naval Air Station. Anyone could find the sun, especially a good pilot like Taylor. Soon the radio crackled again. "We have just passed over a small island," said the pilot. "No other land in sight." That was the last message Flight 19 sent to the radio tower. Five Navy bombers were lost. They had left the Naval Air Station for a routine(常规的) training flight at 2:00 p.m., December 5, 1945. Each plane had enough fuel to fly more than a thousand miles. The weather was sunny and mild. Pilots from other flights had not seen anything strange there. So what happened? How could five Navy bombers and their crews just disappear?
The search for the five bombers covered 380,000 square miles of land and sea. Hundreds of boats and planes searched large areas of the Atlantic, the Caribbean, the Gulf of Mexico, the mainland of Florida, and many neighboring islands. Some of the boats were aircraft carriers, destroyers, and submarines. They searched the area for weeks. Nothing was ever found. No life rafts. No wreckage. Not even an oil slick(浮油). Oil from the engines should float on the surface, even if everything else had sunk.
71. The pilot knew that they were in trouble when ______.
A. The radio operator warned himB. The emergency light was suddenly on
C. The engine failed to workD. He couldn't be sure of his flying route
72. Which of the following fact is not true for the five Navy bombers?
A. They could not find out the direction. B. A small island was in sight.
C. They could not find the sun. D. They saw no other land.
73. What made the disappearance so mysterious?
a. The control tower grew silent.b. The bombers had a lot of fuel.
c. The weather was good.d. No strange happening was reported by other flights.
A. (a) (b) (c) B. (a) (b) (d) C. (a) (c) (d) D. (b) (c) (d)
74. What was the most unusual for the search?
A. There was no life raft. B. There was no wreckage.
C. There was no oil slick. D. There was no "SOS" call.
75. The result of the search for the five bombers was that _____.
A. they went for a very important mission B. they went to some very important places
C. they went out of earth D. they went somewhere no one "knew
阅读理解训练题（二）答案
56-60CDDBA 61-65CDABA 66-70DDABC 71-75DCDCD
阅读理解训练题（三十）
A
Feeling tired lately? Has the doctor said he can’t find anything wrong with you? Perhaps he sent you to a hospital, but all the advanced equipment there shows that there is nothing wrong.
Then consider this, you might be in a state of subhealth（亚健康）.
Subhealth, also called the third state or grey state, is explained as an indefinate state between health and disease. According to an investigation by the National Health Organization, over 45 per cent of subhealthy people are middle-aged or elderly. The percentage is even higher among people who work in management position as well as students around exam.
Symptoms（症状）include a lack of energy, depression, slow reactions, insomnia（失眠）,Worries and poor memory. Others symptoms include shortness of breath, sweating and aching in the waist and legs.
The key to preventing and recovering from subhealth, according to some medical experts, is to form good living habits, alternate work with rest, exercise regularly, and take part in open-air activities.
As for meals ,people are advised to eat less salt and sugar. They should eat more fresh vegetables, fruits and fish, because they are rich in nutritional（营养的）elements—vitamins and tiny elements—that are important to the body.
Nutrition experts point out that it is not good to eat too much at one meal because it may cause unhealthy changes in the digestive tract. They also say that a balanced diet is very helpful in avoiding subhealth.
56．According to this passage, when you are in a state of subhealth, you should .
A．stay home and keep silent B．go to see a doctor and buy some medicine.
C．have yourself examined in foreign countries
D．find out the reasons and relax yourself
57．Middle-aged people may feel subhealthy, because they .
A．have used up their energyB．have lost their living hopes
C．have more pressure in life and workD．began to get older and older
58．As for food, experts suggest that we should .
A．never eat meatB．have meals with less salt and sugar
C．eat lessD．have meals without salt or sugar
59．The underlined word“alternate”in this passage means .
A．arrange by turnB．cause to take place C．keep upD．take up
(B)
There are some special traditions（传统）in Hawaii. People are very friendly and always welcome visitors. They give visitors a lei—a long necklace of beautiful fresh flowers; Men wear bright flowered shirts, and women often wear long flowered dresses. There are traditional Chinese, Japanese and Filipino Holidays and all the holidays from the United States. They call Hawaii the Aloha State. Aloha means both hello and goodbye. It also means I love you.
Usually when people from different countries, races and traditions live together, there are serious problems. There are a few problems in Hawaii, but, in general, people have learned to live together in peace.
Hawaiians get most of their money from visitors, and most of the visitors come from the mainland and from Japan. There are so many people living in Hawaii now that there are residential areas（住宅区）where there used to be farms. Some of the big sugar and apple companies have moved to the Philipines, where they do not have to pay workers as much money. The families of the first people who came from the U. S. mainland own the important banks and companies. Japanese are also buying or starting businesses.
60．A good title for this article might be“ ”.
A．Hawaii the Aloha StateB．Living in Peace Together
C．The Flowers of HawaiiD．The Problems of Hawaii
61．The author wants to show that .
A.we all should go to Hawaii. B．it is possible to learn to live together in peace.
C．it is not possible to live together in peace D．Hawaii is the only place where there is peace
62．The word“Lei”in the first paragraph is a .
A．group of flowersB．bright flowered shirt
C．way to say hello and goodbyeD．necklace of flowers
63． plays an important part in the development of Hawaii.
A．Modern industry B．Agriculture C．The air lineD．Business in travel
(C)
More than 6000 children were expelled（开除）from US schools last year for bringing guns and bombs to school, the US Department of Education said on May 8.
The department gave a report on the expulsions（开除）as saying handguns accounted for 58 per cent of the 6093 expulsions in 1996 to 1997, against 7 per cent for rifles（步枪）or shotguns and 35 per cent for other types of firearms.
“The report is a clear sign that our nation’s public schools are cracking down（严惩）on students who bring guns to school,”Education Secretary Richard Riley said in a statement.“We need to be tough-minded about keeping guns out of our schools and do everything to keep our children safe.”
In March 1997, an 11-year-old boy and a 13-year-old boy using handguns and rifles shot dead four children and a teacher at a school in Jonesboro, Arkansas. In October, two were killed and seven wounded in a shooting at a Mississippi school. Two months later, a 14-year-old boy killed three high school students and wounded five in Daducah, Kentucky.
Most of the expulsions, 56 per cent, were from high schools which have students from about age 13, 34 per cent were from junior high schools and 9 per cent were from elementary schools, the report said.
64．From the first paragraph we can infer that in the US schools .
A．students enjoy shooting B．students are eager to be soldiers
C．safety is a problem D．students can make guns
65．The report from the US Department of Education shows that .
A．the number of the expulsions is not large B．the number of the expulsions is wrong
C．there are soldiers hiding among the students D．guns are out of control in US schools
66．The main idea of paragraph four shows us .
A．some examples of shootings in US schools B．the Americans’ feeling
C．some famous schools D．that some teachers were killed by students
67．How many students were shot dead in 1997 in US schools?
A．10B．9C．12D．22
68．From this passage we know that .
A．every American cannot have guns B．only soldiers and police can have guns
C．every American citizen can own guns D．teachers have no money to buy guns
D
WHAT’ SON
STAGE
Russian dances: The famous“Little White
Birth”Dance Troupe will travel from Russia to
Present performances in Beijing.
The troupe, founded in 1948, is famous for
their combination of Russian folk dances and
classical dancing art.
It has been invited by the Beijing Foreign Culture Exchange Co to give four performances in Beijing.
Tickets are available（可得到的）through ticket hotlines and website such as www, paio. com.cn, www.chinaticket. com and www.ticket. elong. com
Time: 7:30 pm, January 18—21
Place: Beizhan Theatre, 135, Xiwai Dajie, Xicheng District
Tel: 6606—4258
EXHIBITIONS
Kite show: All together 81 kites collected by the China National Art Museum is on show in the Yanhuang Art Museum.
Kong Xiangze, an expert on Chinese kites, published a book on kites, explaining the origins of the Kite—making process. The exhibited kites are made in a traditional Chinese style.
Time: 9 am—5 pm until February 11
Place: 9 Huizhong Lu
Tel: 6491—2902
CONCERTS
Folk music: A concert of classics of Chinese folk music will greet audiences on the first day of the Year of Snake at the Beijing Concert Hall.
The China Song and Dance Ensemble will perform dozens of traditional instrumental pieces, such as“Full of Joy,”“Colourful Cloud Chasing the Moon,”and “Spring Festival Suite.”
Time: 7:30 pm, January 24
Place: 1, Beixinhuajie, Xicheng District
Tel: 6559—8285
EVENTS
Flower festival：The Beijing Botanical Garden is bringing people a blooming festival with the beautiful flowers in its tropical（热带）plants greenhouse.
The garden has introduced nearly 80 kinds of flowers from abroad for the exhibition.
There is also an exhibition of potted narcissus（水仙）landscapes（风景）.More than 300 mini landscapes involving imported narcissus will be displayed. People can get a preview of the show by visiting www. beijingbd. com, the garden’s website.
Time: 8:30 am -5pm until January 28
Place: Wofosi Lu near the Fragant Hills
Tel: 8259—5547
69．Suppose you are too far away from Beijing or you can’t spare time to go there in person,which of the following show can you enjoy all the same?
A．Russian dancesB．Kite show C．Folk musicD．Flower festival
70．The phrase“get a preview of”used in the passage means .
A.watch in advance B．see clearly C．get good position of D．get a general idea of
71．If you and your classmates have a free evening to spend on the 19th of January, which is a useful number to call? A．6606—4258B．6491—2902C．6559—8285D．8259—5547
E
This year some twenty-three hundred teenagers（young people aged from 13—19）from all over the world will spend about ten months in U. S. homes. They will attend U.S. schools, meet U.S. teenagers, and form impressions of the real America. At the same time, about thirteen hundred American teenagers will go to other countries to learn new languages and gain a new understanding of the rest of the world.
Here is a two-way student exchange in action. Fred nineteen, spent last year in Germany with George’s family. In turn, George’s son Mike spent a year in Fred’s home in America.
Fred, a lively young man, knew little German when he arrived, but after two months’ study, the language began to come to him. The school was completely different from what he had expected-much harder. Students rose respectfully when the teacher entered the room. They took fourteen subjects instead of the six that are usual in the United States. There were almost no outside activities.
Family life, too, was different. The father’s word was law, and all activities were around the family rather than the individual. Fred found the food too simple at first. Also, he missed having a car.
“Back home, you pick up some friends in a car and go out and have a good time. In Germany, you walk, but you soon learn to like it.”
At the same time, in America, Mike, a friendly German boy, was also forming his idea.“I suppose I should criticize American schools,”he says.“It is far too easy by our level. But I have to say that I like it very much. In Germany we do nothing but study. Here we take part in may outside activities. I think that maybe your schools are better in training for citizens. There ought to be some middle ground between the two.”
72．This year teenagers will take part in the exchange programme between America and other countries.
A．twenty three hundred B．thirteen hundred
C．over three thousand D．less than two thousand
73．The whole exchange programme is mainly to .
A．help teen agers in other countries know the real America
B．send students in America to travel in Germany
C．let students learn something about other countries
D．have teen agers learn new languages
74．What is particular in America schools is that .
A．there is some middle ground between the two teaching buildings.
B．there are a lot of outside activities
C．students usually take fourteen subjects in all
D．students go outside to enjoy themselves in a car
75．After experiencing the Amercian school life, Mike thought .
A．a better education should include something good from both American and Germany
B．German schools trained students to be better citizens
C．American schools were not as good as German schools
D．the easy life in the American school was more helpful to students
阅读理解训练题（三十）答案
56-60DCBAA 61-65BDDCD 66-70ABCD A71-75ACCBA
阅读理解训练题（三十一）
A
For those who were born in the year of the pig, good luck and much success! This is your year.
When talking to a Westerner, however, you’ve got to be a little careful when you talk about pigs. Chinese people think of the pig as a smart and prosperous（rich, luckily wealthy）animal. Western ideas tend to be a little more negative（否定的）.
A pig in the West is seen as a dirty, lazy and fat animal. If anyone ever called you a pig, you wouldn’t be smiling . When a person doesn’t like someone, sometimes he will call that person a pig.
If you ever met a Westerner who was born in the year of the pig, don’t say,“Oh, you’re a pig!” Most Westerners will be misunderstanding. They will be sure that you made some kind of mistakes. However, don’t take any chance. You might just offend（激怒）someone who does not share your positive（积极的）ideas about pigs.
56．You have to be careful when you talk to a Westerner about pigs because .
A．they believe pigs best of all B．they consider pigs as bad animals
C．they aren’t used to talking about pigs D．they don’t like the topic about pigs at all
57．According to the passage we can see that Chinese people think of the pig as a animal.
A．healthyB．lovelyC．badD．lazy
58．A Westerner will call someone a pig if he or she that man.
A．dislikesB．is afraid ofC．looks up toD．makes fun of
59．When you call a Westerner a pig, who was born in the year of the pig, most of them .
A．will be happyB．will be very surprised
C．understand youD．may laugh at you
B
October 24—the UN birthday is celebrated as United Nations Day. It is a day that belongs to everyone, and it is celebrated in most countries of the world. Some countries celebrate for a week instead of a day.
Every year the President of the United States, in a special announcement, asks Americans to remember United Nations Day.
In many parts of the world, schools plan programmes for this day. Boys and girls in some areas decorate（装饰）a United Nations tree, or plant a garden. In other areas young people put on plays about the United Nations. Some libraries show children’s art form around the world. Schools celebrate with songs and dances of other countries, or give parties where foods of other countries are served.
Always the purpose of these celebrations is to help everyone understand the United Nations and why it is important.
The UN encourages people to learn about other lands and their customs. In this way people can get a better understanding of people all over the world.
60．Why is October 24 celebrated in many countries?
A．To celebrate the founding of the United Nations.
B．To make people understand what the United Nations means.
C．To warn people of the dangers of wars.
D．To tell people how the United Nations came into being.
61．How do schools celebrate the day?
A．Children are given a holiday of one to seven days.
B．Different programmes are prepared to celebrate the day.
C．Children plant gardens or decorate UN trees.
D．Children and teachers hold parties.
62．What does the United Nations encourage people to do, according to the passage?
A．To learn more about other nations and their customs.
B．To change programmes with other nations in science.
C．To understand more people from all over the world
D．To understand the importance of the United Nations.
63．The best title of the passage can be .
A．The UN B．The World Holiday C．Celebrations on Oct 24 D．The UN Birthday
C
This is news on the hour. Ed Wilson reporting. The President and First Lady will visit Africa on a good will tour in May. They plan to visit eight African countries.
Reports from China say the Chinese want closer ties between China and the U.S. and Western Europe. A group of top Chinese scientists start their ten-nation tour next month.
Here in Miami, the mayor is still meeting with the leaders of the teachers’ Union to try to find a way to end the strike. City schools are still closed after two weeks.
In the news about health, scientists in California report finding of a relationship between the drinking of coffee and the increase of heart disease among women. According to the report in the American Medical Journal the five year-study shows this: Women who drink more than two cups of coffee a day have greater chance of having heart disease than women who do not.
In sports, the Chargers lost again last night. The BBs beat them 1 to nothing. The Wingers had better results. They beat the Rifles 7 to 3. It was their first win in their last five matches.
That’s the news of the hour. And now back to more easy listening with Jan Singer.
64．Who gave the news on the hour.
A．The mayor in Miami. B．Ed Wilson. C．Scientists in California .D．Jan Singer.
65．To improve the ties between China and the U.S. and Western Europe, China .
A．will send a group of Chinese scientists to pay a visit to the U. S. and Western Europe.
B．will send some scientists to visit U. S. only
C．has reached its aim. D．has given many reports to improve the ties
66．From the news in Miami we know .
A．a peaceful way will soon be found B．the teachers’ strike will last long
C．students haven’t been to school for two weeks
D．students can’t go into the school because the classrooms are locked
67．From the last news we don’t know .
A．the results of the two matches B．the teams which played last night
C．how many wins the BBs has had altogether D．the Wingers had 1 win and 4 defeats
D
Editors of newspapers and magazines often go to extremes（极端）to provide their readers with unimportant facts and statistics（数据）.Last year a reporter had been requested by a well-known magazine to write an article on the president’s palace in a new African republic. When the article arrived, the editor read the first sentence and then refused to publish it. The article began:“Hundreds of steps lead to the high wall which surrounds the president’s palace.”The editor at once sent the reporter a fax（传真）asking him to find out the exact number of steps and the height of the wall.
The reporter immediately set out to do as he was asked to, but he took a long time to send them. Meanwhile, the editor was getting impatient, for the magazine would soon go to press. He sent the reporter two more faxes, but received no reply. He sent yet another fax telling the reporter that if he did not reply soon he would be fired. When the reporter again failed to reply, the editor had to publish the article as it had been originally（原始）written. A week later, the editor at last received a fax from the reporter. Not only had the poor man been arrested, but he had been sent to prison as well. However, he had at last been allowed to send a fax in which he told the editor that he had been arrested while counting the 1,084 steps leading to the fifteen-foot wall which surrounded the president’s palace.
68．The editor didn’t want to publish the article because .
A．he wanted to find an excuse to fire the reporter
B．he had not read the article wholly
C．he was not pleased with the facts in the article
D．he wanted to please the president of the new African republic
69．The reporter took a long time to send the information he was asked for .
A．because it took him a long time to count all the steps
B．because he had not been allowed to fax the information he had found out
C．because he did not realize how soon the magazine would go to press
D．because he had been arrested before he had had time to find out the facts
70．The reporter must have been arrested when .
A．he acted too suspiciously（可疑地）B．he went to extreme to provide unimportant facts
C．he climbed the palace wall in order to measure its height
D．he learnt that his article was pressed originally
71．The purpose of the writer’s giving this very example is .
A．to provide ground reasons for his ideas of how to write a good article
B．to ask readers for advice on how to get rid of extreme
C．to tell readers how to write an article
D．to show his opinion about extreme of some editors of newspapers and magazines.
E
Last week’s topic: What’s your opinion about cheating in exams?
Willson822（Fujian）:An oath isn’t enough to prevent anyone from cheating. Who can tell that they won’t promise something that goes against their will? So I think the penalty（处罚）is more important. Penalties should be serious enough to prevent people from breaking the oath!
Wang Changling（Anhui）:The oath itself makes all test-takers think that others may consider them would-be cheaters, which can hurt their feelings. In my opinion, prevention is better than a penalty. Educators should set good examples for students to follow and be role models for them. Even if a few educators continue to copy other people’s work and their research papers, surely, students will follow suit.
Anonymous: I support the school’s action against cheating. Although the oath isn’t a duty, it can warn the would-be cheater.
Cathy Cheng: I find it’s hard to refuse a friend who wants help in exams. And I think the rule of Maryland University gives the students like me a good excuse to refuse.
Zzq8301: I think this is a promising step toward what we’re talking about when we say ‘fair play’ these days. Cheaters should be stopped because they make it different for the honest to succeed.
Freda（Tianjin）: I was told by my foreign teacher to write down the oath on the back of my test paper in the same way that was described in the article. It’s a rule everyone should obey in a fair game. Whether this method succeeds or fails is up to you. What I want to say is to be true to yourself.
72．It is clear that the people above are talking about the rule made by .
A．Maryland UniversityB．the Education Department
C．some collegesD．the government
73．How many people are in fact for the rules?
A．ThreeB．TwoC．FourD．Five
74．Who thinks teachers should set an example?
A．Willson822B．FredaC．Cathy ChengD．Wang Changling
75．The underlined word“oath”may have the same meaning as .
A．ideaB．promiseC．planD．opinion
阅读理解训练题（三十一）答案
56-60BBABA 61-65BADBA 66-70CCCBA 71-75DACDB
阅读理解训练题（三十二）
A
On Nov. 18, 1995, Itzhak Perlman, the violinist, came on stage to give a concert at Avery Fisher Hall at Lincoln Center in New York City.
If you have ever been to a Perlman concert, you know that getting on stage is no small achievement for him. He was stricken with polio(小儿麻痹症) as a child, and so he has braces(支架) on both legs and walks with the aid of two crutches(双拐).
He walks painfully, yet majestically, until he reaches his chair. Then he sits down, slowly, puts his crutches on the floor, undoes the clasps on his legs, tucks one foot back and extends the other foot forward. Then he bends down and picks up the violin, puts it under his chin, nods to the conductor and proceeds to play.
But this time, something went wrong. Just as he finished the first few bars(小节), one of the strings on his violin broke. You could hear it snap(嘣断)——it went off like gunfire across the room. There was no mistaking what that meant. There was no mistaking what he had to do.
We figured that he would have to get up, put on the clasps again, pick up the crutches and limp his way off stage——to either find another violin or else find another string for this one. But he didn’t. Instead, he waited a moment, closed his eyes and then signaled the conductor to begin again.
The orchestra began, and he played from where he had left off. And he played with such passion and such power and such purity as they had never heard before.
When he finished, there was an awesome silence in the room. And then people rose and cheered. He smiled, wiped the sweat from this brow, raised his bow to quiet us, and then he said in a quiet tone, “You know, sometimes it is the artist’s task to find out how much music you can still make with what you have left.”
56．By saying “getting on stage is no small achievement for him”, the author really means ___.
A．it’s very difficult for Itzhak Perlman to play the violin with three strings
B．it’s not easy for Itzhak Perlman to get on the stage because he is disabled
C．it’s not easy for Itzhak Perlman to face such a large audience
D．it’s really great achievements for Itzhak Perlman to play the violin with three strings
57．When one of the strings broke, people thought Itzhak Perlman would __________.
A．go on playing with the remaining three strings B．give up playing
C．change or repair his violin D．get off the stage with shame
58．Itzhak Perlman ___________ when one of the strings of the violin broke.
A．gave up playing B．didn’t know what to do
C．went on playing the same piece of music
D．went on playing a different piece of music
59．What did the audience feel when Itzhak Perlman finished playing?
A．SurprisedB．DisappointedC．MovedD．Satisfied
60．Itzhak Perlman can be best described as a man who is ____________.
A．cleverB．strong willedC．humourousD．quite skilled
B
Come rain or come shine, it’s important to know how to check the weather forecast when you live abroad.
A quick look at the newspaper can tell whether you should carry an umbrella, sunscreen or a warm coat when you go out to face the world.
A weather report usually comes with the heading “Weather Outlook” or just simply “Weather”. To put as much information as possible into a small space, a weather report has some unusual language. Words are chosen not for their attractiveness, but for their simplicity and directness.
A weather report has these sections: a general forecast, a detailed forecast, the previous day’s reading, world weather, pollution levels, and times and tides.
Most forecasts begin with a “general situation” report with general characteristics(特点) of that day’s weather. Forecasts do not generally use normal sentences, but make use of verbs, adjectives and adverbs instead. For example, “Brief sunny periods and heavy thunder showers later.” People scan a weather page rather than spending a long time on it, so writers do not need full sentences.
Following the general forecast is more detailed information. In Britain, which is a small country, and the US, which is large, there are geographical separations like Northern, East coast, and so on. The focus is not on attractive sentences, but immediacy.
There are of course temperature forecasts. Depending on where you are, they will be in Celsius or Fahrenheit. In Britain, temperatures are given in both. In the US, only Fahrenheit is used. To go from Fahrenheit to Celsius, take away 32 from the temperature and divide by 1.8.
Most newspapers also have a brief list of weather conditions in major cities around the world.
With pollution becoming a global problem, many forecasts give the day’s pollution levels. This may be important for asthma sufferers and people who are affected by air quality levels. In the summer, pollen levels (flower seeds in the air) are sometimes listed to help hay fever sufferers.
There is usually information also on when the sun will rise and set. This is useful for farmers and other early risers.
61．If the highest temperature in London is 68F, then it is _________ in the Celsius scale.
A．30B．20C．10D．40
62．If you are asked to write a weather report, you must make sure the language you use is ___.
A．interestingB．simple and directC．unusualD．brief and attractive
63．The writer of this passage mainly wants to tell us _________ when we live abroad.
A．how to write a weather forecast B．where to find a weather forecast
C．when we most need a weather forecast
D．what information we can get from a weather forecast
64．If you have a hay fever when you are out on a summer, you will pay special attention to _____. A．pollution levelB．the changes of temperature
C．the time the sun rises and setsD．pollen levels
C
At Turkish Airlines, it’s been one year since our first voyage in China. A time spent on providing nothing short of the finest, friendliest and most reliable air travel service around. A service which offers flyers simple booking, easy check－in, not to mention excellent in－flight services and entertainment.
It is with great pleasure then that we announce the introduction of the 3rd flight in our weekly service. From Beijing and Shanghai, we take you through both history and time. Flying over the Silk Road you arrive in the ancient capital of Istanbul at sunrise — an unforgettable experience — and from there we connect you to a further 100 destinations worldwide.
So come experience what it is to travel across one of the world’s ancient trading routes in true style and comfort.
Offer valid(有效) from June 7 to July 13. For terms and conditions, please contact your local travel agent at the Turkish Airlines Beijing and Shanghai offices:
Beijing Tel: (010) 64651867/68/69/70 Fax: (010) 64651865
E- mail: thybjs@ public 3. bta. net. cn
Shanghai Tel: (021) 32220022 Fax: (021) 32220021
E- mail: thysha@ uninet. com. cn
65．The purpose of this passage is __________.
A．to introduce a new flight service by Turkish Airlines
B．to show Turkish Airlines offers the best service in the world
C．to invite you to visit Istanbul from China
D．to announce the cheapest flight from Beijing to Istanbul
66．If you buy a 3rd –flight ticket, which is the right route of flight?
A．Shanghai→North Africa→Istanbul B．Beijing→Istanbul→Middle East
C．Shanghai→Europe→Middle East D．Beijing→Istanbul→Shanghai
67．If you want to go to North Africa tomorrow (July 20) with Turkish Airlines, how much will you have to pay for the flight?
A．More than 5000 yuanB．As much as 7500 yuan
C．No more than 7500 yuanD．Less than 5000 yuan
D
In early 1977, the authorities(当局) announced that the end of manual labor and arranged some type of work of us to do in the courtyard. The free time also allowed me to hunt what became two of my favorite hobbies on Robben Island; gardening and tennis.
To survive in prison, one must develop ways to take satisfaction in one’s daily life. One can feel fulfilled by washing one’s clothes so that they are particularly clean. Just as one takes pride in important tasks outside of prison, one can find the same pride in doing small things inside prison.
Almost from the beginning of my sentence on Robben Island, I asked the authorities for permission to start a garden in the courtyard. For years, they refused without offering a reason. But finally they gave in, and we were able to cut out a small garden on a narrow patch of earth against the far wall.
The soil in the courtyard was dry and rocky. In order to start my garden, I had to remove a great many rocks to allow the plants room to grow.
The authorities supplied me with seeds. I at first planted tomatoes, chilies, and onions——hardy plants that did not require rich earth or constant care. The early harvests were poor, but they soon improved.
I began to order books on gardening. I studied different gardening techniques and types of fertilizers. I did not have many of the materials that the book discussed, but I learned through trial and error. For a time, I attempted to grow peanuts(花生), and used different soils and fertilizers, but finally I gave up. It was one of my few failures.
A garden was one of the few things in prison that one could control. To plant a seed, watch it grow, to tend it and harvest it, offered a simple but long- lasting satisfaction. The sense of being the owner of the small patch of earth offered a taste of freedom.
68．Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A．In order to keep alive in prison, one must be interested in doing small things.
B．One factor that the writer formed his two favorite favorite hobbies was his manual labor.
C．The writer asked to be permitted to start a garden, but was refused with a clear reason.
D．The condition of the writer’s garden was fairly good.
69．Why did the writer devote himself to attending a garden?
A．To kill his spare time and forget his sufferings.
B．To harvest vegetables and provide himself with food.
C．To gain satisfaction and sense the freedom as a human being.
D．To hide his political opinions by working hard in the garden.
70．The underlined word “It” in this passage refers to _____________.
A．learning through trial and error B．attempting to grow peanuts
C．using different soils and fertilizers D．studying different gardening techniques
71．What’s the main topic that is stated in the passage?
A．It’s hard to attend a garden.B．How to plant vegetables in prison.
C．Owning garden is a great pleasure.D．Madela’s garden in prison
E
The Colosseum(圆形大剧场) and Trevi Fountain(许愿泉) aren’t even mentioned in a hot-off –the –press guide to Rome. Instead, the pocketbook provides a guide to survival for homeless people in the Eternal(不朽) City. Some 5,000 people are homeless in Italy’s capital and up to 50,000 people are dependent on others for help——especially the elderly and the disabled, according to the Sant’ Egidio religious charity which drew up the book.
The 2003 edition of “Where to Eat, Sleep and Wash”, which has been called the “Poor-Man’s Michelin Guide (《米其林指南》) to Rome,” tells the needy and homeless where to find shelters, soup kitchens, public baths and health services. Demand for the book has skyrocketed since it was first published in 1990. The group printed 2,000 copies of the first edition but this year 13,000 copies of the 148-page “Bible” were printed, highlighting 760 locations(场所) that provide services for the needy.
“It contains the secrets to survival in Rome,” said Mario Marazziti, a spokesman for the Sant’Egidio community. “This is a different face of Rome, and the guide tells us how to deal with its problems.” “Because of the economic crisis, more and more people are falling below the poverty line,” Marazziti added.
Indeed, it was the death of a beggar in 1983 after ambulance workers refused to pick him up that inspired Sant’Egidio to start publishing its pocket-sized guides to Rome. For the first time, San’t Egidio also included a fold-out plastic-coated map with symbols representing all of the eating, sleeping and washing hot spots across the city. Although the Golosseum is not marked in the guide, it appears on this map. “But it’s just a reference,” Marazziti said. “The normal Rome that tourists look at is a background for us.”
72．Some famous places in Rome are not mentioned in the guide because ____________.
A．the homeless people in the city can’t afford to visit them
B．the poor in the city are forbidden to go there
C．they are not so important to the homeless people in the city
D．beggars in the city never go there
73．The underlined word “skyrocket” in the second paragraph probably means _________.
A．increase sharplyB．fly in the sky C．need badlyD．attract greatly
74．Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A．The book contains the secrets to get money in Rome.
B．The fact that a beggar died made San’t Egidio publish the guide.
C．The author sings high praise for Rome.
D．The Colosseum is not marked in the guide because it is well known.
75．The guide is called “Bible” because _________.
A．it is as useful as the Bible B．the poor use it as a bible
C．it is as popular as the Bible D．it is of great value to the homeless people
阅读理解训练题（三十二）答案
56-60BCCCB 61-65BBDDA 66-70BAACB 71-75DCABD
阅读理解训练题（三十三）
A
Ed Jocelyn and Andy McEwen might have appeared to be a bit mad-the two set off on their own “Long March” through the remotest regions of China on October 16. The idea was to take a year to retrace one of the epic(史诗般的) movements of modern military history.
The two British men in their mid-30s were working as editors in Beijing when they decided to relive the tales of the original marches. “We hold these people in such esteem,” McEwen says.
They plan to keep diaries but will not share the contents during the trip. “When we get to the end we’ll put our heads together and try and come up with a book,” Jocelyn said.
Their trip has had some auspicious beginning, they have already met two Long March veterans(老战士) in less than a month of travel.
In this modern version, the pair are aided by high-tech equipment including a satellite phone, mini-computer, video camera and solar panels to recharge batteries. A mountain tent and portable stove will help them in the remoter stretches.
They plan to average 35-40 kilometers a day, and rest about every third day. Ed admitted that their trip would be very tough..
If they succeed, they will be the first foreigners to complete the entire Long March route since Otto Braun, the German military advisor who accompanied the Red Army on the Long March.
56．This text is mainly about .
A．high-tech equipment helpful to the Long March B．first foreigners to walk the Long March
C．British editors’ adventure original in China D．British recall of the Long March spirit
57．The underlined word “auspicious” most probably means .
A．favourableB．friendlyC．strangeD．surprising
58．Which of the following statements is NOT true about the two foreigners?
A．They won’t use anything modern on the way.
B．They will do some cooking by themselves.
C．They will send off news about what happens day by day.
D．They’re planning to have a book published one year later.
B
Situated in the South West of England, between Exeter and Plymouth, Torquay is one of the most popular holiday resorts（度假胜地）in Britain. It provides sophisticated（精致）entertainment, sports of every kind and cultural facilities, all set in a position of outstanding natural beauty. Visitors can choose between luxury hotels by the sea, with private suites（套房），swimming pools and saunas, and comfortable but less expensive guest houses. There are camping sites, too, and hundreds of houses displaying“B & B”signs.
As well as a number of small quiet bays, which are ideal for beach barbecues away from the crowds, Torquay has large sandy beaches where you can buy refreshments（饮料）and hire deck chairs, boats and even beach huts. There are large areas of grassland overlooking the sea, and miles of winding cliff paths for walkers who just want to enjoy the scenery and what is often said to be the healthiest air in the country. For the sportsmen and women there are opportunities not only for golf, tennis, squash and bowls, but also for water-skiing, hang-gliding and deep-sea fishing.
After a day in the open air, there’s lots to do in the evenings, too. There are plenty of discos, the occasional opera or ballet, and summer variety shows in the seafront theatres. For the children, there is a beautiful model village with a complicated railway layout which is remarkably realistic-especially when the lights are all on at night.
Of course, there’s no need to spend your whole holidays in Torquay. Only a short drive away is Dartmoor National Park, where you can walk for miles through dramatic, unspoiled countryside, or picnic by beautiful rivers and streams. Or, nearer to home, you can sail across Tor Bay to the lovely old fishing village of Brixham.
Torquay seems to have something for everyone. But don’t take my word for it-come and see for yourself.
59．Which of the following best explains what “B & B” means on the signs?
A．Bed and breakfastB．Breakfast and bath
C．Beach and barbecueD．Beautiful and British
60．According to the text Torquay might be described as .
A．comfortable and expensiveB．crowed and lively
C．remote and beautifulD．fresh and healthy
61．What is special about the model village?
A．It opens at night. B．It has something for the children
C．It’s in the open air. D．It has a real railway system.
62．What is the purpose of writing this text?
A．To introduce the geography of Torquay to students. B．To make some places known to visitors.
C．To show the beauty of resorts. D．To attract more tourists.
C
It seems that the Englishman just cannot live without sports of some kind. A famous French humourist once said that this is because the English insist on behaving like children all their lives. Wherever you go in this country you will see both children and grown-ups knocking a ball about with a stick or something, as if in Britain men shall always remain boys and women girls! Still, it can never be bad to get exercise, can it?
Taking all amateur（业余）and professional sports in Britain into consideration, there can be no doubt that football is at the top of the list. It is called soccer in the United States. The game originated in Britain and was played in the Middle Ages or even earlier, though as an organized game, or“association football”, it dates only from the beginning of the 19th century.
The next is rugby, which is called“football”in the United States. It is a kind of football played by two teams of fifteen players rather than eleven. In rugby, an oval-shaped ball is used which can be handled as well as kicked. It is a pretty rough game.
In summer, cricket is the most popular sport. In fact, it has sometimes been called the English national game. Most foreigners find the game rather slow or even boring, but it enjoys great popularity among the British.
Tennis rates high on the list, too. It was introduced into England from France in the 15th century, but it was from England that it spread to practically every country in the world.
Table-tennis, or“ping-pong”,surely is not played on a great scale as it is in China or Japan. Basketball and volleyball were introduced into Britain during the late 19th century from America and are gaining popularity. Horse-back riding, swimming, rowing and golf all attract a lot of people.
63．The main purpose of Paragraph 1 is to tell us that the English .
A．are all sports loversB．behave like children
C．like to kick a ball aroundD．can remain young all their lives
64．According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true about football and rugby?
A．They differ in the shape of the ball.
B．They are played by different numbers of players.
C．They both can be handled D．They both can be kicked.
65．The game that was never played in Britain until the late 19th century is .
A．basketballB．tennisC．rugbyD．football
66．What would be the best title for this passage?
A．The Most Popular SportsB．The English Sports
C．History of SportsD．Sports in Britain
D
That“Monday morning feeling”could be a crushing pain in the chest which leaves you sweating and gasping for breath. Recent research from Germany and Italy shows that heart attacks are more common on Monday mornings and doctors blame the stress of returning to work after the weekend break.
The risk of having a heart attack on any given day should be one in seven, but a six-year study helped by researchers at the Free University of Berlin of more than 2,600 Germans showed that the average person had a 20 per cent higher chance of having a heart attack on a Monday than on any other day.
Working Germans are particularly not protected against attack, with a 33 per cent higher risk at the beginning of the working week. Non-workers, by comparison, appear to be no more at risk on a Monday than any other day.
A study of 11,000 Italians proved 8 am on a Monday morning as the most stressful time for the heart, and both studies showed that Sunday is the least stressful day, with fewer heart attacks in both countries.
The findings could lead to a better understanding of what is the immediate cause of heart attacks, according to Dr Stefan Willich of the Free University.“We know a lot about long-term risk factors such as smoking and cholesterol（胆固醇）but we don’t know what actually causes heart attacks, so we can’t give clear advice on how to prevent them,” he said.
Monday mornings have a double helping of stress for the working body as it makes a rapid change from sleep to activity, and from the relaxing weekend to the pressures of work.
“When people get up, their blood pressure and heart rate go up and there are hormonal（内分泌）changes in their bodies,” Willich explained.“All these things can have an unfavourable effect in the blood system and increase the risk of a clot（血凝块）in the arteries（动脉）which will cause a heart attack.”
“When people return to work after a weekend off, the pace of their life changes. They have a higher workload, more stress, more anger and more physical activity,” said Willich.
67．Monday morning feeling, as this passage shows, .
A．is not so serious as people thought B．is harmful to working people in developed countries.
C．is the first killer in Germany and Italy. D．is created by researchers in Germany and Italy
68．To protect people from suffering from heart attack, doctors have paid much attention to . A．people’s working timeB．people’s living place
C．people’s diet and lifestyleD．people’s nationalities
69．It can be learned from this passage that heart attack has nothing to do with .
A．blood pressure B．heart rate C．hormonal changesD．blood group
70．If the researchers give us some advice to avoid Monday morning feeling, what might it be?
A．Stop working on Monday B．Greate a pleasant working environment
C．Get up late on Monday morning D．Go to work with a doctor
E
In every British town, large and small, you will find shops that sell second-hand goods. Sometimes such shops deal mostly in furniture, sometimes in books, sometimes in ornaments（装饰）and household goods, sometimes even in clothes.
The furniture may often be“antique”,and it may well have changed hands many times. It may also be very valuable, although the most valuable piece will usually go to the London salerooms, where one piece might well be sold for hundreds of thousands of pounds. As you look around these shops and see the polished wood of chests and tables, you cannot help thinking of those long-dead hands which polished that wood, of those now-closed eyes which once looked at these pieces with love.
The books, too, may be antique and very precious; some may be rare first printings. Often when someone dies or has to move house, his books may all be sold, so that sometimes you may find whole libraries in one shop. On the border between England and Wales, there is a town which has become a huge bookshop as well. Even the cinema and castle have been taken over, and now books have replaced sheep as the town’s main trade.
There are also much more humble shops, sometimes simply called“junk shops”,where you can buy small household pieces very cheaply. Sometimes the profits from these shops go to charity（慈善事业）.Even these pieces, though, can make you feel sad; you think of those people who once treasured them, but who have moved on, to another country or to death.
Although the British do not worship their ancestors, they do treasure the past and the things of the past. This is true of houses as well. These days no one knocks them down, they are restored until they are often better than new. In Britain, people do not buy something just because it is new. Old things are treasured for their proven worth; new things have to prove themselves before they are accepted.
71．Books found in second-hand book shops may .
A．be copies of the earliest printing. B．be on sale for the first time
C．never be worth very much D．never be rare
72．What is the small town on the border between England and Wales famous for?
A．Its sheep.B．Its bookshops C．Its cinema.D．Its castle.
73．Second-hand goods sometimes fill you with sadness because .
A．they are too expensive for average buyers B．they remind you of the original owner
C．they are now neglected D．they are sold for charity
74．The average British person .
A．does not respect old things because they are not fashionable
B．likes to build new houses simply because it is fashionable to do so
C．likes to buy new things because they are fashionable
D．does not like to buy things simply because they are fashionable
75．What does the underlined word“them”（Paragraph 4）refer to?
A．junk shops B．profits from shops C．old thingsD．old houses
阅读理解训练题（三十三）答案
56-60DACAC 61-65BDACA 66-70DBCDB 71-75ABBDC
阅读理解训练题（三十四）
A
I remember watching Saturday morning cartoons when I was little, in which Bugs Bunny would dig under the ground to China. Asia seemed as unreal to me as Mars.
Not many young people get to visit the other side of the world, but last summer I was fortunate to have the chance. With my teammates, I arrived in Beijing.
The most unforgettable experience in China was visiting the Great Wall. Its length and impressive（给人深刻印象的） construction made a lasting impression on my mind. Walking less than a mile on the wall was enough to leave me completely exhausted（累）. Most of the steps are very steep（陡的）. I used up three camera films in the four hours we walked on it.
Everywhere I looked in Beijing, I saw people on bicycles. I saw thousands of cars too, but for every car there were at least two bikes.
One night, six of us decided to borrow bikes from the hotel and ride around Beijing after dark. Since there were only three bikes we had to double up. So not only did we receive stares for being Americans, but also for falling off the bikes every 20 seconds!
Shopping was another very interesting part of the trip. At the Great Wall and the Silk Market, you can get the lowest prices because you can bargain.
“Duo shao qian?”
“Only 150 yuan. Good quality, 100 percent real cotton!”
“Bu yao, I don’t want it, xie xie.”
“Come back! Forty yuan, 40, I give you 40! Real cotton!”
All you have to do is walk away and the traders will lower the price, sometimes to a quarter of the figure they had asked for at first.
I have too many memories, experiences and observations to share. I could talk for days about the differences between China and the US. I feel so lucky to have seen such a culture so different from my own. I will remember my trip to China forever.
56．What made the American worn out on the Great Wall?
A．Walking for quite a long distance.B．Using up four camera films.
C．The length of the Great Wall.D．A four-hour tiring climb.
57．What attracted a lot of people’s attention was that .
A．the Americans were not skilled in riding bicycles
B．the Americans were going around Beijing after dark
C．the Americans borrowed bicycles from the hotel
D．the Americans did not have enough bikes
58．From the passage it can be inferred that the writer .
A．liked the Chinese culture B．would come to China again
C．bought something cheap in Beijing D．wanted to make his experiences in China known
59．What would be the best title for the text?
A．An Impressive Visit to the Great WallB．Shopping in the Silk Market
C．Bicycle Rides Around BeijingD．An Unforgettable Trip to China
B
A few weeks ago I was about to take my son to his ice hockey game when I noticed something unusual. He was fully dressed and ready to leave, except that one side of his shirt was tucked（塞） into his trousers while the other side remained hanging out.
“John, you look great, but you forgot to tuck in your shirt,” I chided（责备）.
“Dad, you don’t understand,” he replied. “I keep one side of my shirt out on purpose. It’s for good luck.”
And then I understood. Superstitions（迷信） and sports go hand in hand. In fact, I would bet that superstitious behavior has been a part of sports since the beginning of organized games.
Perhaps you’ve noticed your own young athlete developing some unusual pregame rituals （仪式）：putting on the same dirty undershirt game after game, wearing one sock up and one sock down, eating a particular pregame meal, listening to the same song on the tape while riding to the game.
In fact, from my experience of observing even top professional athletes, superstitions are nothing more than patterns that many athletes go through, not so much to ensure（保证） good luck, but rather to help them relax and be comfortable.
It is unusual for six-or seven-year-old children to have already developed some sports superstitions, but by the time they’re 10 or 11, your kids might begin displaying some odd behavior before a game. As a parent, don’t be overly concerned.
Of course, you’ll want to respect your child’s requests about wearing that special “lucky shirt” or making certain you feed him that “lucky breakfast” or whatever. Don’t put down the ritual. However, you should point out to your child that while it’s fine to develop a pregame ritual to help him or her prepare for a contest, you’ll also want to emphasize that one’s success in sports is much more a fun_ction of hard work, practice and determination. After all, those are the real values you want to put into your child’s mind.
Most superstitions last only as long as the athlete continues to experience “good luck”. Once that streak of good fortune runs out, he’ll be glad to drop that undershirt into the washing machine.
60．Athletes’ superstitions always .
A．ensure them good luckB．enable them to perform well
C．does harm to themD．make them feel comfortable
61．Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A．Most of the odd pregame behavior(as mentioned in the 5th paragraph) is harmless.
B．Following a pregame ritual gives the athletes a sense of comfort.
C．Even though the behavior is harmless to the child, a teammate or an opponent, we still can’t say the superstitious behavior is fine.
D．If a child begins displaying some odd behavior before a game as sports superstitions, a parent needn’t worry too much.
62．What shouldn’t you do according to the passage?
A．Tell your young athlete: The harder they work at their sports, the luckier they’ll become.
B．Tell your kid more about the top athletes’ superstitions and encourage him to do so.
C．Some kids don’t want to talk about their superstitions, and so respect their rights and their privacy.
D．Keep a sense of humor about your kid’s superstitions, and let them do the same.
63．The title of the passage should be .
A．Getting Rid of “Silly” Superstitions B．Dealing with Those “Silly” Superstitions
C．Supporting Young Athlete’s Superstitions D．Talking about Superstitions
C
In deciding upon a unit of measurement, it is possible to pick anything. For example, the average height of a man could possibly have been a unit of measurement. In fact, some of the units used today in English-speaking countries are based on such things as the distance from a man’s elbow（肘） to the tip of his middle finger, or the weight of a grain（粒） of wheat.
Because there have been so many differences in weights and measures used in different countries, an international system has been urged. If one system were to be used by all countries of the world, it would probably be the metric system.
This is a system worked out by a committee（委员会） of scientists appointed（委任） in France in 1789. The English-speaking countries are almost the only ones that do not use the metric system in their measures. However, it is used in scientific work even in those countries.
The metric system is based on a measure of length called the “meter”. This is approximately（近似）one ten-millionth of the distance on the Earth’s surface from pole to equator（赤道）.It is about 39.37 inches.
The metric system is based on 10 as is our number system, so that each unit of length is 10 times as large as the next smaller unit. There are square and cubic units for measuring area and volume（体积） which correspond to the units of length.
The unit of weight is the gram, which is the weight of a cubic centimeter of pure water. The liter is a measure used as the quart is used, but it is a little larger. The hectare（公顷）, which is 10,000 square meters, is used as the acre in Britain, but is 2.471 acres. The metric system is more convenient to use than the English system because its plan is the same as that of our number system.
Here are some equivalents for the metric and English systems: One foot equals 0.305 meter; one inch equals 2.540 centimeters; one mile equals 1.609 kilometers; one quart liquid equals 0.946 liter.
64．Metric system should be used in the world, because .
A．man measured the distance which is based on the distance from a man’s elbow to the tip of his middle finger
B．the English-speaking countries used their own measurement
C．scientific work needs a unit of measurement
D．based on the weight of a grain of wheat, an informal measure of weight is used today
65．In , a committee of scientists worked out “Metric system.”
A．America B．JapanC．FranceD．Germany
66．Which of the following units does NOT belong to “Metric system”?
A．AcreB．HectareC．Kilometer.D．Gram.
67．This passage is mainly about .
A．how to work out the Metric system B．what is the Metric system
C．how to change other units into the Metric system D．the development of the Metric system
D
A new law has recently been announced which forbids people to disturb, annoy, harm, kill or interfere with any bats which choose to live in their houses. Anyone who disturbs a bat on its nest（鸟巢）,or handles one without a license will be fined ￡1,000.
There are some people who like bats. The late Mrs. Ian Fleming was one. She would crawl for miles to see them in caves or hanging from trees. Similarly, there are many people who do not like bats much but are not particularly troubled by them. The chance of a bat resting in their attics（阁楼） or spare bedroom curtains may seem for away from them. But there are others who do not fail into either of these categories and Mr. Auberon Waugh is one. Underneath his house are eight large celars which for some reason bats have chosen to claim for themselves. He finds it extremely disagreeable to have to fight his way through a colony of them every time he wants a bottle of wine. And as a wine-lover he gets a particular pleasure from the ownership of wine, which has nothing to do with drinking it. He has certain bottles in his cellar which he thinks are too good to serve to anyone he knows, but he likes to go down and enjoy looking at them occasionally. The bats entirely destroy this pleasure.
Until the recent law, he could keep the bat problem within manageable proportions by sending his children down on a bat hunt every three months armed with tennis rackets. They usually managed to kill one or two and discouraged the rest from settling. But now, Mr. Waugh fears that the bats will take over the house. To solve the problem he inquired what course of action he could take and was told by Dr Robert Stebbings of the Institute of Terrestrial Ecology, “I am sure that no one will mind if you pick up a bat and take it outside and hang it on a tree or the outside of the house.” The trouble with this, as Mr. Waugh explains, is that he would be fined a ￡1,000 if he had not already applied to the Nature Conservancy Council for a license to handle bats. And there is no certainty that he would automatically be granted one.
68．Some people who dislike bats .
A．do not mind them hanging in trees B．run the risk of finding them in their attics
C．think it strange they should roost（栖息） in the curtains
D．think they are unlikely to be bothered by them
69．Mr. Waugh thinks that bats .
A．should be kept under controlB．should all be destroyed
C．interfere with his wineD．prevent him owning wine
70．Because he is a wine-lover, M. Waugh .
A．only wants to own the best winesB．stores only good wines
C．keeps certain good winesD．refuses to drink good wines
71．Success in removing bats from your home depends on .
A．seeking help from the Institute of Terrestrial Ecology
B．the granting of a Nature Conservancy Council license
C．taking the course of action recommended by Dr Stebbings
D．applying for a license from the Nature Conservancy Council
E
Like most people, you may have heard a lot about online banking but probably haven’t tried it yourself. You still pay your bills by mail much in the way your parents did, for you are probably afraid of not knowing how to deal with it. Actually, online banking isn’t out to change your money habits. Instead, it uses today’s computer technology to give you the choice of by-passing the time-consuming, paper-based ways of traditional banking in order to manage your money more quickly and efficiently.
The advantage of the Internet and the popularity of personal computers presented both an opportunity and a challenge for the banking industry. For years, financial（金融） institutions have used powerful computer networks to automate millions of daily transactions. Now that their customers are connected to the Internet from personal computers, banks begin to expect similar economic advantages by adapting（采用） those same internal electronic processes to home use.
Today, most large national banks, many regional banks and even smaller banks and credit unions offer some form of online banking, variously known as PC banking, home banking, electronic banking or Internet banking. Online banks are sometimes referred to as brick-to-click banks. The challenge for the banking industry has been to design this new service channel in such a way that its customers will readily learn to use and trust it. Most of the large banks can now offer fully secure, fully functional online banking for free or for a small fee. As more banks succeed online and more customers use their sites, fully functional online banking likely will become as common as automated teller machines.
Online banking has a lot of advantages. Unlike your corner bank, online banking sites never close; they’re available 24 hours a day, seven days a day, and they’re only a mouse click away. If you’re out of state or even out of the country when a money problem rises, you can log on instantly to your online bank and take care of business. Online bank sites generally execute and confirm transactions at or quicker than ATM processing speeds. Many online banking sites now offer advanced tools, including account aggregation, stock quotes, and portfolio managing programs to help you manage all of your assets（财产） more effectively.
72．According to the passage nowadays online banks are so popular, but .
A．all the consumers still prefer to pay their bill by mail
B．it can not take the place of automated tellers machines
C．many people still worried about its safety
D．not every consumer knows how to use it
73．The writer wrote this short passage in order to tell people .
A．banks just try to use online banking instead of ATM in the future
B．how convenient online banking is
C．how to use online banking to take care of consumers’ money
D．online banking is much better than the corner banks
74．Online banking is a system .
A．that if you need money, it will help you to get it
B．that helps banks to offer better services
C．that will help consumers to save their money if necessary
D．that you can find in your personal computers
75．We can imagine in the near future, .
A．online banking will be part of people’s life B．one can not live without online banking
C．PC banking will completely takes the place of home banking
D．people can only do their business through online banking
阅读理解训练题（三十四）答案
56-60DADDD 61-65CBBCC 66-70ADDAC 71-75BDBBA
阅读理解训练题（三十五）
A
Everyone would like to be a millionaire but can you imagine having over $30 million and only being 20 years old ? Britney Spears from Kentwood , a small town in Louisiana , is only 20 years old ; she is an international pop superstar with not only $30 million but also a $2 million house in LA . At her young age , she can look after her family financially （经济上）all her life .
This year is a big year for Britney , she is currently on a 31 date tour of the US and every concert is a sell out . That means she plays in front of a crowd of around 18,000 every time . It’s tiring schedule （安排表）but brings great rewards . When touring , she goes to bed around lam and then has a lie-in until lpm or 2pm the next day . Her philosophy（人生观）is to take care of the body and relax but always make sure you work hard and have fun .
Spears is not satisfied with only touring and selling nearly 40 million records so she decided to branch out into the movie business and try a bit of acting .She made an appearance in “ Austin Powers 3” this year and she is filming a teenage comedy that will be released in March 2003 . In this movie , she has a starring role . The movie was her own concept and she picked the writer .
For Britney , acting is another way to express herself and she is enthusiastic（热心）about it all . If her movies are successful , her bank account is sure to grow by another few million dollars but she has been quoted as saying she does it for the love , not the money .
56．We can infer from the text that most millionaires are .
A．older than 20B．around 20C．in their 30sD．in their 40s
57．Tickets for her concerts are .
A．cheap B．expensive C．on sale soon D．all sold
58．The underlined word “you” in the second paragraph refers to .
A．a person in generalB．a particular person
C．Britney Spear herself only D．the reader
59．Which of the following is not true according to the text ?
A．Though young , Britney can support her family now .
B．While touring , Britney sleeps about 12 hours a day .
C．The teenage comedy movie was based on Britney’s own story .
D．Britney will be even richer with her movies successful .
60．According to Britney Spear , she works .
A．to be a great actress B．for the enjoyment
C．for money D．to be more famous
B
In the world today , there are millions of surveillance cameras , or ‘spy cams’, watching and monitoring our daily activities . There are some benefits of course , as people who are breaking laws can be watched and caught using cameras and this helps keep out society and public places safe .
These cameras are everywhere and most are openly visible on roads , in airports , businesses , shopping centers and government buildings and even in lifts . Even schools have started using spy cams to watch student activity and behaviour .
The cameras are so common now that we hardly ever even notice them . But the problem lies with the ones that are hidden away from our eyes and are unseen . Technology has helped develop tiny cameras that can be very well hidden and they can ‘spy’ on shoppers , workers , babysitters and people in hotels and clubs without the people even knowing .
It is these spy cams that people feel are an invasion of privacy . Recently , in the U.S ., there have been a number of court cases against babysitters whose actions have been recorded by their employers on hidden cameras .
The number of cameras in public and private areas is on the increase and with rising crime rates and the recent terrorist attacks , more and more surveillance cameras are being used to watch us . This means that we all have to be aware that our employers , department stores , police and even some of our friends could be spying on us at any time !
61．In the writer’s opinion , surveillance cameras .
A．do more good than wrong B．are overused
C．should be very popular D．ought to be more widely used
62．In what way can the surveillance camera benefit the public ?
A．By helping keep social safety .B．By monitoring the employees .
C．By watching the students in class .D．By spying on customers .
63．According to paragraphs 3 and 4 , people the use of hidden cameras .
A．object to B．agree to C．feel happy about D．are fearful of
64．Spy cams will be more widely used in the future because .
A．all people want to spy B．of the invasion of privacy
C．people enjoy being watched D．of terrorist attacks
C
OVER 22 million dead animals that have never been seen by the public before were on display last week in London , Britain . The selection is one of the biggest and the best in the world and the Natural History Museum hopes that it will help people understand nature better .
People were able to examine the animals , which range from tiny insects that lived millions of years ago to the bones of dinosaurs （恐龙）and butterflies （蝴蝶）in amazing detail .
The scientific specimens （标本）are all either stored in alcohol（酒精）or made in a fossil （化石）form and have been given to the new Darwin Centre by scientists and researchers over the last hundred years .
The center , named after the world famous scientist Charles Darwin , will be open free to the public . It is part of the much larger Natural History Museum , which attracts over 2 million visitors a year .
The new museum has actual specimens caught by Darwin , including a parrotfish and pipefish he caught while on his journey around the world . There are also lots of other specimens caught by famous explorers that lived over 150 years ago , which include a tusk （长牙）from an African elephant given by famous British scientist David Livingstone .
People can view specimens close up , watch videos of scientists at work , look at information on computers , and look up through the seven-storey storage hall to sense the huge scale of what’s inside . They are also able to take guided tours and join live events with scientists .
Another section of the museum is being planned . When it opens in 2007 , there will be an extra 28 million insects on display and 6 million plants .
65．By visiting the museum , one can .
A．enrich his knowledge of the universe B．have a better understanding of the world
C．get to know the animal world better D．see all kinds of dead animals
66．The dead animals on display .
A．were mainly caught by Charles Darwin B．are specimens presented by scientists and researchers
C．have mostly been unseen by the public before D．are the best selection in the world so far
67．If you go to visit Darwin Centre , you .
A．will have to buy a ticket B．will be allowed to touch the exhibits
C．won’t be charged D．will check information on a computer first
68．What would be the best title for the text ?
A．Natural History Museum B．A New Darwin Centre
C．History of the animal D．Time You Can Touch
D
During the last ten years , several important new technologies have affected advertising considerably . One was the penetration（渗透）of cable television and satellite receivers into a vast number of American homes . Many cable channels are devoted to single types of programming , such as straight news , home shopping , sports , or comedy . This has changed television from the most widespread of mass media to a somewhat more specialized medium . Now smaller companies and companies with products that interest a limited market can use television to reach audiences with particular interests .
Another change in the TV world has been the growing presence of videocassette recorders . For many customers , watching movies on video at home has replaced going to the movie theater . Advertisers have watched this trend with interest . Some videos now begin with an ad , shot in a suitable cinematic cycle , that sells a product valued by that particular movie’s audience .
Computer technology has had its own effect , Personal computers , modems , electronic mails , electronic bulletin boards , even fax machines give advertisers new media for reaching potential（潜在的）customers . But these choices are largely replacements for print media , and their advertising trends to be more information-oriented than image-oriented . The increased number of computer users has benefited advertisers in another way as well . Now even the smallest companies can maintain a database（数据库）for direct mail . This , too , is an excellent medium for reaching people with particular interests .
Today advertising is a powerful means that announces the availability （实用性）and location of products , expresses the quality and value of those products , and even fills brands with personality while at the same time defining the personality of the people who buy them . In turn , advertising itself is shaped by the technology used to convey its message to potential customers .
69． make it possible for small companies to send advertisem*nts to audiences specially interested in their products .
A．Single types of TV programming B．Mass media
C．Particular interests D．New technologies of TV sets
70．As more and more people have begun to use computers , advertisem*nts can be directly sent to particular costumers .
A．by electronic bulletin board B．by post C．by e-mail D．by fax machines
71．The best title of this passage might be “ ”.
A．The Informaiton Age of Advertising .B．Mass Media and Advertising
C．Technologies of Advertising D．Advertising and Customers
E
Science and technology have advanced at such a rate that cloning （克隆）has now become a reality . The possibility of cloning humans is a serious issue and raises ethical （伦理的）questions . In my opinion , cloning is useful for research into cures for disease .However ,I think that it needs to be approached with caution and carefully monitored by governments .
Research into cloning and stem cell（干细胞）production is primarily aimed at finding new treatments for currently incurable illnesses . While this would improve the quality of life for many ,not enough is understood about what effects cloning would have on the world in the future . This is primarily because we do not understand enough about the effects of cloning and both the physical and psychological effects that is likely to have on cloned humans and on the rest of the world . Furthermore , it is thought that a cloned human would be unlikely to survive birth and would suffer from complications resulting from malformed（畸形的）organs .
There are also quite serious ethical issues in danger . In essence , those who are against cloning would argue that scientists have no right to play God and to interfere with natural processes . Producing embryos （晶胚）for the purpose of harvesting stem cells for research presents important questions about the nature and status of the embryo being produced . It may also make us question whether throwing it away after use reduces the value we place on human life .
I conclusion I do not agree that research into cloning using human embryos should continue . This is not only because it may reduce the value we place on human life , but also because not enough is known about the effects . However , I do think that if there is a way to produce stem cells using cloning which does not put human life at risk , then governments should continue to support it .
72．What is the writer’s general opinion on cloning ?
A．It is useful in every area of research
B．It needs to be carefully controlled by governments .
C．It is useful for research into cures for disease if it is controlled .
D．It is only useful for research into cures for disease .
73．The writer’s main reason against cloning is that .
A．not enough is known about the effects of cloning
B．a cloned human would be likely to die of malformed organs
C．cloning has negative physical and psychological effects on clones
D．it would affect the quality of life for many
74．The main argument in Paragraph 3 is that .
A．scientists do not value human life B．the process of cloning needs to be questioned
C．cloning devalues human life D．scientists should not interfere with natural processes
75．In Paragraph 4 , the writer thinks governments should .
A．not put human life at risk
B．support all forms of research into stem cell production
C．not support any form of research into stem cell production
D．support research into stem cell production harmless to human life
阅读理解训练题（三十五）答案
56-60ADACB 61-65BAADC 66-70BCDAC 71-75 ACADD
阅读理解训练题（三十六）
A
Dear Jane, Barbara and Roger,
As you know, we’ve been looking for a new house for some time.Now that all our children have left home, we find that the house is too big for us. Also, since your father retired, there has been no reason for us to stay in this district. Although we like our neighbors, we’ve decided to move south for two reasons. First, the weather will suit us better, and second, we’ll be a little nearer to your Uncle George and Auntie Hilda. It will make visiting each other much simpler.
We stayed with your Uncle and Aunt last weekend and saw several houses. One of them sounded as if it were just what we wanted. The right number of rooms, a small garden, etc. When we saw it, we neafly died! It was in a terrible condition and would have cost a fortune to make babitable. The roof and all the walls needed repairing and the whole inside redecorating. After that, we were very eareful about believing details from the estate（房地产）agent. The next two that we saw were not much better, but the fourth house was exactly what we wanted. It was empty, so we’re going to move in immediately. We gave details of our house to the estate agent only last week, but it’s already been sold. We’ll put all your things in boxes and take them with us. You’ll have to sort them out, throwing away what you don’t want.
Can you all come next weekend? You can have a nice rest in the country. Telephone on Wednesday at the new number to let us know.
Lots of love,
Mum and Dad
P.S. Bring some old clothes, because between the rests, you’ll be sorting out your belongings and digging the garden!
56．What is implied in the sentence “When we saw it, we nearly died!”
A．We were so excited because the house was exactly what we wanted.
B．The house was in such an unexpected poor condition that we were greatly disappointed.
C．We were puzzled when we saw the house.
D．We were so tired since we had been to several houses.
57．We understand from the passage that the estate agent .
A．overstated the exact condition of the house B.did not have enough houses for them to choose from
C．talked them into buying a house in poor condition D．could not understand their needs
58．The children were not supposed to .
A．help their parents move houseB．bring some old clothes
C．sort out their belongingsD．work in the garden
59．Which of the following is not a purpose in writing this letter?
A．Explaining to the children the reason for moving house?
B．Informing the children that they will move to a new house.
C．Inviting the children to visit the new house.
D．Expressing their regret for not being with their children.
B
Advertisem*nt
Now available at Frandlin park one block from Indiana University. New unfurnished apartments. One bedroom at ＄135, two bedrooms at ＄155, three bedrooms at ＄170 per month. Utilities included except electricity. Children, and pets welcome. One month’s deposit required. Office open Monday through Saturday nine to five. Call 999-7415 for an evening or Sunday appointment.
60．According to this ad, if two people rent an apartment together, they would pay a deposit of
. A．＄270B．＄170 C．＄155D．＄135
61．From this ad we can assume that .
A．the apartments are far from Indiana University B．the apartments have furniture in them
C．gas and water bills are included in the rent D．cats and dogs not permitted in the apartments
62．The ad implies that interested persons must .
A．see the apartments on Monday or Saturday
B．call for an appointment if they want to see the apartments from nine to five Monday through Saturday
C．call for an appointment if they want to see the apartments on Sunday or in the evening
D．see the apartments before five o’clock any day
C
A Tight Situation
Sometimes funny memories are the most special way to remember a beloved lover. It helps take away some of the feeling of loss. Before he passed away, my husband loved to share this story with our friends. Now, it makes a smile to share this story with you.
Our neighbor’s son was getting married in 1971 at a church, and we were invited. We immediately rushed out of the store, and I bought a nice pink dress with a jacket. The dress was a little tight, but I had a month before the June 30 wedding and I would lose a few pounds.
June 29 came and, of course, I had not lost a single pound; in fact, I had gained two. But, I thought a new girdle（收腹健美裤）would solve my problem. So on our way to the wedding, we stopped once again at the store. I ran in and told the clerk I needed a size large girdle.
The clerk round the box with the described girdle, marked “L”, and asked if I would like to try it on. “ Oh, no, large will fit just right. I won’t need to try it on.”
The next morning was hot, so I waited to get dressed until about forty-five minutes before time to go. I opened the girdle box only to find a new ＄49.95 girdle in a size small. Since it was too late to find another one and the dress wouldn’t fit right without a girdle, a fight broke out between me and the girdle. Have you ever tried to shake twenty pounds of potatoes into a five-pound bag? Finally, my husband, laughing like crazy, got hold of each side and shook me down into it, and I was ready to go.
As we walked into the church, he asked if I could make it. Now, he was getting worried because I was breathing funny. I told him that it would last one hour, twenty-two minutes and eight-and-one-half seconds-the minister blessed everything except my girdle!
My knees were blue and my legs lost all the feeling. My husband was asking questions and trying to com-fort me.
As soon as the minister pronounced them married, I rushed out with my husband. “Please, just get me out of here!” I said.
We ran out to our car, and once there he opened the front and back passenger doors against the next car. Right there, before God, human and the wedding party, I took off that girdle. When the girdle flew out of my hand and landed under the car next to ours, my husband was laughing so hard and we drove away.
Over the years, he and I had often wondered what the people of that church thought the next morning when they found ＄49.95, size small girdle in their parking lot.
63．When she was telling the story, she .
A．was sorry for her husband’s deathB．was happy to share her funny memories
C．was wondering who had picked up the girdle D．still couldn’t forget the trouble on that day
64．She still bought the tight pink dress, because she thought .
A．she would save some moneyB．she would gain a few pounds
C．she would lose some weightD．she looked thinner in the dress
65．Which statement is true according to the story?
A．She changed the girdle for a larger size.
B．They tried hard to pour lots of potatoes into a small bag.
C．She put on the dress without the girdle in the end.
D．She managed to put on the girdle with her husband’s help.
66．The title “A Tight Situation” really means .
A．she was dressed in a tight girdle B．she dressed herself in a limited time
C．she got herself embarrassed D．the wedding lasted longer than she expected
67．The writer’s surpose of writing this story is .
A．to tell an interesting experience B．to prove her husband’s love
C．to describe her tight girdle D．to describe her unspeakable feeling
D
When we think about people who are leaders, we often get a mental picture of someone who is older, smarter, and wiser than ourselves. Studies of leadership, though, have usually found that there is almost no relationship between skill as a leader and traditional measures of intelligence.
Some recent research by psychologist Red Fiedle and his colleagues suggests that both intelligence and experience may be important—but just now how important depends upon how stressful the work situation is and what kind of task is to be accomplished. The researchers obtained measures of intelligence, experience, performance, and stress.
Overall, these variables did not relate to one another. Men with high and low intelligence were equally likely to give good performance, as were men with more and less experience, or more and less stress with their bosses. However, when you look separately at those men who have high stress with their bosses, the picture changes.
In high stress situations, there was no association between intelligence and perfomance, but there was between experience and performance. In other words, in difficult situations, it was helpful to “know the ropes” . In low stress situations, the findings were just the opposite. Experience was not related to good perfomance, but intelligence was. That is, when things are going well, intelligence is very useful in leadership.
A study of fire fighters’ perfomance under high and low stress conditions also found the experienced officers performed best under situations of stress. None of this is really very surprising. If you have ever had a supervisory job, you probably found that at least as much energy went into handling（管理） people as went into handling the job itself. Tests of intelligence—at least the ones we have now—do not predict success in handling people.
68．What kind of people can do the best job in stress situation?
A．intelligent peopleB．experienced people C．calm people D．skilled people
69．In the second sentence of the last paragraph , “a supervisory job” refers to .
A．a management jobB．an advisory job
C．a teaching jobD．an organizing job
70．Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A．In stress situations, there are no association between experience and performance.
B．Some recent research suggests that most leaders are lack of intelligence.
C．In low stress situations, intelligence plays an important role in leadership.
D．Generally speaking leaders are likely to be cleverer than ordinary people.
71．In the second sentence of the fourth paragraph, “to know the ropes”most probably means
. A．to understand the situationB．to control the situation
C．to get rid of the situationD．to make sure what to do about the situation
E
“Life is speeding up. Everyone is getting unwell.”
This may sound like something someone would say today. But in fact, an unknown citizen who lived in Rome in AD 52 wrote it.
We all love new inventions. They are exciting, amazing and can even change our lives.
But have all these developments really improve the quality of our lives?
Picture this: You’re rushing to finish your homework on the computer. Your mobile phone rings, a QQ message from your friend appears on the screen, the noise from the television is getting louder and louder. Suddenly the computer goes blank and you lose all your work. Now you have to stay up all night to get it done. How calm and happy do you feel?
Inventions have speeded up our lives so much that they often leave us feeling stressed and tired. Why do you think people who live far away from noisy cities, who have not telephones, no cars, not even any electricity often seem to be happier? Perhaps because they lead simpler lives.
One family in the UK went “back in time” to see what life was like without all the inventions we have today. The grandparents, with their daughter, and grandsons Benjamin, 10, and Tomas, 7, spent nine weeks in a 1940s house. They had no washing machine, microwave, computer or mobile phones.
The grandmother, Lyn, said, “It was hard physically, but not mentally.” She believed life was less materialistic. “The more things you have, the more difficult life becomes,” She said. The boys said they fought less to fight over, such as their computer. Benjamin also noticed that his grandmother had changed from being a “trendy（时髦的）, beer-drinking granny, to one who cooked things.”
Here are some simple ways to beat the stress often caused by our inventions!
Don’t be available all the time, Turn off your mobile phone at certain times of the day. Don’t check your e-mail every day.
Don’t reply to somebody as soon as they leave a text message just because you can. It may be fun at first, but it soon gets annoying.
72．The passage is mainly about .
A．problem with technology B．improvements of our life with technology
C．the important roles technology plays in our everyday life
D．major changes which will be likely to happen to technology
73．The writer quoted（引用） what a citizen in ancient Rome said at the beginning of the story in order to .
A．share a truth about life B．tell us what life was like long time ago
C．make us wonder what causes such a thing to happen
D．point out that you experience some big problems and they may be the same
74．Why did the family choose to spend some time in a 1940’s house? Because .
A．they liked to live simple lives
B．they were curious about how people lived without modern inventions
C．they were troubled by modern inventions
D．living in a different time would be a lot of fun for them
75．What do you think the underlined word “available” in the 1st suggestion offered by the writer mean?
A．Busy on lineB．Free.C．Be able toD．Be found by others.
阅读理解训练题（三十六）答案
56-60BAADC 61-65CCBCD 66-70CABAC 71-75DAABD
阅读理解训练题（三十七）
A
If you go to Brisbane, Australia, you can easily get a small book called “Discover Brisbane” free. The book tells you almost everything in Brisbane: the restaurants, the shops, the cinemas, the streets, the buses, the trains, the banks, etc.. Here is something about banks on page 49:
ANZ Banking Group
Cnr. Greek & Queen Sts …………………………………………………………………228 3228
Bank of New Zealand
410 Queen Street …………………………………………………………………………221 0411
Bank of Queensland
229 Elizabeth Street ……………………………………………………………………229 3122
Commonwealth Banking Group
240 Queen Street ………………………………………………………………………237 3111
National Australia Bank Ltd
225 Adelaide Street………………………………………………………………………221 6422
Westpac Banking Corp
260 Queen Street…………………………………………………………………………227 2666
Banking Hours are Mon-Thurs 9:30 am to 4 pm.
Fri. 9:30 am to 5 pm. All banks close Sat. Sun. & Public Holidays.
Australia has a decimal currency with 100 cents to the Dollar.
Notes available are: $ 100, $ 50, $ 20, $ 10, $ 5
Gold coins are: $ 2 & $1.
Silver coins are: 50, 20, 10 & 5.
Copper coins are: 2 & 1 cent.
56．You can find ANZ bank on _________.
A．Queen Street B．Elizabeth Street
C．the corner of Greek Street and Queen Street
D．the corner of Queen Street and Elizabeth Street
57．________ seems to be the most important street in Brisbane.
A．Greek StreetB．Elizabeth StreetC．Queen StreetD．Adelaide Street
58．On Saturday, you can go to ________ to put your money in or take your money out.
A．ANZ Banking GroupB．Bank of Queensland
C．National Australia Bank LtdD．no bank
59．In Australia, the banks have their longest service hours on _________.
A．public holidaysB．SundaysC．SaturdaysD．Fridays
B
My aunt Edith was a widow(寡妇) of 50, working as a secretary, when doctors discovered she had got what was then thought to be a very serious heart illness.
Aunt Edith doesn’t accept defeat easily. She began studying medical reports in the library and found an article in a magazine about a well-known heart doctor, Dr Michael Debakey, in Houston, Texas. He had saved the life of someone with the same illness. The article said Dr Debakey’s fees were very high; Aunt Edith couldn’t possibly pay them. But could he tell her of someone whose fees she could pay?
So Aunt Edith wrote to him. She simply listed her reasons for wanting to live: her three children, who would be on their own in three or four more years, and among them, a little girl who always dreamed of traveling and seeing the world. There wasn’t a word of self-pity－only warmth and humor and the joy of living. She mailed the letter, not really expecting an answer.
A few days later, my doorbell rang. Aunt Edith didn’t wait to come in; she stood in the hall and read aloud:
Your beautiful letter moved me very deeply. If you can come to Houston, there will be no charge for either the hospital or the operation.
That was seven years ago. Since then, Aunt Edith has been around the world. Her three children are happily married. For her age, she is one of the youngest, most lively people I know.
60．In fact, Aunt Edith’s letter to Dr Debakey was full of __________.
A．courageB．thanksC．pityD．sadness
61．The reason why Aunt Edith remains young is that ________.
A．she had an operation by a famous doctor B．she has been light-hearted all the time
C．her three children take good care of her D．her three children have been on their own
C
Governors, lawyers and business leaders have to deal with scientists, and every educated person finds his views affected by science. Yet our science teaching of non-scientists, in school and college, has built up mistaken ideas, dislikes, and the common boast, “I never did understand science.” Even those students who arrive at college with plans to become scientists usually bring a mistaken picture of science: some have a collection of unorganized facts about science, and some regard the study of science as a game which includes getting the right answer.
The first of these attitudes seems to come from a kind of course which provides various kinds of information; the second, from a training course on how to pass examinations that do not ask about the student’s understanding but simply require him to put the numbers in the right formulas(公式). Neither type of courses (in school or college) seems to give students an understanding of science as we find it among scientists. Neither shows students how real scientists work and think, how the facts are gathered, how discoveries are made, and what they mean. Young people need good teaching of science, not so much a great wealth of knowledge as a healthy understanding of the nature of science. They need an understanding of knowledge leading to sympathy with science and an eagerness of the way scientists work. Given these, it is easy to encourage later reading and learning.
62．One of the reasons that cause mistaken ideas of science is due to __________.
A．a mistaken picture in students’ mind
B．the unscientific way of teaching of science
C．the fact that students fail to see the influence(影响) of science
D．the fact that students have a collection of unrelated facts about science
63．According to the passage, we can safely say that the subject of the passage is ______.
A．need for good science teaching
B．every person, including governors, lawyers and business leaders should study science
C．young people should form a correct attitude to science
D．students must know what science is and how scientists work and think
64．A good course of science is ______.
A．to teach students to do things according to formulas
B．to provide students with all kinds of information
C．to help students have a good understanding and form a correct attitude to science
D．to encourage students to have a good command of knowledge
65．People such as governors, lawyers and business leaders deal with scientists mainly because ________. A．they can be affected by scientists when they are together
B．scientists make discoveries and apply them to help people live a more comfortable, stable and safe life
C．they owe much to scientists’ contributions D．scientists are great persons
D
Frank Lloyd Wright probably is the greatest architect that the United States has ever produced. He was very gifted and had a natural ability to design buildings. His buildings were not only beautiful, but they were also practical and useful. They fit their purposes very well. Wright’s churches, for example, make people feel like thinking and praying. His office buildings make people enjoy working, and his houses make people feel comfortable, at home. However, Fank Lloyd Wright’s beautiful, practical and useful buildings are not the only reason that he is famous. There is another reason.
Frank Lloyd Wright is called the greatest American architect because he started an American style in architecture. Most of the architecture in the United States before Wright was really European, not American. Wright’s buildings do not look like old European buildings. They have their own style. Wright’s idea about style are still used in the United States and in other parts of the world.
The most important idea in Frank Lloyd Wright’s Style of Architecture is that a building must fit its purpose and the land around it. His houses are often called “grass-land houses” because their lines are similar to the lines on the grassland. Both the lines of the grassland and the lines of Wright’s house are parallel to the horizon(与地平线平行), the place where earth and sky seem to meet. They are horizontal lines. Most European style houses, in contrast, have many vertical lines that form 90°angles with the horizon.
66．Frank Lloyd Wright’s style in architecture was ________.
A．learned from some European countriesB．not only limited to the U.S
C．no longer popularD．somewhat similar to the European style
67．Which of the following best describes the character of the houses that Wright designed?
A．They were very large and beautiful. B．They were very comfortable.
C．They could be used as churches. D．They were beautiful in design but not practical in use.
68．What is the most important idea in Wright’s style?
A．Architectural design should match natural surroundings.
B．A building must have grassland around it.
C．American style in architecture should be different from European’s.
D．Design should be more important than use.
69．Which of the following is NOT true about Wright’s “grass-land houses”?
A．The lines of “grass-land houses” are similar to lines on the grassland.
B．The lines of “ grass-land houses” are horizontal.
C．The color of the lines of “grass-land houses” is green.
D．They are different from European style houses.
70．The best title for this passage would be _________.
A．The Differences between the American and European Styles in Architecture
B．“Grass-land” Houses Designed by Wright
C．How to Make Your Houses More Beautiful
D．The Influence of Wright on American Architecture
E
Is it possible to persuade manking to live without war? War is an ancient practice which has existed for at least six thousand years. It was always bad and usually foolish, but in the past, the human race managed to live with it. Modern cleverness has changed this. Either Man will end the existence of war, or war will end the existence of Man. For the present, it is nuclear weapons(核武器) that cause the most serious danger, but bacteriological or chemical weapons may, before long, offer an even greater threat. If we succeeded in ending the existence of nuclear weapons, our work will not be done. It will never be done until we have succeeded in ending war. To do this, we need to persuade manking to look upon international problems in a new way not as contests of force, in which the victory goes to the side which is most skilful in killing people, but by settling in accordance with agreed rules of law. It is not easy to change very old mental habits, but this is what must be attempted.
There are those who say that the acceptance of this or that ideology(意识形态) would prevent war. I believe this to be a big mistake. All ideologies are based upon dogmatic statements(强词夺理) which are, at best, doubtful, and at worst, totally false. Their supporters believe in them so deeply that they are willing to go to war in support of them.
The movement of world opinion during the past few years has been very largely such as we can welcome. It has become a commonplace that nuclear war must be avoided. Of course very difficult problems remain in the world, but the spirit in which they are coming nearer to is a better one than it was some years ago. It has begun to be thought, even by the powerful men who decide whether we shall live or die, that negotiations should reach agreements even if both sides do not find these agreements wholly satisfactory. It has begun to be understood that the important struggle nowadays is not between different countries but between Man and the atom bomb.
71．This passage implies that war is now ________.
A．worse than in the pastB．as bad as in the past
C．not so dangerous as in the pastD．as necessary in the past
72．In the sentence “To do this, we need to persuade mankind…” (Paragraph 1), “this” refers to _______. A．to end the existence of warB．to improve weapons
C．to solve international problems D．to live a peaceful life
73．From Paragraph 2 we learn that the writer of the passage _________.
A．is a supporter of some modern ideologies
B．does not think that the acceptance of any ideologies could prevent war
C．believes that the acception of some ideologies could prevent war
D．does not doubt the truth of any ideologies
74．According to the writer, ___________.
A．war is the only way to solve international arguments
B．war will be less dangerous because of the improvement of weapons
C．it is impossible for people to live without war
D．war must be ended if Man wants to survive(生存)
75．The last paragraph suggests that ____________.
A．international agreements can be reached more easily now
B．Man begins to realize the danger of nuclear war
C．nuclear war will surely not take place D．world opinion welcomes nuclear war
阅读理解训练题（三十七）答案
56-60CCDDA 61-65BBACB 66-70BBACD 71-75AABDB
阅读理解训练题（三十八）
A
There is no other five-year –old like him. He has a potato-shaped head , thick eyebrows and a voice that is not easily forgotten. He is not evil, but trouble follows him wherever he goes.
Crayon Shinchan enjoys great popularity in China He has many fans in Hong Kong , Taiwan and on the mainland. And he is one of the hottest cartoon characters in his home country, Japan.
But, the trouble-maker’s show was ranked the No. 1 most unwanted cartoon program by Japan’s Parents’ Association on April 18.
More than half the parents who took part in the study thought Shinchan was a negative role model for children. They believed his actions and speech were adult in nature and not suitable for kids.
Many parents and education experts in China agree with them. Shinchan, they say, is really offensive. He looks out for pretty ladies on the street; at the bookstore he reads magazines full of sexy women; he pretends to be kidnapped by his teacher when he sees a police car; and he raises his mum’s skirt and shouts out the color of her underpants if she doesn’t buy him what he wants.
“Crayon Shimchan is full of dirty humor. The boy shows some terrible adult mentality(心态),which doesn’t match his age,” said Pang Lijuan, professor of the Education Department at Beijing Normal University. Pang further pointed out that Shinchan destroys the traditional image of a polite, hard-working boy. She fears that some teens may copy his behavior and harm their psychological development. Pang and many others in China think that Shinchan is a cartoon for adults-----not for children.
But some kids disagree. Jiangxin, a senior 2 student in Luhe Middle School in Beijing, became a fan of Shinchan after he first saw the cartoon two years ago. He said it is Shinchan’s humor , courage, and cleverness that makes him and his friends love and the little cartoon character . “Shinchan looks at the adults’ world with kid’s eyes. He uncovers the hypocrisy(虚伪) and selfishness in a childish way,” explained Jiang. “We watch it just for fun.” But Jiang also admitted that Shinchan is not good for all ages. “It may not be suitable for primary school kids. They may try to blindly copy him.”
Shinchan’s “father ”, Japan’s popular cartoonist, Yosh*to Ushi, never thought Shinchan would cause such a heated discussion. He argued that Shinchan is a childish copy of Japan’s middle-aged men. The boy does everything adults would like, but don’t dare to do. “People can easily forgive him because he’s only five years old,” said Yosh*to.
56. Teachers and parents dislikes Crayon Shinchan because _________.
A. he looks very ugly B. he caused a heated discussion
C. the character was created by an adult cartoonist
D. he was regarded as a negative role model for children to follow
57. Many children are crazy about Shinchan mainly because________.
A. he looks very funny B. the cartoon character is suitable for all ages
C. they think he is humorous, clever and brave
D. he is a childish copy of Japan’s middle-aged men
58. The underlined word “offensive” in Paragraph 5 probably means_________.
A. humorous B. ugly-looking C. funny D. unpleasant
B
Los Angeles-------- Say it’s Mickey Mouse , say it’s Goofy, but 35 years after Walt Disney’s death, he is having a successful career as an adviser.
Disney’s quotes are not as widely known as those of Benjamin Franklin or Winston Churchill , but Walt is increasingly mentioned, especially in business books , where such Disney sayings as “If you can dream it , you can do it” are fast becoming favorites.
Never regarded in life as particularly clever, Walt isn’t known to have said anything that sings like Churchill’s “riddle wrapped in a mystery inside an enigma(谜).” But however common the phrasing, Walt’s humor and wisdom are often quoted by today’s business writers.
Now, more than 200 of Walt’s best sayings have been collected in the book “The Quotable Walt Disney.” The little square book is filled with common sense sayings. Animation , the theme parks and making your dreams come true are favorite subjects.
And because Disney was frequently asked the secret of his success , it is no surprise to read , among Walt’s explanations: “I suppose my formula (准则，公式) might be: dream, diversify---- and never miss an angle.”
Business consultant Bill Capodagli of Indianapolis, Indiana, is one of several authors who advice their readers to use Disney’s principles as a model for how to run a business. Capodagli is the co-author of “The Disney Way: Harnessing the Management Secrets of Disney in Your Company” and “The Disney Way Field book: How to implement Walt Disney’s Vision of Dream, Believe, Dare and Do in your Own Company ” from McGraw-Hill.
One critic described the book as “so useful you may whistle while you work”. Those who actually knew Walt don’t remember him as being particularly talkative or flattering , especially employees who felt his anger. And while he loved to have clever people working for him, he had little tolerance(宽容) for the self-important. As he said: “Whenever I don’t have the answer to something, I find someone who does.”
Many businessmen found their favorite quote as “I only hope that we never lose sight of one thing -----that it was all started by a mouse.”
59. What can be learned about Walt Disney form the first two paragraphs?
A. He once worked as a very successful adviser.
B. He was not famous as Benjamin Franklin or Winston Churchill.
C. His words and sayings are of great help to today’s businessmen.
D. He is becoming increasingly popular around the world as a cartoon-maker.
60. Which is NOT true about Walt Disney’s sayings?
A. His sayings are not so clever as Winston Churchill’s.
B. More business writers are beginning to quote his sayings in their books.
C. His sayings are mainly about animation, the theme parks and making dreams come true.
D. Bill Capodagli must think highly of Walt Disney’s common sense sayings
61. Which would Walt Disney probably disagree about how to be successful?
A. People have to work hard. B. People need have a dream and plan.
C. People should look at things from different sides .
D. Everyone should learn from his common sense sayings.
62. Which can be inferred from the last three paragraphs?
A. The critic mentioned in the passage didn’t think much of Disney’s sayings.
B. People around Disney all found it very hard to get along well with him.
C. Clever and self-important employees were greatly valued by Walt Disney.
D. The last paragraph infers that small things can lead to great successes.
C
The conventional(依照传统的) wisdom about what’s good for you and what’s bad changed over the years. Here’s what experts now say:
Off the Forbidden List
What We Used to Think
Eggs are so full of cholesterol(胆固醇) they might as well be poison. Stay away.
What Doctors Say Now
Cholesterol in food doesn’t necessarily raise blood-cholesterol levels.
What to Do
If you’ve got cholesterol problems avoid eggs. If not, they are fine in moderation.
Pass the Salt
What We Used to Think
It will send your blood pressure sky-high. Always choose low-sodium(低钠的)foods, and don’t touch the salt jar.
What Doctors Say Now
It isn’t necessarily so, unless you’ve already suffered from high blood pressure.
What to Do
A low-sodium diet won’t hurt and may help. But don’t eat your fill.
Cereals and Grains
What We Used to Think
Filling, but they don’t help the heart.
What Doctors Say Now
They replace higher-fat foods, and when fortified by vitamins B, they help scour(消除) potentially harmful hom*ocysteine from the blood
What to Do
Eat plenty , especially the whole-grain kind ; the extra fiber could help reduce colon cancer(结肠癌)
Red Wine
What We Used to Think
Alcohol(酒精) is bad for you, no exceptions
What Doctors Say Now
A substance called resveratrol, found in grape skins, may reduce levels of bad cholesterol.
What to Do
Alcohol in excess ( 过量) is still bad for you, but a glass of wine with dinner is probably fine for non-alcoholics.
63. You are likely to find the passage in ________.
A. People’s Daily B. a magazineC. a story book D. Computer Daily
64. If you have high blood pressure , you________.
A. should choose low-sodium foods B. should not eat foods with any sodium
C. can eat anything as the others do D. can choose high-sodium foods
65. If a person has cholesterol problems, ________.
A. he can eat other food besides eggs B. he should keep off eggs
C. he can not eat high-sodium foods D. he can not drink red wine
66.According to the passage, we know________.
A. the extra fiber will lead to colon cancer B. alcohol in excess is good for your health
C. eggs are bad for people with cholesterol problems D. the greener, the worse
D
Since we are social beings, the quality of our lives depends in large measure on our interpersonal relationships. One strength of the human condition is our tendency to give and receive support from one another under stressful circ*mstances. Social support consists of the exchange of resources among people based on their interpersonal ties. Those of us with strong support systems appear better able to cope with major life changes and daily difficulties. People with strong social ties live longer and have better health than those without such ties. Studies over a range of illnesses, from depression to heart disease, reveal that the presence of social support helps people fend off(挡开) illness, and the absence of such support makes poor health more likely. Social support cushions stress in a number of ways. First, friends, relatives, and co-workers may let us know that they value us. Our self-respect is strengthened when we feel accepted by others despite our faults and difficulties. Second, other people often provide us with informational support. They help us to define and understand our problems and find solutions to them. Third, we typically find social companionship supportive. Engaging in leisure-time activities with others helps us to meet our social needs while at the same time distracting(转移...注意力)us from our worries and troubles. Finally, other people may give us instrumental support, a financial aid, material resources, and needed services -- that reduces stress by helping us resolve and cope with our problems. 67. Research shows that people's physical and mental health _______.
A. relies on the social welfare systems which support them B. has much to do with the amount of support they get from others C. depends on their ability to deal with daily worries and troubles D. is closely related to their strength for coping with major changes in their lives 68. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word "cushions"(Line 1, Para.3)? A. Adds up to. B. Does away with. C. Lessens the effect of. D. Lays the foundation for. 69. Helping a sick neighbor with some repair work is an example of _______. A. instrumental support B. informational support C. social companionship D. the strengthening of self-respect 70. Social companionship is beneficial in that _______.
A. it helps strengthen our ties with relatives B. it enables us to get rid of our faults and mistakes
C. it makes our leisure-time activities more enjoyable
D. it draws our attention away from our worries and troubles
E
Believe it or not，optical illusion (错觉) can cut highway crashes. Japan is a case in point. It has reduced automobile crashes on some roads by nearly 75 percent using a simple optical illusion. Bent stripes，called chevrons (人字形)painted on the roads make drivers think that they are driving faster than they really are，and thus drivers slow down. Now the American Association Foundation for Traffic Safety in Washington D.C. is planning to repeat Japan's success. Starting next year, the foundation will paint chevrons and other patterns of stripes on selected roads around the country to test how well the patterns reduce highway crashes. Excessive speed plays a major role in as much as one fifth of all fatal traffic accidents, according to the foundation .To help reduce those accidents，the foundation will conduct its tests in areas where speed - related hazards are the greatest -curves，exit slopes，traffic circles，and bridges. Some studies suggest that straight，horizontal bars painted across roads can initially cut the average speed of drivers in half. However，traffic often returns to full speed within months as drivers become used to seeing the painted bar. Chevrons，scientists say，not only give drivers the impression that they are driving faster than they really are but also make a lane appear to be narrower. The result is a longer lasting reduction in highway speed and the number of traffic accidents. 71. The passage mainly discusses _______.
A. a new way of highway speed control B. a new pattern for painting highways
C. a new approach to training drivers D. a new type of optical illusion 72. On roads painted with chevrons drivers tend to feel that_______.
A. they should avoid speed - related hazards B. they are driving in the wrong lane
C. they should slow down their speed D. they are approaching the speed limit
73. The advantage of chevrons over straight，horizontal bars is that the former_________.
A. can keep drivers awakeB. can cut road accidents in half
C. will have a longer effect on drivers D. will look more attractive 74. The American Association Foundation for Traffic Safety plans to_________ .
A. try out the Japanese method in certain areas B. change the road signs across the country
C. replace straight，horizontal bars with chevrons
D. repeat the Japanese road patterns
75. What does the author say about straight，horizontal bars painted across roads?
A. They are falling out of use in the United States.
B. They tend to be ignored by drivers in a short period of time.
C. They are applicable only on broad roads.
D. They cannot be applied successfully to traffic circles.
阅读理解训练题（三十八）答案
56-60DCDCC 61-65DDBAB 66-70CBCCD 71-75ACCAB
阅读理解训练题（三十九）
A
Interviewing is one of those skills that you can only get better at .You will never again feel so ill at ease as when you try it for the first time ,you’ll probably never feel entirely comfortable trying to get from another person answers that he or she is maybe too shy to reveal. But at least half of the skill is mechanical （机械的）.The rest is instinct（天赋）,which can all be learned with experience.
The basic tools for an interview are paper and two or three well-sharpened pencils .But keep your notebook or paper out of sight until you need it .There’s nothing less likely to relax a person than the arrival of someone with a note-talking pad .Both of you need time to get to know each other .Take a while just to chat ,judging what sort of person you’re dealing with ,getting him or her to trust you .Never go into an interview without doing whatever homework you can .If you are interviewing a town official ,know his voting record .If it’s an actor ,know what plays he has been in .You will not be liked if you inquire about facts that you could have learned in advance.
Many beginning interviewers are afraid that they are forcing the other person to answer questions and have no right to inquire about his personal secrets .The fear is almost 100 percent unnecessary .Unless the person really hates being interviewed ,he is delighted that somebody wants to interview him .
Most men and women lead lives that are uninteresting ,and they grasp any chance to talk to an outsider who seems eager to listen.
This doesn’t necessarily mean that it will go well. In general you will be talking to people who have never been interviewed before ,and they will get used to the process （程序）awkwardly（笨拙的）,perhaps not giving you anything that you can use .Come back another day ;it will go better .You will both even begin to enjoy it—proof that you aren’t forcing your victim to do something he doesn’t really want to .
56．The underlined word “reveal” could best be replaced by “ ”.
A．ask B．questionC．giveD．seek
57．According to the passage ,during an interview note books or paper should .
A．never be used B．be used only when necessary
C．be kept at home D．be given to the interviewer
58．The writer of the passage suggests that before interviewing a person ,you should .
A．have sharpened your pencil well and get your notebooks ready
B．visit a town official and meet an actor
C．read as many books as possibleD．make good preparations
59．It can be inferred from Paragraph 4 that most men and women .
A．are afraid to meet interviewers B．hate being interviewed
C．like being interviewed D．fear to speak to outsiders
60．According to the passage ,if a person being interviewed is too uneasy to give you anything
useful ,what should you do?
A．Arrange another interview. B．Give him or her a bad score.
C．Wait until he or she calms down. D．Try to make him or her trust you .
B
Friday ,June 13—NASA launched Spirit, the first of two of Mars-bound explorer robots ,on Tuesday .Spirit will roam the surface of Mars while taking pictures, hammering on rocks ,and looking for signs of life.
The cart-sized rover took off from Cape Canaveral ,Florida and should reach the Martian atmosphere by January .Eight seconds before crashing into the Red Planet ,giant airbags will inflate and brakes will stop Spirit in the air .The craft will fall the last 30 feet ,bounce when it hits the surface ,and come to rest in a crater that may once have been a lake .
“Getting to Mars and landing on Mars is not exactly easy ,” said NASA science chief Edward Weiler . “In fact ,there have been 30 attempts to go to Mars ,and only 12 have succeeded .”
On June 25, NASA plans to launch an identical( similar) rover ,Opportunity ,to search the opposite side of Mars .The two robots can each cover the length of a football field in a single day .Opportunity and Spirit were named by Arizona third-grader Sofi Collis in a NASA-sponsored contest .
Scientists are confident that long ago ,water flowed on Mars .Now they want to know when ,and for how long . “That’s the key question for life ,” says Weiler. “Whenever you find water lasts for thousands or millions or tens of millions of years , life seems to spring up .”
Spirit will carry in its mechanical arms a hammer to whack at Martian rocks and a microscope to peer at the pieces .Just as they do on Earth ,rocks contain information about what their world was like when they formed .Also on board are cameras ,magnets for collecting dust particles ,and other pieces of scientific equipment .
It’s a great time to send robots to the Red Planet .Mars and Earth pass near each other every 26 months ,but this time ,Mars is closer to Earth than it has been in 73,000 years .
The launch of Spirit and Opportunity marks NASA’s first return to the Mars since a pair of disasters four years ago .In 1999 ,they lost two crafts—one by an embarrassing mistake .This time ,the space agency spent $ 800 million to get it right . “We have done everything humanly possible to eliminate(smooth) as many of the risks as possible in this mission ,” said Weiler . “But there still is risk.”
61．What dose the underlined word “inflate” mean in the second paragraph ?It means “ ”. A．rise into the air B．float in the air
C．be filled with airD．explode in the air
62．How many attempts to go to Mars have been made?
A．30B．12C．More than 1/3D．Less than 30%
63．Why is it a good time to send robots to the Red Planet ? Because .
A．the space agency wants to correct the embarrassing mistake four years ago
B．Mars and Earth pass near each other every 26 months
C．this time the Red Planet is the nearest to the earth since
D．the space agency has got $ 800 million from the government
64．From the text we can infer that .
A．rocks on Mars can help know whether water used to flow on it
B．rocks on Mars can help describe what the world was like long ago
C．rocks on Mars are too hard to whack at D．rocks on Mars can not be easily peered at
C
Regular child care provided outside home or by someone other than the mother does not in itself undermine（削弱）healthy emotional connections between mothers and their 15-month-old infants（婴儿）,according to a long-term national study .The finding holds even if care begins during the first 3 months after birth and runs for 30 hours or more per week.
Among infants who receive unkind and unresponsive care from their mothers ,however ,the
mother-child relationship may be damaged . “This research helps us put apart complexities（复杂性）regarding child care that have not previously been studied in detail ,” contends （主张）Jay Belsky , a psychologist from Pennsylvania State University .Belsky and several of his colleagues announced their findings last week at the international conference.
The investigation consists of 1,153 children and their families living in or near Boston .The
youngsters ,no more than 1 month old when they entered the study in 1991 ,will be tracked until the age of 7. Experimenters gave questionnaires（问卷）to mothers in their homes and videotaped baby caretakers interacting（相互影响）with the kids at ages 1.6 and 15 months .Independent observers rated the quality of each child care efforts and noted infant nervousness .Unlike most previous studies , this one allows researchers to observe each one studies ,this one allows researchers to observe each caretaker’s personality at child nursing ,and kids’ emotional reaction by the equipment .After taking family factors into consideration ,other psychologists state that the researchers found no relation between the quality of child care and infants’ response（反应）.But the experimenters contend that the boys who spent more than 30 hours per week in child care exhibited more emotion for their mothers than other boys who didn’t ,and the girls who spent the same hours per week in child care showed a modest（适度的） rise in this emotion .Therefore ,quality of child care outside home plays an important role on the connection between mothers and infants .
65．From the first paragraph we know that .
A．mother care is the best according to a national study
B．child care outside home is the best in accordance with the study
C．regular child care outside home may play a role as a mother
D．connections between mothers and infants are damaged by outside care
66．According to the passage ,unresponsive care from a mother may .
A．ruin a kid’s growth B．harm the mother-child tie
C．injure a baby’s emotional reaction D．spoil（宠坏） child’s personality
67．Jay Belsky implies that the study of child care .
A．was not much done in detail in the past B．was never carried out in the past
C．was greatly ignored（忽视） by psychologists and researchers
D．was interesting ,but very difficult to make discovery
68．The girls who received the same hours of child care outside home as the boys show .
A．more emotion for their mothers B．less emotion for their mothers
C．a modest rise in the mental development
D．a slight decline（衰弱） in the personality development
D
After the September 11 terrorist attacks ,some high schools in America wanted the students to pledge allegiance（宣誓效忠）to the flag .Is it necessary or not ?Let’s see how the kids think of this requirement.
Lea Mouallem , Marymount High School
I believe that saying the Pledge of Allegiance is a way of reminding our country that no matter what happens ,we are united . I don’t think our president wants us to go and join the army now ,but he wants to tell us that we will be able to overcome the disaster as a whole nation that is working together.
Harry Chin ,15,Culver City High School
I am not for the Pledge of Allegiance and I am not against the Pledge of Allegiance because I just say it so many times that it loses meaning .I say it every day at school in the second period .It doesn’t mean anything any more.
David Tran , 15, Warren High School
The Pledge of Allegiance is another sign of country .We should have some respect to it .In many school ,we don’t say the Pledge every morning—we just stand up and let the National anthem ring through the silence .We said the Pledge of Allegiance on Sept.12.
Danny Maryanor ,16 ,Santa Monica High School
I wonder why we were suddenly asked to recite the Pledge when many of us stopped after elementary school ;and the Pledge was recited before the play of “Ode to Joy” （欢乐颂）with recorders .This was not to express patriotism（爱国主义）,or even to remember those who lost their lives on Sept .11.
I feel I cannot support a nation that in this time of crisis looks outward for revenge（报复）instead of inward for peace .Perhaps we should think more about our problems.
69．Saying the Pledge of Allegiance to the flag first appeared in American schools ______.
A．after Sept.11, 2000B．before Sept .11,2001
C．on Sept .11,2001D．after Sept .11,2001
70．Who were for the Pledge of Allegiance?
A．Lea Mouallem ;David Tran B．Harry Chin; Danny Maryanor
C．Lea Mouallem ;Danny MaryanorD．Harry Chin; David Tran
71．Which of the following is TRUE?
A．Harry Chin thought the government required them to join the army.
B．Lea Mouallem thought the Pledge of Allegiance of no meaning.
C．Danny Maryanor felt the terrorist attacks happened partly because of America’s own
problem.
D．The Pledge of Allegiance is of another country.
72．According to the passage ,it can be imagined that .
A．all high school students say yes to the Pledge of Allegiance.
B．all high school students say no to the Pledge of Allegiance.
C．all kids don’t agree to the requirement of saying the Pledge of Allegiance.
D．all high schools will require their students to pledge allegiance to the tlag.
E
All of us eat every day ,but most of us don’t understand nutrition（营养）.How much do you
know about good nutrition? Are the following statements true or false?
1. People who don’t eat meat can stay healthy.
True .As long as people eat enough milk ,eggs and meat alternates（替代物）,they can get enough protein（蛋白质）.
2. Fresh vegetables cooked at home are always more nutritious than canned vegetables.
False .The difference depends more on how vegetables are prepared than whether they are fresh or canned .Vegetables cooked in too much water can lose a large quantity of vitamins .
3. Food eaten between meals can be just as good for health as food eaten at regular meals.
True . Nutritional value depends on what types of food you eat ,not when you eat them .Eating an egg or an orange between meals can contribute to a good diet .
4. Taking extra vitamins beyond the recommended daily allowances won’t give you more energy.
True .It’s widely believed that extra vitamins provide more energy .But taking more than the baby needs doesn’t make it fun_ction better ,just as overfilling your gas tank doesn’t make your car run better.
5. Natural vitamins are better supplements（补充）for the diet than synthetic vitamins.
False .There is no difference .A vitamin has the same properties（性质）and specific chemical structure whether made in a laboratory or taken form plant or animal parts .
6.Older people need the same amount of vitamins as younger people.
True .Older people need the same quantity of vitamins as younger people although they need fewer calories .Certain illnesses raise the requirements for some vitamins ,but that is true for the young as well as the old .
7.Food grown in poor soil is lower in vitamins than food grown in rich sold .
False .The vitamins in our foods are made by the plants themselves .They don’t come from the soil .However ,the minerals in a plant depend on the minerals in the soil.
If you have answered these questions correctly ,you can say you know much about food and nutrition by today’s standards .But remember that nutrition is a growing science and that may be aged as new information is obtained.
73．The main purpose of the passage is to_______.
A．list today’s standards of some food and nutrition
B．introduce what should be eaten and what not
C．explain what is helpful to your health and what is not
D．test our nutrition IQ by judging the problems listed
74．From the surrounding words and sentences we know that the underlined phrase “contribute
to” means .
A．help to bring about B．take the place of C．make room forD．turn to
75．The underlined word “synthetic” most probably means________in Chinese.
A．不同的B．特别的C．合成的D．天然的
阅读理解训练题（三十九）答案
56-60CBDAC 61-65CACBC 66-70BAABA 71-75CCAAC
阅读理解训练题（四）
A
China's former volleyball star Lang Ping has been invited to coach the US women's national team for the Beijing 2008 Olympics. But China's sports media said the offer would be difficult to accept.
Lang, who is presently coaching a club team in Italy's professional volleyball league, told sina.com that she was considering the offer by the US Volleyball Association.
"Right now I'm still considering their offer but I will answer them soon,”Lang said. "If I don't take the job, I have to give them enough time to find someone else."
Lang, 45，won Olympic gold in 1984. She later coached the Chinese women to silver at the 1996 Atlanta Olympics and the 1998 World Championships.
She has also coached at New Mexico University in the United States where her daughter was born and lives.
The reaction in the Chinese media to Lang's job offer was swift and strong. Many say that if she takes the job it would be a direct challenge to China's goal of winning the women's volleyball medal at the Beijing Games.
"As an unusual player and a spiritual leader of Chinese volleyball, Lang Ping's influence over China far exceeds（超越）that of an ordinary player,”says the China Olympic Committee website.
"If Lang stands with the opponents（对手）during women's volleyball matches, you can rest assured that this will be difficult to accept for the new Chinese players, difficult for coach Chen Zhonghe, who was once her assistant, and difficult for all Chinese watching on television,”the site continued.（AGENCIES Feb 9，2005)
56. According to this passage, Lang Ping is ______ at present.
A. a volleyball player B. a club coach
C. an unusual player D. an assistant
57. Form the text, we can learn ______.
A. Lang Ping has accepted the offer
B. Chen Zhonghe has got into trouble
C. all of the Chinese media support Lang Ping
D. Lang Ping is thinking the US offer over
58. According to the text, if Lang Ping stands with the opponents during women's volleyball matches, who will most probably have trouble?
A. The Chinese audience. B. Our women's volleyball team.
C. Beijing 2008 Olympics. D. Chinese former players.
59. When reporting the news, the author seemed to be a little ______.
A. angry B. surprised C. shocked D. worried
B
Why do men die earlier than women? The latest research makes it known that the reason could be that men's hearts go into rapid decline when they reach middle age.
The largest study of the effects of ageing on the heart has found that women's longevity may be linked to the fact that their hearts do not lose their pumping power with age.
"We have found that the power of the male heart falls by 20--25 percent between 18 and 70 years of age,”said the head of the study, David Goldspink of Liverpool John Moores University in the UK.
"Within the heart there are millions of cells that enable it to beat. Between the age of 20 and 70，one-third of those cells die and are not replaced in men,”said Goldspink. "This is part of the ageing process."
What surprises scientists is that the female heart sees very little loss of these cells. A
healthy 70-year-old woman's heart could perform almost as well as a 20-year-old one's.
"This gender difference might just explain why women live longer than men,”said Goldspink.
They studied more than 250 healthy men and women between the ages of 18 and 80，focusing on healthy persons to remove the confusing influence of disease.
The team has yet to find why ageing takes a greater loss on the male heart, said Goldspink.
The good news is that men can improve the health of their heart with regular exercise. Goldspink stressed that women also need regular exercise to prevent their leg muscles becoming smaller and weaker as they age.
60. The underlined word“longevity" in the second paragraph probably refers to ______.
A. health B. long life C. ageing D. effect
61. The text mainly talks about ______.
A. men's heart cells B. women's ageing process、
C. the gender difference D. hearts and long life
62. According to the text, the UK scientists have known that
A. women have more cells than men when they are born
B. women can replace the cells that enable the heart to beat
C. the female heart loses few of the cells with age
D. women never lose their pumping power with age
63. If you want to live longer, you should
A. enable your heart to beat much faster
B. find out the reason for ageing
C. exercise regularly to keep your heart healthy
D. prevent your cells from being lost
64. We can know from the passage that
A. the reason why ageing takes a greater loss on the male heart has been found out
B. scientists are on the way to finding out why the male heart loses more of the cells
C. the team has done something to prevent the male from suffering the greater loss
D. women over 70 could lose more heart cells than those at the age of 20
C
Unless we spend money to spot and prevent asteroids（小行星）now, one might crash into Earth and destroy life as we know it, say some scientists.
Asteroids are bigger versions of the meteoroids（流星）that race across the night sky. Most orbit the sun far from Earth and don't threaten us. But there are also thousands of asteroids whose orbits put them on a collision（碰撞）course with Earth.
Buy $50 million worth of new telescopes right now. Then spend $10 million a year for the next 25 years to locate most the space rocks. By the time we spot a destructive one, the scientists say, we'll have a way to change its course.
Some scientists favour pushing asteroids off course with nuclear weapons. But the cost wouldn't be cheap.
Is it worth it? Two things experts consider when judging any risk are: (1) How likely the event is; and (2) How bad the results if the event occurs. Experts think an asteroid big enough to destroy lots of life might strike Earth once every 500，000 years. Sounds pretty rare--but if one did fall, it would be the end of the world. "If we don't take care of these asteroids, they'll take care of us.”Says one scientist, "It's that simple.”
The cure, though, might be worse than the disease. Do we really want fleets of nuclear weapons sitting around on Earth?”The world has less to fear from the terrible rocks than from a great nuclear fleet set against it,” said a New York Times article.
65. What does the passage say about asteroids and meteoroids?
A. They are heavenly bodies different in composition.
B. They are heavenly bodies similar in nature.
C. There are more asteroids than meteoroids.
D. Asteroids are more mysterious than meteoroids.
66. What do scientists mainly talk about the collision of an asteroid with Earth?
A. It is very unlikely but the danger of its happening exists.
B. Such a collision might occur once every 50 thousand years.
C. Collisions of smaller asteroids with Earth occur more often than expected.
D. It's still too early to say certainly whether such a collision might occur.
67. What do people think of the suggestion of using nuclear weapons to change the course of asteroids?
A. It sounds practical but it may not solve the problem.
B. It may create more problems than it might solve.
C. It is a waste of money because a collision of asteroids with Earth is very unlikely.
D. Further research should be done before it is proved useful.
68. We can conclude from the passage that______.
A. while pushing asteroids off course, nuclear weapons would destroy the world
B. asteroids racing across the night sky are likely to hit Earth in the near future
C. the worry about asteroids can be left to future generations since it's unlikely to happen now
D. workable solutions still have to be found to prevent such a collision of asteroids with Earth
D
Why do people pay a screaming soldier to order them to crawl under camouflage（伪装）netting before dropping to the ground to do 15 pushups?
It's like the basic training that every new soldier hates. These people love it so much that they pay for it. And that's the way it is: three mornings a week at Venice Beach when these exercise fans go through。military-style obstacle course with difficulty. These are middle-class citizens looking for the most painful drills, not army men fighting for the higher ranks. They arrive in expensive sports cars, not troop carriers. They are not preparing for battle but building up health.
It's a routine run by a tough soldier wearing a serious look. He and three other uniformed drill instructors shout orders. Two dozen men and women absolutely follow them. They struggle through sit-ups and a three-mile run down the beach before starting the obstacle course.
Participants pay US $75 a week to do; what millions of soldiers have experienced for nothing，but a down-and-dirty training that is far from fit-keeping exercises in fitness club.
Members do regular health club exercises, such as kick boxing, strength training and stretching. But the long-distance beach run and the obstacle course work up their sweat. That sets this routine different from traditional fitness exercises. Along with the wall-climbing and low-crawling, the course requires jumping over obstacles, rope climbing and pull-ups. Sweat pours down the face of the trainees and sand gets stuck to their hair as they climb over the obstacle wall. But all of them are happy when the daily training is over. They pay to sweat.
69. Before they do push-ups on the ground, participants ______.
A. are ordered by a soldier who pay to crawl under camouflage netting
B. order a crying officer to crawl under camouflage netting
C. are given orders to crawl under camouflage netting
D. are ordered to pay a screaming soldier to crawl under camouflage netting
70. These people pay to sweat in order to ______.
A. get the military ranks B. seek fun and joy
C. build up their bodies D. be prepared for battles
71. A three-mile run down the beach is ______.
A. something regularly fixed in the exercise
B. to be done after the obstacle course
C. done by a tough soldier wearing a serious look
D. the most difficult part of the exercise
72. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE?
A. Millions of soldiers have experienced this exercise to get nothing.
B. People have to pay US $75 a week to sweat in this exercise.
C. This training is entirely different from the common gym exercises.
D. It is a down-and-dirty training that is rather hard.
E
Sir,
Last Saturday I watched the TV coverage（news report) of the latest Grand Prix motor race and could not fail to notice how much advertising there was. In particular, the leading car (and the one that eventually won) was almost constantly on the screen; it was painted to look like a packet of well-known cigarettes. Not only that, but the car was, on more than one occasion, referred to by the commentator（评论员）not by the name of the driver or the motor company, but by the name of the product. However, the football team that I support is not allowed to wear shirts advertising anything when their matches are being televised.
The rule preventing sportsmen and sportswomen from carrying advertisem*nts on television is a good one. Keep it and do it. To take one example, what is the effect, I wonder, on the young and old, of the apparent connection between cigarette smoking and an exciting sport like motor-racing?
L. H. Gray, London
Sir,
What a ridiculous situation our television companies find themselves in with regard to sport and advertising!
I watched a televised football match in which the players did not carry any advertisem*nts on their shirts, and yet there was advertising all around the ground. (Do the TV producers think we viewers are blind or something?) And when a well-known international player was interviewed after the match, both he and the interviewer referred by name to the make-ups firm! And as if that were not enough, the sports item that followed was the National Bank Golf Tournament.
Advertising is all around us every day. Long live advertising, I say, and let the television companies recognize it and allow football players, athletes, racing drivers and others to wear sponsors'（赞助公司）advertisem*nts. At least we would all know where we were!
Mrs. R. P. Laing, Bristol
73. L. H. Gray would like to see ______.
A. advertising officially forbidden from televised sport
B. cigarette advertisem*nts made illegal
C. football teams wear shirts advertising certain products
D. the law forbidding commercials will come into effect soon
74. Mrs. Laing believes that ______.
A. sportsmen should be allowed to carry advertising on TV
B. advertising cigarettes should be officially forbidden at football matches
C. advertising on television should be forbidden
D. golf tournaments should not be sponsored by banks
75. Both Gray and Laing agree that ______.
A. sportsmen should be allowed to advertise on TV
B. TV sport should allow advertising except for drink and cigarettes
C. TV companies must get rid of their "double standards"
D. sports commentators should be allowed to advertise
阅读理解训练题（四）答案
56-60 BDBDB 61-65 DCCBB 66-70 DBDCC 71-75 AAAAC
阅读理解训练题（四十）
A
I can’t count how many times people have complained , while shaking their heads in obvious disappointment , “just don’t know what is with teenagers today .”
The other day I was in my car on my way to the farmers market when I passes two teens standing by the side of the road with a car wash sign , my car was filthy and my heart was full , so I pulled over . There was a group directing the cars and another group spraying them down . As sponges (海绵) were wiped over every square inch of my dirty car , I sat enjoying the little water battles . I was amazed at how fourteen to fifteen teenagers had devoted their Saturday to washing cars .
After I handed them a twenty-dollar bill I asked what they were raising money for . They explained to me that a friend of theirs , C. T. Schmitz , had recently died of cancer . He was only fifteen years old . He had gone to school with a lot of the teenagers who were there that day ; each of them had memories of a boy sweeter than any they had known . His friend Kevin had decided to put this car wash together because he wanted to honor his friend and also bring together his classmates with his boy scout troop (童子军). He told me that they wanted to plant a tree in front of their school and if they raise enough money they would put a plaque (匾) there also . Both would be in memory of their friend C.T.
They handed me a bag of homemade cookies with my receipt saying “Thanks for helping us plant a tree of C.T.
Yeah !I don’t know what is with teenagers today !
56．The boys were raising money because they intended to .
A．buy a plaque for their school B．help those who suffered from cancer
C．plant a tree in memory of their friend D． put a plaque near his friend’s home
57．From the passage , we can infer that C. T Schmiz was .
A．kind-hearted but lonely B．brave and popular with his classmates
C．shy and sensitive D．a boy you can get a good impression of
58．What does the underlined word “filthy” in paragraph 2 probably mean ?
A．New B．dirty C．good-looking D．ordinary
59．What would be the best title of the article ?
A．Teenagers today B．A special day
C．My view on teenagers D．An exciting experience
B
It was on January 24, 1848, that James Wilson Marshall discovered gold in the territory of California . The news spread quickly . Thousands rushed west . By 1894 , the great gold was in full swing .
Towns and cities sprang up overnight . One year later , California had enough people to be taken into the Union as a state . Throughout the territory , thousands searched for gold . Bedises food and blankets they had picks and pans .
Some found veins of mountain rock thick with gold . These men got rich .
Others “panned” for gold in the mountain streams , They were looking for the leftovers . They searched for chunks of gold that the rains had washed down from above .
Panning was the only way to find gold . One put dirt in a pan and added water . Then the pan was swished around so that the water could wash the dirt . Slowly , the water was poured out of the pan . Each one hoped that the place he claimed “panned out well” ——that is , turned up gold .
The word California gold rush the miners turned to farming and ranching （牧业）. Some left for the state of Colorado where gold also had been discovered . For many , gold mining did not “pan out” . For a few , it panned out well . But in time , huge machines were built that could wash many tons of dirt at a time , “Panning” died out .
The word , however , remained in the language . Today , Americans still say , “It panned out well ,” when something they have done pleases them .
In recent years , “pan” has taken on another meaning . Today , it also means to criticize . How it got this meaning is hard to discover . But critics （批评家）are always “panning” some writer , artist or singer .
Sometimes , critics may pan a movie or play so severly that no one will go to see it . This can also happen to a book , if critics pan it strongly enough , There have been times , however , when a play became highly successful , even though most of the critics panned it without mercy .The pans should have made the play a washout . But , as actors have pointed out , sometimes a critic’s pan surprisingly turns up gold .
60．The whole passage is mainly about .
A．different fortunes of the earliest gold miners B．the gold rush in California
C．the word “pan” and its expressions D．some expressions created during the gold rush
61．We can know from the article that before the year 1894 .
A．California was not a state of the Union B．California had already had a large population
C．There were few towns and cities in California D．There was not much gold left in California
62．What happened when the huge machine was built for the gold rush ?
A．The gold rush ended . B．Many people turned to farming and ranching
C．People gave up the way of panning in time . D．It became more difficult to find gold
63．The author intends to tell us in the last paragraph .
A．a critic’s pan can cause different results to a book , or a play
B．another meaning of the word “pan”
C．a critic’s pan can make a book , or a play an unexpected success
D．actors usually welcome a critic’s pan
C
I love Charles Barkley like a brother but we disagree from time to time . Here’s an example of what I mean : I disagree with what Charles says in his Nike commercial , the one in which he insist , “I am not a role model.” Charles , you can deny being a role model all you want , but we don’t choose to be role models , we are chosen . Our only choice is whether to be a good role model or a bad one .
I don’t think we can accept all the glory and the money that comes with being a famous athlete and not accept the responsibility of being a role model , of knowing that kids and even some adults are watching us and looking for us to set an example .
I love being a role model , and I try to be a positive one . That doesn’t mean I always succeed . I’m not saint (圣贤的). I make mistakes , and sometimes I do childish things .
But you don’t have to be perfect to be a good role model , and people shouldn’t expect perfection . If I were deciding whether a basketball player was a positive role model , I would want to know : Does he influence people’s lives in a positive way away from the court(球场)? How much has he given of himself , in time or in money , to help people who look up to him ? Does he display the values ——like honesty and determination ——that are part of being a good person ?
Kids have lots of other role models——teachers , movies stars , athletes , even other kids . As athletes , we can’t take the place of parents , but we can help reinforce（巩固）what they try to teach their kids .
Constantly being watched by the public can be hard to stand at times . I don’t think most people can imagine what it’s like to be watched that closely every minute of every day .
But the good things about being a role model outweigh the bad , It’s a great feeling to think you’re a small part of the reason that a kid decided to give school another try instead of dropping out or that a kid had the strength to walk away when someone offered him drugs . But one thing I would encourage parents to do is to remind their kids that no matter which athletes they look up to , there are no perfect human beings . That way, if the kid’s heroes should make mistakes , it won’t seem like the end of the world to them .
64．The author of this article holds the opinion that
A．a famous athlete ought to set a good example to the public
B．a famous athlete needn’t be a role model if he doesn’t want to
C．a famous athlete can’t deny being a role model D．it’s hard to be a role model
65．According to the author , a positive role model
A．can win more money and fame B．are not allowed to make mistakes
C．are the most important examples a child can follow
D．can have some positive influence on people’s follow
66．The underlined word “outweigh” in the last paragraph probable means
A．be greater than B．be worse than C．be less than D．be lighter than
67．Which of the following is best supported by the last paragraph ?
A．A good role model can stop children taking drugs .
B．Kids usually expect too much of their role models
C．Dropping out of schools and taking drugs are the two most serious problems American kids face .
D．Kids drop out of school or take drugs if seeing their heroes make mistakes .
68．The author of this article is probably
A．an admirer of Charles Barkley B．a famous athlete himself
C．a sports reporter D．a famous writer
D
The latest FOX news has made several polls （民意测验）recently and it shows that more than 1 to 10 Americans are somewhat confident that Iraqi President Saddam Hussein will cooperate with the UN weapons inspectors . Most have little or no confidence . Polling was conducted by telephone in the evening . The sample is 900 registered voters nationwide with a margin of error of +/－3 percentage points .
1．Do you support or oppose U.S military action to disarm （解除武装）Iraq and remove Iraqi President Saddam Hussein .
Support
Oppose
(not sure )
10-20Nov. 02
68%
18
14
22-23 Oct .02
62%
27
11
8-9Octo.02
72%
17
11
24-25Sep.02
58%
27
15
8-9Sep .02
66%
22
12
6-7Aug.02
69%
22
9
9-10Jul.02
72%
18
10
30Apr-1May.02
70%
20
10
30-31 Jan.02
74%
15
11
28-29Nov .01
77%
22
11
2．How confident are you that Iraqi President Saddam Hussein will cooperate fully with the UN inspection team .
1.Very confident
2%
2.Somewhat confident
10
3.Not very confident
31
4.Not at all confident
53
5.(Not sure )
4
3．How confident are you that the UN inspection team will actually announce violations (违反) by Iraq , knowing that a violation could possibly lead to war ?
1.Very confident
27%
2.Somewhat confident
35
3.Not very confident
15
4.Not at all confident
11
5.(Not sure )
12
69．What is the passage mainly about ?
A．Uses of polling .B．Dangers of war
C．Public opinions about the political situation D．Problems caused by war .
70．The public’s doubt about Iraq’s cooperation shows that .
A．only a few people believe his country will be at war
B．a large majority of the public believe the country will soon be at war
C．most Americans believe there will be no war
D．most Americans are not sure about the present situation
71．With time going by , the sentiment (情绪) is slightly down by the end of September . But the latest poll shows .
A．support remains fairly strong for US military action to disarm Iraq and remove Saddam
B．most Americans are confident that a violation of the UN inspection team will lead to war
C．there is a steady rise at the number of the supporters
D．few people think the US should attack Iraq with the UN’s agreement
72．The polling was carried out through .
A．interviews B．letters C．phones D．media
E
Would you like to know if your body is older or younger than it should be ? Dr David Wikenheiser has been studying ageing in Vancouver , Canada , for the past 10 years and has found the average person is 15 or more years older biologically than their actual age .
He says: “We all know people who are 30 but look over 40 , and others who are 70 yet look 50 . the difference comes down to lifestyle . Some peoples’ bodies get ‘rusty(生锈)’ faster than others , and this makes them age more quickly .”
After conducting more than 3,000 tests , Dr Wikenheiser believes that , on average , you can lower your biological age by 10 years in three months with the right lifestyle changes .
“You can’t change your genetics (遗传学)but you can make other changes such as eating the right food , drinking enough water to flush out toxins （毒素）, exercising and managing stress.” he says .
But exercising too much is just as bad as not doing enough . Working out for more than two hours at a time every day puts too great a strain on your heart .
“Multivitamin and antioxidant supplements are important even if you’re eating the right amount of fruit and vegetables . Today’s soil tends to lack important minerals so these are no longer found in the food we eat , in large enough quantities . We should also change bleached （漂白）white table salt for natural sea salt which is much better for us .”
It’s also important to eat three meals a day . Missed meals put a strain on your brain as your blood sugar level drops . Many of us are also eating the wrong fats or avoiding fat altogether , so we miss out important nutritional（营养）oils .
73．The passage is mainly about .
A．How to live a healthier life B．how to lower your biological age
C．How to keep young D．how to select a good diet
74．From the passage we can conclude that the most important factor in slowing your aging process is
A．exercise B．diet C．lifestyle D．genetics
75．The author suggests in the passage that
A．we should have natural sea salt instead of bleaches white table salt
B．we should avoid gat of any kind
C．we should have no more Multivitamin and antioxidant supplements
D．we should exercise at least two hours every day .
阅读理解训练题（四十）答案
56-60CDBAC 61-65ACAAD 66-70ABBCB 71-75ACBCA
阅读理解训练题（四十一）
A
The next time you try for a high-ranking post, you could let your possible boss listen to a recommending（推荐）phone call “made” by US President George W. Bush or British Prime Minister Tony Blair.
Of course, neither of them could really do that for you—you would just “borrow” their voices.
AT & T labs will start selling speech software that, it says, is so good at reproducing the sounds of a human voice that it can recreate voices and even bring the voices of long – dead famous people back to life.
The software, which turns printed text into speech, makes it possible for a company to use recordings of a person’s voice to say things that the person never actually said.
Possible customers for the software, which is priced at the thousands of dollars, include telephone call centers, companies that make software that reads digital files aloud, and makers of automated voice devices. The advances raise several problems. Who, for example, owns the rights to a famous person’s voice? (Some experts even believe that new contracts will be drawn that include voice-licensing clauses.)
And although scientists say the technology is not yet good enough to commit fraud（假冒）, would the synthesized（合成的）voices at last be able to trick people into thinking that they were getting phone calls or digital audio recordings from people they knew?
Even Mr Fruchterman, one of AT & T lab’s possible first customers, said he wondered what the new technology might bring. “Just like you can’t trust a photograph any more,” he said, “you won’t be able to trust a voice either.”
56．With the help of the speech software, it is most possible .
A．to improve a famous person’s speechB．to say what you want in another’s voice
C．to make a speech much more easilyD．to help you to find a better job
57．If the speech software is widely used, .
A．people would no longer believe each other
B．it would not be necessary to go for a speech by a famous person
C．no radio or TV broadcasters would be needed
D．recording a voice alone would not be taken as a proof in the court
58．According to the passage, you can infer that .
A．the software will turn out to be an immediate success in the market
B．the government will forbid the sale of the software in the market
C．it’s hard to decide whether the software will enjoy popularity
D．the software will soon prove to be nothing but rubbish
59．The passage mainly wants to .
A．introduce a new softwareB．explain the disadvantage of a new invention
C．advertise a new kind of productD．describe the future market of a new product
B
Millions of women use cosmetics, often called ‘make-up’. The cosmetics industry is one of the biggest in the world. Most large stores sell cosmetics, and there are always shops at airports selling them cheaply.
The word ‘cosmetics’ refers to anything that people put on their faces to make them look better. Lipstick, face powder and cream, and eye make-up are the most popular. Although more women than men use cosmetics, there are cosmetics for men as well as women.
Some people even have cosmetic surgery to make their faces look different. They have the shape of their noses and eyes changed.
The most widely used cosmetic is probably lipstick, as many women who do not wear any other make-up will often put on a little lipstick.
Lipstick is made by mixing together different oils and colors. This mixture is then allowed to get hard and is cut into the shape of a small pencil. When a woman presses the lipstick to her lips, the end of it becomes soft, and some of it sticks to her lips, giving them extra color.
Cosmetics were probably first used in India, but it was the Egyptians, six thousand years ago, who made the most use of them. Rich Egyptian women painted their eyes green and black. They used a red color to paint pretty designs on their fingernails, the palms of their hands and the soles of their feet. Pictures of Cleopatra always show her wearing a lot of make-up.
The Romans also used cosmetics. They liked to make their skin very white and to paint their eyes. They also used a kind of lipstick.
In England at one time, very rich women had baths in milk to make their skin beautiful. They also used a lot of sweet-smelling powder to stop people smelling their bodies, which were often very dirty because they did not wash very often or change their clothes.
At one time, some cosmetics were not safe. They were bad for the skin, and some of the lipsticks and powders that people used were even poisonous. Nowadays, people in the cosmetics industry take great care to make sure that everything they use is completely safe.
60．People use cosmetics .
A．only at airportsB．to color their feet
C．to make themselves look betterD．instead of surgery
61．‘Cosmetics’ refers to .
A．lipstickB．make-upC．creamsD．surgery
62．In earlier times, cosmetics were .
A．never used in milk bathsB．never used on the eyes
C．never used on the skinD．sometimes harmful to the skin
C
Have you ever noticed, when looking at a map of the world, that the east coast of South America and the west coast of Africa look as though they might fit together? If you have, you are not alone. In 1965 the English scientist Sir Edward Bullard used a computer to Text the fit of the two continents and found that at an ocean depth of 2000 meters the match was very close indeed.
It seems too remarkable to be possible, but there is a lot of evidence to suggest that Africa was once joined to South America. For example, there is a belt of ancient rocks along the east of Brazil which corresponds with the rocks across the South Atlantic in West Africa.
There is further evidence that existing land masses were once linked. The remains of a 400-to-500-million-year-old mountain chain has been found running down the eastern part of Greenland, western Scandinavia, and through north-west Scotland and Ireland, into western Canada, eventually finding their way to north-west Africa.
Then there is the evidence from life itself. In various parts of the world today the same animals and plants can be found on land masses separated by, in some cases, thousands of miles of oceans. Did they evolve（进化）at the same time in two different places? It seems unlikely. Biologists believe that there must have been land bridges which have now sunk beneath the sea. Also fossils found in sedimentary rocks(fossils are the preserved remains of life forms)have allowed geologists to trace the same plants from South America, and Antarctica in rocks perhaps 300 million years old.
The ice that is now confined to the polar regions has always been so limited in extent. Indeed, during a period of the Earth’s history known as the permocarboniferous（二叠石灰纪）age about 250-350 million years ago there is evidence from the rocks that there were glaciers covering South America, parts of Africa, and India Australia. On the other hand, in the northern hemisphere（北半球）there were deserts. If the continents were distributed（分布）as they are today, it is hard to understand how this could be.
So there is considerable evidence to show whole continents moved apart, and naturally many people have tried to discover how and why whole land masses moved.
63．According to the author’s opinion, Africa and South America didn’t move apart until .
A．500 million years agoB．350 million years ago
C．200 million years agoD．300 million years ago
64．The sentence “…eventually finding their way to north-west Africa” means
A．We can find a way from the eastern part of Greenland to north-west Africa.
B．We can also find these remains in north-west Africa.
C．The mountain chain goes from the eastern part of Greenland to north-west Africa.
D．It is a long way from the eastern part of Greenland to north-west Africa.
65．The best title for this passage would be .
A．The Evidence of the Continental DriftB．The Movement of the Two Continents
C．The Continental DriftD．The History of the Earth.
66．Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A．We can find the same animals and plants on the two continents.
B．We can find the same remains of a 400-to-500-million-year-old mountain chain.
C．There are deserts in the northern hemisphere.
D．The same animals and plants evolved at the same time in two different places.
D
Exchange a glance with someone, then look away. Do you realize that you have made a statement? Hold the glance for a second longer and you have made a different statement. Hold it for 3 seconds, and the meaning has changed again. For every social situation, there is a permissible time that you can hold a person’s gaze without being intimate, rude, or aggressive. If you are on an elevator, what gaze-time are you permitted? To answer this question, consider what you typically do. You very likely give other passengers a quick glance to size them up（打量）and to assure them that you mean no threat. Since being close to another person signals the possibility of interaction, you need to send out a signal telling others you want to be left alone. So you cut off eye contacts what sociologist Erving Goffiman（1963）calls “a dimming of the lights”. You look down at the floor, at the indicator lights, anywhere but into another passenger’s eyes. Should you break the rule against staring at a stranger on an elevator, you will make the other person extremely uncomfortable, and you are likely to feel a bit strange yourself.
If you hold eye contacts for more than 3 seconds, what are you telling another person? Much depends on the person and the situation. For instance, a man and a woman communicate interest in this manner. They typically gaze at each other for about 3 seconds at a time, and then drop their eyes down for 3 seconds, before letting their eyes meet again. But if one man gives another man a 3-second-plus stare, he signals, “I know you”. “I am interested in you.” or “You look peculiar and I am curious about you.” This type of stare often produces hostile feelings.
67．It can be inferred from the first paragraph that .
A．every glance has its significance(meaning or importance)
B．staring at a person is an expression of interest
C．a gaze longer than 3 seconds is unacceptable
D．a glance carries more meaning than words
68．If you want to be left alone on an elevator the best thing to do is .
A．to look into another passenger’s eyesB．to avoid eye contacts with other passengers
C．to signal you are not a threat to anyoneD．to keep a distance from other passengers
69．By “a dimming of the lights”, Erving Goffiman means .
A．closing one’s eyesB．turning off the lights
C．stopping glancing at othersD．reducing gaze-time to the minimum.
70．The passage mainly discusses .
A．the limitations of eye contacts B．the exchange of ideas through eye contacts
C．proper behavior in situations
D．the role of eye contacts in interpersonal communication
E
In Europe people hold the fork in the left hand and the knife in the right throughout the meal, a system that is generally agreed to be more efficient than the American zigzag（曲折的）method. Americans hold both the fork and the knife in their right hands throughout the meal, so they continually change their forks to the left hand when they have to cut their meat. It seems to be funny for the Europeans to see Americans busy changing their dinner sets, making a lot of noises. A few explanations for this American style are as follows:
(1)Americans are practical and efficient. Since most of us are right-handed, it is reasonable to keep our working tools at all times in the right hand that can use them most efficiently.
(2)Americans, the master of the New World are rebels（判逆者）. They use the zigzag method to break the rules in the Old World and in this way they are thumbing their nose at Mother England. Americans are a restless kind. They do not like to sit in one spot for very long
when dining.
(3)Forced to do so, they respond by “playing” with the silver.
Whatever the reason for the practice, it is now certainly as American as apple pie. Europeans recognize this and are quick to attack it as evidence of American innocence（无知）of form. Arguments against the zigzag method rest not only on grounds of efficiency but also on those of tradition. In Old World Dining, the knife is held in the right hand continually because it can serve as an instant defense against the uninvited intruders（入侵者）. However, such alertness（警觉）is out of place in the New World, as every American believes that this is the home of the brave. Americans juggle their silverware, perhaps, to show that they are not afraid and that one of them holding a fork is worth any number of them holding blades（刀）.
71．Americans use to hold their fork to pick up the salad.
A．the right handB．the left hand C．both handsD．either of the two hands
72．As the masters of the New World, Americans use a different cutting method from that in the
Old World to .
A．show their independence of Mother England B．show their disrespect to Mother England
C．add a new tradition to those in Mother England
D．show off their creativeness to Mother England
73．In the sentence, the word “juggle” probably means .
A．holdB．play withC．pick upD．lay down
74．Also in the last sentence, the two “them” refer to .
A．AmericansB．Europeans
C．Americans and Europeans separatelyD．Europeans and Americans separately
75．Which of the following statements is NOT true? .
A．European people hold the fork in the left hand and the knife in the right hand.
B．The zigzag eating method is related to American characteristics.
C．The Zigzag eating method has become an American feature.
D．European people will use the American method because of its efficiency.
阅读理解训练题（四十一）答案
56-60BDCAC 61-65BDCBC 66-70DABCD 71-75ABBCD
阅读理解训练题（四十二）
A
On Serangoon Road in Singapore , something interesting is happening : fast food with a difference . This street is surrounded by skyscrapers , modern shopping malls , and office buildings . It looks like a South Indian bazaar . It has Indian shops . In the Thosai café , food is served on banana leaves . And it also has an Indian vegetarian fast food restaurant called Komala’s . This restaurant is becoming as popular as McDonald’s .
Komala’s looks like an American fast food restaurant . It has plastic chairs and tables that are attached to the floor . There’s also a children’s playground in the restaurant . What makes it differents is its menu , which is all Indian and vegetarian .
It offers more choices of food than most fast food restaurants do . The menu is on the wall above the cashiers . The prices are low , and once the orders are taken and paid for , the customer is given a token to present to the food counter . The customer turns in the token and picks up the food .
The food is ready in about two minutes. If it’s for takeout , it is wrapped and put in a bag . If the customer eats in the restaurant , they eat from metal plates and cups , on a tray covered with paper . This paper shows pictures of the food that is available at Komala’s .
The menu offers more than ten kinds of thosai , steamed buns , and many other types of Indian foods . These come accompanied by curies and chutneys . There are also mini-meals for children , which include lassi , a sweetened yogurt drink , and ice cream .
On Sundays , a lot of Indian families come here for a vegetarian dinner after going to the nearby temple . Komala’s is air-conditioned , the seats are good , the service is very fast , and it’s very neat and clean . This isn’t true of other restaurants in the neighborhood .
“This is an amazing place,” says Sim Tang , a Chinese office worker who eats at Komala’s after work . “My Indian friends told me about it . I have come here ever since . I enjoy some thosai and tea .”
Komala’s is so popular , it may open in India , Australia , and Malaysia . More will open in Singapore soon . The restaurant owner says that when people eat at Komala’s , they feel like part of the international community .
56．It can be learned from the passage that fast food isn’t served in .
A．Thosai cafe B．Komala’s C．McDonald’s D．South Indian bazaar
57．Komala’s is quite different form other fast food restaurants because .
A．the food is all Indian and vegetarian B．it has a children’s playground
C．it has more choices of food D．the customer is given a token
58．What can you infer from the passage ?
A．People can enjoy the same food in other restaurants nearby .
B．Children probably like Komala’s very much .
C．Komala’s will open in Singapore soon .
D．On Sundays , many Indian families go to the nearby temple .
59．Which of the following could be the best title for the passage ?
A．Komala’s —Fast Food with a Difference . B．An Amazing Place .
C．More Choices for Food . D．Part of the International Community .
B
Sharon Suarez dreams of the day when she won’t have to carry groceries from her car to her house . That day has come . A growing number of people are shopping the aisles of grocery stores on the Internet .
“I’ve never done it , but it sounds great,” Ms. Suarez said . “It is so hot here in the summer . It’s also really cold in the winter . I would love to stay inside and have the groceries come to me .”
Of course , people already buy books , do their banking , and shop for gifts on the Internet . But when they need to shop for food , most still get in the car and go to the supermarket . In fact , fewer than 1 million people have bought groceries online . The average American visits a supermarket 2.2 times a week .
Part of the problem is obvious . Many shoppers want to see the food they buy . While they might buy a CD or a book without seeing it , most people don’t want to buy produce the same way . They also enjoy going to the supermarket . They like to walk in the aisles , and see what new items are available . Shoppers worry most about spoiled food , large delivery charges , and late deliveries . But , all this is slowly changing . Consumers are beginning to find that buying food online saves them time . And , they’re finding that delivery is fast , cheap , and the food is good .
“I wasn’t sure what to expect when I started ordering online,” said Michael Koklos . Mr .Koklos started shopping online when he had to work longer hours . “I never had time to shop . It is really easy and convenient to buy over the Internet . The vegetables are better than ones I would pick out myself ,” he added . “And I never have to find a parking space .”
While online shopping appeals to a certain group of the people , there will always be some who enjoy shopping for their own groceries .
Marti Lavalle , a shopper in a local grocery store , says she’ll never shop for groceries online . “I still don’t know how to use a computer,” she explained .
60．Ms. Suarez likes the idea of Internet grocery shopping because .
A．many others are shopping on the Internet B．it’s hot in the summer and cold in the winter
C．she has never done it before D．she needn’t carry the groceries by herself
61．Food shopping online is not as popular as other types of online shopping NOT because .
A．people want to see the food they buy B．people enjoy going to the supermarket
C．people have a lot of time to spend D．people like to walk in the aisles
62．What do people think will go wrong if they buy food on the Internet ?
A．They would spend a lot of money on delivery .B．They can not find out the new items .
C．The food is very expensive . D．They can’t pick out the things themselves .
63．If you , you can’t do shopping online .
A．can find a parking space B．know nothing about computer
C．have a lot of spare time D．have to work shorter hours
C
San Francisco is going to do what many other cities have already done—provide free bicycles to the public . The mayor of San Francisco supports the bicycle program . He wants to improve the terrible traffic problems in the city .
At first , 40 to 60 bikes will be available only to city workers . People will give their old bikes to the city to use in the program . If this program is successful , one day more than 1000 bicycles will be available . Everyone , not just city workers , will be able to use these bicycles .
People in Fresno, California already have a free bicycle program . In fact , this idea began in Amsterdam over 40years ago . These programs encourage citizens to get out of their cars and onto pollution-free bikes .
Fresno’s Yellow Bike Program puts about forty bicycles around the city . The bikes are painted bright yellow so people know they can take them . When people take a yellow bike , they can ride to work or to shopping areas ,and then leave the bike for the next rider .
Some people worry that the free bikes will be stolen . However , theft hasn’t been a problem in free-bike cities by now.
While most people think the bike program is a good idea , only a few say they will use it . “I will still drive my car,” says Joanna Greene . “San Francisco has a lot of hills . My office is at the top of Potrero Hill . I don’t think I’m in good shape . And , wouldn’t I have to carry a helmet with me all the time ?”
Phil Chung agrees , “ There is too much traffic . Riding a bicycle can be dangerous . There are not very many bike lanes.” He continues , “Plus , it’s too cold in the winter . And what if you ride a bike to work , and then there isn’t one to ride home ?”
Program leaders know there will be problems . But they think it’s worth trying . “It’s not the solution for everyone,” states Sylvia Pass . “But if just one hundred people use it every day , that’s one hundred cars that aren’t on the streets , one hundred parking spaces that aren’t used . I think it’s a great beginning .”
64．San Francisco provides bicycles to the public because .
A．there are many bikes available B．many people don’t have cars of their own
C．many other cities have already done so D．the traffic problems are terrible
65．The following statements are the disadvantages of free bike program in Sam Francisco except that .
A．free bikes will be stolen B．San Francisco is not flat at all
C．riding a bike is not safe enough D．it will be too cold in the winter
66．What does “I’m in good shape” in the sixth paragraph mean ?
A．I’m beautiful .B．I’m healthy and strong .
C．I have a good figure .D．I’m heavy and strong .
67．The program leaders think the program is worth trying NOT because .
A．there will be more problems B．they can’t solve problems for everyone
C．there will be less cars on the streets anyway D．there will be more parking spaces
D
The phones , the caffeine , the boss , dinging faxes , deadlines , doubling up for laid-off colleagues , fear of being fired yourself—eek , pretty soon your body is a clenched fist and you haven’t stood up from the desk in hours .
You need to relax . But who can remember to —and who has time ? You do ! It only takes five minutes .
Scientists say the opposite of the stress response is the relaxation response . They suggest a quick mantra meditation（快速入静疗法）when you feel yourself breathing shallowly and tensing up .
“There are two things to remember about this,” scientists say . “First , repetition is the key , and second , when you feel other thoughts coming —and they will—you must let them pass by and not deal with them .”
Here’s what you do : At your desk , close your eyes , consciously relax your muscles , breathe in and out slowly ,say a meaningful word , for example love .
Breathe in , say the word silently while breathing out . When thoughts come ,let them drift past . Do this for three or four minutes , open your eyes , and get back to work . Scientists recommend doing this each morning before breakfast , too , for more than ten minutes , but less than twenty minutes . This will set the practice in your mind , so when you need it at work , it will produce relief almost immediately .
Scientists have another way of causing the body to unclench itself. And that’s by making it even more stressed ! Run up a flight of stairs . Put demands on your body —this will cause the same pathways in the brain and nervous system as stress does and fool the body into thinking it needs to go into recovery . Scientists even suggest dropping down in your room and doing ten pushups（俯卧撑）quickly .
According to scientists , you can relax your body by muscle group . Tense your facial muscles for five seconds , then relax . Then neck and shoulders . Work your way down . Shaking your arms and legs like a wet dog is also recommended.
68．Which of the following states is true according to the passage ?
A．You must avoid other thoughts’ coming when you are in a quick mantra meditation .
B．You have to remember the practice in case you need it at work .
C．Running up a flight of stairs will make you even more tired .
D．Doing ten pushups will let you drop down .
69．Which of the following best explains the meaning of the sentence “Work your way down.” as it is used in the passage ?
A．Stop your work . B．Go on with your work . C．Then relax again .
D．Go on with the practice from upper parts of your body to lower parts .
70．How many ways do the scientists give you for relaxation according to the passage ?
A．Two .B．Three.C．Four .D．Five .
71．What is mainly discussed in the passage ?
A．Ways to relax in a hurry .B．You need to relax .
C．Ways to be healthy .D．Scientists’ suggestions .
E
Bulls and humans alike slipped and slid on the cobblestone streets , but the first of Pamplona’s yearly runs with the bulls was largely injury free as thousands of daredevils rushed with the half-ton animals .
Some runners , sounding disappointed , said they’d seek out greater danger in coming days as the wildly popular , centuries-old San Fermin festival serves up six more runs this week .
“It was a bit fearful, to be honest . Nowhere near as scary as in the books ,” said Johnny , 26, from New Zealand , here for the first time after reading about San Fermin on a Website .
“Tomorrow we’re gong to try and run a bit closer to the bulls and get a bit more excited,” added his friend ,Richard ,26, holding the day’s first beer .
The streets were slightly wet with morning dew as six fighting bulls and six steers (小公牛)dashed from a corral along the 900-yard course through the city’s old quarter to the bull ring .
No one was gored （拱、戳）, although four people who were trampled were hospitalized for treatment of head , chest , rib or leg injuries . None was seriously hurt .
The steers are meant to keep the bulls more or less in a group—a frightened , isolated bull is very dangerous —and that’s pretty much what happened Monday .
At two sharp turns , several bulls slipped and went down heavily , and two bulls were separated from the pack . And a minor pileup of fallen runners formed at the tunnel leading into the bull ring . Bulls jumped and stepped over the runners .
Thousands of people watching in the street and from balconies shouted as the bulls rumbled (发隆隆声)through the city’s old quarter , taking just over two and a half minutes to cover course .
The fiesta , famous for its all-night street parties , dates back to the late 16th century but gained world fame from Ernest Hemingway’s 1926 novel The Sun Also Rises .
Tens of thousands from all over the world have been pouring into Pamplona for the yearly festival ever since .
72．In the first of Pamplona’s yearly runs , some runners .
A．were injured badly B．sought out greater danger
C．rushed with bulls D．read about San Fermin on a Website
73．What Johnny said means the first run of the bulls .
A．was not as fearful as in the books B．was a bit more fearful than in the books
C．was terribly scary D．was as scary as in the books
74．Six steers were freed from the corral because .
A．the streets were a little bit wet B．there are six bulls
C．the 900-yard course is through the city’s old quarter
D．they might keep the bulls in a group
75．The Pamplona’s yearly festival became world famous because .
A．there are all-night street parties
B．Ernest Hemingway wrote the novel The Sun Also Rises
C．many people from all over the world go to Pamplona
D．bulls jumped or stepped over the runners
阅读理解训练题（四十二）答案
56-60DABAD 61-65CABDA 66-70BABDB 71-75ACADB
阅读理解训练题（四十三）
A
The first jazz musicians played in New Orleans during the early 1900’s. After 1917, many of the New Orleans musicians moved to the south side of Chicago, where they continued to play their style of Jazz. Soon Chicage was the new center for jazz.
Several out standing musicians appeared as leading jazz artists in Chicago. Daniel Louis “Satchmo” Armstrong, born in New Orleans in 1900, was one. Another leading musician was Joseph “King” Oliver, who was also believed with having discovered Armstrong when they were both in New Orleans. While in Chicago, Oliver asked Armstrong, who was in New Orleans, to join his band.
In 1923 King Oliver’ Creole Jazz Band made the first important set of recordings by a Black band in the history of jazz. The Red Hot Peppers band led by Jelly Roll Morton and the Hot Five and Hot Seven Bands under Louis Armstrong also made recordings of special note.
Although Chicago’s South side was the main jazz center, some musicians in New York were also demanding attention in jazz circles. In 1923 Fletcer Henderson already had a ten-piece band that played jazz. During the early 1930’s, the number of players grew to sixteen, Henderson’s band was considered a leader in what some people have called the Big Band Era.
By the 1930’s, big dance bands were the rage. Large numbers of people went to ballrooms to dance to jazz music played by big bands.
One of the most popular and long a very famous jazz band was the Duke Ellington Band. Edward “Duke” Ellington was born in Washton, D.C, in 1899 and died in New York City in 1974. He studied the piano as a young boy and later began writing original musical compositions.
The first of Ellington’s European tours came in 1933. He soon received international fame for his talent as a band leader, composer, and arranger. Ten years later, Ellington began giving annual concerts at Carnegie Hall in New York City. People began to listen to jazz in the same way that they had always listened to classical music.
56．What is the main purpose of the passage?
A．To compare jazz to other types of music. B．To criticize jazz musicians and their music.
C．To describe the careers of important jazz musicians in the 1930’s.
D．To trace the development of jazz in the United States.
57．It can be inferred from the passage that Louis Armstrong went to Chicago for which of the following reasons? A．to form his own band. B．To learn to play Chicago-style jazz.
C．To play in Joseph Oliver’s band. D．To make recordings with the Hot Five.
58．According to the passage, which of the following Black bands was the first to make a significant set of jazz recordings?
A．The hot Sevsn band.B．Fletcher Henderson’s band.
C．The red hot Peppers band.D．King Oliver’s Creole Jazz Band.
59．The passage supports which of the following conclusions?
A．By the 1930’s jazz was appreciated by a wide audience.
B．Classical music had a great hit on jazz.
C．Jazz was born in New Orleans in the early 19th century.
D．Jazz bands were better known in Europe than in the United States.
61．Which of the following cities is NOT mentioned in the passage as a center of Jazz?
A．New YorkB．Washton, D. CC．ChicagoD．New Orleans
B
A new project is being set up to discover the best ways of sorting and separating rubbish. When this project is completed, rubbish will be processed(处理) like this: First, it will pass through sharp metal spikes(尖状物) which will tear open the plastic bags in which rubbish is usually packed; then it will pass through a powerful fan to separate the lightest elements from the heavy solids; after that crushers and rollers will break up everything that can be broken. Finally, the rubbish will pass under magnets(磁铁) which will remove the bits of iron and steel; the rubber and plastic will be then sorted out in the final stage.
The first full- scale giant recycling plants are, perhaps, years away. But in some big industrial areas, where rubbish has been dumped for so long that there are no holes to fill up with rubbish, these new automatic recycling plants may be built sooner. Indeed, with the growing cost of transporting rubbish to more distant dumps, some big cities will be forced to build their own recycling plants before long.
61．Crushers and rollers are used to __________-
A．remove the sharp metal objectsB．reduce items to small pieces
C．separate the light elementsD．tear open the plastic bags
62．Among the problems big cities are facing, the basic one is that ________.
A．there are too many holes B．there is a labor shortage
C．moving rubbish to faraway dumps is too costly
D．finding a new way for recycling is difficult
C
Every animal is a living radiator(散热器)－heat formed in its cells is given off through its skin. Warm-blooded animals maintain a steady temperature by constantly replacing lost surface heat; smaller animals, which have more skin for every ounce of body weight, must produce heat faster than bigger ones. Because smaller animals burn fuel faster, scientists say that they live faster.
The speed at which an animal lives is determined by measuring the rate at which it uses oxygen. A chicken, for example, uses one-half cubic centimeter of oxygen every hour for each gram it weighs. The tiny shrew uses four cubic centimeters of oxygen every hour for each gram it weighs. Because it uses oxygen eight times as fast, it is said that the mouselike shrew is living eight times as fast as the chicken. The smallest of the warm-blooded creatures, the hummingbird, lives a hundred times as fast as an elephant.
There is a limit to how small a warm-blooded animal can be. A mammal or bird that weighted only two and a half grams would starve to death. It would burn up its food too rapidly and would not be able to eat fast enough to supply more fuel.
63．Warm-blooded animals maintain a steady temperature by ________.
A．regulating the amount of heat produced B．storing heat in their body cells
C．controlling the amount of heat given off D．constantly replacing lost surface heat
64．The speed at which an animal lives is determined by measuring __________.
A．the amount of food it eats B．the rate at which it uses oxygen
C．the amount of oxygen it usesD．its body temperature
65．The amount of oxygen an animal uses depends on _________.
A．its body weightB．the food it eats
C．its general size and shapeD．the length of time it lives
66．Form the selection, we can infer that __________.
A．the hummingbird lives faster than any other warm-blooded creature
B．there is no limit as to how large a warm-blooded animal can be.
C．small animals have less skin for their body weight than large ones .
D．the hummingbird is the smallest animal in the world.
D
Children have their own rules in playing games. They seldom need a referee(裁判) and rarely trouble to keep scores. They don’t care much about who wins or loses, and it doesn’t seem to worry them if the game is not finished. Yet, they like games that depend a lot on luck, so that their personal abilities cannot be directly compared. They also enjoy games that move in stages, in which each stage, the choosing of leaders, the picking-up of sides, or the determining of which side shall start, is a game in itself.
Grown-ups can hardly find children’s games exciting, and they often feel puzzled at why their kids play such simple games again and again. However, it is found that a child plays games for very important reasons. He can be a good player without having to think whether he is a popular person, and he can find himself being a useful partner to someone of whom he is ordinarily afraid. He becomes a leader when it comes to his turn. He can be confident, too, in particular games, that it is his place to give orders, to pretend to be dead, to throw a ball actually at someone, or to kiss some one he has caught.
It appears to us that when children play a game they imagine a situation under their control. Everyone knows the rules, and, more importantly, everyone plays according to the rules. Those rules may be childish, but they make sure that every child has a chance to win.
67．What is true about children when they play games?
A．They can stop playing at any time they like. B．They can test their personal abilities.
C．They want to pick a better team. D．They don’t need rules.
68．To become a leader in a game the child has to __________.
A．play wellB．wait for his turn
C．be confident in himselfD．be popular among his playmates
69．What do we know about grown-ups?
A．They are not interested in games. B．They find children’s games easy.
C．They don’t need a reason to play games. D．They don’t understand children’s games.
70．Why does a child like playing games?
A．Because he can be someone other than himself.
B．Because he can become popular among friends.
C．Because he finds he is always lucky in games.
D．Because he likes the place where he places a game.
71．The writer believes that _________.
A．children should make better rules for their games
B．children should invite grown-ups to play with them
C．children’s games can do them a lot of good D．children play games without reasons
E
After the age of sixteen, the number of brain cells begins to decrease at a speed of several million a year. They simply die off. We know that in certain types of activity, the human brain is at its peak(高峰) in the early twenties, when it has collected enough information to be able to use the vast number of cells freely in the most effective way. Pure mathematics is one of the fields in which this happens, and we know that Albert Einstein made all his world-shaking discoveries between the age of about 20 and 25, and spent the rest of his life tidying them up and arranging them.
But in certain other types of activity (of which being an author is perhaps one) experience is more important than sharpness of brain, and there one usually finds that a person reaches his or her peak much later in life.
Besides sharpness of brain and experience, here is another thing that is very important; and that is wisdom; one can have a very quick, inventive brain and plenty of experience, but if one uses these foolishly, one harms both oneself and others. Wisdom does not always come with age－there are plenty of foolish middle－aged people about－but the average person tends to learn wisdom as he gets older, usually by making painful of embarrassing mistakes.
Leaning to be wise is basically learning what is not possible; and what is possible but so difficult that it is not worth all the trouble one has to go through go get there. Mostly, it is learning about human nature; how real people behave and react, as against how one would like them to behave and react. One can read and hear lot of idealistic stuff(空想的东西) about how to make the world a better place, which would be found if it was based on an accurate (准确) observation of human nature, but which is basically a waste of time because it is not.
72．According to the writer, the great discoveries made by Albert Einstein were mainly a result in __________. A．years of hard work B．sharpness of the brain
C．rich experienceD．his deep understanding of the nuture
73．Some people achieve success much later in life because ______.
A.their work often requires much experience
B．they do not have a chance to show their talent
C．they have to learn lessons from failures
D．they fail to realize earlier the importance of hard work
74．The importance of wisdom lies in the fact that __________.
A．it helps to avoid various mistakes B．it contributes to one’s creativity
C．it encourages one to go forward in face of difficulty
D．it provides the right direction of efforts
75．The writer came to believe that ________.
A．it is always a waste of time to make plans about the future
B．it is human nature to make attempts on what looks impossible
C．one should always challenge the impossible to push the society forward
D．one has to use wisdom in deciding what is the best thing to do
阅读理解训练题（四十三）答案
56-60DCDAB 61-65BCDBA 66-70AABBA 71-75CBADD
阅读理解训练题（四十四）
A
When he took office, George W. Bush, son of former president George Herbert Walker Bush, became the first son to follow his father into the White House since John Quincy Adams followed John Adams in the early 19th century.
Bush was born on July 6, 1946, in New Haven, Connecticut, the first child of George Herbert Walker Bush and Barbara Pierce Bush. Although George Herbert Walker Bush began his career in the oil industry, he finally served as a congressman（国会议员）,and vice（副的）president and president of the United States.
At the age of two, Bush moved with his parents from Connecticut to Odessa, Texas, where his father took up the oil business. After a year in Texas, the family moved to California for business reasons. A year later, the family returned to Texas and settled in Midland, where Bush lived from 1950 to 1959.
In 1959, again for business reasons, the family moved to Houston, Texas. In 1961 Bush left Texas and went to Andover, Massachusetts, to attend Phillips Academy, a boarding（寄宿）school that his father had also attended.
At Phillips, Bush played basketball, baseball, and football. He was best known for being head cheerleader. In 1964 he enrolled at Yale University in Connecticut; his father and grandfather had also attended Yale. At Yale, Bush was considered an average student, but he was popular with his classmates.
Bush graduated from Yale with a bachelor’s degree in history in 1968. Then he joined the Air National Guard and remained in the Guard until 1973. After earning his MBA form Harvard in 1975, Bush returned to Midland. Like his father, he first entered the oil industry as a “landsman”.
However, Bush’s oil companies never enjoyed great success. He took more interest in politics. He helped his father to become president and in 1994 he himself was elected governor of Texas.
In the summer of 1999, Bush began to run for the president of the USA and on January 20,2001, George W. Bush, hand raised, took the oath（宣誓）of office to become the 43rd president of the US.
56．What does the writer intend to tell us in the first paragraph?
A．George W. Bush is the first son in American history to follow his father into the White House.
B．George W. Bush is the first son of former president George Herbert Walker Bush.
C．John Quincy Adams and his father were both former American presidents.
D．George W. Bush is the second one in American history to follow his father into the White House.
57．We may learn from the text that young Bush .
A.got on very well at the universities B．was very good at basketball, baseball and football
C．did everything as his father had done D．is a very successful politician like his father
58．From the year when Bush was two to the year 1959, the Bush family moved in all.
A．three timesB．four timesC．five timesD．six times
59．Which of the following is NOT true about George W. Bush?
A．Young Bush lived with his family in Texas from 1948 to 1961.
B．He once studied at a university that his father and grandfather had also attended.
C．He once ruled over an American state before he entered the White House.
D．He once served at the Air National Guard for about five years.
B
60．“The Bay Motel”is most probably .
A．a hotel specially for traveling motorists
B．a traditional hotel that is near to a beautiful bay
C．a nice hotel that provides everything the customers need
D．a large hotel that provides the best service but charges the least
61．It can be learned from the two advertisem*nts that .
A．aged travelers will usually choose the Welcome Inn
B．guests in the Bay Motel only pay a little for parking
C．wise travelers always put up at the Welcome Inn
D．guests in the Welcome Inn can have food or drinks in their rooms
62．The most possible reason why the Bay Motel is cheaper than the Welcome Inn is that .
A．it has been open for only a few yearsB．it is not in the center of the city
C．it has a parking placeD．it has more rooms
C
On hearing the words“Just do it!”, you will know there is a Nike product nearby. If it’s “Always Coca-Cola”, you can be sure someone wants to sell you a refreshing drink.
An advertising slogan is to a brand what eyes are to a person. The slogan helps people understand the brand better by telling them what it wants to sell to its customers. Good slogans leave a message inside people’s minds. It’s almost certain that every brand has a popular slogan.
Here are a few examples:
“Just do it!”—This slogan speaks out to teens. It tells them to do something, but only if they think it’s worth it. And if so, why not do it wearing Nike?
“Always Coca-Cola.”—co*ke’s slogans change every few years, but this one has enjoyed a lasting popularity because it shows the brand’s spirit. It seems to say“co*ke is the only drink there is; there are no other forms of drinks.”
“Share moments, share life.”—This slogan from Kodak connects photos and beauty. It asks people to remember the happy moments in life by taking photos of them —using Kodak film of course!
63．What would be the best title for the text?
A．Just Do It!B．Slogan And Brand
C．Famous SlogansD．What Is A Good Slogan?
64．Which of the following can best explain the underlined sentence（paragraph 2）?
A．A good advertising slogan should draw people’s attention.
B．A brand should have an advertising slogan just as people have eyes.
C．An advertising slogan is as important to a brand as eyes are to a person.
D．An advertising slogan acts as the eyes of a brand.
65．The word “them” in the last paragraph refers to .
A．peopleB．the happy moments C．photos and beautyD．Kodak films
66．Which of the following tables can best match the slogans with their brands?
A B
Slogan
Brand
Slogan
Brand
Obey your thirst.
Volkswagen
Obey your thirst.
Canon
If anyone can, Canon can.
Eastern Airlines
If anyone can, Canon can.
Volkswagen
The wings of man.
Casio Watches
The wings of man.
Eastern Airlines
Drivers wanted.
jobworld.co.uk.
Drivers wanted.
Casio Watches
Technology for life.
Sprite
Technology for life.
jobworld.co.uk
Download a better future.
Canon
Download a better future
Sprite
C D
Slogan
Brand
Slogan
Brand
Obey your thirst.
Casio Watches
Obey your thirst.
Sprite
If anyone can, Canon can.
Canon
If anyone can, Canon can.
Canon
The wings of man.
Eastern Airlines
The wings of man.
Eastern Airlines
Drivers wanted.
Sprite
Drivers wanted.
Volkswagen
Technology for life.
jobworld.co.uk
Technology for life.
Casio Watches
Download a better future.
Volkswagen
Download a better future
jobworld.co.uk
D
London Thursday July 26（Reuters）—Ian Johnstone missed his girlfriend so much that he flew back to Britain from Australia to propose to her. The problem is that she flew in the opposite direction.
He and Amy Dolby even managed to miss each other when they sat in the same airport waiting-room in Singapore at the same time to wait for connecting flights.
Dolby, heartbroken when she arrived at Johnstone’s Sydney apartment to find he had flown to London, told the Times: “It was as though someone was playing a cruel joke on us. He is the most romantic person I have ever known. I think our problem is that we are both quite impulsive（冲动的）people. We are always trying to surprise each other.”
After an 11,000-mile flight across the globe, she was greeted by Johnstone’s astonished flat mate asking what she was doing there.
“The terrible truth dawned when I found that Ian’s rucksack and most of his clothes were missing. I sat on the end of his bed and cried my eyes out. And that really annoyed me,” she said.
Johnstone, a 27—year—old bricklayer, had taken a year off to travel round Australia. But he was missing Dolby, a 26—year—old secretary, so much he got a job on a Sydney building site and started saving for a surprise.
He then flew home to Britain and went to her apartment armed with an engagement ring, champagne and flowers.
“I really missed Amy and I’d been thinking about her all the time. I thought she was winding me up when she phoned me from Australia,”he said.
Johnstone then asked Dolby to marry him on the phone. “I didn’t know whether to laugh or cry but I accepted, ”she said.
Dolby was given a short tour of Sydney by Johnstone’s friends and Johnstone had to stay in Britain for two weeks because he could not change his ticket.
67．It can be learned from the text that .
A．Johnstone got a job in Sydney so that he could start saving money for a surprise to Dolby
B．Dolby was heartbroken because someone was playing a cruel joke on her
C．Dolby was greeted by Johnstone’s flat mate at the airport.
D．Dolby was not so impulsive as Johnstone
68．According to the text, it seemed that .
A．Johnstone and Dolby could have seen each other in the same airport waiting-room in Singapore.
B．the couple pretended not to see each other in the same airport waiting-room in Singapore
C．the young lovestruck couple had both intended to propose to each other
D．Dolby stayed longer in Sydney than Johnstone stayed in Britain
69．When Johnstone asked her to marry him on the phone, Dolby didn’t know whether to laugh or cry because she had a mixed feeling of .
A．love, hatred and nervousnessB．excitement, anger and shyness
C．cheer, regret and annoyanceD．happiness, surprise and sadness
70．Which of the following shows the right order of what happened in the story?
a．Johnstone flew back to Britain to propose to his girlfriend, Amy Dolby.
b．Johnstone started working at a Sydney building site.
c．Johnstone went to Amy’s apartment in Britain with an engagement ring.
d．Johnstone proposed to Dolby over the phone.
e．They were waiting for their connecting flight in the airport lounge in Singapore.
f．Dolby called Johnstone from Australia.
E
The group of tourists walking through Stockholm’s old street never knew what hit them. As they admired Swedish art works in a storefront window, one of their mobile phones chirped（唧唧叫）with an anonymous（匿名的）note:“Try the blue sweaters. They keep you warm in the winter.”
The tourist had just been“bluejacked”—secretly sent a text message using short-range wireless technology called Bluetooth.
The more people get Bluetooth-enabled mobile phones—both sender and receiver need them for this to work—the more there is likely to be mischievous（恶作剧的）messaging.
Websites are already offering tips on bluejacking, and collections of astonished reactions quickly turn up on the Internet. One site, www, bluejackq. com, was set up by a British teenager.
“I bluejacked three or four people,” says 13-year-old Ellie in UK, who runs the site and makes
bluejacking a daily affair. Bluetooth has a range of about nine metres. Ellie used it to send a note
to a man in a cafe asking how his coffee was and saying that she liked his wife’s glasses.
Ellie says he looked here and there to try to figure out where the message came from, even
sending text messages back and forth with his wife, but to no avail.
Bluetooth is fast becoming more common on new mobile phones, though Forrester Research
says at present only 9 per cent of phones in Europe have such a fun_ction.
The technology is handy for people wanting to use wireless headsets with their phones or for
sending data by phone to Bluetooth-enabled printers.
When Bluetooth is activated（激活）, it seeks out other equipped mobile phones by itself and
sets up a link. Bluetooth phones can be set to block anonymous messaging, but people who carry
them don’t necessarily know that.
71．What is mainly discussed in the text?
A．The meaning of the word“bluejack”B．The technology called Bluetooth
C．Anonymous messagesD．Tips on bluejacking.
72．When a tourist was“bluejacked”,he or she might .
A．receive an anonymous and often mischievous message
B．send others a text message using short-range wireless technology called Bluetooth
C．be persuaded to buy a blue sweater
D．get a Bluetooth-enabled mobile phone
73．We may learn from the text that .
A．with Bluetooth-enabled mobile phones people can send anonymous notes to friends far
away
B．13-year-old Ellie makes bluejacking to earn some money by advertising
C．not many people in Europe now carry Bluetooth mobile phones
D．It’s not easy for activated Bluetooth to set up a link with other equipped mobile phones
74．People often receive anonymous messages though they don’t want to because .
A．Without a replyB．Of no use.
C．No problem.D．No signal.
75．People often receive anonymous messages though they don’t want to because .
A．many of them probably don’t know how to block such messages
B．it’s not necessary for people to know how to block such messages
C．their phones are not able to block anonymous messaging
D．it’s just impossible for people to reject any messages
阅读理解训练题（四十四）答案
56-60DDBAA 61-65DBBCB 66-70DAACC 71-75BACBA
阅读理解训练题（四十五）
A
Our boat floated on , between walls of forest too thick to allow us a view of the land we were passing through , though we knew from the map that our river must from time to time be passing through chains of hills which crossed the jungle plains . Nowhere did we find a place where we could have landed: where the jungle did not actually spread right down into the river , banks of soft mud prevented us going ashore . In any case , what would we have sailed by landing ? The country was full of snakes and other dangerous creatures , and the jungle so thick that one would be able to move forward only slowly , cutting one’s way with knives the whole way . So we stayed in the boat , hoping that when we reached the sea , a friendly fisherman would pick us up and take us to civilization .
We lived on fish , caught with a home-made net of string (we had no hooks ), and fruits and nuts we could pick up out of the water . As we had no fire , we had to eat everything , including the fish ,raw . I had never tasted raw fish before , and I must say I did not much enjoy the experience: perhaps sea fish , which do not live in the mud , are less tasteless . After eating my raw fish , I lay back and dreamed of such things as fried chicken and rice ,and ice-cream . In the never-ending damp heat of the jungle , ice-cream was a particularly frequent dream .
As for water , there was a choice ; we could drink the muddy river water , or die of thirst . We drank the water . Men who have just escaped what had appeared to be certain death lose all worries about such small things as diseases caused by dirty water . In fact , none of us suffered from any illness as a result .
One day we passed another village , but fortunately nobody saw us . We did not wish to risk being taken prisoners a second time : we might not be so lucky to escape in a stolen boat again .
56．What they could see in the boat was only .
A．high walls B．villages from time to time C．vast land D．heavy woods
57．They couldn’t land because .
A．the mud on the shore was too soft B．the forest was too thick to let them go through
C．they could not find the mark on the map D．they could not find anyone
58．The passage implies（暗示）that the forest was .
A．rich of fruits and fish to be served as food
B．not very thick as they could advance slowly by cutting the branches
C．full of various dangerous beings D．full of ancient tress
59．The best title for this passage might be .
A．Escape B．Exploration of A River
C．How to Live on A Boat D．A New Experience
B
Amy Tan , the American-born daughter of Chinese immigrants , received the Commonwealth Club Gold Award in 1989 for her first work of fiction , the best selling Joy Luck Club . The sixteen stories that make up the work alternate（交替）the tales of four Chinese immigrant mothers and their Americanized daughters , in an exploration of the generational and cultural tensions （紧张关系）experienced by many first-generation daughters of immigrants .
Tan’s parents , like many immigrants , had high expectations for their children and often set puzzling standards , expecting Amy and her two brothers to think like Chinese but to speak perfect English , be excellent at school work , and take advantage of every situation that might lead to success . Tan , however , rebelled （反叛）against her parents’ expectations and devoted herself to being thoroughly American and dreaming of being a fiction writer .
Tan got a bachelor’s degree in English and linguistics（语言学）and a master’s degree in linguistics and established herself as a highly successful business writer . Tan , however , was not satisfied in spite of her material success . Turning to her life long dream , she wrote her first short story , “ Endgame,” and then a second , “Waiting between the trees .” In 1987 Tan visited her half-sisters in China with her mother , a trip that proved to be a turning point in her life and career . Tan felt a sense of completeness , a tie with the country and its culture that she had never expected . Returning from China , Tan was surprised to learn that on the strength of her short stories she had received an advance from a publisher . Tan closed her business and wrote the remaining stories for the Joy Luck Club . It was a great success , well received by the public and appearing on the New York Times bestseller list . It has been translated into seventeen languages , including Chinese , and was made into a movie in 1993 .
60．What is the writer’s main purpose in this passage ?
A．To analyze（分析）Amy Tan’s works
B．To support Amy Tan’s decision to become a fiction writer
C．To present Amy Tan’s personal information
D．To criticize Amy Tan’s rebellion against her parents
61．According to the passage , Amy Tan’s visit to China .
A．was disappointing B．had a great pushing effect on her
C．was not surprising in the least D．was a trip she had always dreamed of taking
62．The underlined words “the work” in paragraph 1 refer to .
A．stories B．writing
C．Commonwealth Club Gold Award D．Joy Luck Club
63．It can be concluded from this passage that .
A．parents don’t know how to educate their children
B．Tan did not use personal experience in her writing
C．Tan made the right decision when she closed her business
D．Tan thinks and lives more in a American way than in Chinese .
C
FIRE INSTRUCTIONS
THE PERSON DISCOVERING A FIRE WILL :
1)OPERATE THE NEAREST FIRE ALARM .(This will cause the Alarm Bells to ring , and also send a signal to the telephone switchboard operator who will immediately call the Fire Brigade ).
2)ATTACK THE TIRE WITH THE AVAILABLE(可得到的)EQUIPMENT, IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO .
FIRE ALARMBELLS
The Fire Alarm Bells will ring either in the area of A Block (working shops and Administration（行政的）Offices ) or in the area of B Block (Teaching ) and C Block (Sports Hall). Those in the area where the Alarm Bells are ringing should take action as indicated （指示）below . Others should continue with their work .
ON HEARING YOUR FIRE ALARM :
1. Those in class : will go to the Assembly（集合）Area under instructions given by the teacher.
2. Those elsewhere : will go to the Assemble Area by the most sensible route , and stay near the Head of their department .
ASSEMBLY AREA :
The Assembly Area is the playing field which is south of the Sports Hall . Here names will be checked .
PROCEDURE（步骤）
1. Move quickly .
2. Do NOT stop to collect your personal belongings .
3. Do NOT attempt to pass others on your way to the Assembly Area .
4. Do NOT use the lift .
FIRE ALARMS
Fire Alarms are situated as fallows :
1. Administrative Block
At the reception desks : at the east end of the connecting corridor（走郎）; outside the kitchen door; back of the stage in the main Hall
2. Teaching Blocks
At the bottom of each stairways and on each landing .
3. Workshops
Outside the Machines Shop No1; Engineering Machine Shop No2 .
4. Sports Hall
Inside the entrance lobby（门廊）.
64．This passage gives advice on fire safety for .
A．people using a new kind of equipment B．workers in engineering factory
C．young children at school D．students at college
65．Every one in the block where the fire bells has rung must gather together .
A．in another block B．in the administration
C．in one of the playing fields D．in the sports hall
66．Imagine that you are a teacher , what is your first duty in case of a fire ?
A．to check the names of your students from the list
B．to lead your students out of the building
C．to get detailed（细节的）instructions from your Head of Department
D．to patrol （巡查）the stairways and landings
67．When a person discovers a fire , what is the first thing he should do ?
A．attempt to put it out B．telephone switchboard operator .
C．start the alarm bells D．contact（取得联系）the fire brigade
D
People can be addicted to different things , e . g., alcohol , drugs , certain foods , or even television. People who have such an addiction are compulsive （难以抑制的）; i . e. , they have a very powerful psychological need that they feel they must satisfy . According to psychologists , many people are compulsive spenders : they feel that they must spend money . This compulsion , like most others , is irrational—impossible to explain reasonably . For compulsive spenders who buy on credit , charge accounts （按月付款）are even more exciting than money . In other words , compulsive spenders feel that with credit , they can do anything . Their pleasure in spending enormous amounts is actually greater than the pleasure that they get from the things they buy .
There is even a special psychology of bargain hunting . To save money , of course , most people look for sales , low prices , and discounts . Compulsive bargain hunters , however , often buy things that they don’t need just because they are cheap . They want to believe that they are helping their budgets ，（预算）, but they feel that they are winning . Most people, experts claim , have two reasons for their behavior : a good reason for the things that they do and the real reason .
It is not only scientists , of course , who understand the psychology of spending habits , but also business-people . Stores , companies and advertisers use psychology to increase business: they consider people’s need for love , power , or influence , their basic values , their beliefs and opinions , and so on in their advertising and sales methods .
Psychologists often use a method called “behavior therapy” to help individuals solve their personality problems . In the same way , they can help people who feel that they have problems with money .
68．According to psychologists , a compulsive spender is one who spends large amounts of money .
A．and takes great pleasure from what he or she buys
B．in order to satisfy his or her basic needs in life
C．just to meet his or her strong psychological need
D．entirely with an irrational eagerness
69．According to the writer , compulsive bargain hunters are often in search of the lowest possible prices .
A．because they want to save money to help their budgets
B．because they can openly boast of their victory over others in getting things for less money
C．and will not have money problems if they can keep to their budget
D．but they seldom admit they feel satisfied if they can’t get things for less money than others
70．The passage is mainly talking about .
A．the psychology of money-spending habits
B．the purchasing habits of compulsive spenders
C．a special psychology of bargain hunting
D．the use of the psychology of spending habits in business
71．From the passage we may safely conclude that compulsive spenders or compulsive bargain hunters __________.
A．are really unreasonable B．need special treatment
C．can’t be cured D．can never get any help to solve their problems with money
E
The most noticeable trend among today’s media companies is vertical integration(融合), an attempt to control several related aspects of the media business at once, each part helping the other. Besides publishing magazines and books, Time Warner, for example, owns Home Box Office (HBO), Warner movie studios, various cable TV systems throughout the United States and CNN as well. The Japanese company Matsush*ta own MCA Records and Universal Studios and manufactures broadcast production equipment.
To describe the financial status of today’s media is also to talk about acquisitions(获得). The media are buying and selling each other in unprecedented(史无前例的) numbers and forming media groups to position themselves in the market place to maintain and increase their profits. In 1986, the first time a broadcast network had been sold, two networks were sold that year, ABC and NBC.
Media acquisitions have increased sharply since 1980 for two reasons. The first is that most big corporations today are publicly traded companies, which means that their stock is traded on one of the nation’s stock exchanges. This makes acquisitions relatively easy.
A media company that wants to buy a publicly owned company can buy that company’s stock when the stock becomes available. The open availability of stock in these companies means that anybody with enough money can invest in the American media industries, which is exactly how Rupert Murdoch joined the media business.
The second reason for the increase in media alliances is that beginning in 1980, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) gradually removed the regulations from the broadcast media. Before 1980, for example, the FCC allowed one company to own only five TV stations, five AM radio stations, and five FM radio stations; companies also were required to hold onto a station for three years before the station could be sold. The post-1980 FCC got rid of the three-year rule and raised the number of broadcast holdings allowed for one owner. This trend of media acquisitions is continuing throughout the 1990s, as changing technology expands the market for media products.
The issue of media ownership is important. If only a few corporations direct the media industries in this country, the outlets for differing political viewpoints and creative ideas could be limited.
72．Which of the following is true of the media?
A．They used to sell and buy each other in great numbers.
B．They are trading each other in great numbers today.
C．They used to be controlled by two networks ABC and NBC.
D．They have stopped the trend of acquisitions in the 1990s.
73．According to the passage, what makes acquisitions easier?
A．The changing technology employed by the media.
B．The media’s increasing profits in the marketplace.
C．The ever tougher regulations of the FCC on the media since 1980.
D．The availability of the media’s stocks on stock exchanges.
74．What is the FCC’s new policy regarding media alliances ( )?
A．It allows companies to sell their stocks publicly.
B．It doesn’t allow companies to sell their stock publicly.
C．It permits one company to own more media businesses at the same time.
D．It has got rid of all post-1980 companies.
75．The issue of media ownership is important because __________.
A．it affects the amount of money the stockholder will make
B．it decides whether we can have different aspects of the media
C．it affects the channels through which to express opinions
D．it means that more and more people will hold onto only a few stations.
阅读理解训练题（四十五）答案
56-60DAAAC 61-65BDDDC 66-70BCCDA 71-75BBDCC
阅读理解训练题（四十六）
A
Here is a piece of news from a newspaper two years ago.
English courses will be offered to primary school students in cities and in country schools beginning next year, said the director of the Department of Basic Education of Ministry of Education, Li Lianning.
Primary school students will be required to take the English course beginning in Grade Three. In cities some primary schools may open the course for Grade One students. And in some country primary schools, the program won’t be started until 2002.
A new teaching method will be used for this English course. More emphasis will be placed on students’ speaking and reading abilities, instead of the traditional grammar and pronunciation teaching method.
It is expected that students will learn more in a certain environment. Therefore, a situational method will be used during the class. Four English periods each week will be required. The lessons could be short, 20 or 30 minutes, but at least two lessons among the four should be 40 minutes.
An eight-level test system will be used to cover all level of English from primary school students to senior highs. This would be the first official English assessment（评定）introduced into the high school education system.
A junior high student is required to pass Band Five and a senior high should pass Band Seven. Students will not be required to pass Band Eight. This requires a large vocabulary of 4,500 words. The programme is one of the key parts of the education reform started by the Ministry of Education in the spirit of helping quality education.
The reform is aimed at improving students’ comprehensive（理解）and lifelong learning abilities. The first five years of the ten-year plan is to introduce new teaching materials. These materials will be used by schools over the country in the following five.
56．Teachers will pay more attention to in the coming English course.
A．reading and writingB．speaking and reading
C．speaking and writingD．grammar and pronunciation
57．Primary school students are asked to learn English because .
A．it will do good to the 2008 OlympicsB．they have a good memory when they are young
C．it suits the needs of modern society
D．this will help to improve students’ comprehensive and lifelong learning abilities
58．The main idea of the passage is .
A．English is showing its importance in daily life
B．primary school students should pay enough attention to English
C．primary school students will learn English
D．how to teach English in the English course
B
Here are some advertisem*nts taken from a newspaper.
(1)
Dear Drew Carter,
Your first year on this earth has been a pleasure ride for all of us. We love you!
Love,
Dad and Mom and many friends
(2)
Lawlis—Clarke
The Doctors Virgil and Marjorie Lawlis are pleased to announce the engagement（订婚）of their daughter Diana Susan to Mr. Robert Brent Clarke, son of Mr. and Mrs. James Clarke of Herford, Texas.
A spring wedding is planned in Houston.
(3)
Isbell—Foss
Mr. And Mrs. Davis K. Isbell announce the marriage of their daughter Dang to Mr. Stanley Foss, son of Mrs. John Sipe of Ada, Minnesota.
The wedding will be early April at Abiding Love Lutheran Church.
(4)
Story—Kurio
Miss Stephanie Story and Mr. Warren Kurio married on February 5, at half past seven o’clock in the evening at Highland Park Presbyterian Church in Dallas, Texas. The bride（新娘）is the daughter of Mr. and Mrs, Herbert Brule Story Jr. of Dallas. The groom（新郎）is the son of Mr. and Mrs. Gerald Stanley Kurio of Austin.
59．What would be the best title for the first advertisem*nt?
A．We Love YouB．Happy 1st Birthday
C．One Year OldD．Our One-Year-Old Son
60．Lawlis and Clarke are going to get married .
A．in a churchB．where Clarke’s parents live
C．against their parents’ willD．to Lawlis’s parents’ joy
61．Who got or will get married in spring?
A．Not only Lawlis and Clarke but also Isbell and Foss.
B．Neither Lawlis and Clarke nor Isbell and Foss.
C．Either Isbell and Foss or Story and Kurio.
D．Neither Lawlis and Clarke nor Story and Kurio.
62．Who are now a married couple?
A．Lawlis and Clarke.B．Dand Isbell and Foss.
C．Story and Kurio.D．The text doesn’t say.
(C)
Long ago, the love apple was grown in flower gardens. The plant’s small yellow flowers were not very bright, but it has very beautiful fruit, round, smooth, and shiny, which turned bright red or yellow as it ripened（成熟）. It was beautiful but poisonous, or people believed so. Other people believed it had magic powers to cause.
Early Spanish explorers（探索者）who found this plant growing wild is South and Central America, carried it back to Europe. These plants appeared in gardens in Italy as early as 1554. They must have been the kind that had yellow fruit, because the Italians called the plant “pomidoro”, or apple of gold. By 1750, the plant was grown as a curious plant throughout Europe. Some people were even daring enough to eat the fruit.
1781 in America, Thomas Jefferson raised and ate love apples, but few followed his example. Thirty years later, the love apples were used as food in Louisiana, and by 1835, a few people in the northern states were willing to experiment with them too. But even as late as 1900, there were people who still believed that these “apples of gold” were poisonous.
Although people did not eat fruit of this plant, they liked looking at it in their gardens. Later, when they learned it was both good-tasting and good for them, they moved the love apple plant from the flower garden to the vegetable garden. They learned to call it by a new name “tomato”
63．On the whole, the article tells about .
A．poisonous fruits in AmericaB．Italians who are very curious
C．the history of the tomato plantD．the fruits eaten by Thomas Jefferson
64．We can know from the passage that .
A．some people are afraid to try new things B．all poisonous fruits are really tomatoes
C．all poisonous fruits are bright and colorful D．northerners are more daring than southerners
65．Why did people raise this plant in their gardens? .
A．They liked eating itB．They enjoyed looking at it
C．They thought gold would growD．It was the only choice they had
66．Which seems true according to the passage? .
A．What is not popular today may be popular tomorrow
B．The apple of gold belongs only in flower gardens
C．Thomas Jefferson ate all his plants D．It was the Americans who first ate tomatoes
(D)
In the United States, friends can be close, constant, intense, generous, and real, yet fade away in a short time if circ*mstances（环境）change. Neither side feels hurt by this. Both may exchange Christmas greetings for a year or two, perhaps a few letters for a while then no more. If the same two people meet again by chance, even years later, they pick up the friendship where it left out and are delighted.
In the States, you can feel free to visit people’s homes, share their holidays, enjoy their children and their lies without fear that you taking on a lasting obligation（负担）. Do not hesitate to accept hospitality（款待）because you can’t give it in … welcome or for various other reasons, such as crowded space, language difficulties, or family custom, outsiders are not invited into homes.
In the United States both methods are used, but it is often considered more friendly to invite a person to one’s home than to go to a public place, except in purely business relationships. So, if your host or hostess brings you home, do not feel that you are being shown inferior（次的）treatment.
Don’t feel neglected if you do not find flowers awaiting you in your hotel room either. Flowers are very expensive there, hotel delivery is uncertain, arrival times are delayed, changed, or canceled so flowers are not customarily sent as a welcoming touch. Please do not feel unwanted! Outward signs vary in different lands, the inward welcome is what matters, and this will be real.
67．In the United States, you will find friendships if circ*mstances change.
A．die suddenlyB．pass away C．disappear gradually D．last forever
68．Americans their foreign friends to make a return for their hospitality.
A．askB．wishC．never allowD．don’t expect
69．In some other counties, giving a dinner party at home is considered than in a restaurant.
A．less friendlyB．less hospitableC．more naturalD．more popular
70．According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true? .
A．Flowers are available at all timeB．Flowers are expensive
C．Flowers are signs of outward welcomeD．Flowers are not necessarily sent to guests
71．Which of the following is the best title for this passage? .
A．American HospitalityB．American Friendships
C．American InvitationD．American Welcome
(E)
Have you ever been at a meeting while someone was making a speech and realized suddenly that your mind was a million miles away? You probably felt sorry and made up your mind to pay attention and always have been told that daydreaming is a waste of time.
“On the contrary,” says L. Giambra, an expert in psychology, “daydreaming is quite necessary. Without it, the mind couldn’t get done all the thinking it has to do during a normal day. You can’t possibly do all your thinking with a conscious（有意识）mind. Instead, your unconscious mind is working out problems all the time. Daydreaming then may be one way that the unconscious and conscious states of mind have silent dialogues.”
Early experts in psychology paid no attention to the importance of daydreams or even considered them harmful. At one time daydreaming was thought to be a cause of some mental illnesses. They did not have a better understanding of daydreams until the late 1980s. Eric Klinger, a professor of psychology, is the writer of the book Daydreaming. Klinger says, “We know now that daydreaming is one of the main ways that we organize our lives, learn from our experiences, and plan for our futures. Daydreams really are a window on the things we fear and the things we long for in life.”
Daydreams are usually very simple and direct, quite unlike sleep dreams, which may be hard to understand. It’s easier to gain a deep understanding of your life by paying close attention to your daydreams than by trying to examine your sleep dreams carefully. Daydreams help you recognize the difficult situations in your life and find out a possible way of dealing with them.
Daydreams cannot be predicated（预料）. They move off in unexpected directions which may be creative and full of ideas. For many famous artists and scientists, daydreams were and are a main source of creative energy.
72．The writer of this passage considers daydreams .
A．hard to understand B．important and helpful
C．harmful and unimportantD．the same as sleep dreams
73．The writer quoted（引用）L. Giambra and Eric Klinger to .
A．point out the wrong ideas of early experts B．list two different ideas
C．support his own idea D．report the latest research on daydreams
74．Which of the following is TRUE?
A．An unconscious mind can work all the problems out.
B．Daydreaming can give artists and scientists ideas for creation.
C．Professor Eric Klinger has a better idea than L. Giambra.
D．Early experts fully understood what daydreams were.
75．What is the main difference between daydreams and sleep dreams?
A．People have daydreams and sleep dreams at different times.
B．Daydreams are the result of unconscious mind while sleep dreams are that of conscious
mind.
C．Daydreams are more harmful. D．Daydreams are more helpful in solving problems.
阅读理解训练题（四十六）答案
56-60BCBBD 61-65ACCAB 66-70ACDBA 71-75BBCBD
阅读理解训练题（四十七）
A
Microsoft founder Bill Gates said that he planned to give away almost all of his vast fortune , largely to the cause of global health , during the course of his lifetime . With an estimated（估计）worth of more than $ 40 billion , according to Forbes , the project will be no small feat （功绩）for Gates . Having already provided the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation with $ 24 billion to address global health issues , Gates said that eventually his entire fortune will be put towards the cause except “a few percent left for the kids.”
So what has made the richest man in the world to channel his resources so heavily into one interest ? Gates believes that “the equality of opportunity” in which Americans take such pride needs to extend to other nations around the world . Improving the health of the populations , he says , has proven to be an essential method in helping poor countries to be financially successful . “National borders allow inequalities ,” said Gates : “We all need to take a more global view , rather than just saying my country is doing well . We have to step up these health issues , knowing how few resources are going into them .”
Gates said that both his parents set an example for him as a child . His father , William H. Gates , was the head of the local Planned Parenthood , and his mother , Mary , volunteered for the United Way . As he gathered his fortune , Gates knew he would eventually want to give back as well , but he didn’t expect to devote himself whole-heartedly to one project until he was about 60.
However , Gates , 47 , began to question his ability to wait that long . “It seemed there was a real time urgency,” Gates said . “I started to think , How many lives could I save before then ?”
56．Bill Gates will give away his vast fortune to .
A．improve the health of population in America alone
B．improve the health of population all over the world
C．avoid leaving his children too much money
D．spare the American government the burden of health care
57．Bill Gates believes that one important way of developing poor countries is .
A．to set up more foundations for them B．to aid them with natural resources
C．to put more effort into the health issues in them
D．to help them take a more global view
58．It can be learned from the text that Bill Gates thinks .
A．Americans should care about people in other countries
B．Americans should treat fellow citizens well
C．Americans should devote themselves to certain projects
D．Americans can be world-famous by giving away vast fortune
59．Bill Gates gave away his vast fortune earlier than he had expected because of .
A．his weakening health condition B．his parents’ suggestions
C．his great success in business D．his concerns for suffering people
B
An unlucky Singaporean thief picked up six years of hard labor after the unique（独特的）ring of the mobile phone he stole led police straight to him . Pretending to be a police detective , Rahman Magundario robbed two teenagers in a park , told them to turn their backs and stole the $140 phone , court documents show . If he had chosen another target （目标）in the mobile mad city state , he might have got off the hook . His number was up a short while later when the victim（受害人）heard the characteristic tune he had programmed into the phone . An unsuspecting buyer , who paid $70 in a coffee shop for what he thought was Magundario’s mobile , pointed police to the thief . The 39-year-old was sentenced for threatening the teenagers and pretending a police officer . “He got six years of corrective training ,” a court official said. “It’s worse than a prison sentence.”
60．The police caught the thief without any difficulty mainly because .
A．the buyer pointed police to the thief B．the thief pretended a police officer
C．the ring of the stolen mobile phone was different from that of others
D．the thief robbed two teenagers in a park
61．It can be learned from the text that Magundario .
A．stole the phone for money B．sold the mobile phone for its unique ring
C．pretended a police officer because he looked like a policeman
D．was sentenced six years in prison
62．What can be inferred from the story ?
A．Many people in the city have mobile phones .
B．The thief would rather pick up six years of hard labor .
C．The thief would have escaped being caught if he hadn’t sold the stolen phone .
D．The police recognized the thief when they heard the ring .
63．By saying “His number was up a short while later” , the writer means .
A．the thief knew the mobile phone number soon afterwards
B．the thief lost his luck before long
C．the thief forgot the mobile phone number a moment later
D．someone dialed the mobile phone number at that time
C
How might you drag a good writer’s work down to the level of a scribe （抄写员）? Try the spell-check button . A study at the University of Pittsburgh indicates spell-check soft-ware may level the playing field between people with differing levels of language skills , hampering （妨碍）the work of writers and editors who place too much trust in the software . In the study , 33 undergraduate students were asked to proofread（校对）a one-page business letter—half of them using Microsoft Word with red and green lines underlining potential errors（潜在错误）. The other half did it the old-fashioned way , using only their heads . Without grammar or spelling software , students with higher SAT scores made , on average , 5 errors , compared with 12.3 errors for students with lower scores . Using the software , students with higher scores reading the same page made , on average , 16 errors , compared with 17 errors for students with lower scores . Dennis Galletta , a professor of information systems at the Katz Business School , said spell-check software is so sophisticated that some have come to trust it too thoroughly . “It’s not a software problem , it’s a behavior problem,” he said . Microsoft technical specialist Tim Pash said grammar and spelling technology is meant to help writers and editors , not solve all their problems . The study found the software helped students find and correct errors in the letter , but in some cases they also changed phrases or sentences marked by the software as grammatically suspicious （可疑的）, even though they were correct .
64．The writer wants to tell us that .
A．spell-check software is very helpful B．spell-check software has some problems
C．it’s not wise to depend too much on the spell-check software
D．spell-check software will bring trouble to writers and editors
65．The experiment is used to show us that .
A．spell-check software helps only those with low SAT scores
B．spell-check software can sometimes make things worse
C．all problems cannot be solved by spell-check software
D．those with higher SAT scores make fewer mistakes than those with low scores
66．What can be learned from the passage ?
A．33 students were divide into four different groups in the experiment .
B．Spell-check software can be of great help to writers and editors .
C．With the help of spell-check software those with lower SAT scores will make fewer mistakes .
D．Students often make more mistakes in writing if they trust spell-check software too much .
67．Which of the following best explains the meaning of the word “sophisticated” as it is used in the text ? A．Easy .B．Complex .C．Simple .D．Advanced .
D
To protect you and your fellow passengers , the Transportation Security Administration (TSA ) is required by law to inspect all checked baggage . As part of this process , some bags are opened and inspected . Your bag was among those selected for inspection .
During the inspection , your bag and its contents may have been searched for items forbidden by law such as fireworks , fuels , gun powder , etc . At the completion of the inspection , the contents were returned to your bag , which was resealed（重新封口）with a “special” lock .
If the TSA screener was unable to open your bag for inspection because it was locked , the screener may have been forced to break the locks on your bag . TSA sincerely regrets having to do this , and has taken care to reseal your bag upon completion of inspection . However , TSA is not liable for damage to your locks resulting from this necessary security precaution（预防措施）.
For packing tips and other suggestions that may assist you during your next trip ,visit :
WWW.TSATravelTips.us
We appreciate your understanding and cooperation . If you have questions , comments , or concerns ,please feel free to contact（联系）the Transportation Security Administration Consumer Response Center :
Phone : toll-free at (866) 289-9673
Email : TellTSA@tas.dot.gov
*Section 110(b)of the Aviation and Transportation Security Act of 2001, 49, U. S. C.§44901(c)-(e)
68．This leaflet (宣传单) is trying to .
A．introduce one of the security acts B．persuade people to contact TSA
C．inform people of baggage inspection D．warn against the damage of locking the baggage
69．The leaflet is most probably provided by TSA to those who .
A．refused to check in their baggage B．had their baggage selected for inspection
C．kept some damaged items in their baggage D．left their baggage unlocked
70．What is the meaning of “liable” as it is used in the text ?
A．responsible by law B．permitted by law
C．suitable by law D．prepared by law
71．Which of the following items is probably allowed in the checked baggage ?
E
All plant cells are capable of taking up water . Even dead ones do to a certain degree . Absorption of water by dead cell walls makes wood become larger . In common land plants , the living cells of roots take up most of the water . Land plants without roots do exist , however . Those greenish-yellow lichens（苔藓）you seen on rocks in the high mountains have no roots . Half a billion years ago , when water plants started to enter the land , the first land plants did not have roots .
Even among the flowering plants , one finds rootless forms . These flowering plants are “the higher plants” because they evolved（进化） recently and are thus considered higher on the evolutionary scale（进化树）. In the Peruvian desert , there grows one of these rootless higher plants , a bromeliad . It is a relative of the pineapple . Even if this plant had roots , they would be of no use , because where the plant grows , it never rains . The plant gets its water only from the dew（露水）it collects at night , when its leaves cool off . Such rootless plants , of course , can be moved with ease , but they will only grow when they are placed out in the open . If they are placed too near a house , the radiation from the heat of the house prevents the leaves from cooling and so prevents dew from forming , and the plant dies . In the southern United States and in Puerto Rico , one sees bromeliads growing high above the streets on the insulation（绝缘物）of electric wires . These plants get their water from rain , and the only soil they ever come in contact with is the dust that may blow on their leaves .
72．Wood becomes larger because of .
A．dead cell walls B．water entering dead cells
C．the growth of cells D．the death of cells
73．From the passage we know that the evolutionary scale is graded according to .
A．evolutionary cycles B．heights and depths C．time D．kinds
74．The “bromeliad” is a plant that .
A．has useless roots B．is a pineapple
C．can grow anywhere D．takes up water through its leaves
75．The most suitable title for this passage is “ ”.
A．Absorption of water by plants B．Rootless plants
C．Plants in the desert D．Higher plants
阅读理解训练题（四十七）答案
56-60BCADC 61-65ACBCB 66-70DDCBA 71-75CBCDA
阅读理解训练题（四十八）
A
WASHINGTON---Worldwide sales of personal computer in 1995 rose 24.7 percent over 1994 with Compaq（美国康柏电脑公司）holding its first—place position while IBM overcame（击败）Apple for the No.2 slot （表上排名）,according to Dataquest.
A total of 59.7 million computers were sold around the world with important gains（获得）in Japan and Europe.
Compaq sold 5.99 million computers ,or 10percent of the market ,unchanged from 1994.
IBM sold 4.7 million with an 8 percent share of the market compared with 8.2 percent in 1994 .
Apple sold 4.7 million ,or 7.8 percent of the trade ,compared with 8.4 percent in 1994.
Their lost market share was taken up by Packard Bell and NEC ,which sold 3.1 million and 2.8 million computers separately.
56．Which company was the first in selling computers in 1994?
A．CompaqB．IBMC．AppleD．NEC
57．Which company sold the third most computers in 1995?
A．CompaqB．IBMC．AppleD．NEC
58．What was the market share of Compaq in 1994?
A．5.99%B．8.2%C．8.4%D．10%
59．Packard Bell and NEC take up about of the market share in 1995.
A．8.2%B．52%C．10%D．5%
B
It’s no secret that we’re into computers .And why not? On the Internet ,we can catch up on news ,plan vacations ,pay bills and make friends. But for some once they type their way onto the Internet ,they just can’t stop.
Internet addiction（沉溺）can happen to anyone who’s lonely ,and that includes two surprising groups: college students and homemakers. Away from their families ,homesick and overwhelmed , many college students seek connections .Their brightest freshmen were failing to maintain good grades ,they realized half were using the Internet excessively（过度的）!They couldn’t forbid it ,because students needed it for schoolwork. So they provided counseling（咨询）to help students adjust to college—and a year later ,the number of web junkie flunkers（不及格的学生）dropped by half .And homemakers are prone to （有……的倾向）addiction too ,if they’re shy .But the more on –line connection vulnerable （易受伤害的）people make ,the more they may neglect the connections they hold dear in real life.
In recent study ,51 percent of men and 42 percent of women named the Internet as one of the reasons they’re not getting enough sleep! And 68 percent of Internet addicts surveyed （被调查的）said their on—line usage was destroying their relationships .The person will retire to the computers at night instead of the bedroom and from cyberspace（网络空间）relationships with strangers instead of communication with a spouse.
There are steps to take to make sure your family doesn’t get hooked （上瘾，入迷）,such as :
Putting the computer in a common area like a living room where you can’t spend hour after uninterrupted hour on—line ;using a timer to limit on—line time ; joining a club or taking up a hobby .Anyone with balance and face—to—face contact with others isn’t likely to get hooked.
Your family member or friend could be a cyberholic（电脑狂）if :They’re lying about how much time they spend on—line. They’re spending more and more time on—line and less and less time with you .They get anxious when they try to cut back on on—line time .They’re losing sleep to go on—line .
60．What can we do on the Internet?
A．Keep up with news and makes friends.B．Design holidays.
C．Check in.D．All of the above.
61．What kinds of people easily get hooked?
A．People who are alone.B．People who are lonely.
C．students.D．People who are busy.
62．According to the passage ,the following are all harm that Internet addition does except:
A．Not enough sleepB．Bad family relationship.
C．Bad eyesight.D．Low grades.
63．The following are measures to prevent your family from getting hooked except:
A．Forbid your child from using a computer. B．Use a timer to limit on the time.
C．Put the computer in a sitting room. D．Join a club or take up a hobby.
64．What’s the main idea of the passage?
A．Problems caused by the computer and how to solve them.
B．Who get hooked easily?
C．Measures to stop Internet addiction D．What harm does Internet addition do?
C
Women’s roles have changed throughout the world in recent years, but nowhere so obviously as in America .As the roles of women have changed ,so have men’s .In many American homes today ,the husband still carries on his traditional role of breadwinner ,while his homemaker wife is in charge of the home and child—raising. But it is more and more common to find that the children are left in day –care centers or nursery schools while both parents work .The woman may earn as much or more money than her husband. At home ,household duties are shared in varying degrees by all family members .It is not unusual to find father cooking dinner ,cleaning the living room or changing the baby .Mother might be outside mowing the lawn or washing the car .Children have responsibilities ,too .One of the goals of the Women’s Liberation Movement has been to have both men and women share in childcare, housework and financial responsibility. Today many American women will not marry a man who is not willing to share equally in household responsibilities.
The high cost of living has made it necessary for many women to have jobs outside the home ,but women often choose to have jobs in order to use their skills and education or to seek a more fulfilling and interesting life .Many American women enjoy the independence that an outside job and the salary give men and even some women—sometimes are not for women working outside the home ,and in some cases ,a woman might be paid less than a man who performs the same job .American women ,however ,have met challenges（挑战）since pioneer days ,and they continue to work for true equality.
65．Many American women go out to work in order to .
A．earn enough money to support the family
B．make their husbands share in the housework
C．enjoy independence D．get more money than their husbands
66．What does sex discrimination mean, EXCEPT ?
A．It’s harder for women to get a same job as men
B．Women get less paid than men at the same position
C．Women do most of the housework D．Women have jobs outside house
67． for the women to win true equality.
A．It’s impossibleB．It takes a long time
C．It’s greatly successfulD．It’s not difficult
68．From the text we known .
A．women’s roles in the world have changed a lot but men’s roles haven’t changed
B．American women continued to work for their true equality
C．in all areas of American men and women got paid equally
D．most women began to work outside the home
D
THE FINANCIAL TRAINING COMPANY
CFA 2002 SEMINAR
Come to our FREE information seminar and learn about the Cartered Financial Analyst (CFA) Program ,study materials and how to plan for your study.
Date: 28 January 2002(Monday)
Time :7:30 pm
Venue: Jing An Hilton Hotel(Shanghai)
Language : English
For reservation（预定），visit www.ftcasiapacific.com
For enquiries （问询）,email cfainfo@financialtrainins.com..hk
Or call (852) 25263686(Hong Kong)
69．Here is an advertisem*nt in China Daily .After we read it ,we can know that the word
“Seminar” refers to a .
A．school of EnglishB．company of information
C．hotel for students in vacationD．class for research and discussion
70．If we read the advertisem*nt ,we draw a conclusion that .
A．CFA is another name of the company
B．suppose someone wants to visit the head office of the company in person ,probably he
ought to go to Hong Kong
C．only English is used in this company
D．a branch of the company will be set up in Shanghai in Jan .2002.
E
Shakespeare ,more perhaps than any other writer ,made full use of the greatest resources of the English Language .Most of us use about five thousand words in our normal employment of English ;Shakespeare in his works used about twenty—five thousand! There is probably no better way for a foreigner to appreciate the richness and variety of the English language than by studying the various ways in which Shakespeare uses it .Such a study is well worth the effort, even though some aspects of English usage ,and the meaning of many words ,have changed since Shakespeare’s day.
However ,it is surprising that we should know comparatively little about the life of the greatest English author. We know that Shakespeare was born in 1564 in Stratford—on—Avon ,and that he died there in 1616.He almost certainly attended the Grammer School in the town ,but of this we cannot be sure .We know he was married there in 1582 to Anne Hathaway and that he had three children .We know that he spent much of his life in London writing his masterpieces .But this is almost all that we do know .
However ,what is important about Shakespeare’s life is not its incidental details but its products , the plays and the poems .For many years scholars have been trying to add a few facts about Shakespeare’s life to the small number we already possess and for an equally long tine critics（批评）have been theorizing（理论化）about the plays .Sometimes ,indeed ,it seems that the poetry of Shakespeare will disappear under the great mass of comment that has been written upon it .
Fortunately this is not likely to happen .Shakespeare’s people have long delighted not just the English but lovers of literature everywhere ,and will continue to do so after the scholars and critics and all their works have been forgotten.
71．This passage is about .
A．the great length of each chapter B．the great varieties in writing styles
C．the richness of the content in Shakespeare’s works
D．the rich English language used by Shakespeare in his works
72．According to the writer ,which of the following remains uncertain about Shakespeare?
A．His date of birth. B．His marriage.
C．His life in the Grammer School. D．His date of death.
73．It can be inferred from Para 3 that .
A．not all the comments on Shakespeare’s works have produced good effects
B．scholars have successfully collected facts about Shakespeare’s life
C．critics are more interested in Shakespeare’s play than his poetry
D．the details of Shakespeare’s life are more important than his literary works
74．What does the last sentence in Para 3 mean ?
A．People don’t think the poetry of Shakespeare good any more.
B．People pay more attention to the comment than the poetry of Shakespeare.
C．People can’t see the poetry of Shakespeare any more.
D．The comment is printed on the poetry of Shakespeare.
75．“Shakespeare’s people” in Para 4refers to .
A．the characters in Shakespeare’s products B．the people whose native language is English
C．the people living in Shakespeare’s day D．the readers of Shakespeare’s works
阅读理解训练题（四十八）答案
56-60ACDCD 61-64BCAAC 66-70BBBDB 71-75DCABA
阅读理解训练题（四十九）
A
BAM，Iran:56—year—old man was rescued alive after spending 13 days below ruins of the earthquake—flattened Iranian city of Bam ,but he then slipped into a coma and doctors said yesterday they feared for his life .
The man was found by rescuers on Wednesday afternoon trapped below a wardrobe （衣柜）which had apparently saved his life .
“It seems he had some water because around him was wet ,” said medic Mehdi Shadnoush , part of a Ukrainian-Iranian team .
“When he arrived at the hospital his signs of life were very weak . He was frozen and now he is in a coma ,” Shadnoush said .
The man lay on a hospital bed covered by a white blanket and had an oxygen mask over his mouth and nose . He looked very thin and had a white-and-black beard .
“We are following his condition minute by minute but we don’t hold out too much hope ,” Shad -noush said .
State radio had originally reported the man’s age as 57. But doctors said that when he was first brought to the hospital he had been able to give his first name , Jalil , and his age , 56. He then slipped into a coma overnight .
He was the first survivor to come alive out of the ruins of the ancient Silk Road city 1,000 kilometres southeast of Teheran since a woman in her 90s was rescued on January 3.
The December 26 earthquake , which measured 6.8 on the Richter scale , struck just before dawn , destroying 90 per cent of the city’s buildings and killing more than 30,000 people .
Experts say it is very rare for people to survive for more than 72 hours in such conditions . Temperatures have fallen to around freezing most nights since the earthquake struck .
Tremors（震动）continued to shake another region of Iran for a third day yesterday , causing damage to buildings but no persons , the official Iranian news agency reported .
The small earthquakes , measuring 3.4 and 4.2 on the Richter scale were the latest of more than 30 tremors to make nervous the southwestern province of Khuzestan . There were no reports of any damage to its many oil installations （设置）.
Fearful that the tremors foretell a major quake , schools in Khuzestan have been closed , ambulance and fire brigade services moved out into the open and many persons have spent the last few nights sleeping in tents .
In Bam yesterday , United Nations officials , aid workers and foreign diplomats toured the destroyed city to mark the launch of a 90-day UN request for funds to help the city and its survivors .
“Altogether I think US$ 100 million has been given and promised by the international community , which is an impressive sign of international solidarity （团结）,” said Jan Egeland , UN under-secretary for humanitarian affairs .
Aid workers said the man rescued on Wednesday afternoon had traveled from a nearby village to Bam for medical treatment and was staying with his sister when the earthquake hit .
“We have sent people to his village to bring his wife to the hospital ,” said Iranian aid worker Mohammad Reza Tahmasbi .
Rescue workers were pushed to look for the man after a woman living nearby noticed his body had not yet been got back .
56．Which of the following is the best title of this passage ?
A．A 56-year-old Man Spends 13 Days in Quake Ruins .
B．The Rescue Workers Try to Save an Old Man .
C．United officials , Aid Workers Tour the City .
D．A 56-year-old Man Saved .
57．What does the author think saved the 56-year man ?
A．Water .B．A wardrobe .C．Long life .D．workers’ carefulness .
58．The 56-year-old man was .
A．a person living in Bam B．a villager living near Bam
C．a traveler D．a survivor
59．What will the future of the 56-year-old man be like ?
A．Unknown .B．Dead .C．Healthy .D．Bright .
60．The word “coma” in the passage probably means .
A．nervousness B．anxiousness C．sleep D．unconsciousness
B
Personally , I like Chinese New Year’s movies very much . Because they are filled with joyous themes , and this kind of movie is a good choice for people who finally finish a year’s hard work and wish to add some refreshment to their new year .
And it proved to be true that Chinese New Year’s movies are in need , for they were well received by common people in the late 1990s. However , after less than 10 years of flourishing , they are now facing a great decline in box office income .
I think the failure of Chinese New Year’s movies is for two main reasons : lack of creation and low quality of production .
Audiences are not fools . They watch movies in order to get satisfaction , happiness and enlightenment（启发）,not to be tricked by meaningless , same stories . If a movie tells a boring story , how can filmmakers expect applause （鼓掌）from the audience .
And at the same time we hope that directors choose actors and actresses carefully . The success of a movie is mostly determined by a fine story and good performances . If performers aren’t able to communicate a character’s emotions exactly , no matter how wonderful a story is , the movie may be a failure . So a popular New Year’s movie ought to be creative and elaborately（精心地）produced .
My favourite Chinese New Year’s movie is “Be There or Be Square” (Bu Jian Bu San), directed by Feng Xiaogang . It’s a story about love and life . The hero is a Chinese man who struggles hard in the US . One day , he meets a girl from Beijing . The two share the same goal : making their fortunes in America . After a series of ups and downs , they fail to realize their dreams . But , they finally fall in love with each other and decide to go back to China to make a brand new start .
Feng is good at providing humorous and simple lines with deep and strongly felt meaning . As far as the audience is concerned , it was acceptable and interesting . And the leading actor and actress showed superior performances . They cooperated so well and acted so naturally that it seemed they were truly a pair of lovers .
From the simple but moving story , I got a lot . Besides money and fame , there are many other beautiful things worth pursuing（追求）and loving .
Good stories and actors are what the audience desire . Whether Chinese New Year’s movies will last in the New Year’s film market depends mostly on the filmmakers’ attitude towards movie production . I hope that in the coming new year , I can spend several hours in a cinema enjoying a good movie instead of just chatting with my friends to escape a boring movie .
61．From the passage we know .
A．the author thinks highly of the present New Year’s movies
B．the author are complaining of some New Year’s movies
C．people don’t need New Year’s movies now
D．none of New Year’s movies are well produced
62．In the opinion of the author , New Year’s movie should solve the following problems except
.
A．lack of creation B．low-quality of production
C．directors’ careful choices of actors and actresses D．simplicity
63．One of the things that make the author like the movie “Be There or Be Square” (Bu Jain Bu San )is .
A．humor , simplicity and satisfactory end B．nature , enlightenment and sad background
C．good theme , good performances and a brand new start
D．creation , good production and natural performances
64．Film-makers’ attitude to movie production will .
A．mostly determine whether the New Year’s film market will last
B．determine the success of the future New Year’s movies
C．mostly determine whether Chinese New Year’s movies will last in the New Year’s film market D．determine Chinese film market
C
George E. Elliott Jr , who has died , aged 85 , gave the unnoticed warning about aircraft coming near Pearl Harbour , in 1941 , as described in history books and movies like “Tora , Tora , Tora” .
Elliott died on Saturday of complications （并发症）from a stroke（中风）,his family said .
The former Army radar operator detected incoming Japanese aircraft on December 7, 1941. He then gave a warning , but it was brushed aside. Nearly an hour later , the enemy planes reached the US Navy’s fleet (舰队) in the harbour .
In a 50-year anniversary（周年）story , a reporter from the US’s Associated Press told how Elliott and another soldier , Joseph L. Lockard ,had been on duty that day since 4 am at Kahuku Point on the northern tip of Oahu Island , Hawaii . They had been familiarizing themselves with a strange new invention that could “see” 130 miles (208 kilometres ) out to sea —something called “radar .”
Just after 7 am , Elliott saw “something completely out of the ordinary” on the screen , a huge blip (信号) , due north , 137 miles (219.2 kilometres )out . The information was called in to headquarters , and the operators were told it was a flight of B-17 Flying Fortresses due in from California .
They kept tracking for practice , and the blip grew so large that Lockard figured the set was broken . They turned it off at 7:45 , after the blip disappeared behind Oahu’s mountains .
About 10 minutes later , the first bombs were falling on the battleships in the harbour .
Later that morning , when Elliott and Lockard arrived back at their base , they learned the significance of what they had observed .
Elliott served in the Army until 1945 , and then worked for New Jersey Bell Telephone for 33 years before retiring .
In later years , his warning at Pearl Harbour brought him reward . The actions of the radar operators were described in the 1970 movie “Tora , Tora , Tora,” and on television specials and in history books .
65．What made George E. Elliott Jr rewarded ?
A．His job .B．His invention .C．His warning at Pearl Harbor .D．His specials .
66．The word “ brushed aside” in the 3rd paragraph means .
A．accepted B．loved C．detected D．refused to pay attention to
67．From the passage we know George E. Elliot , Jr once mainly did kinds of jobs .
A．1B．2C．3D．4
D
Excited by the successful landing of the rover (探测机器人) on Mars , scientists from NASA( the US National Aeronautics and Space Administration ) have spent the last few days studying data (数据)from the robot and working on getting it ready to roll .
Spirit made a dangerous , but safe , landing on Mars on Sunday on what scientists believe is the rocky bed of an ancient lake that once may have contained life .
Just three hours later , the six-wheeled rover began sending black-and –white photos of its surroundings back 170 million kilometers to Earth . The rover sent back a few colour photos on Monday .
The scientists were overjoyed by the success . Two of every three past purpose of landings on Mars have failed .
“It’s a big step forward for all humanity . Now we have another rover on another planet , exploring a new world . What more could you ask for ?” said Charles Elachi, director of NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory .
The first images from Spirit show a flat , wind-damaged surface dotted with small rocks . The scene made scientists eager to send the rover around the planet in search of evidence （证据）that the landing site was once covered with water .
The US$ 820 million project also includes a twin golf cart-sized rover called Opportunity , set to land on Mars’ other side on January 24.
The dozens of initial（开始的）,low-resolution（分辨能力）photos show Spirit landed upright （垂直的）,level and facing south on a flat stretch of the hole the scientists believe once contained a lake .
It will be about a week before the six-wheeled robot is ready to roll off its lander and move around Mars .
Spirit’s successful landing has ended the trend of failed missions to Mars . NASA’s last attempt to land on Mars , in 1999 , ended in failure . Its last successful landing was in 1997 , when Pathfinder carried the tiny Sojourner rover to the surface of Mars .
Over the next three months , the robot will use a range of instruments to look for evidence of past water activity in the rocks and soil of the planet .
68．What is inferred in the passage ?
A．NASA is pleased with its rover .B．NASA is disappointed with its rover .
C．NASA is curious about its rover D．NASA is sad about its rover
69．Mars is according to the first images from Spirit .
A．a rocky bed of an ancient lake that once contained life
B．a flat , wind-damaged surface dotted with small rocks
C．a flat stretch of the hole that once contained a lake
D．a landing site once covered with water
70．The US$ 820 million project at least includes rovers .
A．2B．3C．4D．5
E
August has always been difficult for me . It is the time when I realize that the books my English teacher assigned （布置）to me are not going to read themselves and that I have a difficult month in front of me .
You might think that I don’t want to spend my summer reading , but that’s not the problem : I love reading . On the first day of my summer holiday this year , I went to the library and got “ A Gathering of Old Men” by African-American writer Ernest Gaines . I enjoyed it very much . I read all the magazines that my parents subscribe to （订阅）and spend about 30 minutes every day with the morning paper .
So why do I hate summer reading for school ? Because the books on summer reading lists are often slow-going and just uninviting （不吸引人）. Teachers and librarians don’t understand that summer reading can be entertaining as well as educational . They choose books that a friend of my mother’s calls “spinach books” : good for you , but not much fun to take in . Every summer , I read them , hate them and get bitter about the experience .
This bitterness started three years ago when I was about to begin high school . As preparation , my English teacher told me to read “ The Age of Innocence” (《纯真年代》)by American author Edith Wharton .I’m sure there are many people who enjoyed “The Age of Innocence” ——some might even say it’s their favourite book .
But I don’t think any of these people read it as a 14-year-old boy on his summer vacation .
“The Age of Innocence” is the story of a forbidden romance in New York 100years ago . At 14, my only experience with romance was my love for baseball .I couldn’t imagine being in love , much less being in love in 1900. “The Age of Innocence” was totally different to my life .
Most of my required summer reading has been like that——books written in a style that plays up the adjectives and plays down the verbs . I guess teachers don’t think exciting plots make for “good literature” . To me , though , a good writer describes events and characters in a way that makes the reader want to know what happens next .
If I ware making up a summer reading list , it would include “The Friends of Eddie Coyle” by George V. Higgins , “The Right Stuff” by Tom Wolfe , and “Into Thin Air” by Jon Krakauer . These are all books that have literary value but , just as important , can also entertain kids on vacation . If the teachers could stand a little fun in the books they assign , my Augusts would be a lot more enjoyable .
71．The author thinks he/she will have a difficult August because .
A．he/she doesn’t like reading in summer vacation
B．he/she is to read the books , boring and not right for kids .
C．he/she hates the English teacher assigning homework .
D．he/she hates August .
72．What can make students interested in August reading ought to be .
A．romantic B．out of date
C．entertaining and educational D．pure
73．The authour listed such books as The Friends of Eddie Coyle because he/she thinks .
A．they can change his/her opinion B．he/she can learn a lot more from them
C．they are of literary value , and enjoyable D．he/she has to do as teachers tell
74．In the opinion of the author of this passage a good write should be .
A．one who describes events and characters in different ways
B．one who uses a way of describing that makes the reader wish to know what to happen next C．one who is learned D．one who is full of imagination
75．The best title of this passage should be .
A．Why Can’t Teacher Set Us Books that Are Fun ?
B．I don’t Like Reading on the Vacation
C．Teachers , don’t Set Us Any Reading Assignments D．Teachers , Set us Free
阅读理解训练题（四十九）答案
56-60ABBAD 61-65BDDCC 66-70DBABA 71-75BCCBA
阅读理解训练题（五）
A
I grew up in a small town．My father raised chickens and ran a construction company．I was barely 10 years old when my dad gave me the responsibility (责任) of feeding the chickens and cleaning up the stable．He believed it was important for me to have those jobs to learn responsibility．Then, when I was 22, I found a job in Natchbill at a country music club called the Natchbill Palace, I washed dishes and cooked from 4:00 pm to 9:00 pm and them went on stage and sang until 2:00 in the morning．It wasn’t long before I became known as a singing cook．I had been rejected so many times by record companies that it was hard not to be discouraged．One night, a woman executive (董事) from a company named Warner Brothers Records came to hear me sing．When the show was over, we sat down and talked and after she left, I said to myself it was one more rejection．A few weeks later, my manager received a phone call—Warner Brothers wanted to sign me to a record deal．Soon after, I released my first record in June 1986．It sold over 2 million copies．My best efforts had gone into every job I’ve ever held．It was the sense of responsibility that made me feel like a man．Knowing that I had done my best filled me with pride．I still feel that way today, even though I have become a well-known singer．
56．Why was the writer once known as the singing cook?
A．Because he was a cook at a country-music club．
B．Because he sang for guests while he worked as a cook．
C．Because he often sang while cooking．
D．Because he liked singing better than cooking．
57．Who first recognized his talents and helped make his career successful?
A．Warner Brothers．B．His manager．
C．His father．D．A businesswoman．
58．What made the writer proud of himself?
A．His ability to live independently．
B．His sense of responsibility in whatever he did．
C．His courage in the face of rejections．
D．His hard work in his early days．
B
HOTEL INFORMATION
Baymont Inn Ft.Lauderdale
3800 W．Commercial, Ft. Lauderdale．FL 33309
Lowest Prices 110% Guaranteed (保证)
Room Information
Rooms are equipped with Double, Queen , or King bed (s) , smoking or non-smoking based on location and availability. Provided in each spacious guest room is a hair dryer, coffee maker, iron, ironing board, 25’TV and guest voice mail．
Check-in Time：7:00 P. M.
Hotel Amenities：Air Conditioned, Free Parking, 24 Hour Front Desk, Pool, Television with Cable, Coffee Maker in Room, Hairdryers Available．
Beach Plaza Hotel
625 N．Fort Lauderdale Beach Blvd, Ft．Lauderdale, FL 33304
Room Information
The oceanfront accommodations at Beach Plaza Hotel are some of the most affordable on Fort Lauderdale Beach．Each room features direct-dial telephone, cable television and daily maid service．The very affordable efficiency studios even include full kitchens! All rooms surround the private poolside garden courtyard．
Check-in Time：7:05 P. M.
Hotel Amenities：Air Conditioned, Coffee Maker in Room, 24 Hour Front Desk, Parking, Hairdryers Available, Pool, Television with Cable．
Fort Lauderdale Plaza Hotel
3711 N．Ocean Blvd, Ft．Lauderdale, FL 33308
Room Information
Guest rooms feature TVs, in-room movies, Internet access, in-room safes, alarm clock radios, hairdryers, refrigerators, microwaves, and balconies．
Check-in Time：7:00 A.M.
Hotel Amenities：Parking，Heated Pool, Television with Cable, and Coffee Maker in Room．
59．Which hotel gives a promise?
A．Baymont Inn Ft . Lauderdale．B．Beach Plaza Hotel．
C．Baymont Inn Hotel．D．Fort Lauderdale Plaza Hotel．
60．In which hotel parking is the cheapest?
A．Baymont Inn Ft . Lauderdale．B．Beach Plaza Hotel．
C．Baymont Inn Hotel．D．Fort Lauderdale Plaza Hotel．
61．If you ______ , you will probably go to Beach Plaza Hotel．
A．enjoy seeing films without leaving your hotel room
B．are fond of swimming in heated water
C．want to eat food cooked by yourself in the hotel
D．are a cigarette smoker
62．Which of the following is NOT true to the ads?
A．All of the three hotels provide television with cable．
B．You can keep your money in the room safe in Fort Lauderdale Plaza Hotel．
C．In Beach Plaza Hotel a 24-hour maid is available．
D．While staying in Fort Lauderdale Plaza Hotel, you can surf the Internet．
C
About 1966 or so, a NASA (美国航空航天局) team doing work for the Apollo moon mission took the astronauts near Tuba City．There the landscape of the Navajo Reservation (保留地) looks very much like the lunar surface．Among all the trucks and large vehicles were two large figures that were dressed in full lunar space suits．
Nearby a Navajo shepherd (牧羊人) and his son were watching the strange creatures walk about, occasionally being watched over by other NASA workers．The two Navajo people were noticed and approached by the NASA people．Since the shepherd and his son did not know English, they asked the NASA people who the strange creatures were．The NASA people told them that they were just men that were getting ready to go to the moon．The shepherd became very excited and asked if he could send a message to the moon with the astronauts．
The NASA officials thought this was a great idea so they provided a tape recorder．After the man gave them his message, they asked his son to translate．His son would not．
Later, they tried a few more people on the reservation to translate and every person they asked would chuckle (偷偷地笑) and then refuse to translate．Finally, with cash in hand someone translated the message,
“Watch out for these guys, they have come to take your land!”
63．The appearance of the Navajo Reservation is very similar to that of ______．
A．the Tuba CityB．the moon
C．the NASA research centerD．the Apollo moon mission
64．When the older Navajo heard that the men in front of him were going to the moon, he ______．
A．felt frightened and ran away quickly
B．chatted excitedly with the NASA workers
C．got on the modern trucks and large vehicles for fun
D．tried to say something to the moon creatures
65．The son did not translate the words his father said because ______．
A．he had trouble in understanding his father
B．the words his father used were too difficult to be translated
C．his father was sending a warning against the NASA people
D．he believed that the NASA workers could understand their language
66．According to this passage, we can know that the shepherd was ______．
A．patient and braveB．foolish and impolite
C．humorous and intelligentD．knowledgeable and talkative
D
In summer, millions of people will head for the beach．And while the ocean can be a great place to swim and play, it may also be useful in another way．Some scientists think that waves could help make electricity．
“Have you ever been on a surfboard or boat and felt yourself being lifted up by a wave? Or have you jumped in the water and felt the energy as waves crashed over you?” asked Jamie Taylor of the Wave Energy Group at the University of Edinburgh in Scotland．“There is certainly a lot of energy in waves．”
Scientists are working on using that energy to make electricity．
Most waves are created when winds blow across the ocean．“The winds start out by making little ripples (波纹) in the water, but if they keep on blowing , those ripples get bigger and bigger and turn into waves, ”Taylor said．“Waves are one of nature’s ways of picking up energy and then sending it off on a journey．”
When waves come towards the shore, people can set up dams or other barricades to block the water and send it through a large wheel called a turbine (涡轮) ．The turbine can then power an electrical generator (发电机) ．
The United States and a few other countries have started doing research on wave energy , and it is already being used in Scotland．
The resource is huge．We will never run out of wave power, besides, wave energy does not create the same pollution as other energy sources, such as oil and coal．
Oceans cover three quarters of the earth’s surface．That would make wave power seem perfect for creating energy around the world．There are some drawbacks, however．
Jamie Taylor said that wave power still cost too much money．He said that its effects on animals in the sea were still unknown．Plus, wave power would get in the way of fishing and boat traffic．
With more research, however, “many of these problems might be overcome,” Taylor said．“Demand for energy to power our TVs and computers, drive our cars, and heat and cool our homes is growing quickly throughout the world．Finding more energy sources is very important, for traditional sources of energy like oil and gas may run out some day．”
In the future, when you turn on a light switch, an ocean wave could be providing the electricity!
67．Which of the following is NOT true?
A．Wave power costs too much money．
B．Wave energy creates the same amount of pollution as other energy sources．
C．Wave power affects fishing and boat traffic．
D．Wave power may affect marine animals．
68．We can infer from the passage that ______．
A．finding new energy sources like wave energy is important
B．wave energy is a resource that will never run out and is used all over the world
C．wave power is perfect for creating energy around the world
D．wave power doesn’t create any pollution
69．The underlined word “drawbacks” probably means ______．
A．regretsB．adventuresC．disadvantagesD．difficulties
70．What can be the best title for the passage?
A．How to Get Electricity by Waves．B．A Huge Resource of Energy．
C．Can Waves Make Electricity?D．The Disadvantages of Wave Energy．
E
There are two basic ways to see growth: one as a product, the other as a process. People have generally viewed personal growth as an external (外在的) result or a product that can easily be identified and measured．The worker who gets a rise, the student whose grades improve, the foreigner who learns a new language—all these examples of people who have measurable results to show for their efforts．
By contrast (对照) , the process of personal growth is much more difficult to determine, since it is a journey and not the specific signposts or landmarks along the way．The process is not the road itself, but the attitudes, feelings people have , and their caution or courage, as they meet with new experiences and unexpected difficulties．In this process, the journey never really ends；there are always new ways to experience the world, new ideas to try, new challenges to accept．
In order to grow, to travel new roads, people need to have a willingness to take risks, to face the unknown, and to accept the possibility that they may “fail” at first．How we see ourselves as we try a new way of being is necessary for our ability to grow．Do we see ourselves as quick and curious? If so, we tend to take more chances and be more open to unfamiliar experiences．Do we think we’re shy and indecisive? Then our sense of fear can cause us to hesitate, to move slowly, and we think we are slow to adapt (适应) change or that we’re not smart enough to deal with a new challenge．Then we are likely to take a more passive role or not try at all．
These feelings of insecurity (不安全) and self-doubt are both unavoidable and necessary if we are to change and grow．If we protect ourselves too much, then we stop growing．We become trapped inside a shell of our own making．
71．In the author’s eye, one who views personal growth as a process would ______．
A．succeed in climbing up the social ladder
B．grow up from his own achievements
C．face difficulties and take up challenges
D．aim high and reach his goal each time
72．Which of the following can be viewed as the process of personal growing?
A．Our manager was always willing to accept new challenges．
B．Jane won the first prize in the speech competition．
C．Jerry picked up French during his stay in Paris．
D．Father’s salary rose from 5, 000 to 7,000．
73．For personal growth, the author is in favor of all the following EXCEPT _______．
A．being curious about more changes
B．being quick in self-adaptation
C．having an open mind to new experiences
D．staying away from failures and challenges
74．Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A．It is not so easy to measure personal growth．
B．To try and fail on the new road facing the unknown is unavoidable．
C．There are only two ways to see a person’s growth．
D．If you are too shy to take any risks in life, you cannot grow up．
75．The best title for this passage should be ______．
A．Facing New ChallengesB．Growth—Product or Process
C．Two Basic Ways of GrowthD．Overcoming Internal Fears
阅读理解训练题（五）答案
56-60BDBAA 61-65CCBDC 66-70CBACC 71-75CADCB
阅读理解训练题（五十）
A
Classified Ads
LOST AND FOUND
ROOMMATES
FOUND：Cat, 6 months old, black and white marking. Found near Linden and South U. Steve,800-4661.
FEMALE ROOMMATE WANTED
Own room near campus. Available December 1. Rent $80 per month until March 1st. $129 thereafter. Call Jill for details, 800-7839.
LOST：Gold wire rim glasses in brown case. Campus area. Reward. Call Gregg 800-2896.
NEED PERSON to assume lease for own bedroom in apt. near campus, $92/mo. Starting Jan. 1. Call 800-6157 after 5:00
FOR SALE
HELP WANTED
MOVING：Must sell. TV b/w 12″，$50； AE/FM transistor radio A/C or battery, $15; cassette tape recorder, $10;music records. Call John or Pat, 800-0739 after 5 or weekends.
BABYSITTER—MY HOME
If you are available a few hours during the day, some evenings and occasional weekends to care for 2 school-age children, please call Gayle Moore days 800-1111, evenings and weekends 800-4964.
USED FUR COATS and JACKETS. GOOD condition. $50-$125. Call 800-0436 after 12 noon.
WAITRESS WANTED:10 a.m.—2p.m.or 10:30 a.m.—5 p.m. Apply in person, 207S. Main. Curtis Restaurant.
56．If you want a job of taking care of children, which ad will you answer?
A．LOST AND FOUNDB．ROOMMATES
C．FOR SALED．HELP WANTED
57．You will call—if you want to buy a radio.
A．800-0436B．800-0739C．800-4661D．800-4964
B
It seems that the Englishmen just cannot live without sports of some kind. A famous French humourist once said that this is because the English insist on behaving like children all their lives. Wherever you go in this country, you will see both children and grown-ups knocking a ball about with a stick or something, as if in Britain men shall always remain boys and women girls! Still, it can never be bad to get exercise, can it?
Taking all amateur（业余）and professional sports in Britain into consideration, there can be no doubt that football is at the top of the list. It is called soccer in the United States. The game originated（起源于）in Britain and was played in the Middle Ages or even earlier, though as an organized game, or“association football”, it dates only from the beginning of the 19th century.
The next is rugby, which is called“football”in the United States. It is a kind of football played by two teams of fifteen players than eleven. In rugby, an oval-shaped ball is used which can be handled as well as kicked. It is a pretty rough game.
In summer, cricket is the most popular sport. In fact, it has sometimes been called the English national game. Most foreigners find the game rather slow or even boring, but it enjoys great popularity among the British.
Tennis rates high on the list, too. It was introduced into England from France in the 15th century, but it was from England that it spread to practically every country in the world.
Table tennis, or“ping-pong”,surely is not played on a great scale as it is in China or Japan. Basketball and volleyball were introduced into Britain during the late 19th century from America and are gaining popularity. Horse-back riding, swimming, rowing and golf all attract a lot of people.
58．The main purpose of Paragraph l is to tell us that the English .
A．are all sports loversB．behave like children
C．like to kick a ball aroundD．can remain young all their lives
59．According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true about football and rugby?
A．They differ in the shape of the ball. B．They are played by different numbers of players. C．They both can be handled. D．They both can be kicked.
60．The game that was never played in Britain until the late 19th century is .
A．basketballB．tennisC．rugbyD．football
61．What would be the best title for this passage?
A．The Most Popular SportsB．The English Sports
C．History of SportsD．Sports in Britain
C
Have you ever suddenly felt that someone you knew was in trouble—and was he? Have you ever dreamed something that came true later? Maybe you have ESP （超感觉知觉）.
ESP stands for Extrasensory Perception. It may be called a sixth sense. It seems to let people know about events before they happen, or events that are happening some distance away.
Here’s an example. A woman was ironing clothes. Suddenly she screamed, “My father is dead! I saw him sitting in the chair!” Just then, a telegram came. The woman’s father died of a heart attack. He died sitting in a chair.
There are thousands of stories like this one on record. Scientists are studying them to find out what’s behind these strange mental messages. Here’s another example—one of hundreds of dreams that have come true.
A man dreamed he was walking along a road when a horse and carriage came by. The driver said, “There’s room for one more.” The man felt the driver seemed dead, so he ran away. The next day, when the man was getting on a crowded bus, the bus driver said,“There’s room for one more.”
Then the man saw that the driver’s face was the same face he had seen in the dream. He wouldn’t get on the bus. As the bus drove off, it crashed and burst into flames. Everyone was killed!
Some people say stories like these are coincidences. Others, including some scientists, say that ESP is real. From studies of ESP, we may someday learn more about the human mind.
62．According to the passage, the author believes that the sixth sense is .
A．in existenceB．imaginativeC．not realD．impossible
63．ESP lets people know.
A．about events before they happen B．about events after they happen
C．about events that are happening some distance away D．A and C
64．By studying ESP, scientists may get to .
A．learn how people tell liesB．know more about human dreams
C．know more about human mindD．learn how strange things happen
65．In the last paragraph the underlined word “coincidences” probably means .
A．things that may not happenB．things that happen in a dream
C．things that must happenD．things that happen by accident
66．This article is mainly about .
A．the human dreamB．the sixth senseC．the human mindD．a crowded bus
D
（1）Mr. Brown( the motorist)
At about 9;20 p.m. on October 14th, I was driving along
Market Road in the direction of Midwick. I wanted to
go to Sturham to collect my wife, who had been visiting
some friends. I prepared to turn into Sturham Road, which was on my right. In the distance, I saw the lights of a car moving towards me but it was a long way from me. I put out my hand to show that I was going to turn right. Then I started to turn slowly towards Sturham Road. Suddenly there was a loud noise on the passenger’s(near) side of the car. I stopped the car and got out. A motorcycle had hit my car. The motorcyclist had been thrown over the car. He was injured, so I ran to a shop to phone for help.
(2)Mr. Smith(the injured motorcyclist)
On the evening of October 14th, I was going home along Market Road towards Newtown. I was riding my motorcycle. I was going slowly because some of the streetlights were out and the road was wet and slippery. Just before Sturham Road, a car suddenly drove right across my path. The driver did not flash his lights to give a warning. I could not turn in time, so I hit the side of the car. When I woke up, I was lying in a hospital in Market Road.
(3)Mr. Lee(another motorcyclist)
At about 9:10 p.m. on October 14th, I left my home in Midwick. Ten minutes later I was riding my motorcycle along Market Road. I was going to Newtown. There was a motorcycle about 40 metres in front of me. It was not going very quickly. The man on it was riding near the curb（路边）but I was near the center of the road. The motorcyclist in front of me tried to turn to his right but there was no time. He hit the car and was injured. There was no car going along in front of us or put by the road.
67．Which of these pictures exactly shows the scene of the accident?
X=the place where the motorcycle hit the car; N=Newtown; M=Midwick; S=Sturham.(Note that cars and motorcycles always keep to the left in England.)
68．Which of these statements about the accident is probably correct?
A．Mr. Brown wrongly supposed that the lights of the two motorcycles were those of a car.
B．The lights of the car moving towards Mr. Brown made him unable to see.
C．Mr. Brown knocked down a motorcyclist on purpose.
D．The accident was caused by the carelessness of the first motorcyclist.
69．It seems probable from the statements that Mr. Brown .
A．gave no signal to show that he was turning right
B．did not give any signal until he was actually turning
C．failed to give a proper signal at that time
D．flashed his light to show that he was going to turn
70．We would expect to find that Mr. Brown’s car was damaged on its side.
A．frontB．leftC．rightD．driver’s
E
In every British town, large and small, you will find shops that sell second-hand goods. Sometimes such shops deal mostly in furniture, sometimes in books, sometimes in ornaments（装饰） and household goods, sometimes even in clothes.
The furniture may often be “antique”, and it may well have changed hands many times. It may also be very valuable, although the most valuable piece will usually go to the London salerooms, where one piece might well be sold for hundreds of thousands of pounds. As you look around these shops and see the polished wood of chests and tables, you cannot help thinking of those long-dead hands which polished that wood, of those now-closed eyes which once looked at these pieces with love.
The books, too, may be antique and very precious; some may be rare first printings. Often when someone dies or has to move house, his books may all be sold, so that sometimes you may find whole libraries in one shop. One the border between England and Wales, there is a town which has become a huge bookshop as well. Even the cinema and castle have been taken over, and now books have replaced sheep as the town’s main trade.
There are also much more humble shops, sometimes simply called “junk shops”, where you can buy small household pieces very cheaply. Sometimes the profits（利润）from these shops go to charity（慈善事业）. Even these pieces, though, can make you feel sad; you think of those people who once treasured them, but who have moved on to another country or to death.
Although the British do not worship（崇拜）their ancestors, they do treasure the past and the things of the past. This is true of houses as well. These days no one knocks them down; they are rebuilt until they are often better than new. In Britain, people do not buy something just because it is new. Old things are treasured for their proven worth; new things have to prove themselves before they are accepted.
71．Books found in second-hand book shops may .
A．be copies of the earliest printingsB．be on sale for the first time
C．never be worth very muchD．never be rare
72．What is the small town on the border between England and Wales famous for?
A．Its sheep.B．Its bookshops.C．Its cinema.D．Its castle.
73．Second-hand goods sometimes fill you with sadness because .
A．they are too expensive for average buyers B．they remind you of the original owners
C．they are now forgotten D．they are sold for charity
74．The average British person .
A．does not respect old things because they are not fashionable
B．likes to build new houses simply because it is fashionable to do so
C．likes to buy new things because they are fashionable.
D．does not like to buy things simply because they are fashionable
75．What does the underlined word “them” (Paragraph 4) refer to?
A．junk shopsB．profits from shops C．old thingsD．old houses
阅读理解训练题（五十）答案
56-60DBACA 61-65DADCD 66-70BCACB 71-75ABBDC
阅读理解训练题（五十一）
A
Suppose you work in a big firm and find English important for your job because you often deal with foreign businessmen. Now you are looking for a place where you can improve your English, especially your spoken English. Here are some ads about English language training from newspapers. You may find the information you need.
Global English Center
*General English in all four skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing.
*3—month(700 yuan),6—month(1,200 yuan) and one year(2,000 yuan) courses.
*Choice of morning or evening classes, 3 hours per day, Mon. －Fri.
*Experienced college English teachers.
*Close to city center and bus stops.
Tel:67605270
Add:105 Zhongshan Road, 100082
Modern Language School
*Special courses in English for business, travel, banking, hotel management and office skills.
*Small classes(12-16students) on Sat. & Sun. From 2:00 to 5:00 p.m.
*Native English teachers from Canada and USA.
*Language lab and computers supplied.
*3-month(1,050 yuan), 6-month(1,850 yuan)
Write or phone:Modern Language School, 675 Park Road, 100056
Tel:67353019
The 2lst Century English Training Center
*We specialize in elective teaching at all levels.
*We offer morning or afternoon classes, both of which last three months and a half at a cost of 800 yuan. Entrance exams: June I and Dec.1.
*We also have a six-week TOFEL preparation class during winter and summer holidays.
*Only 15-minute walk from city center.
Call 67801642 for more information.
The International House of English
*3/6-month English courses for students of all levels at very low cost: 60 yuan for 12 hours per week; convenient class hours:9-12 a.m. and 2-5p.m.
*A 4-month evening classes for developing speaking skills(same cost as day classes).
*Well-trained Chinese and foreign teachers experienced in teaching English as a 2nd foreign language.
*Free sightseeing and social activities.
*Very close to the Central Park.
For further information call 67432308.
56．You work from 9:00 a.m. to 4:30p.m. every day. Which schools will you choose?
A．Global English Center and Modern Language School.
B．Global English Center and International House of English.
C．Modern Language School and the 21st Century English Training Center.
D．The 21st Century English Training Center and the International House of English.
57．The 21st Century English Training Center is different from the other 3 schools in that .
A．its teaching quality is better B．it is nearest to the city center
C．its courses are more advanced D．it requires an entrance examination
58．You’ll probably prefer to go to the International House of English because it .
A．offers free sightseeing and social activitiesB．has a special course in spoken English
C．costs less that the other schools D．has native English teachers
59．If you take the evening classes at International House of English, you’ll pay about yuan. A．60B．240C．720D．1,000
B
There are three branches of medicine. One is called “doctor medicine”, or “scientific medicine.” Scientific doctors try to observe sicknesses, look for logical patterns, and then find out how the human body works. From there they figure out what treatments may work. This kind of medicine is believed to date from the 4th century BC. Although nowadays it is successful, in the ancient world this approach probably did not cure many patients.
A second kind of medicine is called “natural cures,” or “folk medicine,” in which less educated people try to cure sicknesses with various herbs（药草）. These folk healers also use observation and logic, but they are not so aware of it. They try things until they find something that seems to work, and then they keep doing that. Folk medicine flourished long before the development of scientific medicine and was more successful in ancient times than doctor medicine.
The third kind is called “health spas（矿泉疗养地）,” or “faith healing.” Sometimes this may be as simple as touching the holy man and being immediately healed. Other times, a magician may make you a magic charm, or say a spell, to cure you. Some religious groups organize special healing shrines for the sick. In these places people rest, get plenty of sleep, eat healthy food, drink water instead of wine, and exercise in various ways. They also talk to the priests and pray to the gods. If you are feeling depressed or you have been working too hard, going to these places may be just the right thing to make you feel better.
60．Doctor medicine .
A．has a longer history than folk medicine B．has been practiced for around 1,600 years
C．bases its treatments on observation and logic
D．was very successful in curing sicknesses in ancient times
61．According to the passage, which of the following is NOT used in health spas?
A．Magic power.B．Various herbs. C．Religious faith.D．A healthy life style.
62．According to the passage, which of the following statements is true?
A．Folk healers choose different herbs to cure diseases without any sound basis.
B．people who practice folk medicine need lots of formal education on herbs.
C．The success of folk medicine led to the development of doctor medicine.
D．Natural cures worked better than scientific medicine in ancient times.
63．The author’s primary purpose in this passage is to .
A．describe different types of medicine
B．argue for the importance of medicine in health care
C．show the crucial role religion plays in medical treatments
D．compare the educational background of three different types of patients
C
TUVALU, a tiny country in the Pacific Ocean, has asked for help as it fears it will be swallowed up by the sea.
Storms and huge waves are a constant threat and none of Tuvalu’s nine little islands is more than five meters above sea leavel, Salt water is already entering the country’s drinking water supply, as well as damaging plants that produce fruit and vegetable. Without urgent help, the country’s days are numbered.
But Tuvalu is not the first place to face sinking into the sea. Venice, a historic city in Italy best known for its canals, has sunk about 24 cm over the past 100 years. Experts say that it will have sunk another 20-50cm by 2050. A century ago, St. Mark’s Square, the lowest point in the city, flooded about nine times a year, Nowadays, it happens more that 100 times. While Venice is slowly sinking into the mud on which it stands, Tuvalu’s rising sea level is caused by global warming.
The average global temperature has increased by almost 0.5 centigrade degrees over the past century; scientists expect it to rise by extra 1-3 degrees over the next 100 years.
Warmer weather makes glaciers（冰川）melt, adding more water to the ocean. The warmer temperatures also make water expand, so it takes up more space, causing the sea level to rise. The sea level has risen about 10－25 cm in the last 100 years.
The main cause of global warming is human pollution. Through burning coal, oil and gas, people have been increasing the greenhouse gases in the atmosphere, such as CO2. This adds to the power of the greenhouse effect, making the planet even warmer.
Many scientists believe that, if the warming is not stopped, there will be huge climate changes. The sea level could rise by one meter this century.
Should this come true, the sea will swallow up millions of homes and the world will be flooded with “climate refugees” looking for somewhere to live.
64．We can infer from the second paragraph that .
A．Tuvalu is in danger of being swallowed up by the sea
B．all Tuvalu’s islands are about five meters above the sea level
C．drinking water in Tuvalu has been destroyed
D．Tuvalu is often flooded by storms and waves
65．The author uses Tuvalu and Venice as examples in order to explain .
A．they are the first places sinking into the sea
B．they are both sinking into the mud where they stand
C．they will disappear in the future
D．their trouble is caused by global warming
66．What does “climate refugees” mean?
A．People who are forced away from their homeland by climate.
B．Climate changes. C．Rare animals. D．Climate effect.
67．Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A．Tuvalu’s nine little islands are less than five meters above the sea level.
B．The average global temperature has risen by 1-3 centigrade degrees over the past 100 years.
C．The warmer temperature causes the sea level to rise.
D．There will be huge climate changes unless the warming is stopped.
D
Americans are proud of their variety and individuality, yet they love and respect few things more than a uniform, whether it is the uniform of an elevator operator or the uniform of a five-star general. Why are uniform so popular in the USA?
Among the arguments for uniforms, one of the first is that in the eye of most people they look more professional than civilian clothes（便服）.People have become conditioned to expect superior quality from a man who wears a uniform. The television repairman who wears a uniform tends to inspire more trust than one who appears in civilian clothes. Faith in the skill of a garage mechanic is increased by a uniform. What easier way is there for a nurse, a policeman, a barber, or a waiter to lose professional identity than to step out of uniform?
Uniforms also have many practical benefits. They save on other clothes. They save laundry（洗衣店）bills. They are tax-deductible（可减税的）.They are often more comfortable and more long-lasting than civilian clothes.
Primary among the arguments against uniforms is their lack of variety and the consequent（随之而引发的）loss of individuality experienced by people who must wear them. Though there are many types of uniforms, the wearer of any particular type is generally stuck with it, without change, until retirement. When people look alike, they tend to think, speak, and act similarly, on the job at least.
Uniforms also give rise to some practical problems. Though they are long-lasting, often their initial（最初的）expense is greater than the cost of civilian clothes. Some uniforms are also expensive to maintain, requiring professional dry cleaning rather than the home laundering possible with many types of civilian clothes.
68．It is surprising that Americans who worship（崇尚）variety and individuality .
A．still judge a man by his clothes B．hold the uniform in such high regard
C．enjoy having a professional identity
D．will respect an elevator operator as much as a general in uniform
69．People are used to thinking that a man in uniform .
A．suggets quality workB．discards（抛弃）his social identity
C．appears to be more practicalD．looks superior to a person in civilian clothes
70．The chief fun_ction of a uniform is to .
A．provide practial benefits to the wearerB．make the wearer catch the public eye
C．inspire the wearer’s confidence in himself
D．provide the wearer with a professional identity
71．According to the passage, people wearing uniforms .
A．are usually helpfulB．have little or no individual freedom
C．tend to lose their individualityD．enjoy greater popularity
E
While the threat of a reappearance of SARS is still there, it is reassuring to learn about the latest developments in vaccine research.
More that 1,400 vaccine shots for SARS have been produced in China, and an application for clinical tests has been referred to the State Food and Drug Administration（SFDA）， according to a Xinhua report on Sunday.
“If everything goes smoothly, conducting of clinical experiments will be agreed before the end of December,” said Yin Hongzhang, head of Biological Product Section of the SFDA.
So far, China is far ahead of other countries in the search for a SARS vaccine, claimed Yin. At that time, volunteers will be sought in Beijing and Guangzhou to take part in experiments using the new vaccine. However, while cheering for the research breakthrough, voices of reason should also be heard.
What medical workers should always maintain is a cool head and careful attitude, which are essential in any scientific research. This is especially true when conducting experiments on human beings, because they are directly concerned with the volunteers’ health and even their lives, and also because knowledge of the deadly virus（病毒） still too limited.
Media reports indicate that members of the public are reacting actively to the news of selecting volunteers and are expressing their readiness. Their courage is well worth our admiration. The trust they are placing in these medical researchers is the biggest support of their work.
The researchers have no other choice but to be highly cautious in the expected experiments. The safety of volunteers should always be the first consideration. Scientists from different countries have been put in a race in uncovering the mystery surrounding the virus. But to play a leading role should by no means be the ultimate pursuit（最终目标）of the scientific workers. It is people’s safety and health that remain the biggest concerns.
While there are still so many mysteries to be solved, it is too early to celebrate.
72．According to the passage, which of the following is not true?
A．The developments in vaccine research in SARS are encouraging.
B．More that 1,400 vaccine shots for SARS have been applied to clinical test.
C．China is now leading in the search for a SARS vaccine.
D．Experiments using the new vaccine will be carried out only in Beijing and Guangzhou.
73．From the passage, we could see that the author’s attitude towards the new vaccine is quite .
A．praisingB．criticalC．matter-of-factD．humorous
74．Which of the following may serve as the best title?
A．Keep a Cool Head While Fighting SARS B．A Breakthrough in Fighting SARS
C．A Leading Role in Fighting SARS D．Volunteers Wanted While Fighting SARS
75．The underined word “cautious” most probably means .
A．cheerfulB．dutifulC．helpfulD．careful
阅读理解训练题（五十一）答案
56-60BDBDC 61-65BDAAD 66-70ABBAD 71-75CBCAD
阅读理解训练题（五十二）
A
Dear editor,
Several days ago, I heard that a dear friend of mine had killed herself. I was deep in sorrow by the sudden news. I can’t keep calm any longer. I’m always thinking about life and death.
Life is so precious. If we can slip into death in an impulsive (冲动的) moment, what use in all our efforts and hopes? Our families, our ambitions, everything is flung into total darkness. And death allows no time for regret.
Nevertheless, the suicide rate increases year by year, particularly of young people. Reasons may vary from person to person, yet I think they share something in common.
First, today’s young people are morally weak. They hunger for success but can not face failure; they are eager to be understood but afraid of opening their hearts to others. They live in a wide world, from east to west, ancient to present, but their hearts beat in a narrow desert, closed tight, unable to communicate. Each becomes an isolated fortress (孤堡), lonely, and weak.
My friend is a good example of that. As a young teacher, she was devoted to her work but was disappointed with her students’ occasional failures. She fell in love with a colleague but he deserted her. With no close friends, disappointed at work and in love, death seemed to her the only remaining choice and she took it.
Another reason for the weakness of today’s youth, in my opinion, comes from society’s pressures. The young are forced to try too hard to succeed. On the other hand, society refuses to accept that children sometimes do fail. But failure is more important because it can teach the young how to win next time.
What can we do to save the desperate young?
56. The passage wants to tell us .
A. a lot of young people choose death to escape from the society
B. the number of people who take suicide is larger and larger
C. the young people should go to see doctors to solve the spiritual problems
D. the reason why the young kill themselves lies in two main kinds
57. In the writer’s opinion, failure is .
A. the mother of success B. the key to success
C. good for the young D. bad for the young
58. Among the following, which one is NOT the cause of “my friend’s death”?
A. She has too much society’s pressure. B. She is not well content with her work.
C. She is disappointed in love. D. She doesn’t get on well with others.
59. The passage suggests those people would be most likely to take suicide.
A. who are alone B. who are weak-minded
C. who fail in love D. who suffer from society’s pressures
B
Amy tan, the American-born daughter of Chinese immigrants, received the Commonwealth Gold Award in 1989 for her first work of fiction, the best-selling Joy Luck Club. The sixteen stories that make up the work alternate (交替) the tales of four Chinese immigrant mothers and their Americanized daughters, in an exploration of the generational and cultural tensions (紧张关系) experienced by many first-generation daughters of immigrants.
Tan’s parents, like many immigrants, had high expectations for their children and often set puzzling standards, expecting Amy and her two brothers to think like Chinese but to speak perfect English, be excellent at school work, and take advantage of every situation that might lead to success. Tan, however, rebelled (反叛) against her parents’ expectations and devoted herself to being thoroughly American and dreaming of being a fiction writer.
Tan got a bachelor’s degree in English and linguistics (语言学) and a master’s degree in linguistics and established herself as a highly successful business writer. Tan, however, was not satisfied in spite of her material success. Turning to her life long dream, she wrote her first short story, “Endgame,” and then a second, “Waiting between the trees.” In 1987 Tan visited her half-sisters in China with her mother, a trip that proved to be a turning point in her life and career. Tan felt a sense of completeness, a tie with the country and its culture that she had never expected. Returning from China, Tan was surprised to learn that on the strength of her short stories she had received an advance from a publisher. Tan closed her business and wrote the remaining stories for the Joy Luck Club. It was a great success, well received by the public and appearing on the New York Times bestseller list. It has been translated into seventeen languages, including Chinese, and was made into a movie in 1993.
60. What is the writer’s main purpose in this passage?
A. To analyze (分析)Amy Tan’s works.
B. To support Amy Tan’s decision to become a fiction writer.
C. To present Amy Tan’s personal experiences.
D. To criticize Amy Tan’s rebellion against her parents.
61. According to the passage, Amy Tan’s visit to China .
A. was disappointing B. had a great pushing effect on her.
C. was not surprising in the least. D. was a trip she had always dreamed of taking.
62. The underlined words “the work” in paragraph 1 refer to .
A. stories B. writing
C. Commonwealth Club Gold Award D. Joy Luck Club
63. It can be concluded from this passage that .
A. parents don’t know how to educate their children.
B. Tan did not use personal experience in her writing.
C. Tan made the right decision when she closed her business.
D. Tan thinks and lives more in an American way than in a Chinese way.
C
BRITAIN is a popular tourist place. But tours of the country have pros and cons.
Good news
Free museums. No charge for outstanding collections of art and antiquities. Pop music. Britain is the only country to rival (与……比敌) the US on this score.
Black cabs. London taxi drivers know where they are going even if there are never enough of them at weekends or night.
Choice of food. Visitors can find everything from Ethiopian to Swedish restaurants.
Fashion. Not only do fashion followers love deeply and respect highly brand names such as Vivienne Westwood, Alexander McQueen; street styles are justly loved, too.
Bad news
Poor service. “It’s part of the image of the place. People can dine out on the rudeness they have experienced,” says Professor Tony Seaton, of Luton University’s International Tourism Research Center.
Poor public transport. Trains and buses are promised to defeat the keenest tourists, although the over-crowded London tube is unbelievable popular.
Lack of languages. Speaking slowly and clearly may not get many foreign visitors very far, even in the tourist traps .
Rain. Still in the number one complaint.
No air-conditioning. So that even splendidly hot summers become as unbearable as the down-pours.
Overpriced hotels. The only European country with a higher rate of tax on hotel rooms is Denmark.
Licensing hours. Alcohol (酒) is in short supply after 11p.m. even in “24-hour cities.”
64. What do tourists complain most?
A. Poor service. B. Poor public transport. C. Rain. D. Overpriced hotels.
65. What do we learn about pop music in Britain and the US through this passage?
A. Pop music in Britain is better than that in the US.
B. Pop music in Britain is as good as that in the US.
C. Pop music in Britain is worse than that in the US.
D. Pop music in Britain is quite different from that in the US.
66.When is alcohol not able to get easily?
A. At 9:00 p.m. B. At 10:00 p.m. C. At 11:00 p.m. D. At 12:00p.m.
67. Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A. You have to pay to visit the museums. B. It’s very cheap to travel by taxi there.
C. You cannot find Chinese food there. D. The public transport is poor there.
D
When I asked my daughter which item she would keep: the phone, the car, the cooker, the computer, the TV, or her boyfriend, she said “the phone”. Personally, I could do without the phone entirely, which makes me unusual. Because the telephone is changing our lives more than any other piece of technology.
Point 1 The telephone creates the need to communicate, in the same way that more roads create more traffic. My daughter comes home from school at 4:00 pm and then spends an hour on the phone talking to the very people she has been at school with all day. If the phone did not exist, would she have anything to talk about?
Point 2 The mobile phone means that we are never alone. “The mobile saved my life,” says Crystal Johnstone. She had an accident in her Volvo on the A45 between Otley and Skipton. Trapped inside, she managed to make the call that brought the ambulance to her rescues.
Point 3 The mobile removes our secret. It allows marketing manager of Haba Deutsch, Carl Nicolaisen, to ring his sales staff all round the world at any time of day to ask where they are, where they are going, and how their last meeting went.
Point 4 The telephone separates us. Antomella Bramante in Rome says, “We worked in separate offices but I could see him through the window. It was easy to get his number. We were so near-but we didn’t meet for the first two weeks!”
Point 5 The telephone allows us to reach out beyond our own lives. Today we can talk to several complete strangers at once on chat lines (at least my daughter does. I wouldn’t know what to talk about). We can talk across the world. We can even talk to astronauts (if you know any) while they’re space-walking. And, with the phone line hooked up to the computer, we can access to the Internet, the biggest library on Earth.
68. How do you understand “Point 1-The telephone creates the need to communicate?”
A. People don’t communicate without telephone.
B. People communicate because of the creating of the telephone.
C. People communicate more since telephone has been created.
D. People communicate more because of more traffic.
69. Which of the following best shows people’s attitude towards mobile phones?
A. Mobile phones help people deal with the emergency.
B. Mobile phones bring convenience as well as little secret to people.
C. Mobile phones are so important and should be encouraged.
D. Mobile phones are part of people’s life.
70．Which points do you think support the idea that phones improve people’s life?
a. Point 1 b. Point 2 c. Point 3 d. Point 4 e. Point 5
A. c, b B. a, e C. a, c D. b, e
71. The best heading for the passage is .
A. Phone Power B. Kinds of Phone
C. How to Use Phones D. Advantage of Phones
E
Although we already know a great deal about influenza, and although the World Health Organizations is constantly collecting detailed information from its chain of influenza reference laboratories throughout the world, it is extremely difficult for epidemiologists, who study infectious (传染的) diseases, to predict when and where the next flu epidemic(流感) will occur, and how serious it will be.
There are three kinds of influenza virus, known as A, B and C. Influenza C virus is relatively stable and causes mild infections that do not spread far through the population. The A and B types are unstable, and are responsible for the epidemics that cause frequent concern. Following any virus attack, the human body builds up antibodies which can be changed into immunity（免疫力） to that strain of virus but a virus with the ability to change its character is able to bypass this protection. Variability is less developed in the influenza B virus, which affects only human beings. As influenza B virus may cause a widespread epidemic but will have little effect if introduced into the same community soon afterwards, since nearly everyone will have built up antibodies and will be immune. The influenza A virus, which affects animals also, is extremely unstable and is responsible for some of the worst outbreaks of the disease, such as the world epidemic, of 1918&1919, when about half the world’s population were infected and about twenty million people died, some from pneumonia caused by the virus itself and some from secondary complication caused by bacteria. Accurate prediction is difficult because of the complication of the factors. A particular virus may be related to one to which some of the population have partial involved immunity. The extent to which it will spread will depend on factors such as its own strength, or virulence, the ease with which it can be transmitted and the strength of the opposition in encounters. Scientists, however, have a reliable general picture of the world situation.
72. Which of the following is the most appropriate title for the passage?
A. Symptoms of Influenza. B. Man Vs Influenza Virus.
C. World Health Organization: Forefront against Influenza Virus.
D. Variability of Influenza Virus.
73. What does the author say about the influenza B virus?
A. B Virus is relatively stable and causes mild infections that do not spread far through the population.
B. B Virus is unstable, and is responsible for the epidemics that cause frequent concern.
C. B virus is extremely unstable and is responsible for some of the worst outbreaks of the disease.
D. B virus has a very developed variability, and it affects only human beings.
74. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a factor contributing to the extent to which a virus spreads?
A. The strength of the virus. B. The strength of the opposition.
C. The virus encounters the ease with which the virus can be transmitted.
D. The immunity the virus can bring about.
75. This article is quite probably .
A. a piece of news B. a special science report
C. an introduction to a book D. a scientific fiction
阅读理解训练题（五十二）答案
56-60DCDBC 61-65BDDCB 66-70DDCBD 71-75ABBDB
阅读理解训练题（五十三）
A
Toronto—A pleasant attitude can do wonders for patients’ recovery, according to researchers who reviewed 16 studies that looked at patients’ attitudes toward health. The studies lasted 30 years and looked at patients’ attitudes after operation.
“In each case the better a patient’s expectations about how they would do after operation or some health procedure, the better they did,” said the author Donald Cole, of the Institute for Work and Health in Toronto.
“This mind-body connection that we have been toying with for the past couple of decades really does have hard science behind it. The result shows that the power of positive thinking is real,” Cole said.
New York—A Pablo Picasso painting sold at Christie’s auction house in New York Wednesday for 55-million dollars. The price set a new auction record for a Picasso, and is the fifth-highest price ever paid for any work of art at auction.
The painting—Woman with her arms crossed—was purchased by an telephone bidder(投标者). Painted in 1902 in Barcelona, the portrait is one of the best-known works from what is called Picasso’s blue period.
Christie’s says the painting by the famous Spanish artist is of a quality not seen on the market in more than 10 years. It sold for more than twice its pre-sale estimate.
Xinhua Agency—A report that three kindergarten teachers knelt down before a South Korean couple to apologize, in Nanjing, of East China’s Jiangsu Province, has triggered wide criticism.
At a local kindergarten, a Chinese teacher frightened a South Korean child by saying she would cut off his fingers if he continued to make mischief. Although the kindergarten had apologized to the couple and dismissed the teacher surnamed Yang, the mother insisted that Yang should kneel down before her.
Sheng Dalin, a columnist, wrote in the XINXI SHIBAO that it was enough to fire the teacher and make an apology to the couple, but the mother’s request was beyond all reason.
56．News Item 1 intends to make us believe that .
A．positive thinking can make people healthy
B．a better attitude results in a better operation
C．researchers have observed 16 patients’ recovery during the past 30 years
D．great attention has been paid to how attitudes affect health
57．Which of the following is NOT true about the painting Woman with her arms crossed?
A．The painting was once thought to be worth around $25 million.
B．The painting is one of the most expensive pictures ever sold at auction.
C．The painting was purchased through telephone.
D．The painting has not been seen on the market for more than 10 years.
58．The report in News Item 3 has caused wide criticism because _________.
A．the kindergarten fired the teacher surnamed Yang
B．the mother demanded an unreasonable apology from the teachers
C．the teacher frightened a South Korean boy
D．the kindergarten punished a boy so severely
B
Thousands of people began pouring into Pennsylvania from other states. They wanted to buy lottery tickets. The tickets cost only $0.9 each. But that small spending could bring them a reward of $90 million. That was the second largest lottery jackpot(积累奖金)in history.
More than 87 million tickets were bought for the Pennsylvania lottery drawing. Those who bought tickets had to choose seven numbers from 1 to 80. The chance of winning was one in 9.6 million. But that little chance certainly didn’t affect ticket sales. In the last few days before the drawing, tickets were selling at the unbelievable rate of 500 per second.
Experts say many people buy lottery tickets because they just want to have a piece of the action. Others say the lottery is a stock market for poor people. It allows them to dream about wealth they’ll probably never have.
But many people believe lotteries are no better than legalized (合法化的)gambling. Some critics(批评家)note that most people who play are poor and may not be able to afford the tickets. There are also many addicts(成瘾者)who take the game seriously. They may pour their life savings into lottery tickets. Some clubs have been formed to help them kick the habit.
Politicians like lotteries because they provide money that would otherwise have to come from new taxes. The profits from lotteries are usually used to pay for education or programs for senior citizens. But critics say this arrangement just allows states to legalize vice(恶习), under the name of social progress.
No matter whether you regard state lotteries right or not, you cannot refuse to accept their extreme popularity with many Amercians.
59．The main idea of the passage is that __________.
A．lotteries are of great benefit to everyone who buys them
B．playing a lottery is just like investing in the stock market
C．a lot of people buy lottery tickets, but lotteries cause disagreement
D．lotteries are just legalized vice
60．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A．Politicians like lotteries because they don’t have to pay extra tax.
B．The popularity of lotteries in America actually is social progress.
C．Some critics don’t like lotteries because many poor people waste their money on them.
D．People love the lottery because it is a stock market.
61．In just one hour in the last few days, the Pennsylvania lottery sold tickets totaling_______.
A．$1.62 millionB．$90 millionC．$9.6 millionD．$87 million
62．People who are addicted to playing lotteries should _________.
A．join a clubB．kick the habit
C．win the PennsylvaniaD．save every cent
C
Alexis was hot and tired. With rage in her voice she shouted, “Pull me up！I give up, I hate this. This is stupid!” It was at that moment when Jason, the adviser on the trip, looked at me and said, “Ed, I’m going to go down and talk with her.” I then shouted down to Alexis, “Hold on! You can do this. We know you can!”
Jason grasped another rope, put his climbing harness(系带)on and began to repel down the cliff. Within moments Jason was beside Alexis. She had her cheek directly against the face of the rock with her feet barely resting on a small piece of the cliff that jetted outward. Jason said to Alexis, “I know that you have been on this cliff now for what seems like a long time. Your feet and fingers are cramping(痉挛)up and your forearms feel as though they are on fire. But , Alexis, you are strong, look how far up you are already. You have taken one of the more difficult paths up the cliff. Look Alexis, look at the path you have taken.”
At that moment, Alexis moved her cheek away from the rock face and looked down. The bright white chalk she used on her hands to give her a better hold, showed the path where her tired hands had moved her upward on the cliff. Jason was right. Alexis had taken the hardest way up the cliff. Jason then looked straight into Alexis’ eyes and in a calm voice he said, “You are not alone out here, there are people who care about you, who want to help you and see you succeed. We are going to do this together. Are you ready?” Slowly she shook her head yes and took a deep breath.
63．Jason went down the cliff because _________.
A．Alexis took a wrong pathB．Alexis was trapped in rocks
C．Alexis didn’t believe in herselfD．Alexis’ forearms were badly hurt
64．We can infer from the passage that ________.
A．Alexis was finally pulled up by Ed
B．Alexis regretted having taken the wrong path up the cliff
C．Alexis was immediately sent to hospital after she was pulled up
D．Alexis successfully rock climbed
65．The underlined word “hot” in the story means _________.
A．disappointedB．angry
C．uncomfortableD．running a high body temperature
66．Alexis would probably become _________.
A．more strong-mindedB．easier to give up
C．poorer in healthD．less interested in rock climbing
D
About six years ago I was eating lunch in a restaurant in New York City when a woman and a young boy sat down at the next table, I couldn’t help overhearing parts of their conversation. At one point the woman asked, “So, how have you been?” And the boy — who could not have been more than seven or eight years old — replied. “Frankly, I’ve been feeling a little depressed lately.”
This incident stuck in my mind because it confirmed (确认) my growing belief that children are changing. As far as I can remember, my friends and I didn’t find out we were “depressed”, that is, in low spirits, until we were in high school.
Undoubtedly a change in children has increased steadily in recent years. Children don’t seem childlike anymore. Children speak more like adults, dress more like adults and behave more like adults than they used to.
Whether this is good or bad is difficult to say, but it certainly is different. Childhood as it once was no longer exists. Why?
Human development is depended not only on born biological states, but also on patterns of gaining social knowledge. Movement from one social role to another usually involves learning the secrets of the new social positions. Children have always been taught adult secrets, but slowly and in stages; traditionally, we tell sixth graders things we keep hidden from fifth graders.
In the last 30 years, however, a secret-revelation (揭示) machine has been equipped in 98 percent of American homes. It is called television. Television passes information to all viewers alike, whether they are children or adults. Unable to resist the temptation (诱惑) , many children turn their attention from printed texts to the less challenging, more attractive moving pictures.
Communication through print, as a matter of fact, allows for a great deal of control over the social information which children will gain. Children must read simple books before they can read complex materials.
67．According to the author, feeling depressed is ________.
A．a sure sign of a mental problem in a child
B．a mental state present in all humans, including children
C．something that cannot be avoided in children’s mental development
D．something hardly to be expected in a young child
68．Traditionally, a child is supposed to learn about the adult world _________.
A．through connection with society B．gradually and under guidance
C．naturally without being taught D．through watching television
69．According to the author, that today’s children seem adultlike results from ______.
A．the widespread influence of television B．the poor arrangement of teaching content
C．the fast pace of human scientific development D．the rising standard of living
70．What does the author think of communication through print for children?
A．It enables children to gain more social information.
B．It develops children’s interest in reading and writing.
C．It helps children to read and write well.
D．It can control what children are to learn.
71．What does the author think of the change in today’s children?
A．He feels their adultlike behavior is so funny. B．He thinks the change worthy of note.
C．He considers it a rapid development. D．He seems to be upset about it.
E
Many of us like cooking but never have much time for it. Helen Fry’s new book Quick Cooking has been specially written for busy people. It has over 1,000 recipes, from the famous Spanish gazpacho to Swedish smorgasbord. The book is well written and the photographs and drawings are clear. (They are like those in the excellent little Quick Dressmaking and Quick Gardening.) The book has a strong plastic cover. It is easy to find your way around it too. And busy people, notice this! Mrs Fry tells you how much time you need in order to get each dish ready.
Quick Cooking has 4 parts, one for each season. This helps you to use fresh fruit and vegetables when they are cheaper — and, of course, better. There are a lot of exciting ideas from foreign countries, and most of the recipes are easy to follow. You take something simple like a chicken or some cheese, and make an unusual dish out of it. For example, there are no fewer than 40 recipes for eggs! Mrs Fry does not plan complete meals for the “quick book”. The beginners will have to find out a lot of things for himself — or herself. But this ought not to be difficult with such a good book. I wanted to try many of the recipes as soon as I read them. For people with little spare time, Helen Fry’s Quick Cooking is excellent value.
72．Helen Fry’s book is called Quick Cooking because .
A．you can cook all the dishes in it quickly
B．there is over 1,000 recipes in it
C．it is written for people who don’t have much time
D．it tells you how to cook all kinds of food quickly
73．Busy people should notice that .
A．all the recipes in the book are easy to follow
B．there are clear photographs and drawings in the book
C．the book has a strong cover
D．they are told how long each dish takes to cook
74．This passage is most probably .
A．a book reviewB．a notice
C．a letter to an editorD．an introduction on cooking
75．We can infer from the passage that .
A．Helen Fry is good at writing books quickly
B．Complete meals are planned only for beginners
C．There are quite a few “quick books” for busy people
D．Beginners are advised to start making meals out of the cheapest materials
阅读理解训练题（五十三）答案
56-60ADBCC 61-65ABCDB 66-70ADBAD 71-75BCDAC
阅读理解训练题（五十四）
A
X-rays were first discovered by a German scientist , Wilhelm Konrad Rontgen , in 1895 , almost by accident . He and several other scientists were experimenting with passing electric currents through certain gases in a special glass tube from which the air had been moved . One day Rontgen noticed that , even when the tube was covered with black paper , some strange kind of radiation was coming through and making a screen nearby glow. Rontgen could not see anything coming out of the tube ,but then he discovered that if he put the screen in the next room on the other side of a closed door , the rays could pass not only through black paper but also through wood .
The next thing he found out was that if he put his hand between the rays and a photographic plate , the rays would print a shadow of the bony framework of his hand on the plate .In fact , the rays could pass as easily through the fleshy part of his hand as through the black paper , but hardly at all through the bone . So Rontgen made the first X-ray picture of a hand , showing just how the bones in the hand fit together .
56．What puzzled Rontgen one day during his experiment was .
A．some passing electric current B．some radiation coming through the covered tube
C．the black-paper-covered tube D．the screen nearby
57．The screen didn’t stop glowing even when .
A．it was moved to the next room B．it was moved to the other side of the room
C．the door was closed D．the black paper was moved from the tube
58．Rontgen put his hand between the rays and a photographic plate in order to .
A．stop the radiation B．make an X-ray photo of it
C．find out more about the rays D．see through the bones of his hand
59．The rays proved to be incapable ( 不能的)of passing through .
A．wood B．flesh C．bone D．black paper
60．From the passage , we know X-rays are .
A．invisible B．changeable C．whiteD．bright
B
A shopping center is a place where many different shops and stores are collected under one roof . You can buy everything there , and there are also banks restaurants and , sometimes , a post office .
There are other places in the United States which are called five-and –ten-cent stores because they used to sell things for 5 to 10 cents . Today they sell almost anything and some of the things cost several dollars . Supermarkets are found in all the cities . They sell food and many other goods . You walk around the supermarket , choose the things you want , put them into a special basket prepared by the store and pay for them all together at the door . Supermarkets often stay open later than other stores .
Stores are usually open every day of the week except on Sunday . Some close on Saturdays in July and August .
61．The shops and stores in a shopping center are .
A．close to your house B．on the top of a big roof
C．in the same building D．near banks and restaurants
62．A five-and-ten-cent store usually sells .
A．small and cheap things B．expensive things
C．things worth a few dollars D．everything you need in the house
63． have baskets ready for people to carry the things they are going to buy .
A．Shopping centers B．Supermarkets
C．Five-and-ten-cent stores D．Fine stores in America
64．Which of the following can be the topic of the article ?
A．What a shopping Center is B．Why people like supermarket
C．Old and new stores D．Three types of Places for shopping
65．This article suggests that people cannot buy things .
A．from Monday to Friday B．on Sundays
C．in July and August D．on Saturdays
C
HOLIDAY HOMES IN MALLORCA
Holiday apartments in Mallorcan sailing and fishing port-quiet even in summer season beautifully situated apartments with views of sea and mountains , yet near to shops and restaurants . Cars and bicycles for hire . Sailing and sports clubs nearby .
ITALY IN COMFORT
Luxury（豪华的）coach (=carriage ) tours of Italy , out of normal holiday season . 21 leisurely（休闲） days to visit five Italian cities starting from London 1st May , 1st September . The tours are guided by professor Martin Davis , formerly Head of Italian Studies , London University . See the arts and culture of history Italy .
KIBBUTZ HOLIDAYS IN ISRAEL
Working holidays on a kibbutz(cooperative farm ) in Israel . All nationalities welcome for one of three months , if prepared to work morning with kibbutz members . Accommodation (住), food and trip to historic sights all provided free-you pay only for the special low-cost return flight .
TWO WEEKS ON A CARRIBBEAN ISLAND
Two-week holidays in the luxurious Hotel Splendid , on a lovely beach with golden sands and deep-blue sea . Tennis , golf , sailing and all water sports . Trips and tours around the islands arranged . Near to town of Castries with lively evening entertainment（娱乐）dancing to local bands .
1st November-31st March=$720 per person
1st April-31th October=850 per person
Jack and his wife Mary , who have recently retired ,want to see places of cultural and historic interest abroad , but Mary hates flying .
Peter and Maria , university students , want to travel as far as possible on very little money , and would like to know a country by working there for three months with other young people .
Michael , a young computer programmer , has been working hard and needs holiday to relax —in winter . He would like to go somewhere warm and sunny , where he can swim in the sea , and he enjoys sports and dancing .
Harry and Kate , both teachers and their two teenage sons , have to take their holiday during the school summer holidays . There must be plenty for the boys to do , although Harry and Kate want beautiful scenery , good food and wine —and peace .
66．Michael would most enjoy , where you can go in winter .
A．spending two weeks in the splendid hotel on the Caribbean island .
B．visiting five Italian cities starting from London
C．seeing splendid arts and culture of historic city
D．driving cars and bicycles along the seaside
67．The most suitable holiday for Peter and Maria would be , as it is cheap and sounds very interesting .
A．the summer holiday in Mallorca B．the tours guided by a professor
C．the kibbutz in Israel D．the tours arranged near to town of Castries
68．The best holiday for Jack and Mary would be .
A．the leisurely 21-day coach tour of Italy
B．the working holidays for 1-3months on a farm
C．the splendid 14-day trip around the islands
D．the interesting 2-week stay in luxurious hotel
69．Harry and Kate and their sons would like , which is quiet even in the busy summer season .
A．a holiday working on a kibbutz in Israel
B．a holiday visiting ancients cities by coach in Italy
C．a holiday hotel on a lovely beach on the Caribbean island
D．a holiday apartment in the fishing port in Mallorca
D
The dream of flying into outer space , owned by the Chinese people for centuries , will soon come true . China launched（发射）its fourth unmanned spacecraft “Shenzhou IV” on December 30, at the Jiuquan Satellite Launch Center in Gansu Province . It was the 27th consecutive and successful launch of China-made rockets since October 1996. This launch has made it more realistic for China to send a person into space on its own-following Russia and US.
China launched the “Shenzhou I” , “Shenzhou II”and “Shenzhou III” spacecraft in 1999 ,2001 and 2002separately .
“Shenzhou IV” was to make it a more comfortable place in which astronauts can live and work . All parts of the application（应用）system for manned flight are aboard the “Shenzhou IV” craft in all test flights . China’s manned flight program began in 1992 .A number of unmanned test flights will be launched before Chinese astronauts are sent into space .
Leading scientists in charge of China’s manned space program said the successful launch of the “Shenzhou IV” showed that China had the ability of sending its astronauts to outer space . The spacecraft returned to Earth on January 5 , after completing seven experiments in space .
Officials in the center said that “Shenzhou V” , a manned spacecraft , is expected to be launched later this year .
70．When did “Shenzhou” manned flight project begin according to the text ?
A．In 1992B．In 1996C．In 1999D．In 2002
71．The underlined（下画线）word “consecutive” means .
A．difficult B．continuous C．frequent D．common
72．How long did it take the “Shenzhou IV” to fly in space and land successfully ?
A．5 days B．6 days C．7days D．8 days
E
Beijing is a safe place to live in and visit as the “atypical pneumonia” (非典)—also known as “Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome” (SARS)—has been brought under effective control , the nation’s health minister said yesterday .
“The daily living and work order of the Chinese people , including residents in Guangdong , is as normal ,” he said , stressing（强调）that various preventive measures will be undertaken to protect the health of expatriates（流动人口）living , visiting or attending meetings in the capital .
The minister , who held a press conference yesterday , appealed （呼吁）to some foreign organizations and companies which had cancelled（取消）their staff’s trips to China to reconsider their decisions .
Also yesterday , Foreign Ministry spokesman Liu Jianchao urged some countries not to misunderstand the situation and not to disturb normal exchanges with China . He said China has experience in preventing and treating the disease , and the number of SARS cases is falling dramatically .
He said 1,190 SARS cases had been reported by March 31 , with 1153 in South China’s Guangdong Province . There have been 46 deaths from the disease on the Chinese mainland and 40 in Guangdong .
Among all of the cases , 934 people had been cured and released from hospital—911 in Guangdong , eight in the nearby Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region and one in Beijing .
73．Of 1,190 SARS cases , .
A．6 patients died in Beijing and Guangxi B．23 patients alive are outside Guangdong
C．202 patients are still in hospital D．210 patients are still under treatment in hospital
74．After the disease appeared in China , .
A．some countries stopped normal exchanges with China
B．people from abroad came to China on business as usual
C．foreign reporters didn’t tell the truth about the disease
D．the disease didn’t bring about changes to people’s lives
75．The press conference was held .
A．to invite foreigners to come to China B．to tell reporters of the numbers of death
C．to make sure no more people will die from the disease
D．to make some facts clear to the public , especially to foreigners
阅读理解训练题（五十四）答案
56-60BACCA 61-65CABDB 66-70ACADA 71-75BCDAD
阅读理解训练题（五十五）
A
Without the atmosphere there would be no weather , no wind , rain , snow , or clouds . Air is all around us ; we live at the bottom of a great ocean of air . It is invisible , but we can feel it when it moves . There are miles of air above us , pressing down with great weight on the earth and everything on it . Because air presses down on us from all directions at the same time , and because we are able to bear（忍受）this weight , we do not seem to feel it . But scientists have proved that air has this weight , and that anything that has weight creates （产生）a force called pressure . As changes in air pressure take place , they make air move .
Air is a gas that expands （膨胀）when heated , gets lighter , and moves upward . When air is cooled , it gets heavier , sinks close to the earth’s surface , and flows like water in a great river . As warm air rises , cold air rushes in to take its place . Thus winds originate（起源）. The winds that blow high above us are caused by the warmer air running away from colder air . The wind we feel near the earth’s surface is the heavy colder air trying hard to catch the warmer air . Changes in temperature cause the air to move . And of course there are many changes , so air movements are taking place practically all the time .
56．The first paragraph mainly tells us the causes of .
A．why we don’t feel air B．whey atmosphere is important to us
C．why there is air surrounding us D．why there is air pressure
57．Air moves under such conditions that .
A．there is air pressure B．the air is heavy
C．air pressure doesn’t remain the same all the time D．air comes up and down
58．Which of the following pictures best tells the movements of warm air and cold air ?
59．According to the passage , in some areas if farmers who grow grapes（葡萄）light fires in the early morning , that is because the farmers want to .
A．drive away warm air B．prevent cold air from coming to harm their plants
C．cause more wind D．stop warm air running away
B
Alzheimer’s disease is a major national health problem. Nearly 2 million Americans over the age of 65 have Alzheimer’s disease . It is a leading cause of death among the elderly . But Alzheimer’s disease is not confined（限于）to the aged . There may be a million or more people under the age of 65 suffering from the disease .
At one time , people suffering from the disease were said to be “getting old”. The disease was thought to be a natural part of growing old , but it is now known that Alzheimer’s disease strikes young and old alike . It is an organic（器官的）disease that destroys brain cells .
Alzheimer’s disease affects the patient’s memory , speech , and movement . In the beginning stages of the disease , the patient may seem slightly confused . He may have trouble speaking . Then the patient’s memory begins to fail . He may forget dates , telephone numbers , names and plans .
As the disease progresses , the patient may not recognize family and friends . These symptoms（症状）often cause terrible anxiety in the patient . He may feel lost and frightened . Sometimes the patient reacts with wild and bad behavior.
In the last stages of the disease , the patient may not be able to take care of himself . He may have lost the ability to speak and walk .
Scientists don’t know exactly what causes Alzheimer’s disease . It may be caused by a virus（病毒）. It may be caused by a poisonous substance（物质）in the environment . At present, there is no cure for the disease . But there are ways to slow its progress . Exercise and physical treatment can help the patients of this disease .
60．The main idea of the passage is that Alzheimer’s disease .
A．is a terrible part of the aging process
B．is an organic disease that affects young and old
C．can be cured by physical treatment D．causes forgetfulness
61．All of the following are symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease EXCEPT .
A．forgetfulnessB．difficulty in speaking
C．loss of sight D．loss of the ability to walk
62．According to the passage , which of the following may be a cause of Alzheimer’s disease ?
A．Poisons produced by the brain .B．Getting old .
C．A virus .D．Lack of exercise .
63．The progress of Alzheimer’s disease can be slowed by .
A．operation B．a change in environment
C．medicines D．physical treatment and exercise
C
What’s On
Stage
An acrobatic（杂技）soul: To celebrate its 50th anniversary , the China Acrobatic Troupe will present “The Soul of China”, where the seemingly impossible is made real . Chills（寒战）will run down your spine（脊柱）as you watch breathlessly as performers take their art and their bodies to the edge .
Time : 7:30 p.m , September13—19
Place : Capital Theatre , 22 Wangfujing Dajie , Dongcheng District
Exhibitions
Joint Show : A group ink painting exhibition is running at the Huangshicheng Art Gallery in Beijing . About 50 works by 25 young artists including Ge Yun and Yu Yang are on display .
Time : 9 a .m —5p. m. until September 10
Place : Huangshicheng Gallery , 136 Nanchizi Dajie , Dongcheng Distirct
Oil paintings : The Wanfung Art Galley will host a joint show of oil paintings by 10 young and middle-aged artists . On display are more than 30 of their latest works , which capture（捕捉）the wonderous variety of life in unique（独特的）styles .
Time : 9 a.m. —4p.m until September 15
Place: 136 Nachizi Street , Dongcheng District
Literature（文学）museum : The National Museum of Modern Chinese Literature offers an indepth study of the evolution of Chinese contemporary literature from 1919 to 1949 .
Time : 9 a. m —4 p.m , daily
Place: 45 Anyuan Donglu , Chaoyang District（Shaoyaoju area ）
Concerts
Beijing rocks : “ The Fashionow Night of Chinese Rock” is set to bring rock fans out by the thousands next month . Nine Chinese rock bands will perform at the concert , including older generation bands , middle generation and some recent arrivals The audience（听众）will be given a chance to decide what songs they want to hear , which is sure to bring a storm .
Time: September 16
Place: The Olympic Center
Belgium Orchestra（管弦乐队）:La Petite Bande , the Baroque Orchestra of Belgium will perform in Beijing at the Grand Theatre of the Cultural Palace of Nationalities as part of activities across the world to commemorate（纪念）the 250th anniversary of Bach’s death .
Time: 7:30 p.m . September11—14
Place: Grand Theatre of the Cultural Palace of Nationalities
64．What do you think of the acrobatic show mentioned here ?
A．When you watch it , you will certainly feel cold .
B．Something strange will puzzle everyone , including scientists .
C．Unexpected things will make you excited and surprised .
D．Even the bravest ones will be too frightened to go on watching .
65．The most characterisic thing about the Fashionow Night of Chinese Rock is that .
A．it will let the audience choose the performers and the music
B．it is to bring thousands of rock fans out of their homes
C．it will certainly cause a rock storm throughout China
D．it is to be held in memory of one of the greatest musicians
66．Suppose it is September 14 today , how many activities can people choose to attend ?
A．2B．3C．4D．5
67．On the whole ,we can conclude .
A．people in Beijing prefer modern culture to something traditional
B．there are usually more cultural activities in September than in any other month
C．most of the cultural activities in Beijing are for foreign visitors only
D．we can enjoy a large variety of cultural activities in Beijing
D
In general , people talk about two groups of colors : warm colors and cool colors . Researchers in psychology think that there are also two groups of people : people who prefer warm colors and people who prefer cool colors .
The warm colors are red , orange and yellow . Where there are warm colors and a lot of light , people usually want to be active . People think that red , for example , is exciting. Sociable people , those who like to be with others , like red . The cool colors are green , blue and violet . These colors , unlike warm colors are relaxing . Where there are cool colors , people are usually quiet . People who like to spend time alone often prefer blue .
Red may be exciting , but one researcher says that time seems to pass more slowly in a room with warm colors than in a room with cool colors . He suggests that a warm color , such as red or orange is a good color for a living room or restaurant . People who are relaxing or eating do not want time to pass quickly . Cool colors are better for offices or factories if the people who are working there want time to pass quickly .
Researchers do not know why people think some colors are warm and other colors are cool . However , almost everyone agrees that red , orange , and yellow are warm and that green , blue , and violet are cool . Perhaps warm colors remind people of warm days and the cool colors remind them of cool days . Because in the north the sun is higher during summer , the hot summer sunlight appears yellow .
68．Which of the following colors belong to cool colors ?
A．Yellow, green .B．Blue , violet .C．Black , blue .D．Brown , white .
69．Which of the following statements is not true ?
A．Sociable people like warm colors . B．Warm colors can make people excited .
C．People who like to be with others don’t like red .
D．Where there are warm colors , people want to be active .
70．Which is the right color for different rooms ?
A．Red or orange for offices .B．Orange for dining-rooms .
C．Blue for bedrooms .D．Red for studies .
71．What is the main idea of the last paragraph ?
A．It shows the reason why people think some colors are warm and others are cool .
B．Warm colors remind people of warm days .
C．Cool colors remind people of cool days .
D．People have an agreeable opinion of warm colors and cool colors .
E
Disposing（处理）of waste has been a problem since humans started producing it . As more and more people choose to live close together in cities , the waste-disposal problem becomes increasingly difficult .
During the eighteenth century, it was usual for several neighboring towns to get together to select a faraway spot as a dump site . Residents or trash haulers（垃圾拖运者）would transport household rubbish , rotted wood , and old possessions to the site . Periodically（定期的）some of the trash was burned and the rest was buried . The unpleasant sights and smells caused no problem because nobody lived close by .
Factories , mills , and other industrial sites also had waste to be disposed of . Those located on rivers often just dumped the unwanted remains into the water . Others built huge burners with chimneys to deal with the problem .
Several facts make these choices unacceptable to modern society . The first problem is space Dumps , which are now called landfills , are most needed in heavily populated areas . Such areas rarely have empty land suitable for this purpose . Property is either too expensive or too close to residential（住宅区的）neighborhoods . Long-distance trash hauling has been a common practice but once farm areas are refusing to accept rubbish from elsewhere ,cheap land within trucking distance of major city areas is almost nonexistent .
Awareness（意识）of pollution dangers has resulted in more strict rules of waste disposal. Pollution of rivers , ground water ,land and air is a price people can no longer pay to get rid of waste . The amount of waste ,however , continues to grow .
Recycling efforts have become commonplace , and many towns require their people to take part . Even he most efficient recycling programs ,however , can hope to deal with only about 50 percent of a city’s reusable waste .
72．The most suitable title for this passage would be .
A．Places for Disposing WasteB．Waste Pollution Dangers
C．Ways of Getting Rid of Waste D．Waste Disposal Problem
73．During the 18th century , people disposed their waste in many ways EXCEPT for .
A．burying it B．recycling it C．burning it D．throwing it into rivers
74．What can be inferred from the fourth paragraph ?
A．Farm areas accept waste from the city in modern society .
B．There is cheap land to bury waste in modern society .
C．It is difficult to find space to bury waste in modern society .
D．Ways to deal with waste in modern society stay the same .
75．The main purpose of writing this article is to .
A．draw people’s attention to waste management
B．warn people of the pollution dangers we are facing
C．call on people to take part in recycling programs
D．tell people a better way to get rid of the waste
阅读理解训练题（五十五）答案
56-60ACBBB 61-65CCDCB 66-70CDBCB 71-75ADBDA
阅读理解训练题（五十六）
A
When I was younger, bedtime was always my favourite part of the day. Wearing soft pajamas and with Ian, my stuffed monkey, in my arms, I felt no pressure at all.
I named Ian after my uncle when I compared Ian’s long arms and legs to his. One night I ran up to Uncle Ian at a family party and told him I had named my monkey after him. His eyebrows wrinkled in confusion, then a chuckle（哈哈笑）escaped his lips. I guess he didn’t understand how important it was to me.
Even if Uncle Ian didn’t think my monkey was special, I certainly did. I dressed him in a white baby nightgown. My mother thought that Ian was the best-dressed stuffed animal in the world. Yes, he was certainly a fashionable creature. The strong cologne（科隆香水）I used on him years ago makes him still smell “pretty”.
For a long time, Ian went everywhere with me. He was my best friend, and I told him everything. But when I turned twelve, I realized I was too old for stuffed animals. I thought people would think I was babyish, so I put him in the cupboard with the rest of my teddy bears and dolls. I begged him to understand why I was doing this, but at the same time I longed to talk to him again.
It took me several years to realize that it was OK to miss Ian. I know now that maturity（成熟）doesn’t only mean growing up and taking on more responsibility. It also means holding on to your childhood and acting young sometimes.
Ian has been with me since I was six years old holding him in my arms connects me to my past and my present as I continue to grow and understand myself.
56．Which of the following is not true according to the text?
A．Bedtime used to be the writer’s favourite part of the day because of the stuffed monkey.
B．Uncle Ian liked the stuffed monkey as much as the writer.
C．The writer used to carry the monkey with her wherever she went.
D．Years later the writer realized that it was not wrong to miss Monkey Ian.
57．The writer loved Monkey Ian deeply because __________.
A．he could understand her B．he was a fashionable monkey
C．he could talk with her D．he was her most honest listener
58．We can learn from the text that the writer believes ________.
A．keeping stuffed animals is babyish
B．maturity doesn’t mean growing up and taking on more responsibility
C．one should keep to his childhood and act young sometimes even when he has grown up
D．human beings should be kind to animals
59．We can infer from the text that _________.
A．the writer is still a teenager B．the writer is now a middle-aged woman
C．Monkey Ian got angry for being left alone D．Uncle Ian has a monkey-like face
B
“The Lord of the Rings”, one of the best sellers in the new millennium（千年）, was made up of three parts——“The Fellowship of the Ring”, “Two Towers”, and “The Return of the King”. Millions upon millions of people have read it in over 25 different languages, but fewer know about the author and the history of the composition of the creative materwork.
John Ronald Reuel Tolkien was born in South Africa in 1892. His parents died when he was a child. Living in England with his aunt, Tolkien and his cousins made up play languages, a hobby that led to Tolkien’s becoming skilled in Welsh, Greek, Gothic, Old Norse and Anglo-Saxon.
After graduating from Oxford, Tolkien served in World War I. In 1917, while recovering from trench fever, he began composing the mythology for The Rings. As a professor of Anglo-Saxon in 1930s at Oxford, Tolkien was part of an informal discussion group called the Inklings, which included several writers. The group was soon listening to chapters of Tolkien’s imaginative work “The Hobbit”.
Hobbit was a name Tolkien created for a local people that could best be described as half-sized members of the English rural（乡村的）class. Hobbits live in hillside holes. One of them, Bilbo Baggins, looks for treasures with a group of dwarves（侏儒）. On the way, he meets the twisted, pitiful creature Gollum, from whom he sees a golden ring that makes the holder invisible.
One of Tolkien’s students persuaded her employer, publisher Allen & Unwin, to look at a draft（草稿）. The chairman of the firm, Stanley Unwin, thought that the best judge for a children’s book would be his ten-year-old son. The boy earned a shilling for reporting back that the adventure was exciting, and “The Hobbit” was published in 1937.
It sold so well that Unwin asked for a continuation. Over a dozen years later, in 1954, Tolkien produced “The Lord of the Rings”, a series of books so creative that they hold readers—new and old —after their publication.
60．What can we learn from the text?
A． “The Lord of the Rings” didn’t sell well in the last millennium.
B．People know better about Tolkien himself than about his works.
C．Tolkien was quite familiar with Old English.
D．Tolkien knew very well about different kinds of local languages in Africa.
61．What can we learn about “Hobbit” that Tolkien created in his works?
A．Hobbit was a race living in English downtown areas.
B．Hobbit was a local people who were very tall and strong.
C．Hobbit was a social group of people who lived in old castles.
D．Hobbit was a group of people who were mostly dwarves.
62．Which of the following helped most in making “The Hobbit” published?
A．One of Tolkien’s students.B．Stanley Unwin’s son.
C．Allen & Unwin.D．Bilbo Baggins.
63．What is mainly discussed in the text?
A． “The Lord of the Rings” and its writer.
B．A completely new masterwork in the new millennium.
C．a famous professor at Oxford University.
D．The power of the magic ring.
64．Which of the following shows the right order of Mr J.R.R.Tolkien’s life experience?
a．He had his “The Hobbit” published.
b．He became a member of the lnklings. c．He served in World WarⅠ
d．He became an undergraduate at Oxford.
e．His work “The Lord of the Rings” came to the world.
f．He moved to England to live with his aunt.
A．f-d-b-c-a-eB．f-d-c-b-a-eC．f-c-d-b-e-aD．d-f-c-a-b-e
C
★This Week’s Highlights
●Visit the new College of Engineering Alumni Web for
coming events, photo collections, and career services.
●Reunion Weekend 2004 is just around the corner, and we
invite you back to BU to take part in all the fun.
★BU Breaking News
□Boston University Professor demands Napping at the Workplace in His Speech.(3/18)
□Boston University Hosts Discussion on Putin, U.S.-Russian ties for Future.(3/11)
□BU Physicist Receives Boltzmann Award For Excellent Work In Physics at the Conference.(3/8)
★Features
□Learn more about the Young Alumni Council, serving alumni up to 15 years out of BU.
□Offer students jobs for earning income to pay their taxes.
★Student Village will be the center of BU life.
□Four BU students share their homeschooling experiences,
and the lessons they learned.
□Scientists at the South End will study the world’s most
dangerous microbes（微生物）, and develop measures to
bioterrorism.
65．Which of the following statements is true according to the webpage?
A．Alumni Web cares about BU’s scientific research rather than international situations.
B．BU provides students with homeschooling.
C．Reunion Weekend 2004 is one of the most important news of this week.
D．Amumni Web was set up 15 years ago.
66．The underlined word “around the corner” probably means “_________”.
A．in the immediate futureB．at present
C．in the distant futureD．around here
67．If you are a biology student at BU, what is most probably your first choice after you finish reading the webpage?
A．Watch the video of the Discussion.B．Buy the magazine Bostonia.
C．Watch the video of the Conference.D．Book tickets for the Reunion Weekend.
D
American researchers say drinking tea may help strengthen the body’s defense system against infection（感染）. Doctors at Brigham and Women’s Hospital in Boston, Massachusetts, did the study. The team studied a chemical found in black, green, oolong and pekoe tea. This chemical is an amino acid（氨基酸）called L-theanine. The scientists say it may increase the strength of gamma delta T cells. That’s the letter T, not the drink. Gamma delta T cells are part of the body’s defenses.
First, the researchers mixed some of these cells with antigens（抗原）found in the amino acid. Antigens help the body react to infection. Then the scientists added some bacteria（细菌）. Within twenty-four hours, the cells produced a lot of interferon, a substance that fights infection. Cells not mixed with the antigens did not produce interferon.
In the second part of the study, eleven people drank five to six cups of black tea every day. Ten other people drank the same amount of instant coffee. That is dried coffee mixed with hot water.
Two weeks later, and again two weeks after that, the researchers tested the blood of all twenty-one people. They also looked at what happened when they added bacteria to the blood cells. They found that the tea drinkers produced five times more interferon after they started drinking tea. The coffee drinkers did not produce interferon.
Doctor Jack Bukowski led the study. He says the antigens added to the gamma delta T cells were responsible for the increased reaction to the bacteria. He says the study also showed that the cells were able to remember the bacteria and fight them again the next time.
Earlier research already has found that tea can help prevent heart disease and cancer. Doctor Bukowski says the new study must be repeated with more people. If the findings prove to be true, he says, then tea drinking might also help protect against bacterial infections. He says the amino acid L-theanine could be removed from tea and used as a drug to strengthen the body’s defenses.
68．We may know from the text that ________ can be found in different kinds of tea.
A．Gamma delta T cells B．L-theanine C．interferonD．bacteria
69．Tea may help strengthen the body’s defense system because it helps ________.
A．the body to produce more interferon B．the body to produce more gamma delta T cells
C．to add some bacteria to the blood cells D．to mix antigens with some of the cells in the body
70．According to Dr Bukowski, ________.
A．the findings of the study have already proved to be true
B．he has taken some amino acid L-theanine from tea and made a drug with it
C．further study is needed to prove the findings true
D．he is not sure whether tea can help prevent heart disease and cancer
71．What would be the best title for this Text?
A．Tea Is Better Than Coffee.B．Tea May Help Fight Infection
C．Tea Can Help Prevent Cancer.D．Our Body Needs Tea
E
Maybe you never opened that account, but someone else did ——someone who used your name and personal information to commit fraud（造假）. When an imposter uses your name, your credit card number, or some other piece of your personal information for their own purpose –in short, when someone takes your personal information without your knowledge –it’s a crime, pure and simple.
The biggest problem is that you may not know your identity（身份）has been stolen until you notice that something’s wrong: you may get bills for a credit card account you never opened, your credit report may include debts you never knew you had, a billing cycle may pass without your receiving a statement, or you may see charges on your bills that you didn’t sign for, and even don’t know anything about.
If someone has stolen your identity, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) suggests that you take three actions immediately.
First, contact the fraud departments of each of the three major credit offices. Tell them to flag your file with a fraud alert（警告）including a statement that creditors should get your permission before opening any new accounts in your name.
Then, ask the credit offices for copies of your credit reports. Credit offices must give you a free copy of your report if it is not correct because of fraud. Review your reports carefully to make sure no additional fraudulent accounts have been opened in your name or unauthorized（侵权的）changes made to your present accounts. In a few months, order new copies of your reports to check your corrections and changes, and to make sure no new fraudulent activity has occurred.
72．What’s the subject discussed in the text?
A.What you should do if your credit card is stolen.
B．What you should do if your identity is stolen.
C.What an imposter always does to make money.
D．What the Federal Trade Commission is about.
73．What should you do first when you find your identity is stolen?
A．Inform creditors not to open any new accounts in your name without your permission.
B．Ask for copies of your credit reports and make sure no other frauds have been made.
C．Keep ordering new copies to check what you have already changed and corrected.
D．Always lock your ID card in your cupboard in case it should be stolen.
74．What is the most difficult thing for people to deal with identity frauds?
A．No measures can work on the billing cycle. B．There is no strict law for this kind of behaviors.
C．It might be a long time before you realize that. D．The FTC does nothing except for three suggestions.
75．Which is the least possible if a fraud has happened to you?
A．You may have debts in your credit card.
B．You may find charges on your bills unauthorized.
C．A new credit card may be opened in your name.
D．The fraud departments can find out the imposter right away.
阅读理解训练题（五十六）答案
56-60BDCAC 61-65DBABC 66-70ABBAC 71-75BBACD
阅读理解训练题（五十七）
A
The girl looking for the job turned out to be excellent but she ended up giving her employer a headache when it also turned out that she used an unreal diploma （文凭）.
In December , a Civil Administration Bureau in the city of Wuhan , Hubei Province , announced that it needed five new staff members . Some 120 people applied and took the exam . Applicants were required to show proof of a college degree at least .
Mei Jing beat everyone , in the test and the interview . When a follow-up check was done , however , her education certificate was discovered to be an unreal one .
This was a bit of an embarrassment for the employers . A dilemma , one might say . If she were hired because of her excellent performance , she still wouldn’t have the qualifications on paper . But , if she were dropped because she didn’t meet the education requirements , they would lose a good worker . Tough problem .
While Mei’s future hangs in the balance , the public having learned of the case , got involved .
Some people said the bureau should employ her , since results are the only important thing . “After all , ability is more important than a diploma,” said one office worker .
Others , however , have attacked Mei’s dishonesty . They said that morality (道德) was , after all , more important than talent , especially in the case of a government position . Mei wasn’t honest , so she shouldn’t be hired . Case closed .
But , Shen Ronghua , the head of the Shanghai Public Administration and Human resources Institute , tries to be a bit more philosophical .
“There is still a sort of ‘diploma means this’ prejudice （偏见）among people,” Shen explains , “Many employers regard a diploma as the only sign of ability and talent.”
So, with this in mind , people may pay little attention to whether someone has real ability or not . They turn to chasing a diploma instead . The unreal diploma is the natural product of this thought .
The conclusion ? “China needs a new human resource system . The new system will not define a person only by his or her diploma,” Shen says .
56．What’s the meaning of the underlined word “dilemma” in Paragraph Four ?
A．A problem easy to deal with or solve .
B．A situation in which it is difficult for you to make the decision .
C．A difference in two or more statements , ideas , or stories .
D．Something said or done that is funny .
57．What can we infer from this news report ?
A．The Civil Administration Bureau of Wuhan employed the girl .
B．The girl was not employed because of dishonesty .
C．It remained to be seen whether the girl was to be employed or not .
D．Another Human Resource Institute employed the girl .
58．What does Shen Ronghua mean by saying “diploma means this” ?
A．A diploma can tell whether a person is honest or not .
B．A diploma is the only sign of ability and talent .
C．A diploma is what you get after you finish a course .
D．A diploma means a job .
59．Which statement is NOT true according to the news report ?
A．It seemed that the reporter agrees with Shen Ronghua’s opinion .
B．If you want to get the job , you have to meet a certain education requirement .
C．Most people held the view that morality was the most important thing .
D．One official said that something should be done to change the human resource system .
60．Which of the following do you think is the best title of this news report ?
A．A Girl’s Unlucky Experience B．Unreal Diploma
C．Dishonesty Has Been Attacked D．Can A Diploma Be All There Is
B
By Alisha , (13) Florida
When I sit down in class , I often wonder why my teachers choose such a job .Don’t get me wrong : if it weren’t for teachers I wouldn’t be as smart as I am . But tell me : After you go to school fourteen years , will you choose to be a teacher ?
After I see how students treat their teacher by disrespecting them in all types of ways , why would I want to have that job ? It’s not like I would take that junk from them . Do you think they become teachers to have the freedom that they didn’t have in school ? Or do they really want you to learn something ? ——If they do , why do they scream at you when you make a mistake , or talk ? We all are not perfect , so if you don’t get a lesson they teach , why do they say you haven’t been listening ? It is not all teachers that act like that . But to the ones that do , I’d like to shout at them : DON’T TEACH !!!!!!!
By Alice ,(11) Tennessee
Look , ever since I was 2 , I want to be like Julia Roberts . And I do what I can to make it happen . I try out for as many plays as I can . I get in some and some I do not get in . It is all hard work . I think try hard and you will succeed in whatever you want !
By Desiry , (13 ) Florida
When I grow up I want to be a successful Lawyer , who will do a nice job by making people happy . I think that I will be good at this job because I have a loud mouth and I can tell very easily when someone Is lying .
By Kelley , (11) California
I think I want to be a pediatrician because I love kids and I like helping people . I don’t know if that’s what I’ll do , but I might . I hope to be a pediatrician so I can help kids .
By Alexandra , (9) California
I would like to be a biologist . The job of a biologist is almost like a scientist . The thing that these two jobs have in common is that they both have to do something with science . My favourite subject might not be science but for sure I would like to be a biologist .
61．Julia Roberts is probably .
A．a famous lawyer B．a biologist and scientist
C．a successful teacher D．a movie star
62．What does the underlined work “ Junk” mean in the sentence “It’s not like I would take that junk from them” ?
A．Things that you do not want or like .B．Old or broken things .
C．Job like teaching at school.D．Knowledge or anything learnt .
63．Which of the following statements is NOT true ?
A．In Alisha’s opinion , some students don’t respect their teachers .
B．Desiry holds the view that a lawyer will bring happiness to people .
C．Alexandra wants to be a biologist because she likes science most of all .
D．A pediatrician has to do something related to children .
C
William Stone , a spokesman of one of the biggest import & export companies in Yorkshire , Britain , was making an angry speech at a business conference in Berlin for seeking a complete solution to the problem of so-called “Mad Cow Disease” , which had been spreading quickly throughout the country and was regarded as a direct cause of the death of a 12-year-old schoolgirl who was said to have eaten some well-done beef and died two weeks later . The death caused great fear among beef-eaters all over the world .
“We don’t believe it since until now I haven’t received even a smallest piece of paper reporting the real cause of the death,” said Mr Stone excitedly facing the thirty representatives from at least twenty countries that had been the biggest import countries of the British beef but now refused to have it . When he saw no signs of anybody being willing to speak out , Mr Stone got madder , adding , “You will have to eat beef every day , won’t you ? In the past , to get our beef , you ordered months in advance , as much as you could , saying in your thank-you letters: ‘Without the British beef we can’t imagine what a colorless sight would be on our countrymen’s dinner tables.’”
“But now , gentlemen , you say ‘Mad Cow Disease …Death frightening …sorry to stop enjoying your beef for the moment !” Mr Stone let out a shout and then seized a handful of paper out from a paper bag lying beside the microphone , “Here ,here . What you are thinking about is all here . Have a look at your telegrams , gentlemen !” His audiences looked at each other , still expressionless . “Well , let our beef rot away , Mr Stone continued . “And let you men go hungry —they’ll be mad one day . Thank you !” He took his handkerchief out of his pocket , wiping off sweat while walking down back to his seat . All of the listeners stayed silent for seconds , then laughter burst out .
They , including Mr Stone himself , laughed so much that the chairman of the conference announced a rest of ten minutes .
64．From Mr Stone’s speech we know that .
A．the British beef had been widely enjoyed by people out of the country .
B．the British beef had once been widely praised by the people of the country
C．the British beef caused the so-called disease
D．Mr Stone often received letters of thanks from beef-eaters
65．Mr Stone thought that since his government didn’t prove that the death of the girl had been caused by the disease , the countries of which representatives were listening should agree to import .
A．beef without disease B．some other beef
C．a kind of beef as he suggested D．as much British beef as before
66．The underlined word “mad” in the last but one paragraph means “ ” on Mr Stone’s side but “ ” on the listeners’ side .
A．hungry ; angry B．bad ; good C．angry ; ill in mind D．ill in mind ; hungry
67．The laughter made by both the speaker and the listeners showed .
A．the problem of the “Mad Cow Disease” would be solved in an easy manner
B．both sides felt something funny
C．the listeners were making fun of the British speaker—Mr Stone
D．Mr Stone’s speech was a successful one
D
Even plants can run a fever , especially when they’re under attack by insects or disease . But unlike human , plants can have their temperature taken from 3,000 feet away —straight up . A decade ago , adopting the infrared （红外线）scanning technology developed for military purposes and other satellites , physicist Stephen Paley came up with a quick way to take the temperature of crops to determine which ones are under stress . The goal was to let farmers precisely target pesticide （杀虫剂）spraying rather than rain poison on a whole field , which invariably includes plants that don’t have pest （害虫）problems .
Even better , Paley’s Remote Scanning Services Company could detect crop problems before they became visible to the eye . Mounted on a plane flown at 3,000 feet at night ,an infrared scanner measured the heat emitted by crops . The data were transformed into a color-coded map showing where plants were running “fevers” . Farmers could then spot-spray , using 50 to 70 percent less pesticide that they otherwise would .
The bad news is that Paley’s company closed down in 1984 , after only three years . Farmers resisted the new technology and long-term backers were hard to find . But with the renewed concern about pesticides on produce , and refinements in infrared scanning , Paley hopes to get back into operation . Agriculture experts have no doubt the technology works . “This technique can be used on 75 percent of agricultural land in the United States ,” says George Oerther of Texas A& M, who recently retired from the Department of Agriculture , thinks remote infrared crop scanning could be adopted by the end of the decade . But only if Paley finds the financial backing which he failed to obtain 10 years ago .
68．Plants will emit an increased amount of heat when they are .
A．sprayed with pesticides B．facing an infrared scanner
C．in poor physical condition D．exposed to excessive sun rays
69．In order to apply pesticide spraying precisely , we can use infrared scanning to .
A．estimate the damage to the crops B．measure the size of the affected area
C．draw a color-coded map D．locate the problem area
70．The application of infrared scanning technology to agriculture met with some difficulties , on of which is .
A．the lack of official support B．its high cost
C．the lack of financial support D．its failure to help increase production
71．Infrared scanning technology may be brought back into operation because of .
A．the desire of farmers to improve the quality of their produce
B．growing concern about the excessive use of pesticides on crops
C．the forceful promotion by the Department of Agriculture
D．full support from agricultural experts
E
There are various ways in which individual economic units can interact with one another. The basic ways may be described as the market system , the administered system , and the traditional system .
In a market system individual economic units are free to interact among each other in the marketplace. It is possible to buy commodities （商品）from other economic units or sell commodities to them . In a market , transactions（交易）may take place via barter or money exchange . In a barter economy , real goods such as automobiles , shoes , and pizzas are traded against each other . Obviously , finding somebody who wants to trade my old car in exchange for a sailboat may not always be an easy task . Thus , the introduction of money as a medium of exchange eases transactions considerably . In the modern market economy , goods and services are bought or sold for money .
An alternative to the market system is administrative control by some agency over all transactions . This agency will issue commands as to how much of each goods and service should be produced , exchanged , and consumed by each economic unit . Central planning may be one way of administering such an economy . The central plan , drawn up by the government , shows the amounts of each commodity produced by the various firms and allocated （分配）to different households for consumption（消费）. This is an example of complete planning of production , consumption , and exchange for the whole economy .
In a traditional society , production and consumption patterns are governed by tradition : every person’s place within the economic system is fixed by parentage , religion , and custom . Transactions take place on the basis of tradition , too . People belonging to a certain group may have an obligation to care for other persons , provide them with food and shelter , care for their health , and promote the education . Clearly , in a system where every decision is made on the shelter , care for their health , and promote the education . Clearly , in a system where every decision is made on the basis of tradition alone , progress may be difficult to achieve , A stagnant（停滞的）society may result .
72．The underlined work “barter” means .
A．to buy and sell goods in the market
B．to exchange for other goods rather than for money
C．that goods and services are bought or sold for money
D．that goods exchange is obviously to be seen
73．From the 3rd paragraph , we can see who has the greatest degree of control in an administrative system ?
A．Small businesses B．Major corporations .
C．The government D．The general managers
74．Which of the following is NOT mentioned by the author as a criterion for determining a person’s place in a traditional society ?
A．AgeB．Religious belief C．Custom D．Social position
75．This article most probably is a .
A．narrative B．fiction C．report D．advertisem*nt
阅读理解训练题（五十七）答案
56-60BCBCD 61-65DACAD 66-70CBCDC 71-75BBCDA
阅读理解训练题（五十八）
A
We arranged that Kissinger（基辛格）would fly to Vietnam early in July and then stop in Pakistan on the way back. There he would develop a stomachache that would require him to stay in bed and not be seen by the press. Then with President Yapha’s help, he would be taken to an airport where a Pakistani jet would fly him over the mountains to China.
Kissinger’s trip was given the name Polo after Marco Polo, another Western traveler who made history by journeying to China. Everything went quite smoothly. His slight illness in Islamabad received only small attention from reporters covering him. They accepted the story that he would be kept shut up for at least a few days and began making arrangements for their own activities.
Because of the need for complete secrecy and the lack of any direct communication facilities（联络设备）between Beijing and Washington, I knew that we would have no word from Kissinger while he was in China. Even after he had returned to Pakistan, it would still be important to keep it secret, so before Kissinger left, we agreed on a single code word-Eureka-which he would use if his mission（任务，使命）was successful and the presidential trip had been arranged.
On July 11, Al Haig, who knew our code word, phoned to say that a cable（电报）from Kissinger had arrived.
“What’s the message? ”I asked . “Eureka, ”he replied.
56．Kissinger stopped in Pakistan because .
A．he had a stomachache B．he needed President Yapha’s help in carrying out a secret plan
C．he did not want to be seen by the press
D．he would like to take a Pakistani jet on his way back.
57．The reporters in Islamabad believed that .
A．Marco Polo made a trip to China B．Kissinger would make a jourey to China.
C．Kissinger was making arrangements for their activities. D．Kissinger was sick.
58．Washington would have no word form Kissinger while he was in China, mainly because .
A．his trip must be kept secrect B．President Yapha would not fly together with Kissinger
C．Communication between China and Islamabad was impossible
D．Al Haig would phone to the author to tell him about Kissinger’s trip.
59．From the passage we can infer that Kissinger’s cable carrying the message“Eureka”must have been sent .
A．before he had leftBeijing B．soon after he had returned to Pakistan from China.
C．as soon as he had arrived in Washington on July 11
D．before he returned to Pakistan on July 11
B
Good evening. Chinese President Jiang Zemin and his American counterpart Bill Clinton have acknowledged their political differences, but they wrapped up their historic summit（高级会晤）emphasizing（强调）the importance of their common interest. As Mark Thun reports from Washington, the two leaders hammered out agreements on a number of issues（问题，争论点）,although human rights remains a sticking point.
The two sides came to agreements over plenty of items, which could shake the world for a long time to come. The most important is probably the high-level dialogues and consultations（磋商）. The Presidents will visit each other regularly, there will be a Washington-Beijing communications link for direct contact, and there will be regular exchanges or visits by cabinet（内阁）and other officials on political and security（安全）issues. On nuclear cooperation, Mr Clinton promises the sale of nuclear technology to China for peaceful use, something not possible now with an American ban after the 1989 Tiananmen crackdown（严厉取缔）.The two countries have agreed to strengthen military maritime safety（加强海军方面的安全合作）.And Beijing and Washington are both working towards China’s entry into the WTO, with China aiming to make substantial tariff reductions（大幅度降低关税）. Taiwan is considered the most important issue, but there’s little breakthrough（突破）here. The two sides agreed that there should be only one China, and that the Chinese should be allowed to resolve the problem by themselves. It’s over the matter of human rights which the two countries have the most obvious differences.
The autumn air might have been chilly（寒冷的），but the welcoming ceremony for the Chinese President was anything but cold. Mr and Mrs Jiang Zemin were greeted by the American President and the First Lady. The two heads of state inspected the honour guard and national anthems were played with the twenty-one gun salute as the background. With a chime swinging leisurely only a few steps away, President Bill Clinton spoke of a better future,“Let us strengthen the bonds between us, let us pursue common causes, let us address our differences openly and with respect, let us build a better world for our children.”And Mr Jiang gave a similarly optimistic reply, partly in English, “Let us, the Chinese and the Americans, join hands, and together with people around the world, work hard to bring about the new century of peace, stability and the prosperity.”
60．What style is this short passage?
A．TV news broadcasting. B．A document（文件）on state affairs.
C．A summary of Bill Clinton’s speech at the welcoming ceremony for the Chinese President. D．A newspaper report.
61．“The autumn air might have been chilly, but the welcoming ceremony for the Chinese President was anything but cold.”What does the sentence mean to the reader or the listener?
A．Even though the weather was cold, all the people at the welcoming ceremony still felt fairly warm.
B．Both the autumn air and the welcoming ceremony were not a bit warm.
C．People thought it really interesting to hold the warm ceremony in the chilly autumn air.
D．People at the ceremony talked about anything but the cold weather.
62．After the meeting of the two presidents, we can hope that .
A．the two countries will together devote themselves to the study of nuclear weapons
B．Taiwan will soon come back to the embrace of its motherland
C．China will adopt the same system as that of the USA
D．the two presidents will call on each other regularly, which will make the two sides understand each other better.
63．What President Bill Clinton spoke of at the ceremony shows that .
A．he hopes for a better future for the two sides with better understanding
B．he sincerely hopes that the children in the two contries will grow well and healthily
C．he hopes that all the world will understand why the two countries have joined together
D．he thinks that only by addressing their differences openly and with respect can they build a better world for the children.
C
Four months ago Mrs B ordered a rug from a store, which promised to deliver it in about two weeks. Three weeks passed, but the rug did not arrive. When Mrs B telephoned the store to talk about it, she was told that the rug had been lost and that the store would send her another one.
Weeks later, when Mrs B telephoned again, the store told her that the second rug had been delivered and left on her front porch（门廓）.She didn’t believe the story, as she had been at home as usual, and her doorbell was in good working order. However, the store promised her that a third rug would be delivered within a week. It wasn’t. What could she do? How could she get action?
Mrs B did what many other Americans have done-with excellent results. She wrote a letter to the newspaper in her town, explaining the problem. A few days later her letter appeared in the newspaper and this sentence was printed below it:
“The store found a way to safely deliver your rug immediately after hearing from us.”
In this age of machines, it is often hard to get action from businesses that have made mistakes. An individual（个别的）person can complain, but his complaints may accomplish nothing. Luckily, newspapers now employ people to help with such problems, and the results are published in a special section of the paper.
Mrs B’s letter appeared in a column called Mr FLX-IT. During the same week the following letter from Mrs J was printed in the ACTION LINE column of another newspaper.
“Many weeks ago I bought some living room furniture from the House and Garden Shop in Parkkersvile. They have set three delivery dates, and each time I had to stay home from work and wait for the truck, which never came. I have called the store at least fifteen times, and each time they said they would look for the furniture. This has been going on for two months. I guess they are still looking.”
The ACTION LINE writer’s reply was printed below Mrs J’s letter:
“They found it. Action Line made one telephone call to the president of the company, who told us: ‘the customer will get satisfaction.’ The furniture was found, and it arrived at your home yesterday.”
64．It seemed that the purpose of Action Line in a newspaper was to .
A．employ people and publish their letters of complaints
B．help consumers correcting wrongs and getting problems solved
C．find what was lost by the business and delivered them to the consumers
D．make telephone calls to the consumers and business which had made mistakes
65．How long was if after Mrs B called the store again that she wrote to the local newspaper?
A．About a week.B．Three weeks.C．Two weeks.D．Four months.
66．The passage points out that in the machine age people’s complaints usually .
A．bring about mistakesB．cause more serious trouble
C．prove uselessD．prove effective
67．The passage implies that .
A．there are too many mistakes in businesses to be corrected nowadays.
B．customers can find what they have lost through the help of newspapers
C．newspapers will be the only means that can help people solve problems of all kinds
D．the influence（影响）of newspapers can sometimes solve problems when individual efforts have failed
D
The producers of instant coffee found their product strongly resisted（抵制）in the market places despite their product’s obvious advantages. Furthermore, the advertising expenditure（费用）for instant coffee was far greater than that for regular coffee. Efforts were made to find the cause of the consumers’（消费者）seemingly unreasonable resistance to the product. The reason given by most people was dislike for the taste. The producers doubt that there might be deeper reasons, however. This was confirmed (证实，确信) by one of motivation research’s classic studies, one often cited (引用) in the trade. Mason Haire of the University of California constructed two shopping lists that were identical except for one item. There were six items common to both lists: hamburger, carrots, bread, baking powder, canned peaches, and potatoes, with the brands or amounts specified. The seventh item, in fifth place on both lists, read “11b. Maxwell House coffee” on one list and “Nescafe instant coffee” on the other. One list was given to each one in a group of fifty women, and the other list to those in another group of the same size. The women were asked to study their lists and then to describe, as far as they could, the kind of woman ( personality and character ) who would draw up that shopping list. Nearly half of those who had received the list including instant coffee described a housewife who was lazy and a poor planner. On the other hand, only one woman in the other group described the housewife, who had included regular coffee on her list as lazy; only six of that group suggested that she was a poor planner. Eight women felt that the instant-coffee user was probably not a good wife! No one in the other group drew such a conclusion about the housewife who intended to buy regular coffee.
68．The result of the investigation showed that .
A．women who used regular coffee were good planners
B．most of the women investigated were good at reasons
C．many women believed that wives who used instant coffee were lazy
D．housewives who used instant coffee were lazy
69．In the study, the women were supposed to give the opinions about .
A.which was better, instant coffee or regular coffee
B．women’s attitude towards shopping
C．the necessity of making such a shopping list
D．the personality of a woman who would prepare such a list
70．Judging by the result of the study many women were not interested in instant coffee because
.
A．they didn’t trust advertisem*nts B．instant coffee was not suited to their taste
C．they wanted to show that they were intelligent
D．they had a sense of shame about using instant coffee
71．The word “instant ” probably has the meaning of .
A．which can be made up slowly for useB．which can be made up quickly for use
C．expensiveD．cheap
E
Here are four pieces of news from China Daily:
SHANGHAI – The Huachen Group, which has put 83 million yuan in the development of the ecommerce market since its official registration late last year, recently held a meeting in Shanghai to show the use of its newly opened tourism business payment network. The network aims so serve tourists from all over the world,but especially from Europe and the United State where credit cards are popularly used. After opening the www. Chinaecent. com website, netizens can get information about hotels and tourism services on tourism page. Hotels and services can be reserved and payments made through credit cards. The network opened in February in Beijing.
SYDNEY – The Sydney Olympic flame will travel underwater on Australia’s Great Barrier Reef during the torch relay（火炬接力）following a successful test.
Scuba diver Wendy Craig, a marine biologist, will carry the torch on a three-to-four-minute underwater journey at Agincourt Reef on June 27, creating Olympic history, organizers said yesterday.
Burning at 2,000 degrees, the torch is expected to remain alight（点燃着的）three metres under-water because of a special kind of technology which creates a “fierce flame” too powerful to be drowned out by water. Charles Tegner, managing director of torch creator, said the flame would burn like a flare from oxygenproducing chemicals.
BEIJING – The election of a new leader in Taiwan can not change the fact that Taiwan is a part of Chinese territory. “Taiwan Independence” in whatever form will never be allowed, according to a statesman of China’s central government.
“We should listen to what the new leader in Taiwan says and watch what he does. We will observe where he will lead cross-Straits relations. We are willing to exchange views on cross-Straits relations and peaceful reunification with all parties, organizations and persongages in Taiwan who favor（赞同）the one China principle.” says the statesman, which was released（发布）by the Taiwan Affairs Office of the CPC Central Committee.
HAIKOU – Customs officers in Haikou, capital of South China’s Hainan Province, recently stopped a boat loaded with 781 cases of foreign-brand cigarettes being smuggled（走私）into China. The cigarettes are estimated to be worth more than 1.8 million yuan, said a customs officer, they discovered the smuggling boat as they were going around the northern sea area of Yangpu Port.
The smuggled cigarettes cases, packed into two containers, were disguised to avoid（回避）being examined. The boat was registered（登记）in the coastal city of Xiamen in East China’s Fujian Province. All eight suspects（疑犯）aboard the boat were kept by the police in Haikou.
72．Why does the network aim to serve tourists especially from Europe and the USA?
A．Because they are from developed countries.
B．Because the payments of hotels and services should be made through credit cards.
C．Because people in these countries travel much more than other countries.
D．Because they have more computers than others.
73．Which of the following statements is Not true according to the second piece of news?
A．The whole torch relay will be held three metres underwater.
B．The underwater journey of the torch will play an important part in Olympic history.
C．A test has been made before this activity.
D．Some chemicals will help the flame burn by the producing oxygen.
74．Which is the best title for the third piece of news?
A．Ready to Fight. B．No Good End. C．Wait and See.D．Peace Comes First.
75．Which of the following best explains the underlined word “disguised” in the last piece of news?
A．Made different from normal.B．Designed for a good purpose.
C．Hidden. D．Pretended.
阅读理解训练题（五十八）答案
56-60BDABA 61-65ADABA 66-70CDCDD 71-75BBACA
阅读理解训练题（五十九）
（A）
Tim was born after his elder brother and sister. He could learn many things from them. Soon, he developed his own way of doing things by developing his mind through his interest in creating stories. He would read more than most children and he gathered his inspiration from history books. In school, his athletic interests were basketball and track, especially high jump. When he found he could jump a little higher than most students, he decided that jumping over a high bar would be his specialty.
Tim continued his learning interest in history which included serious college study, and a Master’s degree. He is now a university professor at a small university in Los Angeles. In the United States there are many schools that have history departments. There are large universities with as many as 60 thousand students and small universities with as few as 2000 students. His degree from a large university with a strong history department has helped him get a good job.
Tim and Kelli like cats. They have two of them and they are special members of the family. Their grey and white cat is Toby. The coal black colored cat is called Buddha because he sits so quietly. Cats are popular with many people in America.
56．Which of the following statements is true?
A．Tim is the second child in his familyB．Tim has a younger sister.
C．Tim is the third child in his family.D．Tim is the only child in his family.
57．What was he good at when he was at school?
A．BasketballB．High jumpC．RunningD．Football
58．We can infer from the above passage that .
A．all the Americans like to keep cats
B．the cat is called Buddha because he is always quiet
C．the population of a small university is only one third of that of the largest one
D．it is easier for a graduate from a large university with a famous department to do job hunting.
（B）
What to do if a fire starts?
Imagine it’s late at night. You hear the smoke detectors go off. You smell smoke when you wake up. Do you know what to do?
If a fire starts in your home, remember your escape plan and leave as quickly as possible. Keep the following things in mind to make a safe escape.
●Call“Fire!”to warn everyone in your family.
●If you know where the fire is, close as many doors as possible between you and the fire.
●If you’re in bed, roll out of bed and onto the floor. Crawl on the floor next to a wall. Being near the ground makes it easier to breathe. If possible, cover your mouth and nose with a wet cloth.
●Feel the entire surface of a door before you open it. If the door is warm or hot, do not open it. The fire is probably right outside your room. Find another way to leave the room. If the door is cool, open it a little.
●Look out and try to see the fire. If it is safe, leave the room. Remember to stay on the floor.
●If your clothes catch fire, stop immediately. Drop to the ground and roll. Remember：Stop, drop and roll.
●Call the fire department from outside and wait for help to arrive.
59．What is the first thing you should do if a fire starts in your home?
A．Call the fire departmentB．Call“Fire”to warn your family members.
C．Collect your favorite belongings to save from the burning house.
D．Have a white sheet from a window to let the fire department know where to go.
60．What should you do if a fire starts and you are in bed?
A．Jump out of bed and run away.B．Roll out of bed and stand on the floor.
C．Stay in bed and then jump out of the window.D．Roll out of bed and onto the floor.
61．What is not true according to the passage?
A．Never go back into a burning building.
B．If your clothes catch fire, stop moving immediately.
C．You should call the fire department before you leave the burning building.
D．Cover your mouth and nose with a wet cloth if possible.
（C）
Thirty-two people watched Kitty Genovese being killed right below their windows. She was their neighbor. Yet none of the 32 helped her. Not one even called the police, Was this in gunman cruelty? Was it lack of feeling about one’s fellowman?
“Not so, ”say scientists John Barley and Bib Fatane. These men went beyond the headlines to research into the reasons why people didn’t act. They found that a person has to go through two steps before he can help. First he has to notice that is an emergency（紧急情况）. Suppose you see a middle-aged man fall to the side-walk. Is he having a heart attack? Is he in a coma（昏迷）from a headache? Or is he about to sleep off a drunk?
Is the smoke coming into the room from a leak（漏洞）in the air conditioning? Is it“steam pipes”? Or is it really smoke from a fire? It’s not always easy to tell if you are faced with a real emergency. Second, and more important, the person faced with an emergency must feel personally responsible（负责任的）. He must feel that he must help, or the person won’t get the help he needs.
The researchers found that a lot depends on how many people are around. They had college students in to be“tested.” Some came alone. Some came with one or two others. And some came in large groups. The researchers started them off on the“tests.”Then they went into the next room. A curtain divided the“testing room”and the room into which they went. Soon the students heard a scream, the noise of book shelves falling and a cry for help. All of this had been prerecorded on a tape recorder.
Eight out of ten of the students taking the test alone acted to help. Of the students in pairs, only two out of ten helped. Of the students in groups, none helped.
In other words, in a group, Americans often fail to act. They feel that others will act. They, themselves, needn’t. They do not feel and direct responsibility.
Are people bothered by situations where people are in trouble? Yes. Scientists found that the people were shocked, they sweated, and they had trembling hands. They felt the other person’s trouble. But they did not act. They were in a group. Their actions were shaped by the actions of those they were with.
62．The purpose of this passage is .
A.to explain why people fail to act in emergencies
B.to explain when people will act in emergencies
C.to explain what people will do in emergencies
D.to explain how people feel in emergencies
63．Which of the following is NOT true?
A．When a person tries to help others, he must be clear that there is a real emergency.
B．When a person tries to help others, he should know whether they are worth his help.
C．A person must take the full responsibility for the safety of those in emergencies if wants to help.
D．A person with a heart attack needs the most.
64．The main reason why people fail to act when they stay together is that .
A．they are afraid of emergenciesB．they are not willing to get themselves involved
C．others will act if they themselves hesitate
D．they do not have any direct responsibility for those who need help.
65．The author suggests that .
A．we shouldn’t blame a person if he fails to act in emergencies
B．a person must feel guilty if he fails to help
C．people should be responsible for themselves in emergencies
D．when you are in trouble, people will help you anyway
（D）
Animation means making things which are lifeless come alive and move.
Since earliest times, people have always been astonished by movement. But not until this century have we managed to take control of movement, to record it, and in the case of animation, to retranslate it and recreate it. To do all this, we use a movie camera and a projector（放映机）.
In the world of cartoon animation, nothing is impossible. You can make the characters do exactly what you want them to do.
A famous early cartoon character was Felix the Cat, created by Pat Sullivan in America in the early nineteen twenties. Felix was a wonderful cat. He could do all sorts of things no natural cat could do like taking off his tail, using it as a handle and then putting it back.
Most of the great early animators lived and worked in America, the home of the moving picture industry. The famous Walt Disney cartoon characters came to life after 1928. Popeye the Sailor and his girl friend Olive Oyo were born at Max Ficischer in 1933.
But to be an animator, you don’t have to be a professional（专业人士）. It is possible for anyone to make a simple animated film without using a camera at all. All you have to do is to draw directly on to an empty film and then run the film through a projector.
66．What does the passage mainly discuss?
A．Animal world.B．Movie camera.C．Cartoon making.D．Movement.
67．Which of the following statements is TRUE?
A．People were unable to cause the movement to last or record it in the last century.
B．Pat Sullivan was a famous early cartoon character.
C．It is impossible to make cartoon characters do what they are designed to do.
D．In ancient times people were surprised by movement.
68．According to the passage, Felix the Cat .
A．was created by the American cartoonist Felix
B．was designed by Pat Sullivan in the early twentieth century
C．was unable to do what natural cats could not do
D．was created in the United States in the nineteenth century
69．It can be inferred from the passage that .
A．Walt Disney’s cartoon characters were born earlier that Pat Sullivan’s
B．only professionals can create cartoon characters
C．Popeye the Sailor and Olive Oyo were famous cartoonists
D．the cartoon industry started in the United States
70．Which of the following statements best describes the author’s attitude towards cartoon making?
A．Cartoon making is an easy job. Anyone can do it.
B．Only trained people can be employed in cartoon making industry.
C．Anyone can make cartoons under the instructions of professionals.
D．Cartoon making is no easy job. You have to spend much time drawing onto the empty film.
（E）
One of the strongest arguments for the raising of the school leaving age（ROSLA）has been that it will bring us some way nearer to“equality of opportunity”.
Many people like to think of our present system of schooling as providing plenty of steps up the ladder of success for clever children. It would be good to think that no one who is really bright can be missed out when the state system is obviously so complete. It is obvious, for instance, that many children from less wealthy homes reach university or do well in other ways.
Unfortunately we now have plenty of proofs that many children of every level of ability do much less well than they could. For instance, during the years of national military service it was possible to test the intelligence（智力）of all male 18 – to – 20 – year – olds. Half of those soldiers who were placed in the two highest ability groups had left school at 15.
It has also been shown that the percentage of working class children going to university is almost the same now as it was in 1939. One study of 5,000 children from birth to 21 years old shows that up to half the bright pupils from working class homes left school when they reached 16 years old. Moreover, there is no difference in intelligence between the sexes, but far more boys than girls stay in education after 16.
It is clear from this and many other proofs that many children are still leaving school too early to benefit from the prizes—money, social respectability, and interesting jobs—which higher education gives. It is clear too that the reasons why such children leave have much to do with their social background. Their parents often need the extra money another money-earner would bring in; they don’t value education for itself because their own was probably dull and unhappy. It is not so much that they force their sons and daughters to leave school, rather that they tend to say, “it’s up to you”.
71．It is hoped that ROSLA will give all children .
A．a more enjoyable time at schoolB．the same chances in society
C．the right to a better schoolD．higher scores in intelligence tests
72．People would like to think that .
A．equal numbers of poor and wealthy children reach university
B．those with the least money get the best education
C．intelligent children are always selected by the system
D．only really clever children do well
73．Working class children are thought to be at a disadvantage because .
A．many of the clever ones leave school early B．fewer go to university than ever before
C.more than half leave school when they are 16
D．fewer boys than girls stay at school after 16
74．Many children leave school early because .
A．their social background makes them unhappy
B．they have to give something to their family’s income
C．their school is a dull and unhappy place
D．their parents don’t allow them to make their own decisions
75．This article shows that equal opportunity in education .
A．is a thing of the pastB．has not yet been achieved
C．is there for those who deserve（值得拥有）it D．has greatly improved our society
阅读理解训练题（五十九）答案
56-60CBDBD 61-65CBCDA 66-70CABDA 71-75BCABB
阅读理解训练题（六）
A
A bout ten years ago, a young and very successful businessman named Josh was traveling down a Chicago neighborhood street. He was going a bit too fast in his shiny, black, 12 cylinder Jaguar XKE, which was only two months old.
He was watching for kids rushing out from between parked cars and slowed down when he thought he saw something. As his car passed, no child came out, but a brick sailed out and-WHUMP!-it hit the Jag’s shiny black side door! SCREECH... !!!! Immediately Josh stopped the car, jumped out, seized the kid and pushed him up against a parked car. He shouted at the kid, “What was that all about and who are you? Just what the heck are you doing?!” Building up a head of steam, he went on.“That’s my new Jag, that brick you threw is gonna cost you a lot of money. Why did you throw it?”
“Please, mister, please... I’m sorry! I didn’t know what else to do!” begged the youngster. “I threw the brick because no one else would stop!” tears were streaming down the boy’s face as he pointed around the parked car. “It’s my brother, mister,” he said. “He rolled of the curb （路沿）and fell out of his wheelchair and I can’t lift him up.” Sobbing, the boy asked the businessman, “Would you please help me get him back into his wheelchair?” he’s hurt and he’s too heavy for me.”
Moved beyond words, the young businessman tried hard to swallow the rapidly swelling lump in his throat. Straining, he lifted the young man back into the wheelchair and took out his handkerchief and wiped the scrapers and cuts, checking to see that everything was going to be OK. He then watched the younger brother push him down the sidewalk toward their home.
It was a long walk back to the black, shining, 12 cylinder Jaguar XKE — a long and slow walk. Josh never did fix the side door of his Jaguar. He kept the dent （凹痕）to remind him not to go through life so fast that someone has to throw a brick at him to get his attention. Feel for the bricks of life coming at you.
56．The boy threw a brick at the businessman’s car because ________.
A. the businessman drove at a high speed
B. he envied the brand-new car very much
C. he wanted to ask for some money
D. he wanted to get help from the driver
57．Which of the following is the right order of the story?
a．The younger brother threw a brick at Josh’s car.
b．The elder brother fell out of his wheelchair.
c．The younger brother begged Josh for help.
d．Josh lifted the elder brother back into his wheelchair.
e．Josh shouted at the younger brother.
A. b, a, e, c, d B. a, c, d, b, e C. b, a, c, e, d D. a, c, b, e, d
58．What can we learn from the passage?
A. Josh would accept the money from the kids.
B. The two kids were Josh’s neighbors.
C. Josh was a kind-hearted man.
D. Josh’s new car broke down easily.
59．According to the passage, the last sentence means ________.
A. trying to get ready for the trouble in your future life
B. driving fast in a neighborhood street is dangerous
C. trying to be more understanding seeing others in trouble
D. protecting oneself from being hurt
B
Children are our future, and it’s up to us to arm them with the tools to succeed. Sadly, today’s children are being armed with more dangerous toolslike weapons （武器）, drugs and gangs. Once a relatively peaceful environment, many schoolyards of today are becoming unsafe for both students and teachers.
Home schools are available to give you choices. Home schooling provides top-quality education, flexibility, and freedom to create your own schedule（日程表）. At Heritage Home School we believe the choice should be yours.
Thanks in part to modern technology, home schooling information is becoming readily available across our nation. A recent study by the ITBS （Iowa Tests of Basic Skills） and TAP （Tests of Achievement and Proficiency） shows us that students of home schools do particularly well when compared with the nationwide average. In every subject at every grade level, students of home schooling scored obviously higher than those in public and private schools.
If you’re new to home schooling, you may be asking yourself, “Will home schools really work for my children?”
Fact: A nationwide study using a random（任意）selection of 1,516 families found students of home schooling to be scoring, on average, at or above the 80th percentile in all areas on standardized achievement test.
Note: The national average on standardized achievement tests is the 50th percentile.
Collectively, the staff at Heritage Home School brings 65 years of experience in home schooling curriculum. We’ve placed students in the top 2 % of the nation in math and many are successfully moving on to college.
One study found that of the home schooled adults, 0% were unemployed, 0% were on welfare and 94% said home education prepared them to be independent persons.
For more home schooling information, call us today toll free at 1 （877） 532-7665.
60．We can learn from the first paragraph that ________.
A. many schools armed their students with weapons
B. violence and crime exist in many schoolyards
C. students use weapons to defend their schoolyards
D. weapons are more dangerous than drugs
61．All of the following are true of home schools EXCEPT that ________.
A. students are free to choose their courses
B. students do well in important national tests
C. they help students find jobs
D. they help students to be independent
62．What is the purpose of the text?
A. To give information about different schools.
B. To compare home schools with other schools.
C. To suggest a new method of school education.
D. To persuade people to choose home schools.
63．The advertisem*nt is mainly aimed at ________.
A. students B. parents C. teachers D. adults
C
The vitamins necessary for a healthy body are normally supplied by a good mixed diet, including a variety of fruits and green vegetables. It is only when people try to live on a very restricted diet, say that when trying to lose weight, that it is necessary to make special provisions to supply the missing vitamins.
An example of the dangers of a restricted diet may be seen in the disease known as “beri-beri”,which used to make large numbers of Eastern people who lived mainly on rice suffer. In the early years of last century, a Dutch scientist named Eijkman was trying to discover the cause of beri-beri. At first he thought it was transmitted（传播）by a germ（病菌）. He was working in a Japanese hospital, where the patients were fed on polished rice which had had the outer coverings removed from the grain, it was thought this would be easier for weak and sick people to digest.
Eijkman thought his germ theory was proved when he noticed the chickens in the hospital yard, which were fed on remains from the patients’plates, were also showing signs of the disease. He then tried to separate the germ, which he thought was causing the disease, but his experiments were interrupted by a hospital official, who ordered that the rice without coverings, even though left over by the patients, was too good for chickens. It should be recooked for the patients, and the chickens should be fed on cheap, rough rice with the outer coverings still on the grain.
Eijkman noticed that the chickens began to recover on the new diet. He began to consider the possibility that eating unmilled rice（糙米）somehow prevented or cured beri-beri — even that a lack of some ingredient（成分）in the coverings may be the cause of the disease. Indeed this was the case. The element needed to prevent beri-beri was shortly afterwards separated from rice coverings and is now known as vitamin B. The milled rice, though more expensive, was in fact causing the disease the hospital was trying to cure. Nowadays, this terrible disease is much less common thanks to our knowledge of vitamins.
64．According to the passage, a good mixed diet ________.
A. is suitable for losing weight
B. should be only fruits and vegetables
C. normally contains enough vitamins
D. is often difficult to arrange
65．What do we know about the disease beri-beri?
A. It killed large numbers of people.
B. It resulted from lack of vitamins.
C. It was transmitted by milled rice.
D. It was caused by diseased chickens.
66．The ingredient missing from milled rice ________.
A. was vitamin B B. did not affect the chickens
C. did not result in beri-beri D. was named the Eijkman vitamin
67．What can be the best title of the passage?
A. A Good Mixed Diet B. ________ New Discovery
C. The Dangers of Beri-beri D. The Importance of Vitamins
D
BROOKSVILLE — It’s the time of year again, when young bears are on their own for the first time. And that means more sightings where bears usually aren’t supposed to be.
This weekend, a 258-pound black bear took a brief tour of Brooksville, with police and firefighters chasing.
Another black bear, weighing just 100 pounds, was spotted Saturday, crossing busy U. S. 19 near a retirement community in Spring Hill. Several other bear reports have come from Citrus County.
“It is really difficult for the younger bears to find their own land around here,” said Niki Everitt, bear hot line director for the Gulf Coast Conservancy.
Brooksville’s bear first was spotted late Thursday crossing State Road 50, headed toward Tom Varn Park. Police and firefighters tracked the bear through the park and the Brooksville Quarry golf course.
The bear then wound down the middle of Broad Street before being surrounded near Luigi’s Pizza. An official with the Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission came with a tranquilizer spear （加入镇静的剂的矛）, planning to stick the bear by hand.
“The guy saw the size of the bear and figured that wasn’t a great idea,” said Capt. Frank Phillips of the Brooksville Fire Department.
Emergency officials waited until a tranquilizer gun was brought from Land O’Lakes. The bear then got a free ride to the Chassahowitzka Wildlife Management Area.
It is not unusual for bears to move into living areas this time of year, experts say. Mothers give their male baby bears the boot once the youngsters are 2 years old. With living areas growing, the young bears keep finding smaller and smaller areas in which they can set up their own land.
“They’re trying to find a land of their own, where they won’t get beat up,” said Lt. Rip Stalvey, a game commission spokesman.
Everitt said people should not be too concerned about the recent bear sightings, since “we have never had a bear attack in Florida.”
Black bears mainly eat the tender and fresh leaves of Sabal palms, as well as acorns and berries. Recent weeks of dry weather likely have reduced their food supply.
“If we don’t get some relief soon,” Everitt said, “we’re probably going to see a lot more of it.”
68．What’s the main idea of this passage?
A. Bear sightings in living areas worry people.
B. Policemen try hard to get the bears controlled.
C. People take up too much land from bears.
D. Bears come out to disturb people’s lives.
69．Which is true according to the passage?
A. The 100-pound bear was caught near Luigi’s Pizza.
B. The Gulf Coast Conservancy makes bears homeless.
C. Brooksville’s bear was too large to be caught by hand.
D. Bears frequently visit humans’living areas.
70．Bear sightings can usually be expected ________.
A. in the cold season B. in the warm season
C. near lakes or rivers D. near Luigi’s Pizza
71．The underlined phrase “give their male baby bears the boot”means“________”.
A. make them wear the boots B. find new homes for them
C. drove them away from home D. keep them in safe places
E
What does it mean to say that we live in a world of persuasion? It means that we live among competing interests. Your roommate’s need to study for an exam may take priority（优先）over pizza. Your instructor may have good reasons not to change your grade. And the object of your romantic interest may have other choices.
In such a world, persuasion is the art of getting others to give fair and favorable consideration to our point of view. When we persuade, we want to influence how others believe and behave. We may not always prevail — other points of view may be more persuasive, depending on the listener, the situation, and the merits of the case. But when we practice the art of persuasion, we try to ensure that our position receives the attention it deserves.
Some people, however, object to the very idea of persuasion. They may regard it as an unwelcome interruption into their lives. Just the opposite, we believe that persuasion is unavoidable — to live is to persuade. Persuasion may be ethical（合乎道义的）or unethical, selfless or selfish, inspiring or degrading. Persuaders may enlighten our minds or prey on our vulnerability. Ethical persuasion, however, calls on sound reasoning and is sensitive to the feelings and needs of listeners. Such persuasion can help us apply the wisdom of the past to the decisions we now must make. Therefore, the most basic part of education is learning to resist the one kind of persuasion and to encourage and practice the other.
Beyond its personal importance to us, persuasion is necessary to society. The right to persuade and be persuaded is the bedrock of the American political system, guaranteed by the First Amendment to the Constitution（美国宪法）
72．According to the passage, persuasion means ________.
A. changing others’point of view
B. exercising power over other people
C. getting other people to consider your point of view
D. getting people to agree with you and do what you want
73．The underlined word in the second paragraph “prevail” means“________”.
A. win B. fail C. speak D. listen
74．The passage states that some people object to persuasion because they think it is ________.
A. a danger to society B. difficult to do well
C. unwelcome behavior D. never successful
75．The passage mainly discusses ________.
A. how people persuade
B. why people persuade
C. that persuasion is both good and bad
D. that persuasion is important and it is all around us
阅读理解训练题（六）答案
56-60DACCB 61-65CDBCB 66-70ADACB 71-75CCACD
阅读理解训练题（六十）
A
“Go for it!”
The expression “Go for it!” is a way of encouraging someone to try something.
“Go for it!”means you should not worry about failure or be to careful. You should take a chance, be brave, and act firmly.
“Go for it!”gets name from football. Not football as it is played in most countries such as England, Egypt or Japan, but the kind of football played in the United States and Canada.
One of the most exciting times in football comes when a team has failed, after three attempts, to move the ball forward ten yards. The team must make a critical decision.
The conservative (保守) choice is to kick the ball and accept temporary defeat in order to gain a good position for your team the next time it gets the ball. The more exciting choice, however, is to try a fourth and final time to gain the remaining yards needed.
People present are certain to shout their advice. Some will shout: “Kick the ball!” But others will encourage the team to take a chance. “Go for it!” they will scream.
In the nineteen eighties, people began using this expression in many kinds of situations to encourage someone to act bravely.
There is no guarantee (保证) that the action you “go for it” will succeed.
But that is the chance you take when you decide to go for it. You put your fears behind. You choose courage over safety. You hold your breath and go for it.
56. The expression “Go for it!” comes from _______
A. English football B. Egyptian football
C. Japanese football D. American football
57. According to the passage, when we decide to go for it, we only consider ________
A. safetyB. actionC. resultD. situation
58. In which of the following situations should we use the expression nowadays?
A. We decide to avoid trouble or danger for the future.
B. We try to improve our English for better education.
C. We need to make a quick decision at the last moment.
D. We have to make a choice between success and failure.
B
A Battery’s Worst Nightmare (噩梦)
Portable electronics that can be carried about easily are only as good as their batteries and, let’s face it, batteries aren’t very good, especially when compared with, say, petrol, which packs 100 times a battery’s energy into an equal space. That’s why a large group of mechanical engineers (centered at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, but with partners at other universities and companies) are hard at work in an effort to replace batteries with a tiny engine that runs on fuel. Imagine a battery-free life! When the fuel runs out in your laptop or mobile phone, you just fill up and go.
The engine—about the size of a ten-cent coin—starts with a combustion chamber (燃烧室) that burns hydrogen (氢) . Its tiny parts are etched onto silicon wafers (硅片) in the same manner that computer parts are imprinted onto integrated circuits (集成电路). The first engine is made up of five wafers. And since these wafers could be produced in much the same way as computer chips, they could probably be produced quite cheaply.
But the devil in all this nice detail is efficiency（效率）. Tiny engine parts don’t always behave like their scaled-up parts of the first engine. Something between the parts can slow down the works, according to Columbia University professor Luc Frechette, one of the engine’s designers. Extreme heat from the combustion chamber is also a problem, often leaking to other parts of the engine.
The scientists’ goal is to create an engine that will operate at 10 percent efficiency —that is, 10 times better than batteries operate. Frechette says that a complete system, with all parts of place and working, will be set up in the next couple of years, but commercial models aren’t like until at least the end of the next ten years.
59. According to the passage, the title suggests that ________
A. batteries should be greatly improved B. petrol will be used instead of batteries
C. the time of batteries will be gone forever D. pollution caused by batteries must be solved
60. What’s the meaning of the underlined word “devil” in paragraph 3?
A. problem B. advantage C. invention Ｄ. technique
61. What can we infer from the passage?
A. The new invention doesn’t need any fuel.
B. The new engine has been produced in quantity.
C. The new invention is much cheaper than the battery.
D. The new engine needs to be improved before it’s on sale
62. What is the main purpose of this passage?
A. To introduce a new invention to readers. B. To persuade readers not to use batteries.
C. To show us how the new invention works. D. To declare when the engine will be on sale.
C
In the age of reality television, success isn’t the only way to the public eye. Failure can also create fame, just like William Hung, 21, a native of Hong Kong.
Hung recently has made an agreement with US -based entertainment firms Koch Records and fuse Music Network. They will publish a full-length record, titled “The True Idol” on April 6.
The idol (偶像) is a civil engineering student at the University of California at Berkeley. He did a version (改写本) of Ricky Martin’s “She Bangs” on the television show “American Idol 3", on January27. The Fox TV singing contest searches fur pop stars among ordinary people. In the case of Hung, however, his act was so bad that the judges cut him off in mid-act Hung’s response? “I already gave my best, so I have no regrets at all.” That’s goad, because any common person would have found plenty to regret: The off-key singing. The blue Hawaiian shirt worn with pants pulled up too high. The terrible dancing. The hips jerking (摇摆) to a beat that did not belong to the song, maybe not even to this planet. It was, by all accounts, bad.
But, it was this very bad act that sold well.
Marc Juris, president of Fuse, explained it this way: “Everyone of us is happily guilty of singing our favorite song at the top of our lungs with complete freedom, completely off-key and completely unworried. That’s what William did and immediately won the hearts of America.”
Whatever it is, for the moment it’s big. Three websites devoted to Hung have gone up on the Internet in the past few weeks. Versions of his performance have been remixed with hip hop and techno music and have made it to the top 10 request list at a Chicago radio station.
So, what does Hung think of this?
“There were all these people saying things about me. A lot were saying I was very courageous and that I was great on the show, but some didn’t have much respect for me and some were kind of mean.
Now he says he’s not so sure whether to distance himself from the glamour (魅力) or to accept it. Returning to normal hasn’t been easy.
63. What is the main idea of this passage?
Sometimes an idol behaves quite foolishly.
B. Hung's performance attracted the public eye.
C.How an unsuccessful person became famous.
D. Success sometimes does not require hard work.
64. Hung was popular in America for all the following reasons EXCEPT ________
A. his shirt and pants B. his off-key singing
C. his hips jerking D. his excellent version
65. What does the underlined word “it” in paragraph 6 refer to?
A. William Hung. B. Hung's bad act.
C. Hung’s website. D. The public’s opinion.
66. Which of the following slows the correct order of what happened to Hung?
a. The entertainment firms made an agreement with Hung.
b.The judges cut Hung off in mid-act in the singing contest.
c. Hung became popular among Americans.
d. Hung gave a terrible performance though he tried his best.
e. Three websites put Hung’s funny performance on the Internet.
A. d, b, e, c, aB. a, c, d. b, e C. a, d, b, c, e D. d, b, a, e, c
67. Why was Hung able to win the hearts of America?
A. His success was based on his own hard work.
B. He attracted people’s attention in the contest.
C. He was good-looking though he didn’t sing well.
D. His character was completely different from other idols’.
D
Starting school late should be the guiding principle (原则) for high schools around the Puget Sound District. Next year, Seattle’s Nathan Hale High School will join the growing. list of schools starting a little later to allow students an hour’s extra sleep. As a national research has shown, a later start time benefits students both in learning and physical development.
For school leaders, it isn’t easy to make the change. Bus schedules have to be rearranged, sometimes presenting the districts with a choice of keeping traditional starting times at high schools or forcing elementary students to start much earlier. Some sports practice and event schedules can also he affected.
Around Puget Sound District, the Bainbridge Island School and Inglemoor High School and Mercer Island High School have either moved starting time later or created flexible (灵活的)schedules for students. Two of the Seattle district’s high schools, Summit and The Center School, already start at 9 a. m.
There are excellent reasons for such moves. Scientists have found that teenagers’ bodies usually aren’t ready for sleep until around 11 p. m. And the teens can sleep deeply until 8 a.m. A study in Minnesota found that students earned slightly better grades and experienced less depression (抑郁). There was also a significant improvement in school dropout rates. Other studies have suggested that teenagers with enough sleep relate better to their peers and their parents. These advantages are increasingly well known. Nathan Hale officials have been tracking the studies for six years. But change isn’t happening rapidly, if at all.
Some of the lack of rush to make changes comes from comfort with the existing condition. Parents - like the school leaders - are used to the present schedules. In Edina, Minnesota, however, parents quickly came to like the 8:30 a. m. start. A survey showed that 92 percent of parents preferred the schools’ new time to the previous 7:20 a. m. class bell.
Any school action that can deal with such difficult problems as depression and dropouts , while helping students with grades and getting along with parents, is one that is worthy of serious attention in every school district. Teenagers have adapted (使适应) their sleep needs to school schedules for generations. It’s time that more schools put the students’ needs first.
68. Which of the following statements is NOT true about starting school late?
A. It is in agreement with teens’ biological clock.
B. It makes more learners interested in school.
C. It helps students to get on well with each other.
D. It makes students much lower in spirits at school.
69.What is the writer’s attitude toward the change in school time?
A. He is in favor of it. B. He seems to object to it.
C. He is unconcerned with it. D. He is doubtful about it.
70. We can infer from the passage that .
A. starting school early can improve students’ health
B. some schools haven’t put starting school late into practice
C. sleeping late can provide the students more time to read books
D. more parents are supporting the traditional starting school time
71. Which of the following could be the best title of the passage?
A. Better Late Than Early B. On Keeping Late Hours
C. The Earlier, the Better D. Better Late Than Never
E
There was one shop in the town of Mufulira which was widely known for its racial discrimination. It was a drugstore. While Europeans were served at the counter, a long line of Africans queued at the window and often not only were kept waiting but were treated rudely by the shop assistants. One day I was determined to make a public protest (抗议) against this kind of thing, and many of the schoolboys in my class followed me to the store, I simply went into the shop and asked the manager politely for some medicine. As soon as he saw me standing in the place where only European customers were allowed to stand he shouted at me in a bastard (怪声怪气的) language which is only used by a boss when speaking to his servants. I stood at the counter and politely requested in proper English that I should be served. The manager became angry and said, “Even if you stand there till Christmas, I will never serve you.”
I went to the District Commissioner’s office. Fortunately, he was out, for he was one of the old school; however, I saw a young District officer who was a friend of mine. He was very concerned to hear my story and told me that all I had to do was come to him personally and he wou1d buy my medicine for me. I protested that that was not good enough. I asked him to accompany me back to the store and to make a protest to the manager. This he did, and I well remember him saying to the manager，“Here is Mr. Kaunda who is a responsible member of the Urban Advisory Council, and you treat him like a common servant.” The manager of the drugstore apologized and said, “If only he had introduced himself and explained who he was, then, of course I should have given him proper service.”
I had to explain once again that he had missed my point. Why should I have to introduce myself every time I went into a store … any more than I should have to buy my medicine by going to a European friend? I want to prove that any man of any color, whatever his position, should have the right to go into any shop and buy what he wanted, After all, the money which I paid across the counter was exactly the same money as was paid by a European customer.
72. The writer was, at the time of the story, _________.
A. a European officerB. an African servant
C. a drugstore assistantD. a black school teacher
73. The manager of the drugstore shouted at the writer in dirty words because .
A. he could not speak English in a polite way
B. he thought the writer wouldn’t understand English
C. that was the language he used when speaking to Africans
D. that was the only language he could speak when he was angry
74. In paragraph 3, the underlined sentence “he was one of the old school” means .
A. he stuck to those old racial ideas B. he graduated from an old white school
C. he was in charge of an old black school D. he was an old official in the government
75. Why didn’t the writer wait at the window of the drugstore like other Africans?
A. He believed his white friends would help him out.
B. He wanted to fight for equal rights of all black people.
C. He thought he was educated and should he treated differently.
D. He thought, being an important person. he should not be kept waiting.
阅读理解训练题（六十）答案
56-60DBCCA 61-65DACDB 66-70ADDAB 71-75ADCAB
阅读理解训练题（六十一）
A
An explosion on Thursday killed one and injured 21 in a busy street in Tongren, Southwest China’s Guizhou Province.
The bomb was hidden in a rubbish bin in the city’s commercial hub（商业中心），where lots of shops and restaurants are concentrated.
The ear-splitting blast was heard around 12∶50 p.m.，said a local newspaper, citing witnesses. The power of the blast shattered（使粉碎）nearby shop windows and ripped the stainless（不生锈的）steel rubbish can to pieces.
One passer-by，identified（确认）only as Zhang，said she was shocked by the noise and saw a lot of pedestrians lying on the ground when she got to the scene.
Thirteen of the injured were taken to a local hospital after the explosion. A doctor there said five were in serious condition but already out of danger after emergency treatment. The others were just slightly hurt.
The cause of the explosion is still under investigation, said an officer with the Tongren police, but refused to speculate as to the cause.
56．It can be inferred from the passage that ________.
A. All the injured were taken to a hospital
B. 8 of the injured were not taken to a hospital
C. The rubbish bin with a bomb was in a restaurant
D. The rubbish bin with a bomb was in a shop
57．Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A. One passer- by, indentified only as Zhang, saw the man throwing a bomb into a bin.
B. Some customers in restaurants were injured.
C. The writer didn’t get to the scene.
D. All customers in shops got hurt.
58．In the last paragraph the underlined word“ speculate” probably means ________.
A. tell B. guess
C. discuss D. talk
59．What of the follwing can be the best title for the passage?
A. Bomb Hidden in a Rubbish Bin
B. The Cause of the Explosion
C. A Terrible Thing
D. Market Blast Kills 1 ,Injures 21
B
How many coins nave you got in your pocket right now? Three? Two？ A bent one？
With a phonecard you can make up to 200 calls without any change at all.
（1） What do you do with it?
Go to a telephone box marked（you guessed it） “phonecard”.Put in your card, make your call and when you’ve finished, a screen tells you how much is left on your card.
（2） Now appear in a shop near you.
Near each Cardphone place you’ll find a shop where you can buy one. They’re at bus, train and city tube stations（地铁）.
Many universities, hospitals and clubs. Restaurants and gas stations on the highway and shopping centres. At airports and seaports.
（3） No more broken payphones.
Most broken payphones are like that because they’ve been vandalized（故意破坏）. There are no coins in Cardphone to excite thieves’ interest in it. So you’re not probably to find a vandalized one.
Get a phonecard yourself and try it out ,or get a bigger wallet.
60．The passage is most probably ________ .
A. a warning
B. a note
C. an advertisem*nt（广告）
D. an announcement
61．There are three sections（部分） in the passage. Which section do you think is about why phonecards are good?
A. Section 1． B. Section 2．
C. Section 3． D. None.
62．Choose the right order or the steps under“How do you use a phonecard”.
a. Put in your phonecard.
b. Look at the screen to find out how many calls you can still make.
c. Go to a telephone box marked “Phonecard”.
d. Make your call.
A. a, b, c, d B. c, a, d, b
C. a, d, c, b D. c, d, a, b
C
A few days ago I asked my sons’ governess（女家庭教师）Julia to come into my study. “Be seated, Julia, ”I said, “Let’s settle our accounts. I guess you most likely need some money, but maybe you’re too polite to mention it. Now then, we agreed on thirty dollars a month...”
“Forty.”
“No, thirty. I made a note of it. I always pay our governess thirty. Well, um, you’ve been here two months, so...”
“Two months and five days.”
“Exactly two months. I made a special note of it. That means you have sixty dollars coming to you. Take off nine Sundays... you know you didn’t work with Tom on Sundays, you only took walks. And three holidays... ”Julia was biting her finger nail nervously, her face red, but - not a word.
“Three holidays, therefore take off twelve dollars. Four days Tom was sick and there were no lessons, as you were occupied only with Dick. Three days you had a toothache and my wife gave you permission not to work after lunch. Twelve and seven - nineteen. Take nineteen off ... that leaves. hmm.... forty one dollars. Correct？”
Julia’s left eye reddened with tears welling up. Her chin trembled; she coughed nervously and blew her nose, but - still not a word.
“Around New Year’s Day you broke a teacup and a saucer; take off two dollars. The cup cost more, it was a treasure of the family, but- forget it. When didn’t I take a loss! Then, due to your neglect （疏忽）, Tom climbed a tree and tore his jacket; take away ten. Also due to your carelessness the maid stole Dick’s shoes. You ought to watch everything! You get paid for it. So, that means five more dollars off. The tenth of January I gave ten dollars.”
“You didn’t. ”sobbed Julia.
“But I made a note of it.”
“Well... if you say so.”
“Take twenty seven from forty one -that leaves fourteen.”
Both her eyes were filled with tears. Beads of sweat stood on the thin pretty little nose. Poor girl!
“Only once was I given any money,” she whispered, her voice trembling, “and that was by your wife. Three dollars, nothing more.”
“Really? You see now, and I didn’t know that! Take three from fourteen.. leaves eleven. Here’s your money, my dear. Three, three, three, one and one. Here it is !”
I handed her eleven dollars. She took them and pocketed them.
“Merci （法语: 谢谢）,”she whispered.
I jumped to my feet and started pacing the room. I was overcome with anger. “For what, this - ‘merci’?” I asked.
“For the money. ”
“But you know I’ve cheated you - robbed you ! I have actually stolen from you ! Why this‘merci’？”
“In my other places they didn’t give me anything at all.”
“They didn’t give you anything? No wonder! I played a little joke on you, a cruel lesson, just to teach you... I m going to give you all the eighty dollars! Here they are in the envelope all ready for you... Is it really possible to be so spineless （懦弱）?Why didn’t you protest? Why were you silent? Is it possible in this world to be without teeth and claws（爪）—to be such a fool?”
Embarrassed, she smiled. And I could read her expression,“It is possible.”
I asked her pardon for the cruel lesson and, to her great surprise, gave her the eighty dollars. She murmured her little“merci”several times and went out. I looked after her and thought,“How easy it is to crush the weak in this world !”
63．While talking to Julia, the wrier expected from her ________.
A. a protest B. gratitude
C. obedience D. an explanation
64．What shocked the writer was Julia’s ________.
A. nervousness in front of her boss
B. acceptance of injustice
C. shyness when talking about money
D. reluctance to express herself
65．The writer said, “Is it possible in this world to be without teeth and claws?” He was actually telling the governess ________.
A. to be more aggressive
B. to be more careful in her work
C. to protect her right
D. to live independently
66．At the end of the story, the writer said,“ How easy it is to crush the weak in this world!”to show ________.
A. his understanding of Julia’s anxiety
B. his worry about Julia’s future
C. his concern on the living condition of working - class people
D. his sympathy for the mental state of those exploited
67．From the story, we can tell that Julia’s employer was ________.
A. greedy but honest
B. ill - tempered but warm - hearted
C. strict but forgiving
D. none of the above
D
Want a glance of the future of health care? Take a look at the way the various networks of people about patient care are being connected to one another, and how this new connectivity is being exploited to deliver medicine to the patient - no matter where he or she may be.
Online doctors offering advice based on norman symptoms（症状）are the most obvious example. Increasingly, however, remote diagnosis（远程诊断）will be based on real physiological data（生理数据）from the actual patient. A group from the University of Kentucky has shown that by using personal data assistance plus a mobile phone ,it is perfectly practical to send a patient’s important signs over the telephone. With this kind of equipement, the cry asking whether there was a doctor in the house could well be a thing of the past.
Other medical technology groups are working on applying telemedicine to rural （countryside） care. And at least one team wants to use telemedicine as a tool for disaster need - especially after earthquakes. On the whole, the trend is towards providing global access to medical data and experts’ opinions.
But there is one problem. Bandwidth（宽带） is the limiting factor for sending complex （复 杂 ）medical pictures around the world,—CU photos being one of the biggest bandwidth users. Communication satellites say be able to deal with the short - term needs during disasters such as earthquakes or wars. But medicine is looking towards both the second - generation Internet and third generation mobile phones for the future of remote medical service.
Doctors have met to discuss computer - based tools for medical diagnosis, training and telemedicine. With the falling price of broadband communications, the new technologies should start a new time when telemedicine and the sharing of medical information, experts’opinions and diagnosis are common.
68．The writer chiefly talks about ________ .
A. the use of telemedicine
B. the on -lined doctors
C. medical care and treatment
D. communication improvement
69．Which of the following statements is true according to the text?
A. Patients don’t need doctors in hospitals any more.
B. It is impossible to send a patient’s signs over the telephone.
C. Many teams use telemedicine dealing with disasters now.
D. Broadband communications will become cheaper in the future.
70．The“problem”in the fourth paragraph refers to the fact that ________ .
A. bandwidth isn’t big enough to send complex medical pictures
B. the second - generation of Internet has not become popular yet
C. communication satellites can only deal with short - term needs
D. there is not enough equipment for spreading the medical care
E
So long as teachers fail to distinguish between teaching and learning , they will continue to undertake to do for children that which only children can do for themselves. Teaching children to read is not passing reading on to them. It is certainly not endless hours spent in activities about reading. Douglas insists that“ reading cannot be taught directly and schools should stop trying to do the impossible”.
Teaching and learning are two entirely different processes. They differ in kind and fun_ction. The fun_ction of teaching is to create the conditions and the climate that will make it possible for children to devise the most efficient system for teaching themselves to read. Teaching is also public activity. It can be seen and observed.
Learning to read involves all that each individual does to make sense of the world of printed language. Almost all of it is private ,for learning is an occupation of the mind ,and that process is not open to public scrutiny.
If teacher and learner roles are not interchangeable ,what then can be done through teaching that will aid the child in the quest（探索）for knowledge? Smith has one principal rule for all teaching instructions. “Make learning to read easy, which means making reading a meaningful, enjoyable and frequent experience for children. ”
When the roles of teacher and learner are seen for what they are, and when both teacher fulfil them appropriately, then much of the pressure and feeling of failure for both is eliminated. Learning to read is made easier when teachers create an environment where children are given the opportunity to solve the problem of leaning to read by reading.
71．The problem with the reading course as mentioned in the first paragraph is that ________.
A. it is one of the most difficult school courses
B. students spend endless hours in reading
C. reading tasks are assigned with little guidance
D. too much time is spent in teaching about reading
72．The teaching of reading will be successful if ________.
A. teachers can improve conditions at school for the students
B. teachers can enable students to develop their own way of reading
C. teachers can devise the most effcient system for reading
D. teachers can make their teaching activities observable
73．The underlined word“ scrutiny” most probably means“________”.
A. inquiry B. observation
C. control D. suspicion
74．According to the passage, learning to read will no longer be a difficult task when ________.
A. children become highly motivated
B. teacher and learner roles are interchangeable
C. teaching helps children in the search for knowledge
D. reading enriches children’s experience
75．The main idea of the passage is that ________.
A. teachers should do as little as possible in helping students learn to read
B. teachers should encourage students to read as widely as possible
C. reading ability is something acquired rather than taught
D. reading is more complicated that generally believed
阅读理解训练题（六十一）答案
56．B 提示：21（受伤人）-13（送医院的伤者）＝8（没有送医院的伤者）。
57．C 提示：由第三段句子“The ear-splitting blast was beard around 12︰50 p. m. said a local newspaper，citing winesses.”可知答案。
58．B 提示：对还没有侦察的案件，公安机关通常不会在公众面前进行推测。
59．D 提示：文章开头的句子已点题了。
60．C 提示：本文主要是告诉人们如何使用电话卡及解除某些有关电话卡的疑虑。最后一句：Get a phonecard yourself and try it out，or get a bigger wallet.点出本文分明是一则广告。
61．C 提示：第一、第二部分是介绍如何使用电话卡和去哪儿买电话卡，只有第三部分从反面反映电话卡的好处。
62．B 提示：可根据常识及文中提供信息排出使用电话卡的顺序。
63．A 提示：protest m抗议，异议，gratitude m感激，obedience顺从，explanation n.解释。
64．B 提示：接受不公平的待遇。
65．C 提示：保护她的权力。
66．D 提示：sympathy n.同情，exploit v.开发。
67．D 提示：greedy，ill-tempered，strict文中均未表现出。
68．A 提示：从全文意思可知。
69．D 提示：从第五段“With the falling price of broadband communications”可知。
70．D 提示：从第四段第二句“Bandwidth is the limiting factor for sending complex medical pictures…”可知。
71．D 提示：本文是一篇议论文，在对传统的阅读教学方式进行批判的同时，论述了作者自己阅读的教学观：阅读的教与学是两个完全不同的过程。依据文章第1段第3行“It is certainly not endless hours spent in activities about reading..”（教学生如何阅读当然不是带着学生花费大量的时间去一点一点地读）。可以看出，作者认为现在教阅读的时间太多了，这当然是因为教而不教法。所以选项D正确。
72．B 提示：依据文章第2段第2行开始的句子：“The fun_ction of teaching is to create the conditions and the climate that will make it possible for children to devise the most efficient system for teaching themselves to read”（教学的任务是为学生能够找出自己最有效的自学阅读的方法创造条件和氛围），B项符合上述意思，为正确答案。
73．B 提示：该题为猜测词义。inquiry“询问”。observation“观察”。control“控制”。suspicion“怀疑”。该词出现在第3段最后一句“process is not open to public scrutiny”，考生可从该句的上文作出推测。最明显的提示出现在第2段最后一句“Teaching is also a public activity；it can be seen and observed”所以，scrutiny最可能的词义应该是observation，故B项正确。
74．A 提示：依据文章第4段、第5段所提供的信息，特别是第5段第3行“Learning to read is made easier when teachers create an environment where children are given the opportunity to solve the problem of learning to read by reading”（当教师们创造了一种环境，使孩子们有机会自己通过阅读解决所遇到的问题时，学习阅读就变得容易多了），可以看出A项与之最为相近。
75．C 提示：依据文章第1段第4行“reading cannot be taught directly and…”说明阅读能力并不是通过教师教就能掌握的。教师应做的是给学生创造一个好的环境和条件，激发学生阅读的渴望，培养出良好的阅读习惯、方法，只有这样，才能掌握阅读技能，提高阅读水平。所以选项C正确。其他选项与文章讨论的范围不符。
阅读理解训练题（六十二）
A
Some time ago ,I discovered that one of my chairs had a broken leg. I didn’t think there would be any difficulty in getting it mended ,as there are a whole lot of antique（古董）shops near my home. So I left home one morning carrying the chair with me. I went into the first shop expecting a friendly reception（接待）. I was quite wrong. The man wouldn't oven look at my chair.
The second shop, though slightly more polite, was just the same, and the third and the fourth - so I decided that my approach must be wrong.
I went into the fifth shop with a plan in my mind. I placed the chair on the floor and said to the shopkeeper,“ Would you like to buy a chair?” He looked it over carefully and said,“ Yes, not a bad chair. How much do you want for it, sir?” “Twenty pounds,”I said. “OK, ”he said, “I’ll give you twenty pounds. ”“It ‘s got a slightly broken leg,”I said. “Yes, I saw that, it's nothing.”
Everything was going according to plan and I was getting excited. “What will you do with it?”I asked. “Oh, it will be easy to sell once the repair is done. ”“I'll buy it,”I said. “What do you mean？ You’ve just sold it to me,”he said. “Yes, I know but I’ve changed my mind. I'm sorry, I'll give you twenty -seven pounds for it. ”“ Your must be crazy, ”he said. Then, suddenly the penny dropped. “I know what you want. You want me to repair your chair. ”“ You’re right, ”I said. “And what would you have done if I had walked in and said,’Would you mend this chair for me I wouldn't have agreed to do it,” he said. “We don’t do repairs, not enough money in it and too much trouble. But I’ll mend this for you, shall we say for a fiver?”He was a very nice man and was greatly amused（感到有趣）by the whole thing.
56．We can learn from the text that in the first shop the writer ________.
A. was rather impolite
B. was warmly received
C. asked the shopkeeper to buy his chair
D. asked the shopkeeper to repair his chair
57．The expression “the penny dropped” in the last paragraph means the shopkeeper ________.
A. changed his mind B. accepted the offer
C. saw the writer’s purpose D. decided to help the writer
58．How much did the writer pay?
A. ￡ 5. B. ￡ 7. C. ￡ 20. D. ￡ 27.
59．From the text, we can learn that the writer was ________
A. hanest B. careful C. smart D. funny
B
Life on land probably began about 430 million years ago, though it has existed in the water for perhaps as much as 3,000 million years. When we think of the first thing on land, we probably think of strange animals coming out of the oceans, but in fact no animals could have been living if plants had not been on land first. Plants had to be on land before animals arrived. They supplied the first land animals with the surrounding and food necessity, since they, the plants, are the only form of life that is able to get and store energy.
The first plants to exist out of the water were probably certain kinds of algae（海藻）which were followed by other plants that grew close to the ground and needed water in which to reproduce. Once the move to land had been made, however, evolution（进化）took place quickly. By the end of 100 million years, plants had developed their roots（根）,and some had got tree -like forms since height was very important in gaining sunlight. About 300 million years ago, much of the world was covered with forests of huge trees. In most ways they were like modern trees. They had roots, leaves, wood, but mostly they had not developed seeds.
60．The main idea of the first paragraph is ________.
A. life on land probably began 430 years ago
B. the first animal on land came from oceans
C. there wouldn't be animals without plants
D. plants are the only form of life that is able to get and store energy
61．Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A. Algae has existed for more than 430 million years.
B. It is impossible that algae might be the earliest plant on land.
C. Plants get food from animals in the oceans.
D. Evolution began after animals appeared on land.
62．Plants with roots appeared about ________ million years ago.
A. 430 B. 300 C. 330 D. 100
63．According to the passage, ________ appeared earlier than ________.
A. apples; oranges B. oranges; apples
C. oranges; roses D. algae; wheat
C
The dream of flying into outer space, cherished by the Chinese people for centuries, will soon come true.
China launched its fourth unmanned spacecraft （飞船）“Shenzhou Ⅳ” on December 30 at the Jiuquan Satellite Launch Centre in Gansu Province. It was the 27th consecutive（连续的 ）and successful launch of China - made rockets since October 1996. This launch has made it more realistic for China to send a person into space on its own following Russia and the USA.
Qi Faren，leading designer of the spacecraft system, said all the functions （功能） designed for manned flights have withstood （经受住）the test of three previous, successful launches and return landings of the “Shenzhou” spaceships.
China launched the “Shenzhou Ⅰ ”, “Shenzhou Ⅱ ”and “Shenzhou Ⅲ ”spacecrafts in 1999,2001 and 2002 respectively.
“Shouzhou Ⅳ” was to make it a more comfortable place in which astronauts can live and work. All parts of the application system for manned flight are aboard the “Shenzhou Ⅳ”craft in all test flights.
China’s manned flight programme began in 1992. A number of unmanned test flights will be launched before Chinese astronauts are sent into space.
Leading scientists in charge of China’s manned space programme said the successful launch of the “Shenzhou Ⅳ” laid a solid foundation for the country’s future task of sending Chinese astronauts to outer space.
The spacecraft returned to the earth on January 5, after completing seven experiments in space.
Officials at the centre said that“ Shenzhou Ⅴ”, a manned spacecraft, is expected to be launched later this year.
64．How many countries can send a person into space on its own by now？
A. 2. B. 3.
C. 4. D. Not mentioned.
65．China’s manned flight programme began in ________.
A. 1992 B. October 1996.
C. 1999 D. January 2003
66．As a matter of fact, ________ .
A. “Shenzhou Ⅴ ”has been launched
B. “Shenzhou Ⅳ” was a manned spacecraft
C. “Shenzhou Ⅲ ”and“ Shenzhou Ⅳ” were not launched in the same year
D. the dream of man flying into outer space has come true in China
67．Which is the most suitable title for the passage?
A. The Successful Launching of “Shenzhou Ⅳ ”.
B. The Landing of “Shenzhou Ⅳ ”.
C. Chin a’s Manned Flight Programme.
D. The Third Country Sending a Person into Outer Space.
D
More surprising, perhaps, than the current difficulties of traditional marriage is the fact that marriage itself is alive and thriving（旺盛的）. As Skolnich notes, Americans are a marrying people: relative to Europeans, more of us marry and we marry at a younger age. Moreover, after a decline（衰退）in the early 1970s, the rate of marriage in the United States is now increasing. Even the divorce（离婚）rate needs to be taken in this pro- marriage context: some 80 percent of divorced individuals remarry. Thus, marriage remains by far the preferred way of life for the vast majority of the people in our society.
What has changed more than marriage is the nuclear family. Twenty- five years ago, the typical American family consisted of the husband, the wife, and two or three children. Now, there are many marriages in which couples have decided not to have any children, and there are many marriages where at least some of the children are from the wife’s previous marriage, or the husband’s, or both. Sometimes these children spend all of their time with one parent from the former marriage; sometimes they are shared between the two former spouses （配偶）．
Thus, one can find every type of tamely arrangement. There are marriages without children; marriages with children from only the present marriages; marriages with “full - time” children from both the present and former marriages; marriages with“full- time”children from the present marriage and“ part- time”children from former marriages. There are stepfathers, stepmothers, half- brothers and half - sisters. It is not all that unusual for a child to have four parents and eight grandparents! These are enormous changes from the traditional nuclear family. But even so, even in the midst of all this, there remains one constant: most Americans spend most of their adult lives married.
68．By calling Americans a marrying people the writer means that ________.
A. Americans are more traditional than Europeans
B. Americans expect more out of marriage than Europeans
C. there are more married couples in the USA than in Europe
D. more of Americans, as compared with Europeans, prefer marriage and they accept it at a younger age
69．Divorced Americans ________ .
A. prefer the way they live
B. will most likely remarry
C. have lost interest in marriage
D. are the majority of people in the society
70．Which of the following can be presented as the picture of today’s American families？
A. Which types of family arrangements have become socially acceptable.
B. A typical American family consists of only a husband and a wife.
C. Americans prefer to have more kids than before.
D. There are no nuclear families any more.
71．Though great changes have taken place in the structure of American families, ________ .
A. the majority of Americans still have faith in marriage
B. the functions of marriage remain unchanged
C. most Americans prefer a second marriage
D. most Americans prefer to be single
E
Many people believe the glare（炫目的光）from snow causes snowblindness. Yet, with dark glasses or not, they find themselves suffering from headaches and watering eyes, and even snowblindness ,when exposed to several hours of“ snow light”.
The United States army has now determined that glare from snow does not cause snowblindness in troops in a snow -covered country. Rather ,a man’s eyes frequently find nothing to focus on （聚集） in a broad space of snow- covered without- grass land. So his gaze continually moves and jumps back and forth over the entire landscape in search of something to look at. Finding something, hour after hour, the eyes never stop searching and the eyeballs become tired and the eye muscles ache. Nature makes up for this discomfort by producing more and more fluid （流 体） which covers the eyeball. The fluid covers the eyeball in increasing quantity until it makes eyes difficult to see dearly, and the result is total, even though for a short time, snowblindness.
Experiments led the Army to a simple method of overcoming this problem. Scouts（侦察兵）ahead of the troops are trained to shake snow from evergreen bushes, creating a dotted line as they cross completely snow - covered landscape. Even the scouts themselves throw lightweight, dark - colored objects ahead on which they can focus too. The men following can then see something. Their gaze is arrested. Their eyes focus on a bush and having found something to see, stop searching the snow -blanketed landscape. By focusing their attention on one object at a time. the men can cross the snow without becoming hopelessly snowblind or lost. In this way the problem of crossing a continuous white land is overcome.
72．To prevent snowblindness caused by the strong light from snow, wearing glasses or not ________.
A. depends on whether the snow is white enough
B. makes no difference
C. makes much difference
D. depends on whether the snow is thick
73．When the eyes are tired, tears flow out ________.
A. to clear the vision
B. to make the eyes stop searching
C. to make the vision unclear
D. to produce more and more liquid
74．Snowblindness can be avoided ________.
A. by moving one’s gaze back and forth
B. by walking ahead and keeping looking around
C. by making up for the discomfort of one’s eyes
D. by providing the eyes with something to focus on
75．What is the probable meaning of the underlined part “Their gaze is arrested” （in paragraph 3 ） ?
A. They get something to look at.
B. They can only look at one spot.
C. Their eyes are clear.
D. They can’t see freely.
阅读理解训练题（六十二）答案
56．D 在第一家商店，店家连看都不看一眼，可见他想请人修椅子被拒绝了，后来在第二、三、四家也被拒绝。
57．C 从对方的回答“我知道你想干啥，你想让我帮你修椅子”可知他的计谋被识破。
58．A “我”主动提出给七英镑作为维修费，而“他”很好（a very nice man），提出“fiver”，可见它的意思是五英镑。
59．C 从文中不难看出“我”是什么样的人：随机应变，灵活。
60．C 第一段有这句话：no animals could have been living if plants hadn’t been on land first.
61．A 第一段说陆地上的生命出现于430 million years ago，第二段说海藻是最早的植物。
62．C 最早出现的植物在四亿三千万年前，一亿年后植物开始生根，即三亿三千万年前。
63．D 从第二段最后可知，长根的植物比结子的植物要早,因此选D。
64．A 第二段提到“神舟四号”使中国有望继俄美之后第三个载人飞船的国家，因此选A。
65．A 第六段第一句说中国在1992年开始这一工程。
66．B 文中说神舟系列飞船都有载人功能（all the functions designed for manned flights），但还没有将人送入太空。
67．A 全文围绕“神舟四号”的成功发射展开描写。
68．D 第一段第二句说more of us marry，at a younger age.句中relative to表示“与…比较”。
69．B 第一段最后一句：80％的离婚再婚，大多数人更喜欢婚姻生活。
70．A 文中提到美国家庭构成的变化：every type of family arrangment，“与传统的核心家庭有巨大变化”，因此选A。
71．A 全文始终贯穿这个观点：大多数美国人喜欢并过着婚姻生活，可见美国人对婚姻是有信心的。
72．B 第一段提到戴不戴眼镜都会产生“雪盲”的症状，如头疼，流泪甚至雪盲。
73．C 第二段结尾部分说此时泪水流出来充满眼眶，眼睛看不清，导致雪盲。
74．D 第三段提到的侦察兵的做法告诉我们，雪盲的产生是因为在雪地里眼睛找不到具体目标，由于寻找不到看的物体才产生雪盲。人们就将灌木上的雪去掉，扔一些深色物体，其目的是D。
75．A 划线句子后面说“眼睛盯着灌木，找到东西可看”，因此选A。
阅读理解训练题（六十三）
A
In Kansas at the turn of the century, Edwin and Amy Earhar doted on （溺爱）their active daughters, Amelia and Muriel. Edwin gave the girls footballs and rifles, while Amy shocked the community by dressing them in gym suits instead of skirts. Edwin's job caused the family to move from town to town, and the girls’ interest in rough sports and shooting rats raised eyebrows wherever they went.
Amelia's parents did not pressure her to reform as she grew older, even when she dabbled（轻率地对待） in the domains of science and automobile mechanics. But in 1920, when she went aloft（在空中） at an air show and returned home determined to learn how to fly, even her liberal Parents hesitated. They soon gave in, however, and within months Amelia was flying a Kinner Airster her mother helped her buy.
56. According to the passage, Edwin gave the girls which of the following items?
A. An airplane B. Footballs C. An automobile D. Gym suits
57. It may be inferred from the passage that, at the turn of the century, it was LEAST common
for girls to____.
A. wear skirts B. have doting parents C. move from town to town D. play with rifles
58. In what way did Amelia's mother help Amelia in her career?
A. By helping her to buy a plane B. by taking her to an air show
C. By pressuring her to become a pilot D. By giving her flying lessons
B
Decades before the American Revolution of 1776, Jesse Fish, a native New Yorker, retreated to an Island off St. Augustine, Florida, to escape an unpleasant family situation. In time he became Florida’s first orange baron(巨商) and his oranges were in great demand in London throughout the 1770s. The English found them juicy and sweet and preferred them to other varieties, even though they had thin skins and were hard to peel.
There would probably have been other successful commercial growers before Fish if Florida had not been under Spanish rule for some two hundred years. Columbus first brought seeds for citrus（柑桔）trees to the New World and planted them in the Antilles. But most likely it was Pone de Leon who introduced oranges to the North American continent when he discovered Florida in 1513. For a time, each Spanish sailor on a ship bound for America was required by law to carry one hundred seeds with him. Later because seeds tended to dry out, all Spanish ships were required to carry young orange trees. The Spaniards planted citrus trees only for medicinal purposes, however. They saw no need to start commercial groves(园林) because oranges were so abundant in Spain.
59.What is the main topic of the passage?
A.The role of Florida in the American Revolution.
B.The discovery of Florida by Ponce de Leon in 1513.
C.The history of the cultivation of oranges in Florida.
D.The popularity of Florida oranges in London in the 1770s.
60.Jesse Fish went to Florida to _________.
A.grow oranges commercially B.buy an island off St. Augustine
C.get away from his family D.work for the British government
61.Londoners liked the oranges grown by Jesse Fish because they_______
A.had a lot of juiceB.were not too sweet
C.were not hard to peelD.had thin skins
62.According to the passage, Spanish vessels began to bring orange tree seedlings to North America when ________.
A.the United States agricultural laws were revised
B.ambitious sailors began to transport seeds secretly
C.doctors reported a lack of medical supplies
D.authorities realized that seeds did not travel well
63.According to the passage Florida oranges were valued by the Spanish primarily ________.
A.as a medium of exchange B.for their unusual seeds
C.for their medical use D.as a source of food for sailors
C
A multinational (跨国的) company engaged in real estate with its headquarters in New York
is urgently looking for an Executive Secretary reporting to the Business Development Director.
Applicants should have a pleasant appearance, mature and tactful(机敏的) personality ,and be able to organize work efficiently under pressure. There should be at least 3 years’ secretarial experience working at director’s level. Good shorthand skills, and a very high standard of both written and spoken English are required. A command of Putonghua and good computer skills will be an advantage.
The successful applicant will be offered an attractive benefits package, along with the potential of highly rewarding career progression in the expanding operations. Individuals currently earning less than $ 1,500 p.m. are not likely to be considered for interview.
Please apply with full resume, a recent photo, expected salary and contact phone number to Box 8197 SCM Post.
64.Which of the following is not a requirement for the job advertised?
A.At least 3 years’ experience as a secretary.
B.A basic command of written and spoken English.
C.Experience in real estate. D.Good skills in taking quick notes.
65.What should an applicant submit together with his or her application?
A. A current address B. A signed contract
C. A request for salary D. A recommendation
66.This passage would most probably be found in __________.
A. an index B. a textbookC. a newspaper D. a catalog
D
Employees need several kinds of satisfactions if they are to remain productive and
enthusiastic in industry. They need to know that their working conditions are safe and adequate for the kind of work they do. Also, they need reasonable hours of work in order to make their jobs acceptable. If they must work overtime several nights a week, their take-home pay may be higher, but their efficiency and feelings about their jobs will decline（下降）.
In addition to agreeable working conditions, employees need to have adequate compensation
(补偿) for the work they do. Today potential employees also examine the benefits package management offers to compare them with other companies. If one company offers stocks, insurance, vacations, and even child care, other industries must follow suit, or they lose out on hiring the best employees.
Adequacy of working conditions and financial compensation are hardly enough, however, to keep employees satisfied for long. Employees also need to feel confident of management’s abilities to organize the company. The employer who pays well and has a new modern plant to display their product may still lose the loyalty and devotion of employees through lack of attention to details and disorganization. One recent research study showed that more than half the small businesses failed not due to lack of money but due to the employer’s lack of management skill.
67.Which of the following could probably be the main idea of this passage?
A.Employees can improve their income in many ways.B.Employees can hardly be satisfied.
C.Employers should be skillful in management. D.Job satisfaction is tied to benefits
68.The writer of this passage advises that_________.
A.employers should pay their employees as much as possible
B.employees should know about their working conditions clearly
C.normal working hours are good for keeping efficiency
D.safety is the chief concern in improving working conditions
69.Today’s employees know how to protect their benefits by _________.
A.making comparisons between different companies
B.examining their agreements with the employer
C.asking for compensation for what they do D.changing their jobs more often than before
70.If a company wants to hire excellent employees, it should __________.
A.offer agreeable working conditions to its employees
B.examine its employees and make selection strictly
C.take great care of the welfare of their employees
D.catch up with other companies in providing other benefits than wages
71.The most important thing for a company to keep its employees loyal and energetic is ____.
A.to raise their salary from time to time B.to maintain an effective management
C.to be skillful in organizing their work D.to pay attention to the development of products
E
Underground water reserves in eastern England are critically low and for some people water
restrictions may only be days away. Areas affected include East Sussex, Kent and Essex. East Anglia is among the worst hit areas, with the situation in Lincolnshire “particularly acute (严重)”.
Yorkshire Water is still trying to recover from a drought last year and water is being pumped from the west of the country to the east to cope with an acute shortage.
The concern over areas which depend heavily on underground water reserves is also reported in the New Civil Engineer. It suggests that ground water levels have sunk to a record low and river flows have fallen as Britain recorded its third lowest rainfall for March and April this century. The journal also claims that some areas could be facing the worst drought in memory.
The problems stem from the dry winter of 1988-89 which preceded (先于) a long summer of drought followed by barely average rainfall in the East of England last winter.
A spokesman for the Water Authorities Association said areas dependent on surface water had made up for two years of dry weather while areas dependent on underground water reserves had never totally recovered.
“I know that some of the water companies in these areas are already giving warnings to customers to use water sensibly as they are already in some difficulty.”
72.What happened in East Anglia?
A. Water restrictions. B. A severe shortage of water supply.
C. Recovery from a drought. D. Overflow of underground water.
73.From the passage, we learn that before Britain reported its third lowest rainfall________.
A.there was likely to be no rain for a long time B.there was likely to be an average rainfall
C.underground and surface water was adequate
D.surface water was short but underground water adequate
74.From the spokesman, we can infer that _________.
A.generally Britain has much rainfall all the year round
B.usually after March or April it begins to rain in Britain
C.in the worst hit areas underground water remains acute
D.some areas have failed to pump water from the west to the east
75.What does the writer try to tell us?
Water Authorities Association gives a call to East Britain.
B.Some water companies are in difficulty.
C.East Britain faces early water restrictions. D.The drought will continue for a long time.
阅读理解训练题（六十三）答案
56-60BDACC 61-65ADCCC 66-70CCCAD 71-75BBACC
阅读理解训练题（六十四）
A
China’s position on the World Trade Organization（WTO） issue has not changed, Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Zhang Qiyue said yesterday at a routine press briefing.
However, the atmosphere surrounding the WTO accession talks has been spoiled by NATO’S bombing of the Chinese Embassy in Belgrade （贝尔格莱德）, he added.
Zhang stressed the US - led NATO bombing of the Chinese Embassy in Yugoslavia had aroused the strong indignation of the Chinese people, and put Sino - U. S. relations into difficult straits. （困境）
The bombing incident has affected the atmosphere surrounding the two sides’ negotiation on the WTO accession, he said China demanded prompt, adequate and effective compensation（赔偿） for the Chinese loss of lives, injuries and loss of property.
Shen Guofang, China’s acting permanent representative to the United Nations, said on Wednesday that “Kosovo is Part of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, and it is not the United Nation’s trustee territory”.
Shen, who took the floor at an international conference on Kosovo as the senior representative of Chinese Foreign Minister TangJiaxuan, called on the international community to respect the sovereignty （国家主权）and territorial integrity （领土完整）of Yugoslavia.
56．Which of the following statements is right according to the passage?
A. China’s view point on the entry to WTO has changed little.
B. The atmosphere surrounding the WTO accession talks was not at all influenced by NATO’S bombing.
C. The U.S. - led NATO must answer for all the loss caused by the bombing incident.
D. It is reasonable for the strong countries to control the weak countries.
57．“Take the floor”in the last paragraph means to“________”.
A. make a speech
B. occupy the floor
C. make use of the place
D. attend the meeting
58．Which of the following statements is NOT right?
A. The U. S - led NATO bombing of the Chinese Embassy in Yugoslavia made us very angry
B. Sino- U. S. relation got into trouble as a result of the bombing.
C. It’s wrong to stich one’s nose into the home affairs of other countries.
D. The U. S. - led NATO would like to compensate the loss caused by the bombing of the Chinese Embassy.
59．We can draw a conclusion from the passage that ________ in the world’s foreign affairs.
A. all the countries should always have their sovereignty respected
B. we should help other countries for our own purpose
C. the sovereignty and territorial integrity of all the countries must be greatly respected and be put in the first place
D. there always exists respect for sovereignty and territorial integrity of all
B
A film was at the Circle Five Ranch to film a Marlboro commercial. This is in 1868, before they prohibited cigarette ads from American television. Darrell Winfield was watching the crew set up the equipment. The scene included an actor crossing a river on horseback, but when the time came to shoot, the man was too drunk to ride. Someone from the crews saw Winfield and asked him if he would ride the horse for 50. “Hell, ” said Winfield, “for 50 bucks, I'll jump that damn horse over the moon!”
To people in many countries, Winfield is just a familiar but nameless face, a simple cowboy with an advertising message about a connection between the West and a brand of cigarettes. Few people know that he is advertising message about a connection between the West and a brand of cigarettes. Few people know that he is 55, a family man who’s been married to the same woman for 37 years and has 5 children and 7 grandchildren. Most surprisingly, he’s a real, working cowboy who raises horses in his ranch in Wyoming.
One of the most striking things about the Marlboro Man is that success hasn’t changed him much. He says that complete strangers sometimes come up to him and say, “I’ve met you. know you from somewhere. ”Whenever it happens, he says that he gets embarrassed.
60．Which of the following statements is true?
A. Cigarette ads were prohibited in America.
B. Cigarette ads are prohibited on television in America.
C. Marlboro commercial was prohibited on television.
D. Marlboro commercial was produced on television.
61．What does the word“prohibited”in the first paragraph mean?
A. broadcast B. forbidden
C. produced D. provided
62．When they filmed the ad, ________.
A. Winfield was too drunk.
B. The actor in the ad was too drunk.
C. Winfield was setting up the equipmet.
D. Winfield was riding a horse.
63．From the passage, we know that Winfield was ________.
A. an ordinary man
B. a superstar
C. an actor
D. a rich man
64．When people recognized Winfield, he felt________.
A. excited B. happy
C. interested D. uncomfortable
C
65．A train car moves along a long straight track. The graph （曲线） shows the position as a fun_ction of time for this train. The graph shows that ________.
A. slows down all the time
B. speeds up all the time
C. speeds up part of the time and slows down part of the time
D. moves at a constant speed
66．As the diagram shows, there is a fixed superconductor ring, on the right of which lies a bar magnet. There is no electric current. When the magnet is moved to the right, because of electro-magnetic, induction, a certain electric current is produced. Thus the direction of the electric current is________ .
A. as indicated by the arrowhead in the diagram. When the magnet is moved away, the electric current will soon disappear.
B. as indicated by the arrowhead in the diagram. When the magnet is moved away, the electric current will still remain.
C. in the opposite direction. When the magnet is moved away, the electric current will soon disappear.
D. in the opposite direction. When the magnet is moved away, the electric current will still remain.
D
From the very beginning, Martin felt that he was bound up with（与……紧紧地在一起）his lovely little patient. One day, following some tests , Betty gave the doctor a big hug（拥抱）.
A few months later the doctor removed not only the tumour（肿瘤）, but also the entire lower left side of Betty’s gum（牙龈）and jawbone. Because Betty was so young, Martin was hopeful that her jawbone might regenerate.
Within three months, Betty’s tumour grew as large as an orange, changing the natural appearance of the left side of her small, delicate （ = thin; not strong）face. Soon she couldn’t even close her mouth, and as her eating problems worsened, Betty ‘s weight dropped from 20 kilos to 15. Martin knew from experience that it might invade the brain.
The only other possibility was thorough radiation therapy （放射疗法）. Night after night, Betty's father gave her injection, but the tumour remained as big as ever. Then one evening. Morgan noticed that the tumour had begun to change. It was actually becoming smaller! For two months her tumour appeared to be going away for ever. In the coming months, Betty’s tumour continued to appear. She was able to eat solid food once again. Her jawbone was regenerating. The tumour was gone.
67．What do you think the underlined word regenerate means? It means “________”.
A. lose one’s life
B. give a new life to
C. be made by hand
D. pass on from one generation to another
68．If Betty’s jawbone didn’t regenerate, the doctors ________ .
A. would rebuild her jaw
B. would continue the treatment
C. would use new medicine
D. could do nothing else
69．If the brain should be invaded, the result would ________.
A. prevent her growth
B. reduce her weight
C. cause her brain damaged
D. affect her eyesight
70．What did the doctors do two months later?
A. They continued their observations.
B. They gave up the operation on Betty.
C. They found out what caused Betty’s strange disease.
D. They declared that Betty’s strange disease was cured.
E
HOLIDAY HOMES IN MALLORCA
Holiday houses in Mallorca sailing and fishing port - quiet even in summer season. Beautifully situated houses with sights of sea and mountains, yet near to shops and restaurants. Cars and bicycles for hire. Sailing and sports clubs nearby.
ITALY IN COMFORT
Luxury coach（ - carriage） trips of Italy, out of normal holiday season. 21days to visit five Italian cities starting from London 1 st May, 1 st September . The trips are guided by profess or Martin Davis. Head of Italian Studies, London University . See the arts and culture of historic Italy.
KIBBUTZ HOLIDAYS IN ISRAEL（以色列）
Working holidays on a kibbutz（ co -operative farm） in Israel. All nationalities welcome for one to three months, if prepared to work morning with kibbutz members. Accommodation （住宿）, food and trips to historic sights all provided free - you pay only for the special low- cost return flight.
TWO WEEKS ON A CARIBBEAN ISLAND
Two- week holidays in the Hotel Splendid , on a lovely beach with golden sands and deep- blue sea. Tennis, golf, sailing and all water sports, trips around the island arranged. Near to town of Castries with lively evening entertainment - dancing.
1 st November - 31 st March = ￡ 720 per person
1 st April - 30th October = ￡ 850 per person
Jack and his wife Mary, who have recently retired, want to see places of cultural and historic interest abroad, but Mary hates flying.
Peter and Maria, university students, want to travel as far as possible on little money, and would like to get to know a country by working there for three months with other young people.
Michael, a young computer programmer, has been working hard and needs a holiday to relax in winter. He would like to go somewhere warmer and sunny, where he can swim in the sea, and he enjoys sports and dancing.
Herry and Kate, both teachers, and their two sons, have to take their holiday during the school summer holidays. There must be plenty for the boys to do, although Harry and Kate just want to have beautiful scenery, good food and wine- and peace.
71．Michael would most probably go to ________ for his holiday.
A. Italy B. Israel
C. Mallorca D. a Caribbean island
72．The most suitable place where Peter and Maria can enjoy their holiday would be________
A. an Italian city B. a kibbutz in Israel
C. a Caribbean island D. the port in Mallorca
73．The best holiday for Jack and Mary would be________.
A. the 21 - day coach trip of Italy
B. the 2 -week stay in the Hotel Splendid
C. the 14 -day trip around a Caribbean island
D. the working holidays for 1 -3 months on a kibbutz in Israel
74．Harry and Kate and their sons would like________.
A. a holiday working on a kibbutz in Israel
B. a holiday visiting cities by coach in Italy
C. a holiday house in the fishing port in Mallorca
D. a holiday hotel on a lovely beach on a Carribean Island
75．You can find this passage most probably in ________.
A. a school library B. a tourist agency
C. the post office D. the museum
阅读理解训练题（六十四）答案
56．C 以美国为首的北约应为爆炸事件负责
57．A 固定搭配，发言（尤指在辩论中发言）
58．D 文中没提到北约对赔偿问题的态度
59．C 在国际外交问题上各国应尊重国家主权和领土完整。
60．B 第一段第二句话
61．B 禁止
62．B 准备拍摄时，演员醉酒，不能拍摄。
63．A 一个普通的人
64．D 不自在，窘迫
65．A 速度一直在减慢
66．D 电流朝相反的方向，当磁铁拿走时，电流仍然存在
67．B
68．C 短文第二段内容
69．D 最后一段内容
70．B 最后一段倒数第三句
71．D Michael喜欢运动，跳舞，所以适合去加勒比海岛屿
72．B Peter和Maria是学生，应该去比较安静又比较便宜的地方。
73．A Jack和Mary喜欢看历史文化古迹，适合去意大利的城市。
74．C Harry和Kate带着儿子去过一个安静的，美丽的地方，故选C。
75．B 旅行社，旅社机构。
阅读理解训练题（六十五）
A
When John Milton, writer of“Paradise Lost”, entered Cambridge University, in 1625, he was already skilled in Latin after seven years of studying it as his second language at St. Paul’s School, London. Like all English boys who prepared for college in grammar schools, he had learned not only to read Latin but also to speak and write it smoothly and correctly. His pronunciation of Latin was English, however, and seemed to have sounded strange to his friends when he later visited Italy.
Schoolboys gained their skill in Latin in a bitter way. They kept in mind the rules to make learning by heart easier. They first made a word -for -word translation and then an idiomatic translation into English. As they increased their skill, they translated their English back into Latin without referring to the book and then compared their translation with the original. The schoolmaster was always at hand to encourage them. All schoolmasters believed Latin should be beaten in.
After several years of study, the boys began to write compositions in imitation of the Latin writers they read. And as they began to read Latin poems, they began to write poems in Latin. Because Milton was already a poet at ten, his poems were much better than those painfully put together by the other boys. During the seven years Milton spent at university, he made regular use of his command of Latin. He wrote some excellent Latin poems, which he published among his works in 1645.
56．What does the passage mainly tell about?
A. How John Milton wrote“ Paradise Lost”.
B. How John Milton studied Latin.
C. How John Milton became famous.
D. How John Milton became a poet.
57．Which of the following is true of John Milton’s pronunciation of Latin?
A. It has a strong Italian accent.
B. It has an uncommon accent.
C. It was natural and easy to understand.
D. It was bad and difficult to understand.
58．It can be inferred from the passage that________.
A. Milton’s training in Latin was similar to that of the other boys
B. Milton hadn’t learned any foreign language except Latin before going to college
C. Milton’s Italian friends helped him with Latin when talking
D. Milton's classmates learned Latin harder but worse than Milton
59．Which of the following is suggested in the passage?
A. The schoolmaster mainly helped those who were bad at Latin.
B. The schoolmaster usually stood beside the schoolboys with a stick in his hand.
C. The schoolboys could repeat Latin grammar rules from memory.
D. Some of the schoolboys were quick at writing compositions in Latin.
60．What is the meaning of the underlined part“ Latin should be beaten in”that the writer wishes you to understand?
A. Schoolboys should be punished if they were lazy to learn Latin.
B. Schoolboys should be encouraged if they had difficulty in learning Latin.
C. Schoolboys were expected to master Latin in a short time.
D. Schoolboys had to study Latin in a hard way.
B
There are two factors which determine an individual’s （个人）intelligence. The first is the sort of brain he is born with. Human brains differ considerably, some being more capable than others. But no matter how good a brain he has to begin with, an individual will have a low order of intelligence unless he has opportunities to learn. So that second factor is what happens to the individual - the sort of environment in which he is reared. If an individual is handicapped（制约）environmentally, it is likely that his brain will fail to develop and he will never attain the level of intelligence of which he is capable.
The importance of environment in determining an individual’s intelligence can be demonstrated by the case history of the identical twins, Peter and Mark. Being identical, the twins had identical brains at birth, and their growth processes were the same. When the twins were three months old , their parents died , and they were placed in separate foster homes. Peter was reared by parents of low intelligence in an isolated community with poor educational opportunities. Mark was reared in the home of well - to - do parents who bad been to college. He was read to as a child, sent to good schools, and given every opportunity to be stimulated（刺激）intellectually. This environmental difference continued until the twins were in their late teens, when they were given tests to measure their intelligence. Mark's IQ was 125, twenty- five points higher than the average and fully forty points higher than his identical brother. Given equal opportunities, the twins, having identical brains, would have tested at roughly the same level.
61．The passage can be titled________.
A. Measturing Your Intelligence
B. Iutelligence and Environment
C. The Case of Peter and Mark
D. How the brain influences Intelligence
62．The best statement of the main idea of the passage is that________.
A. human brains differ considerably
B. the brain a person is born with is important in determining his intelligence
C. environment is more important in determining a person’s intelligence
D. identical brains will have the same intelligence
63．According to the passage, the average IQ is ________.
A. 85 B. 100 C. 110 D. 125
64．This passage suggests that an individual’s IQ ________.
A. can be predicted at birth
B. stays the same throughout his life
C. can be increased by education
D. is determined by his childhood
C
For some time past, it has been widely accepted that babies and other creature - learn to do things because certain acts lead to “rewards”, and there is no reason to doubt that this is true. But it used also to be widely believed that effective rewards, at least in the early time, had to be directly connected to such basic physiological“drives”as thirst or hunger. In other words, a baby would learn if he got food or drink or some sort of physical comfort, not otherwise.
It is now clear that this is not so. Babies will learn to behave in ways that produce results in the world with no reward except success in sight.
Papousek began his studies by using milk in the normal way to“reward”the babies and so teach them to carry out some simple movements , such as turning the head to one side or the other. Then he noticed that a baby who had had enough to drink would refuse the milk but would still go on making the learned response（回答） with clear signs of pleasure. So he began to study the children’s responses in situations where no milk was provided. He quickly found that children as young as four months would learn to turn their heads to right or left if the movement“ turned on” some lights - and indeed that they were able to learn some more turns to bring about this result, for example, two left or two right, or even to make as many as three turns to one side.
Papousek’s light experiment was placed directly in front of the babies and he made the interesting observation that sometimes they would not turn back to watch the light closely although they would“ smile and speak” when the light was on. Papousek concluded that it was not the sight of the lights which pleased them. It was the success they were achieving in solving the problem, in mastering the skill, and then there is a basic human nature to make sense of the world and bring it under control.
65．According to the writer, babies learn to do things that ________.
A. will satisfy their surprise
B. will meet their physical needs
C. are directly connected to pleasure
D. will bring them a feeling of success
66．Paponsek noticed in his studies that a baby would ________.
A. make learned responses when it saw the milk
B. continue the simple movements without being given milk
C. turn its head to right or left when it had enough to drink
D. carry out learned movements when it had enough to drink
67．In Papousek’s experiment babies make learned movements of the head in order to ________.
A. be praised B. please their parents
C. be rewarded with milk D. have the lights turned on
68．The babies would“ smile and speak”at the lights because________.
A. they succeeded in “turning on” the lights
B. the sight of lights was interesting
C. they need not turn back to watch the lights
D. the lights were directly connected to some basic“ drives”
D
When I asked my daughter which item she would keep: the phone, the car, the cooker, the computer, the TV, or her boyfriend, she said the phone . Personally, I could do without the phone entirely, which makes me unusual Because the telephone is changing our lives more than any other piece of technology.
Point 1: The telephone creates the need to communicate, in the same way that more roads create more traffic. My daughter comes home from school at 4∶00 pm and then spends an hour on the phone talking to the very people she has been at school with all day. If the phone did not exist, would she have anything to talk about?
Point 2: The mobile phone means that we are never alone.“The mobile saved my life, ” says Crystal Johnstone. She had an accident in her Volvo on the A45 between Otley and Skipton. Trapped inside, she managed to make the call that brought the ambulance to her rescue.
Point 3: The mobile removes our secret. It allows Marketing Manager of Haba Deutsch, Carl Nicolaisen, to ring his sales staff all round the world at any time of day to ask where they are, where they are going, and how their last meeting went.
Point 4: The telephone separates us. Antonella Bramante in Rome says, “ We worked in separate offices but I could see him through the window. It was easy to get his number. We were so near - but we didn’t meet for the first two weeks !”
Point 5 : The telephone allows us to reach out beyond our own lives. Today we can talk to several complete strangers simultaneously on chat lines（at least my daughter does. I wouldn't know what to talk about）. We can talk across the world. We can even talk to astronauts （ if you know any） while they’re space walking. And, with the phone line hooked up to the computer, we can access the Internet, the biggest library on earth.
69．How do you understand“ Point l: The telephone creates the need to communicate, …” ?
A. The telephone creates more traffic.
B. People communicate because of the creating of the telephone.
C. People communicate more since the telephone has been created.
D. People communicate more because of more traffic.
70．Which of the following best shows people’s attitude towards mobile phones?
A. Mobile phones are useful when you have an accident.
B. Mobile phones bring convenience to people.
C. Mobile phones can help people go across the world.
D. Mobile phone number is easy to get.
71．The underlined word“ simultaneously” most probably means ________.
A. in a friendly way B. in an easy way
C. at the same time D. through computers
E
Jakarta - About 20 bombs exploded outside churches in Jakarta and five other Indonesian cities and towns , killing at least 14 people and injuring 47, said Nations Police Chief Gen Suroyo Bimantoro on Sunday.
Sunday’s attacks follow a rise in Muslim extremism（穆斯林极主义） throughout the country. The heaviest violence has been in the Maluku islands in Indonesia’s east, where about 5, 000 people of both Christian and Muslim beliefs have been killed over the past two years. Indonesia is the world’s largest Muslim country with 90 percent of its 210 million people , followers of Islam.
Christians make up less that 10 percent of Indonesia’s 210 million people. Many are from the Chinese minority, which had been attacked by Muslim groups during the past civil unrest.
Sunday's bombings were the latest in a series to rock the capital. The worst this year came in September, when a car bomb and the following fire killed 15 people in a parking lot at Jakarta's Stock Exchange. In August, two people were killed when a car bomb blew up outside the Philippine ambassador’s（大使）home.
The police made arrests after those attacks and several smaller explosions, but have brought no formal charges. Most of the arrested have been set free.
（From China Daily, December 25, 2000）
72．We can infer from the passage that________.
A. the Chinese minority was regarded as the enemies of the Indonesians
B. there is much violence in the country because of people’s different beliefs
C. Muslim extremists try to control the Christians
D. Sunday’s bombings were the heaviest violence over the past two years
73．According to the news report ________.
A. more than 5, 000 Christian people have been killed in the past two years in Indonesia
B. the society in Indonesia used to be unrest long ago
C. about 30 were killed this year in violence in Indonesia not including those in Maluku
D. the police caught some people after Sunday’s attacks and then set all of them free again
74．The fourteen people died in bombings ________ on Sunday.
A. in several cities and towns in Indonesia
B. in the city of Jarkarta
C. in the Maluku island in Indonesia’s east
D. outside churches in Jarkarta
75．The word“ charge” in the last paragraph most probably means________.
A. statement that a person has broken a law
B. sudden and violent attack at high speed
C. price asked for goods or service
D. forms given to prisoners
阅读理解训练题（六十五）答案
56-60BBACD 61-65BCBCD 66-70BDACB 71-75CBCAA
阅读理解训练题（六十六）
A
The leaders of Russia and China vowed to support each other’s fight against Muslim separatists and urged peaceful solutions in Iraq, during a meeting in Beijing’s Great Hall of the People on December 2, 2002.
Russian President Vladimir Put in and China’s Jiang Zemin signed a joint declaration calling for a “multipolar world”.
His two - day visit comes shortly after the conclusion of the 16th Patry Cogress which elected the new CPC leadership. Put in said that Russia wants to “work hard” with the new generation of Chinese leaders.
The Treaty（条约）of Good = Neighbourliness and Friendly Cooperation, signed in July last year, has provided a solid legal foundation for lasting friendship for generations to come, according to Jiang, “China and Russia will be good neighbours, friends and partners forever.”
The Russian Government, in return, said it would continue to give priority（优先权）to relations with China in its foreign policies.
Put in spoke on the morning of Dec. 3rd at Peking University and took questions from students on his understanding of Chinese literature, Russian reform（改革）and NATO enlargement.
He said a growing number of young people in Russia are interested in Chinese literature and one of his daughters is learning Chinese.
56．We can infer from the last paragraph that ________ .
A. many young Russian people hope to study Chinese in China
B. China is richer and stronger than Russia
C. Russia will give some support to China
D. The relation between China and Russia is developing healthily
57．It is implied, in the sentence“Put in said that Russia wants to‘work hard’with the new generation on Chinese leaders”, that ________ .
A. Russia will co - operate closely with China
B. There are many differences between Russia and China
C. Put in knew little of the new generation of Chinese leaders
D. It will be long before Put in gets to know the new generation of Chinese leaders
58．The underlined word“multipolar”is likely to mean ________ .
A. equal B. peaceful
C. balanced D. fair
59．Which of the following is mentioned in the passage?
A. Put in agreed that NATO was enlarged．
B. Put in was invited to the 16th Chinese communist Party congress.
C. Russia puts China first.
D. Muslim separatists make trouble only in Russia.
B
The following are four forms about medicine. How to use the medicine is very important. Never take any by mistake.
1）Take the medicine with water, followed by one tablet every eight hours, as required. For further night - time and early morning, take two tablets at bedtime. Do not take more than six tablets in 24 hours. For Children six to twelve years old, go to your doctor for advice. Reduce dosage if nervousness, restlessness or sleeplessness takes place.
2）Each pill of the medicine taken three times every day for fourteen years old. As usual, a pill 6∶00 a. m., before breakfast, one before 11∶00 and one before sleep. Not for children under six years old and old persons with heart attack.
3）The medicine for a person with a fever. Once two pills a day before sleep for adult. Not take the medicine without fever. Half for Children under 12 years old. Children with a high fever, go to see a doctor.
4）The medicine taken three times a day, once five pills for adult with a cold. Half of the pills for children 10 years old. Take the medicine before breakfast, lunch, supper or before sleep.
60．Obviously a kind of medicine can’t be proper for ________, judging from the information.
A. children over twelve years old
B. some old persons with a fever
C. some old persons with heart attack
D. neither adults nor heart attack
61．When a person has a cold, he had better ________ .
A. have about more than fourteen pills a day
B. have twice a day
C. have four times a day
D. have nine pills a day
62．How many kinds of medicine are used for the children six years old?
A. All of them．
B. Three kinds of medicine.
C. Two kinds of medicine.
D. Almost not any medicine.
C
For more than twenty years scientists have been searching for signs of life on other planets. Most of these searches have been done over the radio. The hope is that someone in outer space may be trying to get in touch with us. Scientists also have sent radio and television messages on spaceships traveling through space, on the chance that someone may be receptive to such messages.
Scientists are using powerful radio telescopes to listen to signals from about 1, 000 stars, all within 100 light years of earth. In addition, they will scan（扫视）the entire sky to “listen” for radio messages from more distant stars. Using a computer, they will be able to monitor more than eight channels at one time. Scientists are looking for any signal they stands out from the background noise.
Of the 200 billion stars in the Milky Way galaxy（银河星系）, scientists find that five percent are like our sun. Perhaps half of them have a planet like earth. Such a planet would be a reasonable distance from the star for temperatures to be right for the evolution（进化）of life. Based on the inhabitable（that can be lived in）planets in our galaxy, most scientists agree that chances are likely that one or more of these planets support some life.
However, many scientists wonder whether intelligent（有智力的）life exists on other planets. Some believe that twenty years of searching without any intelligible messages shows that no one is out there. They say that the evolution of intelligence comparable to ours is unlikely.
Other scientists believe that our search hasn’t been long enough to rule out the possibility that intelligent life exists in our galaxy. Although our sun family is only about five billion years old, our galaxy is about 20 billion years old. In that time, some scientists think it is likely that civilization（文明）much more advanced than ours have developed. Perhaps these civilizations send us no signals; perhaps we have not recognized the signals they have sent us. If we hope to find intelligent life, these scientists believe that we have to keep looking.
63．According to the passage, how many planets in our galaxy might be inhabitable?
A. 5 billion． B. 10 billion.
C. 15 billion. D. 200 billion
64．The first paragraph in this passage is mainly about ________ .
A. how scientists are looking for signs of life on other planets
B. why scientists are looking for signs of life on other planets
C. where scientists are looking for signs of life on other planets
D. when scientists are looking for signs of life on other planets
65．The underlined word “monitor” in the passage means“ ________ ”.
A. find B. follow
C. check D. form
66．Which of these statements is true based on the information in the passage?
A. The earth is one of the oldest planets in our galaxy.
B. Most scientists believe that there is intelligent life on other planets.
C. Scientists are trying different ways to find signs of life on other planets.
D. Scientists don’t believe that there might be life on other planets.
D
America is growing older. Fifty - eight years ago, only 4 out of every 100 people in the United States were 65 or older. To day, 10 out of every 100 Americans are over 65. The aging of the population will affect（影响）American society in many ways—education, medicine, and business. Quietly, the graying of America has made us a very different society—one in which people have a quite different idea of what kind of behavior（行为） is suitable（合适）at various , ages.
A person s age no longer tells you anything about his/her social position, marriage or health. There’s no longer a particular year in which one goes to school or goes to work or gets married or starts a family. The social clock that kept us on time and told us when to go to school, get a job, or stop working isn’t as strong as it used to be. It doesn’t surprise us to hear of a 29 - year - old university president or a 35 - year -old grandmother, or a 70 year - old man who has become a father for the first time. Public ideas are changing.
Many people say, “I am much younger than my mother— or my father— was at my age. ”No one says“Act your age” any more. We’ve stopped looking with surprise at older people who act in youthful ways.
67．It can be learnt from the text that the aging of the population in America ________ .
A. has made people feel younger
B. has changed people’s social position
C. has changed people’s understanding of age
D. has slowed down the country’s social development
68．The underlined word “one” refers to ________ .
A. a society B. America
C. a place D. population
69．“Act your age” means people should ________ .
A. be active when they are old
B. do the right thing at the right age
C. show respect for their parents young or old
D. take more physical exercise suitable to their age
70．If a 25 - year - old man becomes general manager of a big firm, the writer of the text would most probably consider it ________ .
A. normal B. wonderful
C. unbelievable D. unreasonable
E
The way people hold to the belief that a fun - filled, pain free life equals happiness actually reduces their chances of ever attaining real happiness. If fun and pleasure are equal to happiness then pain must be equal to unhappiness. But in fact, the opposite is true: more often than not things that lead to happiness involve some pain.
As a result, many people avoid the very attempts that are the source of true happiness. They fear the pain inevitably brought by such things as marriage, raising children, professional achievement, religious commitment （预担的义务）, self - improvement.
Ask a bachelor（单身汉） why he resists marriage even though he finds dating to be less and less satisfying. If he is honest he will tell you that he is afraid of making a commitment. For commitment is in fact quite painful. The single life is filled with fun, adventure, excitement. Marriage has such moments, but they are not its most distinguishing features.
Couples with infant children are lucky to get a whole night’s sleep or a three - day vacation. I don’t know any parent who would choose the word fun to describe raising children. But couples who decide not to have children never know the joys of watching a child grow up or of playing with a grandchild.
Understanding and accepting that true happiness has nothing to do with fun is one of the most liberating realizations. It liberates time: now we can devote more hours to activities that can genuinely increase our happiness. It liberates money: buying that new car or those fancy clothes that will do nothing to increase our happiness now seems pointless. And it liberates us from envy: we now understand that all those who are always having so much fun actually may not be happy at all.
71．According to the author, a bachelor resists marriage chiefly because ________ .
A. he is reluctant to take on family responsiblilities
B. he believes that life will be more cheerful if he remains single
C. he finds more fun in dating than in marriage
D. he fears it will put an end to all his fun adventure and excitement
72．Raising children, in the author’s opinion is ________ .
A. a moral duty
B. a thankless job
C. a rewarding task
D. a source of inevitable pain
73．From the last paragraph, we learn that envy sometimes stems from ________ .
A. hatred B. misunderstanding
C. prejudice D. ignorance
74．To understand what true happiness is one must ________ .
A. have as much fun as possible during one’s lifetime
B. make every effort to liberate oneself from pain
C. put up with pain under all circ*mstances
D. be able to distinguish happiness from fun
75．What is the author trying to tell us?
A. Happiness often goes hand in hand with pain．
B. One must know how to attain happiness.
C. It is important to make commitments.
D. It is pain that leads to happiness.
阅读理解训练题（六十六）答案
56．D 提示：俄罗斯青年对中国文化感兴趣，总统的一个女儿也在学习汉语，这说明两国关系正常，相互信任。
57．A 提示：work hard在此是双关语，暗示两国还有一些需要谅解、进一步合作的事情，再者Put in愿与中国新领导人积极合作。
58．C 提示：multicolor意为“多极的”。“多极世界”意指一个力量均衡的世界，不能让某个大国主宰世界。
59．C 提示：由第五段可知答案。
60．C 提示：题干要求判断所给选项中哪类人不适合服用此种药品，根据2）中“Not for Children under six years old and persons with heart at take”可知应选C.
61．A 提示：根据药品说明书中4）可知，一位患了感冒的成年人，一次可服用此药五片，每日三次，可以在三餐之前或睡觉前服用。由此可排除B、C、D选项，答案为A。
62．D 提示：题干考查有多少种药物适合6岁儿童服用，根据药品说明书1）中的“For Children six to twelve years old，go to your doctor for advice”2）中的“Not for children under six years old and old persons with heart attack”3）中的“Half for Children under 12 years old．Children with a high fever，go to see a doctor．”可知答案为D。
63．A 提示：由第三段可知：．
64．A 提示：第一段讲的都是科学家所用的各种方法，所以为“how”．
65．C 提示：由上句可知此处为使用电脑监视，检查。
66．C 提示：由第一段可知科学家用了各种各样的方法。
67．C 提示：短文将美国社会拟人化，把age和gray这两个常用作名词的词当做动词用时，比喻美国社会人口的老龄化，并说明了人口老龄化给整个社会，特别是给人们对年龄问题的理解带来的变化。
68．A 提示：one用以代替上文中所提到过的一个名词a （different）society，是泛指的用法，并不特指美国社会。
69．B 提示：“Act your age”就是第一段最后一句话中所提到的idea of what kind of behavior is suitable at various ages．在不同的年龄什么样的行为是合适的。
70．A 提示：此题为一主观题，要求考生判断作者态度。第二段的最后两句话和最后一段的最后一句都反映了作者的态度，“It doesn’t surprise us to hear of…”和“We’ve stopped looking with surprise at…”。由于人们对年龄问题的观点的变化，25岁的年轻人成为一家大公司的总经理已不再令人惊讶。
71．A 提示：本文是一篇议论文，阐述了幸福的获得这一严肃话题，试图澄清人们在幸福问题上的一些误解。本题要求学生判断单身汉拒绝结婚的主要原因。依据文章第3段第1行“Ask a bachelor why he resists marriage even though he finds dating to be less and less satisfying. If he is honest he will tell you that he is afraid of making a commitment”（……害怕作出对义务的承诺，即不愿承担义务）。A项与之等同，故正确。
72．C 提示：依据文章第4段第1句“带有婴儿的父母要是能睡上一整晚觉或度一个三天的假日，那真是太幸运了。在我认识的人中，不会有人用fun（好玩）来描述他们抚养孩子的感受”，似乎会认为作者的意图是B项（出力不讨好，毫无回报的事）或D项（不可避免的痛苦来源）。实际上，作者真实想法应在第2句中体现：但是决定不生孩子的夫妻永远也体会不到看着孩子成长以及和孙子玩耍的那种乐趣、那种欣喜。这种乐趣、欣喜实际就是一种回报。所以选项C正确。
73．B 提示：依据文章最后一句“And it liberates us from envy：we now understand that all those who are always having so much fun actually may not be happy at all.”说明：我们现在的这种理解就可免除嫉妨，那么反过来，嫉妨产生于我们的理解不当，即misunderstanding，故选项B正确。
74．D 提示：依据文章第1段第1句“The way people hold to the belief that a fun-filled, pain free life equals happiness actually reduces their chances of ever attaining real happiness”（人们坚持充满趣味、毫无痛苦的生活就等于幸福这一信条实际上减少了他们获得真正幸福的可能性）。再依据文章最后一句“…all those who are always having so much fun actually may
not be happy at all”（……生活中总是有如此多的fun的人实际上也许一点都不幸福）。可以看出要理解真正的幸福是什么就必须把fun和happiness区分开来。因为两者绝不等同。故选项D正确。C项应该是回答“怎样才能获得真正的幸福”这一问题，且作者并没在文中明确提到获得快乐就必须在任何情况下都忍受痛苦。
75．A 提示：作者的意图出现在第1段最后一句：“But in fact，the opposite is true：more often than not things that lead to happiness involve some pain”（……事实上，导致你幸福的事情多半伴随着痛苦），故选项A符合题意。
阅读理解训练题（六十七）
A
The Fourth “21th Century Cup” National English Speaking Competition is to be held in Shanghai.
Organizers: China Daily and Shanghai Broadcasting Network.
Co-ordinater: China University English Speaking Association （CUESA）.
Co-sponsors （联办单位）: English Speaking Union （ESU）, Lotus Software （China）Co. Ltd. , Times Publishing Group of Singapore, Hilton Shanghai, Pearson Education, Foreign Language Teaching & Research Press.
Date: March 26 （ Friday）, 1999.
Place: Hilton Shanghai.
Competition Format （形式） : Each student will present a prepared speech on the given topic, followed by a three -minute off - hand speech and a three - minute question and answer period with the judges.
Prepared speech period: six minutes.
Q & A period: three minutes.
Speech topic: People and Nature: In search of harmony （和谐）in a new age ＋ your personal opinion. （Topice for the off hand speech will be given on the day of competition）.
Prizes: Besides books and certificates （证书）, the top two winners will be offered scholarships（奖学金） to travel to the annual international English -speaking competition which will be held by the English Speaking Union in London in May, 1999. The third and fourth place winners will be offered a study trip to Singapore, sponsored by the Times Publishing Group. The fifth through 10th place winners will be offered cash prizes. All the competitors will receive certificates from the English Speaking Union and book prizes provided by Pearson Education and Foreign Language Teaching & Research Press. The teachers of the top winners will also receive a one - year membership to the International Association of Teachers of English as a Foreign Language（IATEFL）
56．The main purpose of this passage is ________.
A. to invite you to take part in the competition
B. to tell you some information of the competition
C. to help to improve your spoken English
D. to show you how to win the competition
57．Which of the following is NOT mentioned about the Shanghai English Speaking Competition?________.
A. Where and when it will take place.
B. Its program.
C. What each winner will be offered.
D. The number of its competitors.
58．Suppose you get the sixth place, you’ll________ .
A. travel to London for free.
B. become a one - year member of IATEFL
C. get some money , some books and a certificate
D. get a chance to study in Singapore
59．An “off- hand speech”is________.
A. a speech not longer than three minutes
B. a speech without preparation
C. a speech with a piece of paper in hand
D. a speech which is well prepared
B
Beauty has always been regarded as something praiseworthy. Almost everyone thinks attractive people are happier and healthier, have better marriages and have more respectable jobs. Personal advisors give them better advice for finding jobs. Even judges are softer on attractive defendants. But in the executive（主管的） circle, beauty can become a liability.
While attractiveness is a positive factor for a man on his way up the executive ladder, it is harmful to a woman.
Handsome male executives were considered having more honesty than plainer men; effort and ability were thought to lead to their success.
Attractive female executives were considered to have less honesty than unattractive ones; their success was connected not with ability but with factors such as luck.
All unattractive women executives were thought to have more honesty and to be more capable than the attractive female executives. Interestingly, though, the rise of the unattractive overnight successes was connected more to personal relationships and less to ability than that of the attractive overnight successes.
Why are attractive women not thought to be able? An attractive woman is considered to be more feminine has an advantage in traditionally female jobs, but an attractive woman in a traditionally manly position appears to lack the “manly”qualifies required.
This is true even in politics, “When the only clue is how he or she looks, people treat men and women differently, ” says Anne Bowman, who recently published a study on the effects of attractiveness on political candidates（候选人）. She asked 125 undergraduate students to rank two groups of photographs, one of men and one of women, in order of attractiveness. The students were told the photographs were of candidates for political offices. They were asked to rank them again, in the order they would vote for them.
The results showed that attractive males completely defeated unattractive men, but the women who had ranked most attractive unchangeably received the fewest votes.
60．The word “liability” most probably means ________.
A. disadvantage B. advantage C. misfortune D. trouble
61．Bowman’s experiment shows that when it comes to politics, attractiveness________
A. turns out to be a disadvantage to men
B. is more of a disadvantage than an advantage to women
C. has as little effect on men as on women
D. affects men and women alike
62．It can be inferred from the passage that people’s views on beauty are often________.
A. practical B. supportive C. old – fashioned D. one - sided
63．The author writes this passage to ________.
A. give advice to job - seekers who are attractive
B. discuss the disadvantages of being attractive
C. demand equal rights for women
D. state the importance of appearance
C
Some people believe that international sport brings about good will between the nations and that ff countries play games together they will learn to live together. Others say that the opposite is true: that international contests encourage false national pride and lead to misunderstanding and hatred. There is probably some truth in both arguments, but in recent years the Olympic Games have done little to support the view that sport encourages international brotherhood. Not only was there the terrible incident with the murder of athlets, but the Games were also ruined by those incidents caused mainly by minor national contests.
One country received its second - place medal with great anger after the hockey final. There had been noisy scenes at the end of the hockey match, the losers objecting to the final decisions. They were certain that one of their goals should not have been dismissed and that the opposite side’s victory was unfair. Their manager was angry when he said: “This wasn’t hockey. Hockey and the International Hockey Society are finished. ”The president of the society said later that such words could result in the pause of the team for at least three years.
The American basketball team announced that they would not give away first place to Russia, after a fighting end to their contest. The game had ended in quarrel. It was thought at first that the United States had won, by a single point, but it was announced that there were three seconds still to play, A Russian player then threw the ball from one end of the court to the other, and another player beat it into the basket. It was the first time the USA had ever lost an Olympic basketball match. The judges discussed the matter for four and a half hours before announcing that the result would stand. The American players then decided not to receive the silver medals.
Incidents of this kind will continue as long as sport is played for honors or money rather than for the love of the game. The suggestion that sportsmen should compete as individuals , or in non national teams, might be too much to hope for. But in the present organization of the Olympics there is far too much that encourages dangerous nationalism.
64．According to the author, recent Olympic Games have ________.
A. brought about goodwill between the nations
B. made only false national pride
C. hardly showed any international friendship
D. led to more and more misunderstanding and hatred
65．What did the manager mean by saying, “… Hockey and the International Hockey Society are finished”? ________.
A. His team would no longer take part in international games
B. Hockey and the society are both ruined by the unfair decisions
C. There should be no more hockey matches organized by the society
D. The society should be dismissed
66．The author gives the two examples in paragraphs 2 and 3 to show________.
A. how false national pride leads to undesirable incidents in international games
B. that sport men have been more troublesome than they used to be
C. that competitiveness in the games discourages international friendship
D. that unfair decisions are common in Olympic Games.
67．What conclusion can be drawn from the passage? ________.
A. The organization of the Olympic Games must be improved
B. Athletes should compete as individuals in the Olympic Games
C. Sport should be played competitively rather than for the love of the game
D. International contests lead to misunderstanding between nations.
D
ARIEL, West Bank: A suicide bomber blew up near Israeli soldiers outside a Jewish settlement in the West Bank yesterday, killing at least three people and wounding about 30 others, the settlement’s mayor and rescue workers said.
“A suicide bomber came and there were many soldiers…and he blew himself up.” said Ron Nachman, mayor of the settlement of Ariel. “Soldiers were among the casualties. ”People on the spot said the bomber blew up after soldiers eating at a food stand in a petrol station at the entrance of the settlement found him. According to some people on the spot accounts reported by Israeli media, a soldier shot and wounded the bomber, who then exploded.
The Magen David Adorn ambulance service said at least three people were killed and at least 30 wounded in the blast, which set the bomber burning at Ariel, about 25 kilometers east of Tel Avi v.
A fire brigade official said: “The bomber was still burning when we got there and we put out the fire immediatelly.”
Meanwhile, a blast shook homes in Lebanon’s largest Palestinian refugee camp early yesterday, damaging buildings but causing no injuries, Palestinian sources said. They said the bomb was planted outside the home of a member of Palestimian President Yasser Arafat’s Fatah faction in Ain el-Hilwch camp, and exploded while the family was sleeping.
68．Some of people including ________were killed or wounded in the blast accident.
A. soldiers B. mayor
C. rescue workers D. a fire brigade official
69．The suicide bomber blew himself up because________.
A. there was something wrong with his brains
B. a soldier shot and wounded him
C. he couldn’t see the settlement’s mayor
D. he wanted to make himself known
70．What does the underlined word “casuahies” probably mean in the second paragraph?________
A. sufferers B. killers C. passersby D. losers
71．It can be concluded that the passage is most probably part of a （n）________.
A. announcement B. advertisem*nt
C. news report D. science research
E
In 1826, a Frenchman named Niepce needed pictures for his business. But he was not a good artist. So he invented a very simple cameras. He put it in a window of his house and took a picture of his yard. That was the first photograph.
The next important date in the history! of photography was 1837. That year, Daguerre, another French, took a picture of his studio. He used a new kind of camera and a different process. In his pictures, you could see everything very clearly, even the smallest details. This kind of photograph was called a daguerreotype.
Soon, other people began to use Daguerre’s process. Travelers brought back daguerreotypes from all around the world. People photographed famous buildings, cities and mountains.
In about 1840, the process was improved. Then photographers could take pictures of people and moving things. The process was not simple. The photographers had to cary lots of films and processing equipment. But this did not stop the photographers, especially in the United States. After 1840s daguerreotype artists were popular in most cities.
Mathew Brady was a well - known American photographer. He took many pictures of famous people. The pictures were unusual because they were very life - like and full of personality （个性）.
Brady was also the first preson to take pictures of war. His 1862 Civil War pictures showed dead soldiers and ruined cities. They made the war seem more real and more terrible.
In the 1880s, new inventions began to change photography… Photographers could buy films readymade in rolls（卷）. So they did not have to make the film themselves. Also, they did not have to process the film immediately. They could bring it back to their studios and develop it later meaning that they did not have to carry lots of equipment. And finally, the invention of the small handheld camera made photography less expensive.
With the small camera, anyone could be a photographer. People began to use cameras just for fun. They took pictures of their families, friends and favorite places. They called these pictures“ snapshot”.
Photographs became very popular in newspapers in the 1890s. Soon magazines and books also used documentary photographs. These pictures showed true events and people. They were much more real than drawing.
Photography also turned into a form of art by the end of the 10th century. Some photographs were not just copies of the real world. They showed ideas and feelings, like other art forms.
72．The passage is mainly about ________.
A. the inventoin of cameras
B. a kind of new art - photography
C. the development of photography
D. the important dates in the history of photography
73．The first pictures of a war were taken by________.
A. a French photographer in the 1840s
B. an American photographer in the 1860s
C. a German reporter in the 1880s
D. a French artist in the 1890s
74．Photography can also be an art form because artists can ________.
A. take anything they like
B. keep a record of real life
C. take photos of the famous
D. show ideas and feeling in pictures
75．According to the passage, which of the followings shows the correct order? ________.
a．Photographs became popular in newspapers.
b．Photographers carried processing equipment while taking pictures.
c．The invention of small handheld cameras made photography easier.
d．Daguerre invented a kind of photograph called daguerreotype.
e．Brady took pictures of famous people.
A. e, a, d, b, c B. d, b, e, c, a
C. b, e, c, a, d D. d, c, e, a, b
阅读理解训练题（六十七）答案
56．A 提示：本文类似广告，对奖励部分说得很详细，因此答案为A，鼓励人们参赛。
57．D 提示：纵观全文可知，没提到参赛人数。
58．C 提示：本文倒数第一段关于第五一第十名的奖励办法，相邻的两句，说得很清楚。
59．B 提示：“off-hand”意为“没准备的”，根据组织形式那一段提供的信息，前面提到了它的反义词“prepared speech”
60．A 提示：ability“能力”根据上下文应为其反义“没能力”也就是“劣势”。
61．B 提示：开始作者就提到了“女人漂亮成劣势”最后一段的实验更加证明了这点。
62．A 提示：practical“实际的”本文第六段中最后两句说的就是“传统男人职位中漂亮女人所表现出的对于男人品质的缺乏”。
63．D 提示：纵观全文可知本文是在陈述外表的重要性，而非在讨论漂亮的优劣
64．C 提示：作者例举了几个例子，第二段中曲棍球比赛、第三段中篮球赛来支持自己的观点“奥运会不能表示国际间的友谊”而会导致不希望发生的事情。
65．B 提示：本句话以及其后的一句都表明“曲棍球以及国际曲棍球协会将都受损”
66．C 提示：参考64。
67．A 提示：本文第一段和最后一段最后一句都涉及到了这个问题。
68．A 提示：根据第二段中“soldiers were among the casualties”判断本答案要应为A，soldiers。
69．B 提示：士兵开枪伤到了自己，而当时还有一些士兵正在油站附近吃饭。
70．A 提示：据上下文判断伤者中有士兵。
71．C 提示：从文体上以及报导的情况及接受采访者判断本文应为新闻报导。
72．C 提示：本文是关于照像技术的发展史，故答案为C。
73．B 提示：本文第六段为答案。
74．D 提示：最后一段即为答案。
75．B
阅读理解训练题（六十八）
A
For almost forty years the Empire State Building in New York City was the world's tallest skyscraper（摩天大楼）. The building reaches a height of 1, 250 feet. It has 102 floors. The use of steel frames made its height possible. Steel walls can rise height without needing to be thick. Steel frame construction is strong. All plates are fixed firmly together by metal bolts（螺栓）called rivets （铆钉）. When set in place, rivets are usuall red- hot. One end is already rounded. A riveter uses a special hammer to shape the other end. Then the rivet cools. It holds the plates firmly. High winds can move this strong building. A wind of a hundred miles an hour has caused it to move almost one and a half inches.
56．The writer says that the Empire State Building ________.
A. hasn’t been finished
B. is in New York City
C. is the tallest skyscraper in the world now
D. had fewer floors than the New World Trade Center
57．In steel -frame building, the bottom walls________ .
A. must be very thick
B. must be rounded
C. are usually red - hot
D. do not need to be thick
58．Rivets are described as being ________.
A. picked up by tools when red -hot
B. hit by tools when red - hot
C. usually caught in a hole
D. usually put in place when red - hot
59．The word“ plates” in this article might mean ________ in Chinese.
A. 盘子 B. 钢板 C. 横木板 D. 铜牌
B
Ternang, Mon, more than 10, 000 people were made homeless in Ternang after six days of continuous heavy rain. The wooden bridge across the river has been swept away, . The town is cut by flood waters. At the fifth mile Jalan Tengku, the water is not two metres deep. It is closed to all traffic. Motorists going south are advised to use Jalan Hisamuddin. Flooding first appeared at mid - afternoon yesterday along the river banks. People moving to higher ground were just in time to escape from the flood. Most of the people had to leave their possessions behind. Helped by the army, police, Red Cross Society, the whole town was moved out of danger. They are new houses near the town of Tulang. “Everything possible is being done to help the unfortunate people, ” a government official said, “ In fact, money, food and clothing have begun to come in from organizations and people. ”
According to the latest reports it is still raining heavily at Ternang. The whole town is expected to be totally covered. So far nobody has been reported dead.
60．Motorists to the south were advised to ________.
A. return home
B. stay at home in Jalan Hisamuddin
C. move to higher ground
D. travel by Jalan Hisamuddin
61．The flood victims（受害者）first escaped to ________.
A. the nearby town B. Jalan Hisamuddin
C. higher ground D. Tulang
62．The people are staying ________.
A. at a newspaper office B. at a police station
C. in Tulang D. on their roof tops
63．The flood is expected to________.
A. go down B. cause more rain
C. get worse D. kill more people
C
For years scientists have been worried about the effects of air pollution on the earth’s natural conditions. Some believe the air inside many houses may be more dangerous than the air outside. It may be one hundred times worse.
Indoor air pollution can cause a person to feel tired, to suffer eye-pain, headache and other problems. Some pollutants（ 污染 物） can cause breathing disorders, diseases of blood and even cancer, Most scientists agree that every modern house has some kind of indoor pollution. People began to notice the problem in the early 1970s. It is that when builders began making houses and offices they did not waste energy. To do this they built buildings that limited the flow of air between inside and outside. They also began using manmade building materials. These materials are now known to let out harmful gases. As the problem became more serious, scientists began searching for a way to deal with it. They discovered a natural pollution control system for building— green plants. Scientists do not really know how plants control air pollution. They believe that a plant’s leaves absorb or take in the pollutants. In exchange the plant lets out oxygen through its leaves and through its tiny organizations on its roots. Scientists suggest that all buildings should have one large plant or several small plants inside for every nine square metres of space. Studies of different plants show that each absorbs different chemicals. So the most effective way to clean the air is to use different kinds of plants. Having green plants inside your house can make it a prettier and more healthy place.
64．Generally speaking, indoor air pollution may be more harmful than the air outside because ________.
A. the man - made building materials let out dangerous gases inside houses
B. there may be more harmful gases outside houses
C. the flow of air indoors is limited
D. indoor air pollution can make a person seriously ill
65．The indoor air pollution is caused________.
A. by the building method through which the builders want to save energy
B. by the limit of the flow of air between inside and outside
C. by the building things which are made of man - made materials
D. not only by the limit of air - flow but also by the man made materials
66．The most effective way to clean the air is to use different kinds of plants because________.
A. they may let out more oxygen which people need
B. they can absorb different kinds of the harmful indoor chemicals
C. they can take in all kinds of indoor pollutants
D. they can make your house prettier and more healthy
D
We are often asked to make a speech in life. Most of us are afraid of it and don’t do a good job. Here are some simple steps to make your speech a successful one. First of all, find out everything you can about your subject and at the same time find out as much as you can about your audience（听众）. Who are they? What do they know about your subject? Put yourself in their shoes as you Prepare your speech. Then try to arrange（安排） your material so that your speech is clear and easy to follow. Use as many examples as possible. Never forget your audience.
Don’t talk over their heads or talk down to them. When you are giving your speech, speak slowly and clearly and look at your audience. Pause for a few seconds from time to time to give your audience chance to think over what you've said. Just remember: be prepared, know your subject and your audience, say what you have to say and be yourself so that your ideas will bring you and your audience together.
67．“Put 'yourself in their shoes as you prepare your speech.”means that while preparing your speech, you must ________.
A. put your shoes aside and put on theirs
B. try their shoes to see if they fit you
C. wear the shoes with the same size as theirs
D. try to imagine yourself to be in their position
68．When he is giving his speech, the speaker is to ________.
A. let his eyes rest to the subject
B. follow the audience step by step
C. face the audience in a natural way
D. look up and down from time to time
69．During the course of the speech it isn’t right for a speaker to________.
A. think nothing of the audience
B. speak in a loud voice
C. take a short stop at times
D. refer to the notes once in a while
70．Which title best gives the main idea of the passage?________.
A. How to Remember the Audience?
B. How to Improve One 's Speech?
C. How to Prepare the Material for a Speech?
D. How to Pick Out the Topic for a Speech?
E
It is difficult for parents of nearly every family to teach their children to be responsible （有责任的）for housework, but with one of the following suggestions, you really can get your children to help at home.
If you give your children the impression that they can never do anything quite right, then they will regard themselves as unfit or unable persons. Unless children believe they can succeed, they will never become totally independent.
My daughter Carla’s fifth - grade teacher made every child in her class feel special. When students received less than a prefect test score, she would point out what they had mastered and declared firmly they could learn what they had missed.
You can use the same technique when you evaluate （评价）your child’s work at home. Don’t always scold and give lots of praise instead. Talk about what he has done right, not about what he hasn’t done. If your child completes a difficult task, promise him a Sunday trip or a ball game with Dad.
Learning is a process（过程）of trying and failing and trying and succeeding. If you teach your children not to fear a mistake of failure, they will learn faster and achieve success at last.
71．The whole passage deals with ________.
A. social education B. school education
C. family education D. pre - school education
72．The author thinks that________.
A. there is no way to get children to help at home
B. the more encouragement and praise you give, the more responsible and helpful children will become
C. it is very difficult to make children responsible for housework
D. children can be forced to help with housework
73．The article gives us a good suggestion about how to evaluate（评价）your child’s work at home. That is to ________.
A. praise his success B. promise him a trip
C. give him a punishment D. promise him a ball game
74．The author advises readers to________.
A. learn from himself, for he has a good way of teaching
B. take pride in Carla’s fifth - grade teacher
C. do as what Carla’s teacher did in educating children
D. follow Carla’s example because she never fails in the test
75．Having read the last paragraph, we can conclude that ________.
A. pride goes before a fall
B. practice makes perfect
C. no pains, no gains
D. failure is the mother of success
阅读理解训练题（六十八）答案
56．B 提示：第一句话中“有四十年帝国大厦为全球最高，表明现在已不最高，但其位于纽约将不会变。
57．D 提示：第一段中“steel walls can rise high without needing to be thick”即为答案。
58．D 提示：第一段中“when set in place，rivets are usually red-hot”即为答案。
59．B
60．D
61．C
62．C
63．C
64．A 提示：第二段中下面两句可以说明问题“To do this, they built buildings that limited the flow of air between inside and outside.”“These materials are now known to let out harmful gases.”
65．D 提示：同64。
66．B 提示：本文最后两句即为答案。
67．D
68．C
69．A
70．B
71．C 提示：本文一开头就点击题目——家庭教育。
72．B 提示：本文倒数第二段可说明问题，在教育孩子问题上，表扬和鼓励是必不可少的。
73．A 提示：倒数第二段有这样一句话，“Talk about what he has done right, not about what he hasn't done”.
74．C 提示：本文第三段肯定了Carla的教学方法，第四段第一句告诉你“You can use the same technique when you evaluate your child’s work at home ”.
75．D 提示：A的大意为“胜不骄、败不馁”。B为“熟能生巧”。C为“不劳、不获”。D为“失败乃成功之母”，故D为答案。
阅读理解训练题（六十九）
A
Dear Sir,
I’m writing to complain about the service offered by your company.
I told your service department on November 21 that my washing machine needed repairing, Your service engineers have since been here four times—on December 1l, December 19, December 25 and January 5．The problem was found out on the first visit and the wrong parts were brought by different engineers on the two next visits. The correct part was fitted by the first engineer on the fourth visit.
In short, my complaints are:
a．I had to wait three weeks for an engineer to call and nearly two months for the machine to be repaired.
b．The engineers who called on December 19 and December 25 had been given wrong information by the company, which made me take two half days off unnecessarily.
c．The first and fourth visits lasted a total of thirty minutes. But in the invoice （发票）, I have to pay for four visits of four hours’ work. I will not be paying the invoice for their mistakes and I do hope to receive your answers to these complaints.
Yours,
Robert White
56．Robert’s main purpose in writing to the company is to tell the company ________.
A. how its service department is operating
B. how its different engineers came for the repair
C. that two of the engineers didn’t give him any help
D. that he refuses to pay the company for their mistakes
57．The first of Robert’s complaints is that________.
A. it took him three weeks to have the machine repaired
B. it took him nearly sixty days to get his machine repaired
C. it had been almost two months before the first engineer came
D. it took the engineer 3 weeks to find out something wrong with the machine.
58．The second and third engineers brought the wrong parts because________.
A. the company didn’t tell them exactly what they should do
B. the company didn't tell them where the correct parts were
C. they were not sure about whether the machine worked or not
D. they hadn’t been told where the right parts should be fitted.
59．It can be inferred from the letter that Robert promises to pay for________.
A. there hours’ work B. half an hour’s work
C. an hour’s work D. four hours’ work
B
BDU www. chinadaily. com. cn/bdu
CHINA DAILY LANGUAGE
B D U
BUSINESS DAILY UPDATE
Want to keep up with the dynamic pulse of China’s economy?
Take a short look at the most important business activities taking place here every day through Business Daily Update, a service offered by China Daily information via the World Wide Web.
Placed under 10 categories, over 25 news items appear each day with the top three events highlighted all in English. Business Daily Update is just a few mouse clicks away.
Subscribe （出资） to BDU for an annual fee of US 240. E -mail and fax services are also available upon request.
For more information, please contact Business Daily Update:
Tel: （010）64941107, （010）64924488 ext. 2000; Fax: ＋86-10-64941125
E-mail: bdu @ chinadaily. com. cn; Url: http: //www. chinadaily. com, en/bdu
60．If you get into BDU, you can ________.
A. get all the information in China Daily
B. know everything that takes place in China
C. get information of the latest business activities in China
D. get the most important business information all over the world
61．The advertisem*nt above will be very helpful to________.
A. foreign business people
B. the travelers from America l
C. the students studying abroad
D. all the China Daily readers
62．To get the information from BDU every day．you must ________.
A. have a copy of China Daily
B. know how to operate a computer
C. understand the Chinese language
D. have business connections with China
C
It is a matter of common observation that although money income keeps going up over the years, we never seem to become richer. Prices are rising continuously. This condition is what we call inflation: the money supply is becoming inflated so that each unit of it becomes less valuable. We have got used to higher and higher rates of inflation in recent years. What could be bought twenty years ago for one pound now costs well over 2 pounds. And at present this rate of inflation seems to be rising rather than falling. If in the real world our money incomes go up at the same rate as prices do. One might think that inflation doesn’t matter. But it does .When money is losing value it also loses one of the qualities of a good money—stability（稳定）of value. It is no longer acceptable as a store of value; and it becomes an unsuitable means of delayed payment. Nobody wants to hold a wasting possession, so people try to get rid of money as quickly as possible. Inflation therefore simply simulates（刺激）our spending and discourages saving.
63．From the passage we can know that inflation is a situation in which________.
A. everyone’s incomes rise
B. money will hold its value
C. we can watch our money grow
D. money constantly loses its value
64．In the writer’s view, if incomes and prices rise at the same rate, ________.
A. inflation maybe still be a problem
B. we have nothing to worry about
C. inflation is no longer a problem
D. we will become richer and richer
65．Under inflation people are likely to ________.
A. go to the bank more often than usual
B. save more money since their incomes rise
C. spend money quickly rather than to save it
D. keep money at home instead of going to banks
66．We can conclude according to the passage that ________.
A. the writer is a goverment official
B. the writer is worried about inflation
C. the writer encourages people to spend money
D. the writer has become richer because of inflation
D
“Most experiences of absent - mindedness—forgetting where you left something or wondering why you just entered a room—are caused by a simple lack of attention, ” says Schacter. “You’re supposed to remember something, but you haven’t encoded（编码） it deeply.”
Encoding, Schacter explains, is a special way of paying attention to an event that has a major impression on recalling it later. Failure to encode properly can create troublesome situations. If you put your mobile phone in a pocket, for example, and don’t pay attention to what you did because you’re involved in a conversation, you’ll probably forget that the phone is in the jacket now hanging in your cupboard.“ Your memory itself isn’t failing you, ” says Schacter, “Rather, you didn’t give your memory system the information it needed.”
Lack of interest can also lead to absent -mindedness. “A man who can recite sports statistics from 30 years ago, ” says Zelinski, “ may not remember to drop a letter in the mailbox.”Women have slightly better memories than men, possibly because they pay more attention to their environment, and memory relies on just that.
“Visual cues（ 视觉提示 ）can help prevent absent- mindedness, ”says Schacter, “But be sure the cue is clear and available. ”If you want to remember to take a medicine with lunch, put the pill bottle on the kitchen table—don’t leave it in the medicine box and write yourself a note that you keep in a pocket.
Another common experience of absent - mindedness: walking into a room and wondering why you’re there. Most likely, you were thinking about something else. “Everyone does this from time to time, ”says Zelinski. “The best thing to do is to return to where you were before entering the room, and you’ll likely remember.”
67．The writer of the passage thinks that encoding properly is very important because ________.
A. it enables us to recall something from our memory
B. it slows down the process of losing our memory
C. it helps us understand our memory system better
D. it helps us to get back to where we were
68．One possible reason why women have a little better memories than men is that________.
A. they rely more on the environment
B. they have a wider range of interests
C. they have an unusual power of focusing their attention
D. they are more interested in what’s happening around them
69．Why can a note in the pocket hardly serve as a reminder? ________.
A. It will easily get lost
B. It is out of your sight
C. It’s not clear enough for you to read
D. It might get mixed up with other things
70．From the last paragraph we can learn that________.
A. repetition might help improve our memory
B. memory depends to a certain extent on the environment
C. we’d better return to where we were if we forget things
D. we should think about something else while doing one thing
71．The passage is mainly about ________.
A. the memory system of persons
B. a way of encoding and recalling
C. the causes of absent - mindedness
D. the impression of the environment on memory
E
What should you think about when you try to find your career? You are probably better at some school subjects than others, These may show strengths that you can use in your work. A boy who is good at mathematics can use that in engineering career. A girl who spells well and likes English may be good at office work. So it is important to know the subjects you do well in at school. On the other hand, you may not have any specially strong or weak subjects but your records show a general satisfactory standard. Although not all subjects can be used directly in a job, they may have indirect value.
Your school may have taught you skills, such as typing or technical drawing, which you can use in your work. You may be good at mental work or cookery and look for a job where you can improve these skills.
If you have had a part - time job on Saturday or in the summer, think what you gained from it. If nothing else, you may have learned how to get to work on time, to follow instructions and to get on with older workers. You may have learned to give correct change in a shop, for example. Just as important, you may become interested in a particular industry or career you see from the inside in a part - time job.
Facing your weak points is also part of knowing yourself. You may be all thumbs when you handle tools; perhaps you are a poor speller or cannot add up a column of figures. It is bitter to face any weaknesses than to pretend they do not exist. Your school record, for instance, may not be too good, yet it is an important part of your background. You should not feel sorry about it but instead recognize that you will have a chance of a fresh start at work.
72．The first paragraph of the passage is mainly about ________.
A. the indirect value of school work
B. the importance of being good at all subjects
C. knowing one’s strong or weak subjects at school
D. using school performance to help to choose a career
73．In the writer’s opinion, for a student to have a part - time job is probably ________.
A. a good way to find out his weak points
B. one of the best ways of earning extra money
C. of great use for his work in the future
D. a waste of time he could have spent on study
74．If a student’s school record is not good, according to the passage, he________ .
A. may do well in his future work
B. won’t be able to find a suitable job
C. may be a complete failure in the future
D. will regret not having worked harder at school
75．The whole passage centers around ________.
A. knowing oneself in looking for a job
B. developing one’s abilities useful in school
C. gaining much knowledge by working hard at school
D. choosing a career according to what one is skilled in
阅读理解训练题（六十九）答案
56．D 根据作者列举的a、b、c三个理由意为拒绝付钱
57．B 两月接近六十天
58．A
59．B 根据列举C条第一句，Robert只承认半小时的费用
60．C 第一段说的中国经济，第二段中的taking place here every day．说明是最新消息，故选C
61．A 本文提供的信息为商业，经济信息，因此只对商人有用
62．B 根据文章中提到的网址，应是知道如何操作电脑
63．D 本文第三句解释的很清楚
64．A If in the real world our money incomes go up……But it does这一句即为答案
65．C
66．B 纵观全文可知，本文作者为通货臌涨而担忧
67．A 第二段第一、二句即为答案
68．D 本文第三段即为答案
69．B 本文第四段说的视觉提示，放进口袋看不见
70．B 周围环境可提示人要做什么
71．C 全文每一段谈论的都是absent-mindedness
72．D 在学校较擅长科目有助于选择职业，第一段通过几个实例证明了这一点
73．C 本文第三段阐释了兼职对日后就业的重要性
74．A 本文最后一段最后两句告诉你，在校学习成绩不好等于你将来工作的就一定不好
75．D 根据自己所长选择职业是本文的主题
阅读理解训练题（七）
A
If you can't catch the bad guy, it's game over-- this is the rule of life for computer game players. But similar thoughts might be worrying US President George W Bush as he prepares for election year with the world's most wanted man still out of his reach.
The hunt for Laden has been going on since the attack on New York's World Trade Center on September 11, 2001. Progress has been slow and, with John Kerry winning the race last Tuesday to compete against Bush in presidential elections, the president needs results.
“If Laden can be caught before the presidential election. Bush will get an upper hand”, a senior US official told the New York Times.
The American public's support for the war in Iraq has been falling, especially as the Bush government cannot find the banned weapons it said were in the country. But the way in which the presidents popularity rose following the arrest of former Iraqi President Saddam Hussein in December shows how useful the capture of Laden would be.
The latest information suggests the election will be close, with 48 percent of Americans saying they will vote for Bush and 46 percent hacking Kerry.
In order to seize Laden, thousands of US soldiers were moved from Iraq to Afghanistan (阿富汗) earlier this week, according to a US official. Further efforts have been made to strengthen Afghanistan's border area with Pakistan, with soldiers checking nearby villages more frequently than before.
56.Which of the following statements is true?
A.The arrest of Saddam did Bush some good.
B.The American soldiers have sent Laden to prison.
C.The arrest of Laden will make no difference to the election.
D.Laden may hide himself far away from the border between Pakistan and Afghanistan.
57.We can infer from the passage that___________.
A.it’ s difficult to catch Laden
B.Bush will lose the presidential election
C.Americans didn't set out to catch Laden until 2003
D.American presidential election will take place in October
58.What does the underlined word “banned” in Paragraph 4 mean?
A.advancedB. dangerousC. forbiddenD. expensive
B
Rules for the University Entrance Examination
?You must be at the examination center ten minutes before the examination starts. If you are more than ten minutes late, you may not enter the examination center. The examination takes place at the same time in different states.
?You must have proof of your name and grade as well as official examination number. Show these when you come to the examination center.
?Depending on which examination you are taking, you may bring certain items into the examination center. Mathematics examinations may allow you to use electronic calculators (计算器). Other subjects may allow you to use dictionaries and other reference material. Please read the notes sent with your timetable carefully.
?You must bring your own pencils. None will be provided for you. The following items are not allowed in the examination center: walkmans and radios, head sets, any food or drink, school bags, electronic equipment (unless specifically permitted for various subjects), and mobile phones.
?Once in the center, you must sit at the desk with your examination number on it. When you sit down, place your examination number at the top corner of your desk.
?You must remain silent during the examination. You must not disturb other people who are taking the test.
?If you need a drink or toilet break, you should raise your hand and wait for the supervisor (监督者) to speak to you. You will be given water or the supervisor will take you to the bathroom. You are not allowed to talk with anyone during the break.
?You must write your answers in the official answer sheet. Your supervisor will provide extra paper if you wish to make notes.
?You may leave the examination room at any time if you do not plan to return. If you finish early and want to leave, please move well away from the examination center.
?The supervisor will warn you fifteen minutes, five minutes and one minute before the end of the examination. When the supervisor says that the time is up, you must put down your pencil and wait at your desk until your paper is collected.
59.What kind of examination are these rules probably for?
A.A local exam.B. A final exam.
C.A college exam.D. A national exam.
60.What are you allowed to have with you when you take mathematics examination?
A.Related material.B. Proof of yourself.
C.A cell phone.D. A dictionary.
61.What should you do if you finish the test early, and want to get a better result?
A.Take some notes carefully.
B.Leave the room immediately.
C.Remain in your seat and check again.
D.Raise your hand to inform your teacher.
62.What can he provided for you during the exam?
A.Pencils.B. Food and drink. C. Extra paper.D. Calculators.
C
In the West, advertisem*nts are the fuel that makes mass media (传媒) work. Many TV stations, newspapers, magazines, radio stations are privately (私人的) owned. The government does not give them money. So where does the money come from? From advertisem*nts. Without advertisem*nts, there would not be these private businesses.
Have you ever asked yourself what advertising is? Through the years. people have given different answers to the question. For some time it was felt that advertising was a means of “Keeping your name before the public” And some people thought that advertising was “truth well told”. Now more and more people consider it in this way: Advertising is the paid, non-personal, and usually persuasive presentation of goods, services and ideas by some certain sponsors (发起人) through various media.
First, advertising is usually paid for. Various sponsors pay for the advertisem*nts we see, read, and hear over the various media. Second, advertising is non-personal. it is not face-to-face communication. Although you may feel that a message in a certain advertisem*nt is aimed directly at you, in reality, it is directed at large groups of people. Third, advertising is usually persuasive. Directly or indirectly it asks people to do something. All advertisem*nts try to make people believe that the product, idea, or service advertised can benefit them. Fourth, the sponsors of the advertisem*nt must show their names. From the advertisem*nt, we can see if the sponsor is a company, or a single person. Fifth, advertising reaches us through old and modem mass media. Included in the old media are newspapers. magazines, radio, television, and films. Modern media include emails, matchbox covers, and boards on top of buildings.
63.The existence of the privately owned mass media depends on the support of_____.
A.the governmentB. their owners’ families
C.advertisem*ntsD. the TV stations
64.The passage seems to say that different ideas of advertising are given due to
A.the change 0f timeB. the subject of the advertisem*nts
C.people's age differenceD. peoples different opinions
65.Which of the following is considered modern mass media?
A.Newspapers.B. Emails.C. Magazines.D. Films.
66 . According to the passage, which of the following Statements about advertisem*nts is NOT true?
A.The sponsors are always mentioned.
B. Advertising must he honest and humorous *
C.There is the description of things advertised
D. Advertising is meant for large groups of people.
D
Trip 1 Black Bear Count
There have been fires in this area in the last few years and the Office of the National Park is not sure how many black bears air still living. Some bears have been seen since the fires, and the Office has asked for young people to help count them. The entire trip will last three hours. Bookings necessary.
Cost: FreeWhen: May 8
Trip 2 Garland Valley
Bring your drink and lunch for this walk in a beautiful area of the Blue Mountains. Garland Valley is close to the town of Garland hut is part of the National Park. Many wild animals live in this area, including many rare birds. This is a great walk for bird-lovers. The trip lasts four hours. Bookings necessary.
Cost: $ 15When: May 8, May 15
Trip 3 Flashlight Adventure
Put on your warm clothes, bring a flashlight and a pair of glasses, and come for a night walk along the Dungog Valley. A guide will lead the tour. Many of the animals you will see on this trip can only he. seen at night. The guide will tell you about the lives 0f the animals you see. Numbers are strictly limited on night trips, so be sure to book early. This walk lasts two and a half hours.
Cost: $ 12When: May 8, May 15, May22
Equipment to be needed:
?Please bring enough water and food for all walks.
?Wear good walking shoes—no high heels.
?Wear a hat for day walks.
?Dress warmly for night walks.
?Children must be with an adult.
?Make sure your flashlight works well and bring extra batteries for night walks.
?Follow all instructions from guides during the walks. The mountains are a dangerous place.
Bookings:
?Bookings for the above trips can be trade by telephone (893 — 4847) or on the Internet at www. Bluemountaintour. com
67. Where are these trips?
A. In a large city. B. In a park in the mountains.
C. In a special kind of zoo. D. In three different countries.
68.On which trip might you see animals that sleep during the day?
A.Black Bear Count.B. Garland Valley.
C.Flashlight Adventure.D. None of the trips.
69.Which of the following is NOT necessary for the three trips?
A.Good walking shoes.BA pair of glasses.
C.Food and water.D. A sleeping-bag
70.What is the best title for the passage?
A.Adventure Travel in America
B.Hunting around the GreatMountains
C Interesting Trips in the East of the USA
D.Discovery Trips in the Blue Mountains
E
It is hard to predict (预言 ) how science is going to turn out , and if it is really good science, it is impossible to predict. If the things to be found are actually new, they must be unknown in advance You cannot make choices on this matter. You either have science or you don't and if you have it you have to accept the surprising and disturbing pieces of information, along with the neat and useful bits.
The only solid piece of scientific truth about which I feel totally confident is that we don’t know enough about nature. Indeed, I regard this as the major discovery of the past hundred years of biology. It is, in its way, a clear piece of news. It would have amazed the brightest minds of the 18th century to be told by any of us how little we know and how strange seems the way ahead . In earlier times, they either pretended to understand how things worked or simply made up stones to give answers. Now that we have begun exploring seriously, we are catching sight of how huge the questions are, and how far from being answered. Because of this, we are sorry. It is not so bad being ignorantif you are totally ignorant; the hard thing is knowing in some detail the reality of ignorance, the worst spots and here and there the not-so-bad spots, but no true light at the end of the tunnel nor even any tunnels that can yet be trusted.
But we are making a beginning, and there ought to he some satisfaction. There are probably no questions we can think up that can’t he answered, sooner or later. Within our limits, we should be able to work our way through to all our answers, if we keep at it long enough, arid pay attention.
71. According to the writer, really good science_____________.
A. would surprise the brightest minds of the 18th century.
B. will help people to make the right choice in advance.
C. will produced results which can be predicted
D.will bring about disturbing results
72.It can be inferred from the passage that scientists of the 18th century _________.
A. thought that they knew a great deal and could deal with most problems of science
B.knew that they were ignorant and wanted to know more about nature
C.were afraid of facing up to the realities of scientific research.
D.did more harm than good in man’s understanding nature
73 . Which of he following is NOT mentioned about scientists in earlier times?
A. They falsely declared to know all about nature.
B. They did not believe in results from scientific observation.
C. They paid little attention to the problems they didn’t understand.
D. They invented false rules to explain things they didn’t understand.
74.What is the writer’s attitude towards science?
A. He is sorry because of the ignorance of scientists
B.He is delighted because of the latest scientific findings
C. He is doubtful because of the great difficulties in scientific research.
D. He is confident though he knows well the great difficulties in scientific research.
75. The writer believes that sooner or later__________.
A. man can’t deal with all the problems he can find because of the limits of human knowledge
B.man can find solutions to whatever questions concerning nature he can think up.
C. questions concerning nature are outside the field of scientific research
D.man can think up all the questions and answer them all
阅读理解训练题（七）答案
56-60AACDB 61-65CCCAB 66-70BBCDD 71-75CABDB
阅读理解训练题（七十）
A
“Mummy, I don’t know what to play with. ”Steve interrupts his mother, who is talking to a friend, for the fourth time. “You’ve got a room full of toys!” his mother says, impatiently, In fact it is the jumble of toys which is to blame for four - year - old Steve's lack of interest in his dolls, cars and stuffed （packed）animals. Each morning he tips out three washing baskets of toys all over his floor, listlessly pulls out something and shortly after is standing at his mother’s desk or following her into the kitchen saying: “Mummy, I am bored.”
A family therapist（心理医生）explains why children lose interest when they have a whole “toy shop”at home : “According to their brain development, little children are not in a position to judge the quality of a variety of things at once. There is always just one favorite toy for the moment. All the rest is left lying about.”What can parents do to stop their children from being oversupplied with toys? Under no conditions simply make something disappear without the child’s knowledge. If he/she takes no more notice of a toy, a parent can ask if it can be stored or given away. Be warned though the child will help. Lyn is the mother of four - year - old Jessie, and friends may also small set of shilves in her child’s room holds the toys and books that are the current（at present）favorites. When it seems to her that her daughter is tired from a cupboard in another room. The box of “old” toys goes into the cupboard. When her child says she is “bored”, they also get something from her cupboard—it may be something she has had for some time but because she hasn’t seen it for a while it is almost like a new toy.
Some favorite toys stay out all the time, and there is collection of dolls which sits in the comer, but in this way Lyn has found that she has fewer toys to put away at the end of the day and her daughter always has something“fresh”to play with.
56．Steve interrupted his mother several times because________.
A. he felt uninterested in his toys
B. he disliked his mother’s guest
C. he didn't have enough toys to play with
D. he hoped his mother would play with him
57．According to the therapist, children often complain that they have nothing, to play with because________.
A. they can t play alone for a long time
B. they are too young to play with so many toys
C. they are too lazy to pick out their favorites
D. they lack the ability to value too many things at a time
58．Which of the following can be used in place of“jumble ”？
A. Simple choice.
B. Mixture in disorder.
C. Ordinary appearance.
D. Same shape.
59．Which is the advice given to parents in the text?________.
A. Buy fewer toys for their children.
B. Form good habits for their children.
C. Spare some time to play with their children.
D. Put some toys away without telling their children.
B
As a result of pollution, Lake Erie, on the borders of the USA and Canada, is now without any living things.
Pollution in water is not simply a matter of “poisons” killing large numbers of fish overnight, Very often the effects of pollution are not noticed for many months or years because the first organisms（生物体）to be affected are either plants or plankton. But these organisms are the food of fish and birds and other creatures. When this food disappears, the fish and birds die too. In this way a whole food chain can be wiped out, and it’s not until dead fish and water birds are seen at the river’s edge or on the seashore that people realize what is happening.
Where do the substances which pollute the water come from? There are two main sources of sewage（污水）and industrial waste . As more detergent（洗涤剂）is used in the home, so more of it is finally put into our rivers, lakes and seas . Detergents harm water birds, dissolving the natural substances which keep their feathers water - proof. Sewage itself, if not properly treated, makes the water dirty and prevents all forms of life in rivers and the sea from receiving the oxygen they need. Industrial waste is even more harmful as there are many highly poisonous things in it, such as copper and lead（铅）.
So, if we want to stop this pollution, the answer is simple: sewage and industrial waste must be made clear before flowing into the water . It may already be too late to save some rivers and lakes, but others can still be saved if the correct action is taken at once.
60．Pollution of water is noticed________.
A. when the first organisms are affected
B. when a good many fish and birds die
C. when poisonous things are poured into water
D. as soon as the balance of nature is destroyed
61．The living things die because there is no ________in the lake or river.
A. water B. fish
C. poison D. oxygen
62．Which of the following is harmful according to the passage?
A. Organisms
B. Plants and plankton in the water
C. Waste water from cleaning
D. Industrial waste made clear before flowing into the water.
63．The way to stop water pollution is to________.
A. realize the serious situation clearly
B. put oxygen into the river
C. make the waste material hamless before flowing into the water
D. make special room in the sea for our rubbish
C
Sport not only is physically challenging, but it can also be mentally challenging. Criticism （批评）from coaches, parents, and other teammates, as well as pressure to win can create an excessive （过度的）amount of anxiety or stress for young athletes. Stress can be physical, emotional（情感的）, or psychological（心理的）, and research has indicated that it can lead to burnout. Burnout has been described as dropping or quitting of an activity that was at one time enjoyable.
The early years of development are critical years for learning about oneself. The sport setting is one where valuable experiences can take place. Young athletes can, for example, learn how to work together with others, make friends, and gain other social skills that will be used throughout their lives. Coaches and parents should be aware, at all times, that their feedback to youngsters can greatly affect their children. Youngsters may take their parent's and coaches’criticisms to heart and find a flaw（缺陷）in themselves.
Coaches and parents, should also be careful that youth sport participation（参与）doesn't become the work for children. The outcome of the game should not be more important than the process of learning the sport and other life lessons. In today’s youth sport setting, young athletes may be worrying more about who will win instead of enjoying themselves and the sport. Following a game, many parents and coaches direct their attention on the outcome and find fault with young people’s performances. Research indicates that positive（主动的 ）reinforcement （加强）motivates and has a greater effect on learning than criticism. Again criticism can create high levels of stress, which can lead to burnout.
64．An effective way to prevent the burnout of young athletes is________.
A. to reduce their mental stress
B. to increase their sense of stress
C. to make sports less competitive
D. to make sports more challenging
65．According to the passage, sport is positive for young people in that________.
A. it can create high levels of stress
B. it enables them to find flaws in themselves
C. it can provide them with valuable experiences
D. it teaches them how to set realistic goals for themselves
66．According to the passage parents and coaches should________.
A. pay more attention to letting children enjoy sports
B. help children to win every game
C. train children to deaf with stress
D. enable children to understand the positive aspect of sports
67．The author’s purpose in writing the passage is to________.
A. teach young athletes how to avoid burnout
B. persuade young children not to worry about criticism
C. stress the importance of positive reinforcement to children
D. discuss the skill of mixing criticism with encouragement
D
In October, 1961, at Crowley Field in Cincinnati, Ohio, an old, deaf gentleman named William E, Hoy stood up to throw the first ball of the World Series, Most people at Crowley Field on that day probably did not remember Hoy because he had retired （退休）from professional baseball 58 years earlier, in 1903 . However, he had been an outstanding palyer and the deaf people still talk about him and his years in baseball.
William E . Hoy was born in Houckstown, Ohio, on May 23, 1862. He became deaf when he was two years old. He attended the Columbus Ohio School for the deaf. After graduation, he started playing baseball while working as a shoemaker.
Hoy began playing professional baseball in 1886 for Oshcosh（Wisconsin）of the Northwestern League, In 1888, he started as an outfielder（外场手）with the old Washington Senators. His small figure and speed made him an outstanding base runner. He was very good at stealing bases during his career. In the 1888 major league season, he stole 82 bases . He was also the Senator’s leaded. On June 19, 1889, he threw out three batters（击球手）at the plate from his outfield position.
The arm signals used by judges today to show balls and strikes began because of Hoy. The judge lifted his right arm to signal that it was a ball.
For many years, people talked about Hoy’s last ball game in 1903. He was playing for Los Angeles of the Pacific Coast Winter League. It was a memorable game because Hoy made a wonderful play which won the game. It was a very foggy night and, therefore, very hard to see the ball. In the ninth inning（棒球的一局）, with two men out, Hoy managed to catch a fly ball to make the third out in spite of the fog. Los Angeles defeated their opposition and won the game.
After he retired. Hoy stayed busy. He ran a dairy farm near Cincinnati for 20 years. He also became a public speaker and traveled giving speeches. Until a few years before his death, he took 4 and 10 mile walks several mornings a week. On December 15, 1961, William Hoy died at the age of 99.
68．In which order did the following things happen in Hoy’s life?
a．Hoy worked as a shoemaker.
b．Hoy began to run a diary farm.
e．Hoy played a memorable game in the heavy fog.
d．Hoy threw the first ball of the World Series.
e．Hoy became deaf.
A. d, e, a, c, b B. e, a, c, b, d
C. d, a, e, c, b D. e, a, b, e, d
69．We can infer from the last paragraph that Hoy ________in his late years.
A. became famous
B. led a relaxed life
C. traveled around the world
D. was in good physical condition
70．This passage is mainly about________.
A. a deaf player devoted to the game of baseball
B. baseball game rules and important players
C. the rise in the social position of the deaf people
D. where the baseball judge hand signals came from
71．What can be inferred from this passage?
A. Hoy was the greatest baseball player in his time.
B. Speaking and listening are not necessary in baseball games.
C. The judge had to study the hand signals very seriously.
D. Hoy’s family encouraged him to became a baseball player.
E
In the old days, children were familiar with birth and death as part of life. Now this is perhaps the first generation of American youngsters who have never been close by during of the birth a baby and have never experienced the death of a family member.
Nowadays when people grow old, we often send them to nursing homes. When they get sick, we send them to a hospital, where children are forbidden to visit terminally （晚期的）in patients— even when those patients are their parents. This deprives（剥夺）the dying patient of family members during the last few days of his life and it deprives the children of an experience of death, which is an important learning experience.
Some of my colleagues and I once interviewed and followed about 500 terminally in order to find out what they could teach us and how we could be of more benefit, not just to them but to the members of their families as well. We were most impressed by the fact that even those patients who were not told of their serious illness were quite aware of its potential（潜在的）outcome.
It is important for family members, and doctors and nurses to understand these patients’ communication in order to truly understand their needs, fears and fantasies （幻想）. Most of our patients welcomed another human being with whom they could talk openly, honestly, and frankly about their trouble. Many of them shared with us their great need to be informed, to be kept up - to - date on their medical condition and to be told when the end was near. We found out that patients who had been dealt with openly and frankly were better able to cope with the coming of detach and finally to reach a true stage of acceptance before death.
72．The elders of today's Americans________ .
A. are often absent when a family member is born or dying
B. are unfamiliar with birth and death
C. usually see the birth or death of a family member
D. have often experienced the fear of death as part of life
73．Children in America are deprived of the chance to________.
A. visit a patient at hospital B. visit their family members
C. learn how to face death D. look after the patients
74．The need of a dying patient for people to accompany（陪伴）him shows________.
A. his wish for communication with other people
B. his fear of death
C. his unwillingness to die
D. he feels very upset about his condition
75．It may be concluded from the passage that________.
A. dying patients should be truthfully informed of their condition
B. dying patients are afraid of being told of the coming of death
C. most patients are unable to accept death until it can’t be avoided
D. most doctors and nurses understand what dying patients need
阅读理解训练题（七十）答案
56．A
57．D
58．B
59．D
60．B 从第二段可知，人们将有毒物排放到水中，水中的生物体受影响，鱼、鸟死去，直到这时人们才意识到，因此选B。
61．D 第三段说“污水弄脏水，使河流海洋中的各种生物都得不到它们需要的氧气”。因此选D。
62．C 文中多次提到生活污水，家用洗涤剂的污染。
63．C 光意识到污染还不行，必须行动，最后一段说必须将污水作无害处理。
64．A 全文探讨体育比赛对年轻人成长的作用以及父母，教练及运动员应如何正确面对比赛，如何让年轻人培养健康心理等。文中第一段说紧张会引起burnout，因此要防止这种情况就得减轻压力。
65．C 本文第二段中说“年轻运动员可以学会与人共事，交友，取得其他在一生都需要的技能”，因此选C。
66．D 从文中的描述，尤其是第三段第二句，“比赛的结果，最重要的莫过于了解这种体育运动及了解人生的过程”，可知选D。A项“让孩子享受运动的乐趣”与文章不符。
67．C 本文最后部分说研究表明主动加强对孩子学习的影响更大，而批评会引起紧张，因此选C，这才是作者的写作目的。
68．B
69．D
70．A
71．B
72．C 文中第一段提到“过去孩子们对出生与死亡很熟悉，这是他们生活的一部分，现在的年轻人是第一代从未目睹过婴儿的降生与亲人的死亡的年轻人”。本题问当代美国人的长者，指“过去的孩子们”，因此选C。
73．C 本题讲述如何面对死亡。从第二段可知，病人被送到晚期病人病房后，不让孩子去探视垂死的病人，不让他们学习如何面对死亡（which is an important learning experience）。
74．A 最后一段说病人希望有人与之坦率，真诚地谈论其病情，由此可见他渴望与人交流。
75．A 本文最后部分说病人希望被告知其病情等真相，那些被坦率真诚告知病情的病人更能更好地面对死亡的到来。
阅读理解训练题（七十一）
A
TERNANG, Mon - More than 10, 000 people were made homeless in Ternang when the Sungai Mas overflowed its banks yesterday after six days of continuous heavy rain.
Flooding first appeared at mid - afternoon yesterday along the river banks. People straggling higher ground were just in time to get away from the destroy of the flood. Most of the flood victims had to leave their possessions behind.
The flood victims are now housed in various make - shift relief center in the nearby town of Tulang.
“Everything possible is being done to help the unfortunate people. ”A government spokesman said. “In fact, money, food and clothing have begun to come in from public - spirited organizations and generous persons.”
According to latest reports it is still raining heavily at Ternang. The whole town is expected to be totally covered by water. So far no casualty has been reported.
56．According to the latest report________.
A. it has been raining for six days
B. more than 10, 000 people had no place to live
C. the town had already been totally flooded
D. the government tried its best to help the homeless people
57．With the help of the government, the flood victims________.
A. were safe at higher place
B. got everything they needed
C. lived comfortably in the relief centers
D. were brought to Tulang within three hours
58．The word “casualty”in the last sentence means________.
A. the house that is being built
B. the money that is given to the victims
C. the person killed or injured in an accident
D. the things lost in the flood
B
HUNTSVILLE — The body of a 19 - year - old Oakville man who lost his own lift to save his friend was pulled from the muddy waters of Clarke Lake near here yesterday.
Sannjeev Michael Watson was last seen Sunday morning when he pushed his 17 - year - old companion back into their overturned canoe, then disappeared after swimming off to get back the paddles （桨）.
“His friend couldn’t swim that well, so my son saved him first and ended up giving his life, ” said his mother Mona Watson.
Her son, a strong swimmer, and his friend were heading out in the canoe to watch the sun rise over the lake about 12 kilomenters west of Huntsville when the canoe turned over.
“It was still dark and foggy, ” said Constable Harry Rawluk of the Huntsville edtachment of the Provincial Police.
“Neither man was wearing a life jacket and there were none in the canoe”, said Rawluk.
Each ship or boat is required to be equipped with a life jacket for each occupant but they do not have to be worn at all times.
When Watson disappeared, the friend used his hands to paddle 300 meters to the shore to get help.
“His friend is extremely upset in mind. He keeps saying over and over, He gave his life to save me, ”said Watson.
“The incident helped to show the importance of life jackets, ” said Rawluk, “ We can’t emphasize enough how important it is for all boaters to wear life jackets even on a small lake like this one, ”he said.
Yesterday, the family. including his father and Michael’s two brothers, helped each other on the dock until OPP divers found the body about 2: 30p. m.
There were other tragedies （悲剧）as two men drowned and two boaters went missing, Mike Walsh, 27, of Tweed, drowned about 6 a. m. Sunday while canoing with a man and a woman on Stoco Lake, just north of Billeville, when the boat tipped over.
“None of the occupants were wearing life jackets at the time and there was only one paddle aboard, ” said Belleville OPP sergeant Paul Murray.
Mattherw Salei, 22 of Toronto, is believed to have drowned after falling out of an outboard motor boat on Lake Huron near Port Franks the day before yesterday. A friend swam to shore.
This afternoon Kyle Johnson, 19, drowned while camping near Kenora. The talented junior hockey player from Winnipeg was by himself when he slipped on some rocks, hit his head and drowned, police said.
Meanwhile, an underwater search of Lake Scugog nesr Caesarea failed to find the body of a 17 - year - old Stouffville youth who drowned early Saturday while canoing with a friend.
REPORTED BY ROBERT AVERY.
59．Which of the following is the best title for the news story?
A. LACK OF LIFE JACKETS BLAMED FOR TRAGEDY
B. COURAGEOUS MAN DROWNS AFTER SAVING HIS FRIEND
C. POLICE WARNS PEOPLE OF DANGER BOATING ON LAKES
D. BODY OF DROWNED MAN FOUND IN CLARKE LAKE
60．According to Rowluk, if Michael________, he would’t have drowned.
A. had not tried to get back the paddles
B. had not tried to save his friend
C. had been a weaker swimmer
D. had worn a life jacket
61．Which of the following shows the right order of what happened in the story?
a．Michael pushed his friend back into the canoe and swam to get back the paddles.
b．Michael and his friend set off to the west of Huntsville.
c．Michael’s body was found in the waters of Lake Clarke.
d．The friend mandated to paddle to the shore.
e．The canoe turned upside down.
A. b, e, a, c, d B. c, d, a, e, b
C. b, e, a, d, c D. d, c, a, e, b
62．How many people drowned at the weekend according to the passage?
A. 3 B. 4
C. 5 D. 6
C
China Daily
Classified Page
Advertising Rates
Published every Wednesday and Friday.
Minimum（smallest）Size: 1 col ×3 cm
Peronal: RMB 100 yuan/cm
engagements, Marriage, Births, Deaths, Obituaries, Funerals, Birthday greetings, Holiday greetings, Anniversaries
Shopping Guide: RMB 100 yuan/cm
- Departional store and supermarket shops only
Education: RMB 100 yuan/cm
- Vocational training or courses for foreigners offered by universities and colleges
Services: RMB 120 yuan/cm
- Computer service, Business centers, Interior decoration, Cars for lease, Used cars wanted/for sale, Business offices wanted, Travel, Restaurants and entertainment
Recruitment: RMB 140 yuan/cm
Property, Trade and Investment: RMB 170 yuan/cm
- Merchandise wanted/for sale, business/capital solicited
Legal & General Notices: RMB 170 yuan/cm
- General and legal announcements, Auctions, Lost & Found, Changes of address
Surcharges: 30 col ×cm plus 20%, Half page 40%, Full page 50%
All art or production fees（charges）carry a surcharge
1．China Daily reserves the right to make any alterations （修改）it seems necessary and to reject advertisem*nt which violates（breaks）the Advertisem*nt Law of the People’s Republic of China or contains fraudulent, deceptive, or misleading statements or illustrations （例证）.
2．Advertisers who wish to insert an ad should submit （put forward）an Advertising Order Form with all advertisem*nt information and any necessary documents（证件）10 days before the date of publication. After this deadline, additional charges will be incurred （brought upon oneself）.
Tel : （86 - 10）64941104, 64924488 ext. 2117
Fax: （86 - 10）64941104
E- mail: cads @ chinadaily. com. cn
63．Which of the following advertising rates is the lowest?
A. Services B. Legal & General notices
C. Education D. Recruitment
64．If someone wants to advertise his trade goods in the newspaper, the least fee he’ll pay is RMB ________ yuan.
A. 140 B. 170
C. 360 D. 510
65．Which of the following statement is right?
A. The smaller the size is, the lower the advertising rate is.
B. The larger the size is, the lower the advertising rate is.
C. The size has nothing to do with the advertising rate.
D. The advertising fee is decided only by the size.
66．China Daily refuses to accept the advertising that________.
A. contains any illustrations
B. is put in after the deadline
C. contains anything false
D. is too long
D
Have you ever wondered what a Degree might be worth to you in your job or career? It means a lot——Amenicans with an Associate Degree average nearly 10. 000 more in yearly earnings than those with just a High school Diploma（证书）.
Harcourt Learning Direct （HLD）offers you a way to get a Specialized Associate in 11 of today’s rields——without having to go to college full time, With Harcourt, you study at home, in your spare time——so you don’t have to give up your present job while you train for a better one, Choose from exciting majors like Business Management, Accounting, Dressmaking & Design, Bookkeeping, Photography, Computer Science, Engineering, and more ！
Your training includes everything you need!
Books, lessons, learning aids——even professional - quality tools and equipment—— everything you need to master your training and move ahead to a new career is included in the low tuition（学费）price you pay.
Nealy 2, 000 American companies——including General Electric, IBM, Mobil, General Motors, Ford, and many others——have used our training for their employees. If companies like these recognize the value of our training, you can be sure that employers in your area will, toe !
Earning your degree in as little as two years! Get a career diploma in just six months !
The career of your dreams is closer than you think ! Even if you have no experience before, you can get valuable job skills in today’s hottest fields ! Step - by - step lessons make learning easy. Prepare for promotion, pay raises, even start a business of your own !
Send today for FREE information about Harcourt at home training !
Simply fill your name and address on the coupon（登记表）above. Then, write in the new name and number of the one program you’re interested in, and mail it today. We’ll rush your free information about how you can take advantage of the chances in the field you have chosen. Act today!
Mail coupon today!
Or call the number below 1 - 800 - 372 - 1589 Call anytime, 24 hours a day, 7 day a week.
www. harcourt - learning. com
E - mail: Harcourt @ learning. Com
67．What kind of people will probably answer this advertisem*nt?
A. College students preparing to work in some big companies.
B. College students preparing to study for a degree.
C. High school graduates preparing to have at - home training.
D. Hight school graduates preparing for college entrance examinations.
68．People can get a Specialized Associate Degree by________.
A. doing full - time learning at school
B. working in some big famous companies
C. studying on their spare time
D. studying abroad for two years
69．How can you contact Harcourt Learning Direct?
A. By sending an E - mail
B. By visiting the office on weekdays
C. By making a call on weekdays only.
D. By sending a letter not later than today.
70．You are likely to find the passage in________.
A. a novel B. a magazine
C. a travel agency D. a newspaper
E
Over the past 10 years, technologies that have combined compters with telephone have developed. Technologies such as PC fax programs and LAN fax servers （局域网传真服务器）have been used to improve fax communications, The latest computer based technologies are new mechanisms （机制）which use IP（Internet Protocol, 因特网协议）to send faxes, that is, IP fax.
Traditional fax has a fairly simple usage model, first, the user inserts a document into the fax machine, enters the destination fax number and presses the start button on the machine. The sending machine dials the receiving fax machine, If it connects, the sending machine scans the documents and sends it over the pubic switched telephone network （PSTN, 公共电共话交换网）to the receiving machine. At the same time the receiving machine receives the document and then prints it.
In IP fax system there are two basic transmission modes : store - and - forward mode and real - time mode. Store - and - forward mode has been widely used, In this mode, the entire document is sent to a network - based server that stores it and then sends it to the destination. Real - time IP faxing is similar to traditional fax. Real time mode allows two fax machines to directly communicate through some standard.
IP fax enables a fax document to be sent from one person to another. A fax machine or a computer can be used to send or receive the fax. IP fax also allows e - mail to be used to receive faxes. This would enable users to receive faxes anywhere, anytime with an internet fax address.
71．The passage deals mainly with________.
A. PC fax B. IP fax
C. information technology D. new machines
72．In traditional fax, ________can be used.
A. even computers B. LAN fax servers
C. e - mail D. only fax machines
73．IP fax can use all of the following to send and receive a fax except ________.
A. a fax machine B. a receiving machine
C. a computer D. e - mall
74．In real - time IP fax mode________.
A. two fax machines communicate directly
B. a network - based server is used
C. users can receive faxes anywhere
D. the PSTN has to be used
75．In paragragh 2, the word “inserts” can be placed by________.
A. prints B. presses
C. puts D. uses
阅读理解训练题（七十一）答案
56-60DBCAD 61-65CBCBA 66-70CCCAD 71-75BDBAC
阅读理解训练题（七十二）
A
For a small town, Manhattan, Kansas has some big surprises. And one of them is the Holiday Inn Hotel, with rooms built around a swimming pool and a friendly family atmosphere.
The Holiday Inn is where Manhattan people often go for a special party, or a night out. A lot of them choose to eat in the brightly lit restaurant near the pool. And many of them will be served by Ellen Logan, who has worked as a waitress here for more than two years .
Ellen, like most of the waitresses, is also a student. She comes from Nebraska, but she’s planning one day to be a veterinary surgeon, and to care for small animals. But in order to support herself at college, she works twenty hours a week at the Holiday Inn.
Ellen soon learned what every waitress finds out. Your best friend has a good pair of shoes. She paid forty - five dollars for hers, much more than she would usually spend. She’s discovered something else too. You don’t have to know much about food to be a good waitress, but you do have to know a lot about people.
“A lot of business people always stay here when they come to Manhattan, ” she explains. “They like you to recognize them and remember their favorite dishes. But some couples come for a night out together. They just want to be left alone. Then there are people who can’t make up their minds. They look down the menu and say‘What do you suggest?’So I ask them how hungry they are. If they say, ‘Not very’, I suggest the salad bar, with soup, salad, bread, and a fruit plate. But if they say the’re very hungry, I suggest a Kansas Strip Steak, with potatoes or rice. You get salad and bread as well. It’s very nice. Real good value.”
Ellen may get tired feet sometimes, but at least she’s learning too much about people . She’ll probably make a good animal doctor, but if she find she doesn’t like it after all, she can always become a psychiatrist（心理医生）instead.”
56．A good title for this passage is________ .
A. Ellen Logan at the Holiday Inn
B. American Holiday Inn
C. A Special Holiday Inn Hotel in Manhattan
D. How to Deal with People
57．The word“a veterinary surgeon” means________.
A. an animal doctor. B. an animal trainer
C. a hotel manager D. a food expert
58．From the passage we can infer that________.
A. waitresses in the Holiday Inn are all students
B. waitresses are required to buy a good pair of shoes before they go to work
C. waitresses should be familiar with the food there
D. it is more important for the waitresses to know much about people than food
59．According to the passage, which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. The Holiday Inn hotel is one of the big surprises in Manhattan.
B. Businessmen like to be recognized by the people and suggested what to eat.
C. The couples like to be left alone.
D. One of the reasons why people like to eat in the hotel is that it is full of a friendly atmosphere.
B
Any mistake made in the printing of stamp raises its value（价值）to stamp collectors. A mistake on a two - penny（便士, 英国辅币）stamp has made it worth million and a half times its face value.
Do you think it impossible? Well, it is true. And this is how it happened.
The mistake was made more than a hundred years ago in the former British colony （前英殖民地）of Mauritius, a small island in the Indian Ocean. In 1847 an order（订货单）for stamps was sent to London. Mauritius was about to become the fourth country in the world to put out stamps.
Before the order was filled and the stamps arrived from England, a big dance was planned by the Commander - in - chief of all the armed forces on the island. The dance would be held in his house and letters of invitation would be sent to all the important people in Mauritius. Stamps were badly needed to post the letters. Therefore, an islander, who was a good printer, was told to copy the pattern of the stamps. He carelessly put the words “Post Office ”instead of “Post Paid”, two words seen on stamps at that time, on the several hundred that he printed.
Today, there are only twenty - six of these misprinted stamps left- fourteen One penny Reds and twelve Two -penny Blues. Because there are so few Two - penny Blues and because of their age, collectors have paid as much as $ 16, 800 for one of them.
60．The mistake on a two- penny stamp has made________.
A. a lot of trouble for the post office
B. Mauritius the fourth country to put out stamps
C. it worth half a million times its face value
D. it worth as much as sixteen thousand and eight hundred dollars
61．In 1847most countries of the world were________.
A. not yet using stamps
B. printing stamps in Mauritius
C. printing their own stamps
D. collecting valuable stamps
62．The mistake on the island -printed stamps was in the________.
A. price B. colour
C. spelling of words D. wrong use of words
63．“Post Paid” means________.
A. the same as “Post Office”
B. the Post Office is the place to buy stamps
C. money has been paid for the stamp
D. the letter must be posted
C
Never give out identifying information such as Name, Home, Address, School Name, or Telephone Number in a public message such as at a chat room or on bulletin boards. Never send a person a picture of you without first checking with your parents.
Never reply to message or bulletin board items that are: Suggestive/Bob scene （下流的）/Ready to fight/ Express intention to hurt/Make you feel uncomfortable.
Be careful when someone offers something for nothing, such as gifts and money. Be very careful about any offers that get you to meet or have someone visit your house.
Tell your parents right away if you come across any information that makes you feel uncomfortable.
Never arrange a face - to - face meeting without telling your parents. If your parents agree to the meeting, make sure that you meet in a public place and have a parents with you.
Remember that people On - line may not be who they seem. Because you can’t see or even hear the person, it would be easy for someone to misrepresent himself/ herself. Thus someone says that“she is a 12 -year -old girl”could really be an old man.
Be sure that you are dealing with someone that you and your parents know and trust before giving out any personal information about yourself through E - mail
Get to know your“on- line friends” just as you get to know all of your friends.
64．The best title for the passage is________.
A. Believe Nobody on the Net
B. Be Careful about the on -line Friends
C. Not Be Honest on the Net
D. Make Friends with Those you Believe in
65．The underlined word“ misrepresent” in the passage means.________.
A. making a wrong judgment about
B. understanding somebody wrongly
C. giving a wrong description of
D. forming a wrong opinion about
66．In the last four paragraphs, the writer sueggests that one should________ .
A. believe nobody on the net
B. be careful about the on -line friends
C. not be honest on the net
D. make friends with those you believe in
D
Some of the best -known names in the entertainment industry have taken part in an unprecedented telethon to help victims of the terrorist attacks in the United States.
The benefit（义演）, called“ America: a Tribute to Heroes” was sponsored by all four major U.S. television networks, ABC, CBS, FOX and NBC. It was broadcast by three dozen television, cable and radio networks across the country and aired live to more than a hundred countries around the word.
Hollywood stars joined music entertainers in asking listeners and viewers to pledge cash donations to charities helping the victims of the September 11th attacks.
Actors, including Tom Hanks, Julia Roberts, Tom Cruise and Clint Eastwood, told stories of heroric acts by people who tried to save others from the burning Word Trade Center and the Pentagon. Former heavyweight champion Muhammad Ali made a rare public appearance in a show of support.
The appeals alienated with performances by such-popular entertainers as Bruce Springs teen, Mariah Carey, Stevie Wonder, Paul Simon and the rock band U -2.
They appeared on stages in New York, Los Angeles and London, decorated with hundreds of burning candles.
Singer Billy Joel sang, “New York State of Mind” with a New York City firefighter’s hat on his piano, Sting dedicated his song“ Fragile ”to a friend who died in the world Trade Center. Stevie Wonder condemned hatres in the name of religion before singing his song“ Love’s in Need of Love Today”. Pledge phones were manned by dozens of other celebrities, including Jack Nichlson, Meg Ryan, Whoopie Goldberg, Cindy Crawford, Al Pacino and Sylvester Stallone.”
Organizers said the two - hour telethon raised millions of dollars. All participants, from stars to stage - hands, worked without.
67．Those who appeared on stages were________.
A. Some best - known names in the USA.
B. Some famous singers, film stars and other music entertainers.
C. People who tried to save others from the burning World Trade Center and the Pentagon.
D. Former heavyweight champion Muhammad Ali and Hollywood stars.
68．The underlined word“ telethon” most probably means________.
A. a performance to raise money
B. a concert held by some television networks.
C. a television program which lasts a long time
D. a television program for entertainment
69．Which of the following statements is True?
A. Four major U. S. television networks broadcast the benefit.
B. The former heavyweight champion Muhammad Ali sang a song to show his support.
C. Billy joel, wearing a firefighter’s hat, played the piano for the listeners and viewers.
D. The organizers, stars and people who worked for the benefit didn’t get any money for themselves.
70．The best title for the news report is ________.
A. U. S Telethon Raises Money for Attack Victims
B. Best- known Names Pledge Donations
C. Seeking More Support
D. A Tribute to Heroes.
E
American are proud of their variety an individuality, yet they love and respect few things more than a uniform, whether it is the uniform of an elevator operator or the uniform of a five star - general. Why are uniforms so popular in the United States?
Among the arguments for uniforms, one of the first is that in the eyes of most people they look more professional than civilian （百姓的）clothes. People have become conditioned to expect superior quality from a man who wears a uniform. The television repairman who wears a uniform tends to inspire more trust than one who appears in civilian clothes, Faith in the skill of a garage mechanic is increased by a uniform . What easier way is there for a nurse, a policeman, a barber, or a waiter to lost professional identity（身份）than to step out of uniform?
Uniforms also have many practical benefits. They save on other clothes, They save on laundry bills. They are tax - deductible （可减税的）. They are often more comfortable and more durable than civilian clothes.
Primary among the arguments against uniforms is their lack of variety and the consequent loss of individuality experienced by people who must wear them. Though there are many types of uniforms, the wearer of any particular type is generally stuck with it, without change, until retirement. When people look alike, they tend to think, speak, and act similarly, on the job at least.
Uniforms also give rise to some practical problems. Though they are long - lasting, often their initial expense is greater than the cost of civilian clothes. Some uniforms are also expensive to maintain, requiring professional dry cleaning rather than the home laundering possible with many types of civilian clothes.
71．It is surprising that Americans who worship variety and individuality________.
A. still judge a man by his clothes
B. hold the uniform in such high regard
C. enjoy having a professional identity
D. will respect an elevator operator as much as a general in uniform
72．People are accustomed to think that a man in uniform________.
A. suggests quality work
B. discards his social identity
C. appears to be more practical
D. looks superior to a person in civilian clothes
73．The chief fun_ction of a uniform is to________.
A. provide practical benefits to the wearer
B. make the wearer catch the public eye.
C. inspire the wearer’s confidence in himself
D. provide the wearer with a professional identity
74．According to the passage, people wearing uniforms________.
A. are usually helpful
B. have little or no inividtilal freedom
C. tend to lose their individuality
D. enjoy greater popularity
75．The best title for this passage would be________.
A. Uniform and Society
B. The Importance of Wearing a Uniform．
C. Practical Benefits of Wearing a Uniform.
D. Advantages and Disadvantages of Uniforms
阅读理解训练题（七十二）答案
56．A 提示：本文叙述的是一个女学生做饭店服务生的经历和体验、感触，文字平实，易于理解。这是一道概括主旨大意的题目，通览全文，没有直接给出主旨句，所以需要自己概括。前面已经提到，本文主角是女学生Ellen，事件是她在Holiday Inn做part time job，将题目中四个选项对照，A为优选。B，C没有涉及主人公，显然不对。D项的题目更像一篇议论文的题目，没有体现本文主旨，也不对。
57．A 提示：“a veterinary surgeon”这个词出现在第三自然段，“…she planning one day to be a veterinary surgeon, and to care for small animals．”可见“to care for small animals．”即为“a veterinary surgeon”的工作，所以答案为A。
58．D 提示：这是一道推测题，需要在理解文章的基础上。判断每个选项的真伪。第一个选项过于绝对化。文中只是说到“like most of the waitress”，而不是“all”，所以A不对。B项中“required”一词用得不准确，这只是经验，而不是要求，所以B选项不对。C项更加不对，文中有原句“You don’t have to know much about food to be a good waitress”。D项选项是正确的，文中有“…but you do have to know a lot about people．”
59．B 提示：四个选项中，A项准确，第一自然段中给了“…Manhattan, Kansas has some big surprises. And one of them is the Holiday Inn Hotel…”．C项正确，第五段中有“But some couples come for a night out together．They just want to be left alone．”D项正确，见第一段最末。B项不正确。第五段中的句子“They like you to recognize them and remember their favorite dishes”．此处的“you”不是泛指的人，而是特指“waitress”，所以应选B。
60．D 提示：可参见文章最后一句。
61．A 提示：信息句在第三自然段：Mauritius was about to become the fourth country in the world to put out stamps.
62．D 提示：从文中第四自然段“He carelessly put the words“Post Office”instead of“Post Paid”，two words seen on stamps at that time”一句可见是词的错用。
63．C 提示：paid是pay的过去分词。post paid意为“邮资已付”。
64．D 提示：综合判断题：从文中的主要内容可以看出。
65．C 提示：猜问题：从上下文可以推出。
66．B 提示：细节题，从文中最后四段可知作者都在告诫人们要注意网上朋友。
67．B 提示：是“the entertainment industry”发起，由二三四五六段所列出的人物身份得知。
68．C 提示：A这是无酬的义演。B，D中的表述不合文意。
69．D 提示：由文末最后一句All participants，from stars to stage-hands，worked without pay.可知。
70．A 提示：本文为有关“9·11”事件的，其他项不全面。
71．B 提示：这篇文章主要讲述崇尚个性，崇尚多样化的美国人为何爱穿制服，以及制服所带的利弊，是一道辨别事实题。由第1段第1行“Americans are proud of their variety and individuality, yet they love and respect few things more than a uniform…”可知应选B项。
72．A 提示：辨别事实题。由第2题第3行“People have become conditioned to expect superior quality from a man who wears a uniform”可判断A项正确。
73．D 提示：辨别事实题。第2段最后一句：对于一名护士、理发师或是一名侍者而言，还有什么更加便利的方法比脱掉制服能让他们失去职业身份呢?
74．C 提示：辨别事实题。由第4段“Primary among the arguments against uniforms is their lack of variety and the consequent loss of individuality experienced by people who must wear them”可判断C项正角。
75．D 提示：主旨题。由第2-5段的开头可知文章的主要内容。
阅读理解训练题（七十三）
A
On October 12, 1989, some Chinese scientists were working at the computers to look for information they needed. Suddenly they saw a lot of very bright spots crossing the computers’s screens. At the same time the computers were working much slower. To find out what was happening they stopped their work to check some parts of the computers. To their horror, they found out that most of their stored information was got rid of by computer viruses （病毒）! Obviously all these computers had been infected by computer viruses.
It is said that the computer viruses were made by a group of young men fond of playing tricks. They all had excellent education. They created the viruses just to show their intelligence （才智）. These kinds of computer viruses are named Jerusalem（耶路撒冷）Viruses. These viruses can stay in computers for a long time. When the time comes they will attack the computers by lowering the functions （功能）, damaging their normal programs or even getting rid of all the information.
We now come to know that Jerusalem Viruses often attack computers on Fridays and that they are spreading to a lot of computers. Among the countries that suffered computer viruses last year are Britain, Australia, Switzerland and the U.S. But fill now , how to get rid of the terrible viruses remains a problem.
56．The group of young men created the viruse to________.
A. damage the computers
B. test their ability
C. tell the world that they were intelligent
D. play a trick on operators of the computers
57．According to the passage, computer viruses seem to________.
A. have been in nature for years
B. exist in any computers
C. be difficult to get rid of at present
D. be able to be got rid of in the near future
58．The most serious damage caused by the viruses is that________.
A. the computer’s functions are lowered
B. the normal programs are damaged
C. all the information stored in the computers is gone
D. the computers infected by the viruses can no longer be used
59．According to the passage, which of the following is true?
A. Last year four countries found their computers were infected by viruses.
B. The viruses will come to a new computer after staying in the old one for some time.
C. Scientists are trying to find a way to get rid of the viruses.
D. The Jerusalem Viruses are a great harm to human health.
B
Baths and bathing have long been considered of medical importance to man. In Greece there are the ruins of a bathtub and water system built over 3, 000 years ago. The Romans had warm public baths. In some as many as 3, 000 persons could bathe at the same time.
Treating disease by bathing has been popular for centuries. Moden medical bathing or hydrotherapy, first became popular in Europe and by the late 1700’s also became popular in the United States.
For many years frequent bathing was believed to be bad for one’s health. Ordinary bathing just to be clean was avoided and perfune（香水）was often used to cover up body smells ！
By the 1770’s doctors began to say that soap and water were good for health. They believed that it was good for people to be cleaned. Slowly people began to bathe more frequently. During the Victorian Age of the late 19th century, taking a bath on Saturday night became common.
In the United States ordinary bathing was slow to become popular. During the 18th and early 19th centuries, many Americans were known as “The Great Unwashed!” In one American city, for example, a person could only take a bath every thirty days !That was a law!
Frequency of bathing today is partly a matter of habit. People know that bathing for cleanness is important to health. Doctors know that dirty bodies increase the chance of diseases. Consequently, in the United States, people generally bathe often. Some people bathe once a day at least. They consider a daily bath essential to good health.
60．In Greece________ .
A. there were some public baths large enough to hold 3, 000 persons.
B. people used to treat disease by bathing
C. people began to bathe thousands of years ago
D. people didn’t like frequent bathing
61．The Americans used to be known as “The Great Unwashed” because________.
A. the modem medical bathing first became popular in the U. S.
B. they didn’t bath frequently
C. the Americans were very clean.
D. soap was first produced in the U. S.
62．Apparently the word“ hydrotherapy” in the second paragraph means________.
A. medical bathing B. a water system
C. bathing frequency D. terrible body smell
63．During the Victorian Age________.
A. the Americans ever took a bath every thirty days
B. frequent bathing was avoided
C. people used perfume to cover up body smells after bathing
D. the British people generally took a bath once a week.
C
Humans are social animals. They live in groups all over the world. As these groups of people live apart from other groups, over the years and centuries they develop their own habits and ideas, which form different cultures. One important particular side of every culture is how its people deal with time.
Time is not very important in non industrial societies. The Nuer people of East Africa, for example, do not even have a word TIME that is in agreement with the abstract thing we call time. The daily lives of the people of such non industrial societies are likely to be patterned around their physical needs and natural events rather than around a time schedule（时间表）based on the clock. They cook and eat when they are hungry and sleep when the sun goes down. They plant crops during the growing seasons and harvest them when the crops are ripe. They measure time not by a clock or calendar（日历）, but by saying that an event takes place before or after some other event. Frequently such a society measures day in terms of “sleeps ”or longer periods in terms of “moons”. Some cultures, such as the Eakinos of Greenland measure seasons according to the migration of certain animals.
Some cultures which do not have a written language or keep written records have developed interesting ways of “telling time”.For example, when several Australian aborigines want to plan an event for a future time, one of them places a stone on a cliff or in a tree. Each day the angle of the sun changes slightly. In a few days, the rays of the sun strike the stone in a certain way. When this happens, the people see that the agreed - upon time has arrived and the event can take place.
In contrast （成对比）, exactly correct measurement of time is very important in modern, in detribalized societies. This is because industrialized societies require the helpful efforts of many people in order to work. For a factory to work efficiently （well, quickly and without waste）, for example , all of the workers must work at the same time, Therefore, they must know what time to start work in the morning and what time they may go home in the afternoon. Passengers must know the exact time that an airplane will arrive or depart. Students and teachers need to know when a class starts and ends. Stores must open on time in order to serve their customers. Complicated （复杂的）societies need clocks and calendars. Thus, we can see that if each person worked according to his or her own schedule, a complicated society could hardly work at all.
64．By saying “Humans are social animals”, the author means________.
A. they live all over the world．
B. they are different from other animals
C. they live in one place, district or country, considered as a whole
D. they are divided into many groups
65．Time is not very important in non industrial societies. This is because people in those societies________.
A. don’t have the word TIME in their languages
B. don’t get used to using clocks and other timepieces
C. don’t measure time in their daily lives
D. don’t need to plan their daily lives around an exact time schedule
66．The Australian aborigines’ way of “telling time” is based on________.
A. the change of the sun rays
B. the movement of the earth in relation to the sun
C. the position of the stone
D. the position of the tree or the cliff
67．Which of the following night be the best title for this passage?
A. Time and Culture
B. The Measurement of Time
C. Time schedule and Daily Life
D. Clock, Calendar and Society
D
A person, like a commodity （商品）, needs packaging. But going too far is absolutely undesirable. A little exaggeration, however, does no harm when it shows the person’s unique qualities to their advantages. To show personal attractiveness in a casual and natural way, it is important for one to have a clear knowledge of oneself. A skilled packager knows how to add art to nature without any signs of embellishment（装饰）, so that the person so packaged is not a commodity but a human being, lively and lovely.
A young person, especially a female, shining with beauty and full of life, has all the favor granted by God. Any attempt to make up would be self - defeating. Youth, however, comes and goes in a flash. Packaging for the middle - aged is primarily to hide the marks made by years. If you still enjoy life enough to keep self - confidence and work at pioneering work you are unique in through plains mountains and jungles, running its course as it should. You have really lived your life, which now arrives at a self - satisfied stage of quietness and calmness with no interest in fame or wealth . There is no need to make us of hair dyeing. The snow - capped mountain is itself a beautiful scene of fairyland. Let your looks change from young to old in step with the natural ageing process so as to keep in harmony （和谐）with nature, for harmony itself is beauty, while the other way round will only end in unpleasantness. To be in the elder’s company is like reading a thick book of deluxe （better quality）edition that attracts one so much as to be unwilling to part with.
As long as one find where on stands, one knows how to package oneself, just as a commodity sets up its brand by the right packaging.
68．It can be concluded from the text that________.
A. people should be packed at all ages
B. people should be packed in a special way
C. elderly people also care about packing
D. proper packing makes people attractive
69．For the middle - aged, attractiveness________ .
A. hardly exists
B. is the strongest
C. comes from the inside
D. comes from the appearance
70．The underlined sentence means that elderly people ________.
A. are usually packed like a finely - made book
B. experience a lot and have rich knowledge of life
C. do a lot of traveling and can give you much information
D. enjoy reading thick books of beautiful nature and fairylands
E
There seems never to have been a civilization without toys, but when and how they developed is unknown. They probably came about just to give children something to do.
In the ancient world, as is today, most boys played with some kinds of toys and most girls with another. In societies where social roles are rigidly determined, boys pattern their play after the activities of their fathers and girls are being prepared, even in play, to step into the roles and responsibilities of the adult world.
What is remarkable about the history of toys is not so much how they changed over the centuries but how much they have remained the same. The changes have been mostly in terms of craftsmanship, mechanics, and technology. It is the universality of toys with regard to their development in all parts of the word and their persistence to the present that is amazing. In Egypt, America, China, Japan and among the Arctic （北极的）people, generally the same kinds of toys appeared. Varations depended on local customs and way of life because toys imitate their surrounding. Nearly every civilization had dolls, little weapons, toy soldiers, tiny animals and vehicles.
Because toys can be generally regarded as a kind of art form, they have not been subject to technological leaps that characterize inventions for adult use. The progress from the wheel to the cart to the automobile is a direct line of ascent （进步）. The progress from a rattle （拨浪鼓）used by a baby in 3000BC to one used by an infant today, however, is not characterized by inventiveness. Each rattle is the product of the artistic tastes of the times and subject to the limitations of available materials.
71．The reason why the toys most boys play with are different from those that girls play with is that________.
A. they like challenging activities.
B. their social roles are rigidly determined
C. most boys would like to follow their fathers professions.
D. boys like to play with their fathers while girl with their mothers
72．One aspect of “the universality of toys” lies in the fact that________.
A. the basic characteristics of toys are the same all over the world.
B. technological advances have greatly improved the durability of toys
C. the exploration of the universe has led to the creation of new kinds of toys
D. the improvement of craftsmanship in making toys depends on the efforts of universities
73．Which of the following is the author’s view on the historical development of toys?
A. Toys are playing an increasingly important role in shaping a child’s character.
B. The toy industry has witnessed great leaps in technology in recent years.
C. The craftsmanship in toy - making has remained essentially unchanged.
D. Toys have remained basically the same all through the centuries
74．Regarded as a kind of art form, toys________.
A. reflect the pace of social progress
B. are not characterized by technological progress
C. follow a direct line of ascent
D. also appeal greatly to adults
75．The author uses the example of a rattle to show that________.
A. it often takes a long time to introduce new technology into toy - making
B. even the simplest toys can reflect the progress of technology
C. even a simple toy can mirror the artistic tastes of the time
D. in toy - making there is a continuity in the use of materials
阅读理解训练题（七十三）答案
56．C 提示：第二自然段第三句话“They created the viruses just to show their intelligence”暗示了答案。答案D“捉弄计算机用户”在文中没有提到。
57．C 提示：本文最后一句话“how to get rid of the terrible viruses remains a problem”，暗示答案如C项所述。
58．C 提示：第二自然段句子“…damaging their normal programs or even getting rid of all the information”，正是答案所述，即计算机一旦受到这种病毒的影响，计算机里的信息就会失去。
59．C 提示：深层理解题。从本文结尾看，直到现在，如何除掉这种可怕的病毒还是个问题，但人们正在努力地寻找着它的克星。
60．C 提示：关键句“…there are the ruins of a both tub（澡盆）and water system（供水系统）built over 3，000 years ago”可说明。
61．B 提示：关键句“…for example，a person could only take a bath every thirty days”可说明。
62．A 提示：该词出现在文章第二段“Modern medical bathing or hydrotherapy．”此处的or hydrotherapy是用来解释medical bathing的，or是“也就是”、“即”的意思。
63．D 提示：关键句“…taking a bath on Saturday night became common”，“Victorian Age”暗示英国可说明。
64．C 提示：从第一段“They live in groups all over the world”可知。
65．D 提示：从第二段第三句可知。
66．A 提示：从第三段“Each day the angle of the sun changes…the people see that the agreed-upon time has arrived and the event can take place”可知。
67．A 提示：从文意可知。
68．D 提示：从第一段第二句“going too far is absolutely undesirable”，第四句“To show personal attractiveness…”可看出。
69．C 提示：从“If you still enjoy life…”可知，A，B，D皆不符。
70．B 提示：这句话意思是老人有丰富的经验和生活知识，故选B。
71．B 提示：本文主要通过阐述玩具的历史说明这样一种观点：玩具反映人们的艺术观，几十年来玩具的变化不大。男孩子玩的玩具与女孩子玩的玩具不同，其原因正如第2段第2、3句所说的：在社会角色严格确定的社会中，男孩玩的模式是按照他们父亲所从事的活动，而女孩子则模仿她们母亲的工作，其原因是他们正准备步入成人世界去扮演他们的角色和承担他们的责任。综上所述，正确选项应为B（他们的社会角色是严格决定了的）。选项A文中尚未提及。选项C没有说到根本的内容，即，步入成人世界去扮演他们的角色和承担他们的责任，而不仅仅是“子承父业”。选项D文中也未提及。
72．A 提示：本题实际上是考查对universality of toys一词的理解。universality意思是“普遍性，一般性，广泛性”。它与选项C中的universe“宇宙，万物”和选项D中的universities “大学”毫无关系。选项B所提及的内容也是文中没有涉及到的。故A项为正确选项。
73．D 提示：这是一道作者观点题。有关作者对玩具历史发展的观点可从文章的第3段获得，在和第1句中作者说“有关玩具的历史引人注意的不是多少世纪以来玩具有了多大变化，而是它们竟然一成不变。”接着，作者又谈到：“令人感到惊讶的正是世界各地玩具发展的普遍性和直到现在玩具的持久不变性。”而选项A的内容文章并未提及。选项B的内容也与玩具的历史发展无关。选项C所提的制造玩具的工艺不是没变，而是有了很大变化。故D为正确选项。
74．B 提示：从第4段第1句话可知：玩具做为一种艺术形式，并不受技术飞跃的支配。这正与选项B内容相符，A，C，D选项显然与文章内容不符。
75．C 提示：最后一段中作者以拨浪鼓为例说明即使是简单的玩具也可反映出时代的艺术特色。因为第3句说的很明白，公元前3000年孩子玩的拨浪鼓到今天孩子玩的拨浪鼓并不是以某种发明为特征的。最后一句话说得很清楚“每只拨浪鼓只是每个时代艺术品位的反映并受到了可选材料的限制”。作者强调的是玩具的艺术特性，选项A，B都与原文内容矛盾。选项D在文章中没有提及。
阅读理解训练题（七十四）
A
Before a new airliner goes into service, every part of it is tested again and again. But there are two tests that are more important than all the others. In the first test, a modern airliner must fly at very high altitudes. Air must be pumped into the place so that the passengers can breathe. The metal structure of the plane has to be very strong for this reason. When the plane is filled with air, the air presses against the skin of the plane inside. The pressure on a small window, for example, is like a huge foot that is trying to get out. If a small part of the plane were to crack （爆裂）, the plane would explode in the sky. In order to test the structure of the plane, it is lowered into a huge tank of water .Then it is filled with air. The pressure inside the plane is greater than it ever will be when it is in the air. Finally, there is an explosion. Engineers can discover which part of the plane has cracked.
In the second test, the test pilot must find exactly what happens when all the engines are shut off at once. He takes the plane up very high. Then he shuts the engines off, the plane begins to fall like a stone. it is the pilot’s job to find out how he can get control of the plane again. These two tests are examples of how planes are made safe before they ever carry passengers.
56．Why must air be pumped into the plane?
A. Because without air the plane can’t fly.
B. Because the plane needs air for its refueling.
C. Because the passengers’ lives depend on air.
D. Because the passengers have paid for it.
57．What would happen if a small part of the plane was cracked?
A. The plane would not go forward.
B. The plane would explode.
C. The plane would fall down.
D. The plane would fly slowly.
58．For what purpose does the pilot shut off all the engines?
A. To find out exactly what happens.
B. To save fuel.
C. To fly even more slowly
D. To keep balance （平衡）
B
Robert Spring, a 19th century forger（造者）, was so good at his profession that he was able to make his living for 15 years by selling false signatures of Americans. Spring was born in English in 1813 and arrived in Philadelphia in 1858 to open a bookstore. At first he became rich by selling his small but real collection of early U.S. autographs （手稿）. Discovering his ability at copying handwriting, he began imitating signatures of George Washington and Ben Franklin and writing them on the title pages of old bocks. To lessen the chance of detection（察觉）, he sent his forgeries to England and Canada for sale.
Forgers have a hard time selling their products. A forger can’t deal with a respectable buyer but people who don’t have much knowledge in the field. Forgers have many ways to make their work look real. For example, they buy old books to use the aged paper of the title page, and they can treat paper and ink with chemicals.
In Spring’s time. right after the Civil War, Britain was still fond of the Southern states, so Spring invented a respectable maiden lady known as Miss Fanny Jackson, the only daughter of General“Stonewall ”Jackson. For several years Miss Fanny’s financial problems forced her to sell a great number of letters and manuscripts. Spring had to work very hard to satisfy the demand. All this activity did not prevent Spring from dying in poverty, leaving sharp - eyed experts the difficult task of separating his forgeries from the originals.
59．Why did Spring sell his false autographs in England and Canada?
A. There was a greater demand there than in America.
B. There was less chance of being detected there.
C. Britain was Spring’s birthplace.
D. The prices were higher in England and Canada.
60．After the civil War, there was a great demand in Britain for________.
A. Southern money
B. Signatures of George Washington and Ben Franklin
C. Southern manuscripts and letters
D. Civil War battle plans
61．Robert Spring spent 15 years________.
A. running a bookstore in Philadelphia
B. keeping in touch with Miss Fanny Jackson
C. as a forger
D. as a respectable dealer
62．According to the passage, forgeries are usually so1d to________.
A. sharp - eyed experts B. persons who aren’t experts
C. book dealers D. owners of old books
63．Who was Miss Fanny Jackson?
A. The only daughter of General“ stonewall” Jackson.
B. A little - known girl who sold her father’s papers to Robert Spring.
C. Robert Spring’s daughter.
D. An imaginary person created by Spring.
C
Each child has his individual（个人的）pattern of social, as well as physical, development. Some of it depends on his home life and his relationships with the people who love him. Children in large families learn how to get along with others through normal brother- sister play and tussles （打斗）. An only child, on the other hand , may have to learn his lessons in social living through hard experiences on the playground or in the classroom. Twins who always have one another to lean on may be slow in responding to others because they do not need anyone else.
A child who is constantly scolded and made to feel he does everything wrong may have a difficult time developing socially. He may be so afraid of displeasing the adults around him that he keeps to himself （where he can’t get into trouble）or he may take the opposite route and go out of his way to create trouble. Like the deserted child, he too may return to infantile （幼稚的）pleasures, developing habits that will satisfy him, but create barriers（障碍）toward social contact.
64．Which of the following may have effect on children’s paten of social development?
A. Age. B. Education
C. Home life. D. Gender（性别）
65．The passage implies that which of the following may have the earliest time learning to get along with others?
A. An only child B. A child from a large family
C. Twins D. Children who are continually scolded
66．Which of the following is implied by the passage?
A. Too much scolding of children may make their social development difficult.
B. All children developed in the same ways.
C. Children who are constantly scolded may learn to get along with others quickly.
D. Deserted children often exhibit quicker social development.
67．We can inferred from the passage that________.
A. continual scolding is not harmful to the child.
B. continual scolding holds back healthy social development.
C. continual scolding has no effect on obeying orders.
D. continual scolding has no effect on physical development
68．Where does the passage say the only child learns his social lessons?
A. School and home B. Home and playground
C. Classroom and playground D. All of the above
D
The world’s most photographed woman was catapulted （一下被抬到高 位）into the public eye in 1981, when her engagement to Prince Charles was announced. The marriage lasted 15 years, but , after separating and divorcing, she continued to command attention.
Lady Diana Spencer was a shy and innocent 20 - year - old girl when she married Prince Charles, a man twelve years her senior. She transformed into Diana, the Princess of Wales, a new and glamorous （富有魅力的）addition to Britain’s stuffy（沉闷的）Royal Family. Within three years, she had given birth to two sons, the Princes William and Harry. She was a devoted mother.
The fairy tale seemed complete, but there was a sadness few guessed at. Diana and Charles were not the perfect match. They seemed unable to share common tastes, and were soon rarely seen together. In 1992, a book by Royal watcher, Andrew Morton, revealed that Chilies’s long - term affair with a married woman, Camilla Parker - Bowles, had driven his wife to an eating disorder, and to attempted suicide （自 杀）. In December of that year, Prime Minister John Major announced a separation. Charles and Diana were finally divorced a year ago. Diana had hinted at the pain and anguish（痛苦）the media attention had brought her.
69．In which year was this report written?
A. 1981 B. 1992 C. 1996 D. 1997
70．“The fairy tale seemed complete, but there was a sadness few guessed at.” This sentence conveys the meaning that ________.
A. they lived happily like a fairy tale, but few people understood this
B. they felt sad for they didn’t love each other at all
C. most of people thought they lived an imaginably happy life, but in fact it isn’t true
D. there were some people who often guessed that it wasn’t fit for them to marry each other
71．Which of the following statements expresses the main idea of the passage?
A. The media attention killed Lady Diana Spencer, the Princess of Wales
B. Diana’s marriage to Prince Charles led to a sad story.
C. Sometimes a woman and a prince may not be the perfect match.
D. The media attention had brought great deal of pain and anguish to Diana.
E
WASHINGTON/NEW YORK - US President Bush said on Monday that he wanted Osama bin Laden “dead or alive” for last week’s attacks on the World Trade Center and the pentagon, but many of Washington’s allies are cool on strikes against Afghanistan.
Bush has named Saudi - born militant Osama bin Laden as a prime suspect, though he has provided no evidence for his claim. Still, he had been building public support for military action and has warned Afghanistan’s Taliban to give up Bin Laden.
But the Taliban, which has warned of “holy war” in response to any US attack, by Tuesday afternoon had given no indication of whether the man they call their“ guest” would be handed over.
On an unprecedented“ Day of terror”, two planes smashed into New York’s World Trade Center twin towers on September 11, putting them into ruins while explosions rocked the Pentagon in Washington, and the White House and State Department were evacuated. The attacks have left more than 5, 000 people dead or missing.
China has said it is ready to join international efforts in fighting “terrorism ”but insisted that peace, not war, is the best option.
In London, Blair declared it a“ war between the civilized world and fanaticism ”and determined to stand by an ally which aided Britain in two world wars. France, Germany and other, including Russia, are also supportive. “The evil must be punished, ” Russian President Vladimir Put in said. “But we should not liken ourselves to bandit.” His defense chiefs have ruled out hosting NATO forces in former Soviet Central Asia or joining US military action, although Moscow says it will help with intelligence.
72．What building（s）was/were totally damaged?
A. The World Trade Center and the Pentagon
B. The World Trade Center.
C. The Pentagon.
D. The White House
73．In this passage, what country does the underlined part refer to?
A. Russia B. France C. Germany D. America
74．According to the passage, which of the following is right?
A. It was bin Laden that made the terrorist attacks, which have left more than 5, 000 people dead or missing.
B. Russian forces will join US military action.
C. There is no sign to show that the Tailbone will hand over bin Laden.
D. Few countries support America after the attacks.
75．From the passage, what problem is the world facing?
A. Wars B. Terrorism C. Population D. Explosions
阅读理解训练题（七十四）答案
56．C 提示：第一段，第三句话Air must be pumped into the place so that passages can breathe，故答案为C。
57．B 提示：第一段第六行的1：a small part of the plane were to crack．the plane would explode in the sky．故答案应为B.
58．A 提示：这是一个理解题，第二段的pilot must find
exactly what happen when all the engines are shut off at once．“这句话为明显的答案。”
59．B 提示：从第一段最后一句中的“to lessen the chance of detection得出结论。”
60．C 提示：最后一段开头一句说Britain was still fond of the Southern states而从下文Spring的所作为指南方的东西，故为C。
61．C 提示：第一段第二句话说Spring made his living for 15 years by．selling false signatures of Americans，则为make a Living as a forger．
62．B 提示：从第二段的第二句得出结论。
63．D 提示：最后一段第一句话中invented一词表示这个人物是Spring发明和杜撰的。
64．C 提示：文中的第二句说到Some of it depends on his home life and…没有提到education等的影响。
65．B 提示：children in large families learn how to get along with others．…，只有大家庭孩子们才能自小学会和别人相处。
66．A 提示：文章第二段的第一句话可以得出结论。
67．B 提示：文章第二段的第一句话……may have a difficult time developing socially．
68．C 提示：An only child may have to learn his lessons in ……一句表明只有在classroom和play ground这样的孩子才能获得社会知识。
69．D 提示：文中1981结婚，15年后分居并且一年前离婚，因而答案为1981＋15＋1=1997。
70．C 提示：前半句为似乎完美，但是有一些猜疑，表明表面如此而事实上并非如此。
71．B 提示：全文从Diana's marriage开始到Separation 对结尾两次引起媒体的关注。故答案为B。
72．B 提示：putting them into ruins，一句ruins-totally damaged．故只有world Trade Center．
73．D 提示：stand by……站在……的一边．两次世界大战支持英国的必是America．
74．C 提示：第三段表明此意。
75．B 提示：从几个国家政府发表的声明来判断世界面临“恐怖组织”的威胁。
阅读理解训练题（七十五）
A
London, （UPT via Xinhua）— Peter Scott, a 51 - year - old printer from northern England, has been given his second of two “piggy -back” hearts after removing of his own heart, the Hare filed Hospital said last week.
The hospital near London, which is specially good at heart operation, said Scott was in a satisfactory condition.
Doctors first linked Scott’s heart with the heart of a 13year - old girl in a “piggy -back” transplant （移植）to make up this own heart a week before, the hospital director David Blythe said.
Both beat well in step for four days until half - solid blood formed in a man - made valve （瓣膜）fixed in Scott’s own heart last year, Blythe said.
MOSCOW（Agencies via Xinhua）- A Russian Ilyushin62 airliner left for West Africa suddenly fell down shortly after take - off here, killing everyone on board.
It is not known how many passagers the 182 - seat aircraft was carrying when it went downward quickly to the ground just 10 kilometres from Sheremetyevo Airport.
But west African newspapers said the plane, which was heading for Sierra Leone, was about half full.
An official from Moscow’s Botkin Institute Hospital said, “No one could have been still alive in the accident. ”
“The accident was so serious, so horrible, that we did not need to give medical attention to anyone.”
West African officials have complained that the Russian government failed to inform them of the air accident, in which many Africans may have been killed.
Stavanger, Norway, March 28（AFP）-At least 28 oil workers died and 69 were missing today after the overturning of the 10, 000 ton Norwegian “Floating Hotel” Alexander Kiellan, in strong winds last night.
Another 128 workers have reportedly been rescued from the icy, storm- thrown North Sea waters midway between northeast England and Denmark in continuing search operations by British and Norwegian helicopters, planes and ships.
The disaster, called“the worst in our recent history” by Norwegian Premier Odvar Nordli, struck late yesterday when the four - level platform, used as a rest area for workers in the Nor the Seas Ekofisk Oil Field, overturned in a storm after one of its five huge legs gave way for unknown reasons. Yet the quality of construction was the last, Ken Harris, Chief Engineer said.
In Stavanger, Prime Minister Nordli thanked neighboring countries, with England heading the list, for their aid and in the rescue effort.
The Ekofick field has the heaviest oil platforms of all of shore sites in the world, with 1, 850 oil workers on them, including three other rest platforms.
56．What do you guess the word“piggy - back” means in the first item of news?
A. Greedy. B. Large. C. Dependent. D. Fragile.
57．How many persons were killed in the air accident near Sheremtyevo Airport?
A. About 90. B. About 180.
C. About 60. D. About 120.
58．One of the legs of the four- level platform in the North Seas Elofisk Oil Field broke. Why?
A. Because of very strong winds.
B. Because the“ Floating Hotel”was turned over.
C. Because the quality of construction was bad.
D. The report doesn’t mention.
59．What do you learn from the news reports?
A. In the rescue effort for the Norwegian oil workers, England led some other countries.
B. Soon after the air accident doctors in Botkin Institute Hospital gave aids to the injured passengers.
C. Peter Scott was still in danger because half - solid blood formed.
D. The plat forms of North Seas Elko fish Oil Field are the heaviest in the world.
B
Four hundred and three babies are crying loudly. Do you know how to make them quiet in 41 seconds? There is an amazing new product on sale in Japan which does exactly this. It is an LP （a long - playing record）of sounds from inside a mo her’s body, which a hospital doctor recorded. In tests with the record she played the LP to 403 crying babies. After 41 seconds not one baby was crying and 161 of them were sleeping.
The record began as an experiment by Professor Hajime Minooka of the Nippon Medical University near Tokyo. He was looking for something natural that helps new- born babies go to sleep. The sound of the mother’s heart - beat and other body sounds are the things the babies heard inside their mothers. They feel safe and happy when they hear these sounds again. And they go to sleep.
Hospitals in Osaka and Tokyo are using the LP. 10, 000 young couples are using it too. Toshiba Music Company who make and sell the records are very happy. One and a half million couples marry every year in Japan. Many will have babies, so the LP will definitely be a hit!
60．“Many will have babies, so the LP will definitely be a hit!” The word “hit” means“________”
A. popularity B. amazement
C. strike D. experiment
61．What is true according to the passage?
A. About 55% of the crying babies fall asleep after 41 seconds hearing the LP.
B. The LP sounds were first recorded by Professor Hajime Minooka .
C. The LP is produced and sold by Toshiba Music Company.
D. One million and a half babies are born it Japan every year.
62．Babies feel ________when they hear these LP sounds.
A. the sounds to be their mothers’ voices
B. as ff they were inside their mothers
C. the music natural and soft
D. themselves sleeping together with their mothers
C
In many countries today, laws protect wildlife. In India the need for such protection was realized centuries ago.
About 300 B.C. an Indian writer described forests that were somewhat like national parks today. The killing of game animals was carefully governed. Some animals were fully protected. Within the forest, nobody was allowed to cut trees, burn wood, or trap animals for their furs. Animals that became dangerous to human visitors were trapped or killed outside the park, so that other animals would not become uneasy.
The need for wildlife protection is greater now than ever before. About a thousand sorts of animals are in danger of extinction, and the speed at which they are being destroyed has been putting on. With mammals（哺乳i类动物）, for example, the speed of extinction is now about one sort every year; from A. D. 1 to 1800, the speed was about one sort every fifty years. Everywhere, men are trying to solve the problem of saving wildlife while caring for the world’s growing population.
63．This report says that the need for protecting wildlife________.
A. was understood centuries before this time
B. was described by and Indian writer about 2300 years ago
C. is met in many countries today
D. is carried out in forests as well as in national parks
64．The report says that in Indian forests of long ago________.
A. hunters were given permits to hunt game
B. only dangerous animals were to be killed
C. the killing of game animals was controlled
D. no killing of animals was allowed
65．According to the report, men trying to save wildlife are thinking about________ as well.
A. the animals in national parks
B. stricter laws against hunting
C. the trees in the forests
D. the needs of people
66．From the report we can learn ________.
A. the growth of the world’s population has meant greater danger to wildlife
B. about a thousand sorts of mammals are in danger of extinction
C. the speed of extinction of mammals is lower now than it was from A. D. 1 to 1800
D. hunters who kill endangered sorts of animals are seriously punished by law
67．The word“ extinction” in this report most properly means“________” .
A. falling. down B, dying out
C. growing up D. going away
D
Suppose a key man in your firm had just met with a terrible accident. The doctor tell you that this man upon whom you depend for directing sales, checking your books or for performing some other important roles, will be laid up for months, You’d have to replace him, wouldn’t you? And probably at a pay about equal to his ?
Then you’d be faced with double paying for one job because stopping the pay of an injured man would simply be out of the question.
You can prevent this kind of unproductive outgo on your payroll by providing your key man with the protection of Travelers Business Accident Insurance!
This insurance provides total medical expense and a weekly income in case a key man is disabled for some time. Should the disability prove everlasting, an income for life is certainty. Why not make out a list of your key men now? Then get together with Travelers Insurance Company, and let us tell you how little it costs to apply this much needed protection to your business.
Write and we'll serve you!
68．The above is most probably________．
A. a report B. a letter
C. an announcement D. an advertisem*nt
69．What is really true according to the above?
A. Travelers Insurance Company Provides services of accident insurance．
B. An important person of the firm has just had an accident．
C. Accident Insurance will protect the important person from accident．
D. Unfortunately the important person has become disabled．
70．Whom might the writing be mainly for?
A. An important person in a firm．
B. An employee of a firm．
C. The boss of a company．
D. Readers of a newspaper．
71．Why would the pay be doubled?
A. Because two persons are doing one job of the same．
B. Because the important job is worth double pay．
C. Because it is necessary that the injured person should be paid．
D. Because the double pay is for two persons．
72．Travelers Insurance Company ________ for a person insured．
A. will pay for all the cost of treatment
B. will pay the weekly income or even that of lifetime
C. won’t get much from the firm
D. will provide everlasting pension as well as medical expense
E
The class teacher thought that hobbies were very important for every child．She encouraged all her pupils to have one , and sometimes arranged for their parents to come and see the work they had done as a result．
One Friday morning the teacher told the class that those of them who had a hobby could have a holiday that afternoon to get the things they had made as parts of their hobbies ready for their parents to see the following afternoon．
So on Friday afternoon, while those of the pupils who had nothing to show did their usual lessons, the lucky ones who had made something were allowed to go home, on condition that they returned before five o’clock to bring what they were going to show, and to arranged them．
When the afternoon lessons began, the teacher was surprised to see that Tommy was not there．He was the laziest boy in the class, and the teacher found it difficult to believe that he had a hobby．However, at a quarter to five, Tommy arrived with a beautiful collection of butterflies（蝴蝶）in glass cases．After his teacher had admired them and helped him to arrange them on a table in the classroom, she was surprised to see Tommy pick them up again and begin to leave．
“What are you doing, Tommy?” She asked．“Those things must remain here until tomorrow afternoon．That’s when the parents are coming to see them．”
“I know they are coming then, ” answered Tommy, “ and I will bring them back tomorrow; but my big brother doesn’t want them to be out of our house at night in case they are stolen．”
“But what has it got to do with your big brother?” asked the teacher．“Aren't the butterflies yours?”
“No, ” answered Tommy．“They belong to him.”
“But Tommy, you are supposed to show your own hobby here, not somebody else’s ! ”said the teacher．
“I know that , ” answered Tommy．“My hobby is watching my brother collecting butterflies．”
73．What’s the best title for this passage?
A. Important Hobbies
B. Tommy’s Hobby
C. Different Hobbies
D. Hobby of Collecting Butterflies
74．The teacher________.
A. asked the pupils who were in her class to bring something they had made
B. was certain that her pupils were good at making things, so she wanted to show them to the parents.
C. invited the parents to come and see what the pupils had made
D. allowed the pupils who had hobbies not to go to class that Friday afternoon
75．After reading the passage the readers will laugh. Why?
A. Because Tommy was so lazy a boy.
B. Because the teacher knew so little about Tommy.
C. Because Tommy had made nothing at all.
D. Because Tommy had a strange idea about hobby.
阅读理解训练题（七十五）答案
56．C 提示：医学上的用语这个心脏不能是贪婪，大小无从谈起，这个心脏也不可能是易碎的，故答案应为C
57．A 提示：共182个座位，half full故大约90人。
58．D 提示：文中只说平台翻了没有说明原因。
59．A 提示：倒数第二段中的总理感谢邻国把英国放在首位说明英国的贡献最大。
60．A 提示：hit这里应为成功之意。popularity有人缘的amazement大吃一惊。 strike打击，experiment．因这一产品会受人欢迎故为A。
61．C 提示：根据最后一段Toshiba Music company who
62．B 提示：倒数第二段最后两句表明baby听到这些声音之后好象又听到了在母亲腹中时的声音。因而答案为B。
63．A 提示：第二段内容表明300BC时人们就描述了这些情况。
64．C 提示：第二段最后部分表明不是所有的动物都不许捕杀。有的受到保护故为C。
65．D 提示：文章的最后一句说明D这一观点。
66．A 提示：人口增长的越快，对动物的危胁越大，而因则答案为A。其它不符合题意。
67．B 提示：数千种动物面临extinction一灭绝，故应为die out．
68．D 提示：显然本文为一个保险广告。
69．A
70．C 提示：决定为公司的重要人物们买保险的人员一定是Boss.
71．D 提示：一个人在病中另一个人在干这份工作而公司要发两份工资给两个人为D。
72．C 提示：广告的最后一句how little it costs to apply ……说明答案。
73．B 提示：本文为hobby讲述关于Tommy's一个笑话，故用B最合适。
74．C 提示：从文章的第二段可以看出。
75．D 提示：因为本文是一个幽默故事，故看后一笑所笑的内容应为，Tommy对hobby的理解。
阅读理解训练题（七十六）
A
At one time it was the dream of many little girls to become a nurse．Today, however, America is facing its worst nurse shortage since World War I. Recently about 2, 000, 000 nurses are needed and 60 percent of all hospitals in the US have shortages large enough to threaten（= say that you will hurt somebody ff they don't do what you want）the quality of care provided. The demand for nurses spreads widely throughout the nursing field.
What has become of these women in white? The answer lies in not one but several causes. One possibility is the fact that woman have greater career options （职业选择）. In the past, women who chose to work outside the home had two basic choices: nursing or teaching. Today, more women than ever are in the work force, but their options have greatly increased. There are women doctors, lawyers, firefighters and police officers. In fact, women today are found in nearly every field of work. Nursing has been left behind, as women move on to jobs with higher pay and greater status（地位）。 A woman or man in the nursing field is often looked down upon as “merely a nurse”. Teachers may be also at fault. Many high school students are actually being steered （劝 导）away from nursing, told by teachers that they are “too bright to be a nurse”.
Americans are living longer than ever and requiring more medical attention. In fact, the number of elderly patients has almost doubled in the past twenty years. Obviously a larger population requires more nurses. AIDS and other diseases have caused more and more people to need nursing care. Usually fatal diseases mean long drawn - out hospital stay, that is to say, more nurses are needed to care for these patients. It is estimated that the demand for nurses will be doubled the supply in the coming ten years.
56．Why is America facing its worst nurse shortage?
A. Because the demand of nurses has been doubled.
B. Because more and more women prefer to be teachers and doctors.
C. Because women have been provided with many different jobs.
D. Because women no longer choose to be nurses.
57．The passage tells us that high school teachers are at fault for________.
A. not mentioning the worst nurse shortage in the US
B. introducing jobs with higher pay and greater status to their students
C. not asking the government to raise the nurses’ payment
D. persuading the students not to be nurses
58．The author wrote this passage in order to________.
A. describe the unequal treatment of women in the US
B. warn people to pay more attention to the nursing problem
C. tell us women’s free choice of jobs today
D. call on women not to be nurses
59．Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A. high school students think themselves too bright to be nurses．
B. Women in the US have greater career choice than those in other countries.
C. Of all the hospitals in the world 60 percent more nurses are badly needed.
D. Nursing used to be a popular job among women.
B
The producer appeared behind the recording studio window and smiled and waved to me like an old friend. And after I had read out a little test piece, he said, “That’s fine, wonderful, your voice is perfect, lovely, wonderful.” Then I read a longer passage in English about the delights of touring in Britain, and another about the delights of visiting London, and both were“excellent” and“just right”, and I began to consider a job in radio.
To be honest, I was fairly sure of myself though I lacked experience. Across the room in the Hamburg News Agency where we both worked, a friend named Peter Turner called to me, “I say, Mike, a man on the phone here wants someone to do a recording in English, and I’m booked up. Would you read something to him in English as a sort of test?”I did, and they said“ Perfect, lovely, wonderful, ... ”Would I come round?
It was after reading their passage in English in the studio that they noticed my vowel pronunciations were not altogether King’s English, or even Prince Philip’s, there was a larger silence than usual, then the voice said: “Fine, lovely... , but you said the word’castle’with a short‘a’. Could we have the passage again please, but this time say ‘carsele’.”
This was easy. But then he noticed other differences in my pronunciation.
“It’s my northern English accent, ”I said, angry, because I had to apologize for it.
“Oh, I see... but My Jamieson, we’ll have to get it right, I’m afraid. The recording is for teaching English to German schoolchildren, and it must be spoken in the way it is taught in German school.”
I read the passage again... and again... and again. But of course you cannot change the pronunciation of a lifetime in an hour. The studio men were in the state of having lost hope and underlined the vowels which caused me to feel angry, so that I’d remember them. Few, really. But because I had to concentrate （集中）on them, I made a lot of mistakes in my reading. Everyone got somewhat irritable（easily made angry）, so we all went out for a beer.
60．Broadcasting did not make Mike nervous________.
A. although he had never done any before
B. because he worked in a news agency
C. because he was used to talking on the phone
D. although the passages were long
61．What happened after Mike had read the third passage?
A. They made him repeat it．
B. They said nothing.
C. They began to discuss the King’s English.
D. They could not understand one of the words.
62．They wanted Mike to change his pronunciation because________.
A. German schoolchildren did not like a northern accent
B. it was different from the English taught in German schools
C. it was different from the English spoken in Germany
D. German schoolchildren were taught through recordings
63．Why did Mike’s reading of the passage get worse?
A. He needed a drink to clear his throat
B. He was trying to do the recording in an hour.
C. He was trying hard to get certain sounds right.
D. He could not learn so many new sounds.
C
Let us say there is something you don’t know how to do. In the past if you were determined to learn, you might have called friends or relatives, taken a night class or walked down to the local library for a research term. But now a host of websites are springing up to provide free practical advice on these subjects and actually anything else you can think of. In one sense, these“ how - to sites represent a part of the growing world of online learning. These FAQs （Frequent Answers and Questions）, many of which still circulate（go round continuously）, took a special subject and explained it to complete novices. But, “how - to” sites take the FAQ idea in a somewhat different direction by addressing subjects that aren't necessarily associated with discussion forums （论坛）.These sites take the style of a written tutorial and a tone of friendly advice. Possibly the biggest and best known of these sites is learn 2．com（www. learn2. come）It offers nearly 1, 000 free tutorials and adds new ones frequently for a job interview. At ehow. com （www. ehow.）you can learn how to train for your first marathon, how to buy a vacation home, or how to make a movie in eight steps.
64．The purpose of the passage is to________.
A. introduce new websites to netizens（网民）
B. say how to learn new courses by Internet
C. bring new means to learn something new
D. help you to solve any difficulty you meet with
65．The underlined word“ novices” probably means________.
A. people with rich experience
B. people without experience
C. beginners of“ how - to” sites
D. hosts of “how - to”sites
66．From the passage we may guess that________.
A. a deaf person can teach himself at home by visiting “howto” sites
B. “how - to” sites are specially designed for the disabled
C. you can just click your mouth at home to question anything
D. it is pleasant to listen to the advice on “how-to” sites
67．If you have no tent when you decide to go camping, you may________ .
A. visit www．learn2. com B. visit www. ehow. com
C. visit some site else D. go to the tourist company
D
A Child’s birthday party doesn't have to be a hassle; it can be a basket of fun, according to Beth Anaclerio, an Evaston mother of two, ages 4 and 18 months.
“Having a party at home usually requires a lot of running around on the part of the parents, and often the birthday boy or girl gets lost in wild excitement. But it really doesn't have to be that way, ” said Anaclerio. Last summer, Anaclerio and her friend Jill Carlisle, a Northbrook mother of a 2 - year - old, founded a home part - planning business called “A party in a Basket.” Their goal is to help parents and children share in the fun part of party planning, like choosing the subject or making a cake, while they take care of everything.
Drawing on their experiences as mothers, they have created （制作）10 ready -to- use, home party packages. Everything a family needs to plan a party, except the cake and ice cream, is delivered to the home in a large basket.
“Our parties are aimed for children 2 to 10, ” Anaclerio said, “and they’re very interactive （互动 ）and creative in that they build a sense of drama based on a subject. For example, at the Soda Shoppe party the guests become waiters and waitresses and build wonderful ice cream creations.”
The standard 200 package for eight children includes a basket filled with invitations, gifts, games and prizes, paper goods, a party planner and the like. For more information. call Anaclerio at 708 - 864 - 6584 or Carlisle at 708 - 205 - 9141.
68．The main purpose of writing this text is________ .
A. to share information about party planning
B. to introduce the joys of a birthday party
C. to announce a business plan
D. to sell a service
69．The most important idea behind the kind of party planning described here is that ________.
A. it brings parents and children closer together
B. guests play a part in the preparation of a party
C. parents are spared the trouble of sending invitations
D. it provides a subject of conversation
70．What does the underlined word “hassle” （paragraph 1 ）probably mean?
A. a party designed by specialists
B. a plan requiring careful thought
C. a situation causing difficulty or trouble
D. a demand made by guests
71．Which of the following is most likely to be a party planner?
E
Texas——US President George W. Bush and Russian President Vladimir Put in failed to bridge their differences over a key arms control treaty last week, but that didn’t stop them from backslapping（喧闹的狂欢）as they ended a summit（= a meeting between heads of governments）.
The two leaders also offered differing interpretations （= explanations）of the fate of nuclear warheads to be removed from missiles （导弹）under arms reductions they each announced last week. Bush said he intended to destroy the warheads, but Put in said their fate should be negotiated（谈判）.
The two men united on the need for northern Alliance forces——to allow for a broad based government that respects all parties there.
Bush and Put in had spent the night at Bush’s ranch. Despite the rain, the rural environment（环境）and friendly company appeared to have worked its magic. they slapped（= hit quickly with the flat part of the hand）on the back and joked, at one point teasing（= make fun of sb. ）each other about whether it is better to visit Texas in the heat of August or Siberia in winter.
Analysts（分析家）say the dramatic warming in US- Russian relation could herald （预示）an era of pragmatism （务实的想法或做法）in global affairs as the two old rivals（= competitor）finally end decades of hostility （= a state of enemy ）and become friends.
“Washington and Moscow are no longer playing the ‘big game’against each other, but with each other, ” said Karl Heniz Kamp, an analyst at the Konrad Adenaner Foundation, a German think tank.
72．It can be concluded that President Bush and President Put in ________.
A. didn’t agree on key arms control treaty
B. offered different explanations of the future of nuclear warheads under arms reductions
C. neither A or B
D. both A and B
73．The reason why the two men joined together is that________
A. they were needed by the Northern Alliance forces
B. they had taken the advice given by Karl Heinz Kamp, an analyst of a German think tank
C. they had already been partners
D. they had no different opinions on everything
74．The warming of US - Russian relations indicates that________.
A. the two persons end hostility and become friends
B. US can benefit a lot from global affairs
C. there will be an end to all the armies of the world
D. it is a turning point to words being practical in global affairs
75．What the two men teased about shows that________.
A. they appeared friendly but in fact they didn’t
B. they just made fun of each other
C. they are friendly and humorous
D. they invited each other to their countries in the bad weather
阅读理解训练题（七十六）答案
56．C
57．D
58．B
59．D从短文第一句话中得知：当护士曾经一度是许多年轻女子的梦想。
60．A
6l．A
62．B
63．C
64．C
65．B
66．A 提示：通过网络学习，不需要象常规课程中听课。
67．B
68．D
69．A
70．C
71．A
72．D
73．A
74．D
75．C提示：文章中表明两国总统虽然在有些问题上没有达成共识，但一直在友好的气氛中进行，故选C
阅读理解训练题（七十七）
A
I woke up with a big headache, and my head felt like it was burning. But I knew Jane was having a big party the weekend after this, and I knew she’d invite me if I saw her in school. So I was ready for school no matter how I felt.
My mother said that I had a temperature of 101 and that I should go back to bed. I told her I would have a big Spanish test I couldn’t miss. I also explained that I was working on a project in social studies and that I had to give a report today. But she said that I sounded not just sick, but crazy, and that I had better go back to bed.
56．What is the real reason the author wants to go to school?
A. To see Jane.
B. To take a test in Spanish.
C. To show that he isn’t sick.
D. To give a report in social studies.
B
Several days ago, a Beijing - based IT company fired about 400 people overnight. No one had expected the job cuts, which broke with traditional ways of letting go of workers in China. Moreover, what was special about this case was that the day before the 400 were fired, they all received from their boss a gift - the book “Who Moved My Cheese?”.
The book - a bestseller in the US - is being used by men and women to deal with changes in their lives and work. Some large organizations, including Coca- Cola, Kodak and General Motors, ask their employees to read it in order to encourage them to be active towards changes.
Cheese is something related to everyone’s livelihood - our jobs, the industries we work in, relationships and love as well.
With China’s official entry into WTO, the whole nation will face up to more changes and challenges. So what should we do once this “cheese” on which we are so dependent is moved?
“Whatever challenges and changes we meet, we should face up to them bravely” Jiang Hengwei, a civil servant said after reading the book.
Professor Yang in Renmin University of China agrees. “We should change our way of thinking. The coming competitive foreign companies and products provide us with great chances to learn from them and improve our own products to meet international standards and be more competitive.”
“With hard work and wisdom, we will create a much larger and better piece of cheese. ”Zhang smiled confidently.
57．The whole passage is about________.
A. a bestseller in the US
B. what people think about China’s entry into the WTO
C. people’s attitude toward changes and challenges
D. how a book influences the Chinese workers
58．The company in Beijing gave each of the 400 fired workers a copy of “Who Moved My Cheese” in order to________.
A. be more competitive with foreign firms
B. find an excuse for their job cuts
C. let the workers make a living on their own
D. encourage the fired workers
59．The work “cheese”in the passage can refer to________.
A. something we depend on for a living
B. a most important kind of food
C. change or challenge
D. way of life
60．From what Hengwei and Professor Zhang Yang said, we can know that________.
A. they have different opinions on changes and challenges
B. people are not afraid of competition from foreign companies
C. the Chinese people are ready to face any changes and challenges
D. they are both greatly encouraged by the book
C
The law is a great mass of rules, showing when and how far a man is possible to be punished, or to be made to hand over money or property to his neighbors, and so on. These rules are contained in books. A lawyer learns them mainly by reading books.
He begins by doing little else than read, and after he has prepared himself by. say. three years’study practice, still, all his life long and almost every day, he will be looking into books to read a little more than he already knows about some new questions which he has to answer.
The power to use books, then. is a special skill which the would - be lawyer ought to possess. He ought to have enough flexibility（灵活性）to make it easy for him to collect ideas from printed words. He ought to have some readiness in finding what a book contains, and something of an instinct （直觉）for where to look for what he wants.
But although this is the power of which he will first feel the need, it is not the most important. A lawyer does not study law to recite it; he studies it to use it and act upon the rules which he has learned in real life. His business is to try eases in court and to advise men what to do in order to keep out or get out of trouble.
61．The first thing a law student has to do is to________.
A. read books
B. hand over money
C. practice law
D. answer questions
62．After three years of reading________.
A. he can study law
B. he can stop reading
C. he still has to continue reading
D. he is able to give clever answers
63．The major business of a lawyer is________.
A. to discuss the material he has read
B. to advise people who have law problems
C. to learn about real life
D. to study the law
64．According to the passage, a good lawyer should know how to________.
A. understand and use what he reads
B. be convenient in everything
C. collect ideas from different sources
D. use power in the court
65．Which is the most important to a would - be lawyer?
A. To possess a lot of books.
B. to have enough flexibility when collecting ideas from printed words.
C. To be ready to find out what a book contains.
D. To be able to use his book knowledge in the right way in his future business.
D
Youth volunteers from Beijing University visited Song tang Hospital, a care clinic for the aged and dying patients, during the second Global Youth Service Day on April 21．
Thirty student volunteers from the university’s School of International Studies sat at the beds of the patients in their specially
- decorated“ care huts”. They talked with them and gave massages （按摩）to patients kept in their beds.
I felt sorry that I could not offer more to these people than talking with them and trying to cheer them up. said Deng Yetao, 20, a third - year student. “But it occurred to me that they need more care and love than babies. They are afraid of the coming death. Their loneliness is worse than physical pains.”
“Even though they are suffering a lot, the majority of the elderly people want to talk to us. Each of them has a lot of life experiences and philosophies to share. Instead of doing them a favor, I felt I was gaining a valuable lesson. Said Mao Xiaohua, another third - year student.
Mao talked with two elderly patients for a whole afternoon. The fact that most of the patients in the 80 - room clinic are aged people with diseases which will lead to death soon made the volunteers’ hearts heavy.
Ninety - one percent of the patients will spend the last days of their lives in the clinic, according to a survey by the hospital.
Daily visits and services by social workers and youth volunteers are a very important part of their programmer. A total of 330, 000 Beijing students from 119 universities and colleges have visited the hospital. Many continue to offer services in their spare time. Some of them volunteer to hold the hands of dying patients during the last minutes of their lives.
Yin Hang, a student from Beijing Medical College, said he felt“ the glory of life” as he saw the fading smile on the face of the old man who passed into a deep unconsciousness（昏迷）while he was holding his hands.
66．Youth volunteers from Beijing University went to Songtang Hospital to________.
A. pay a visit to the aged
B. talk to the aged
C. show their love for the aged
D. help the aged out
67．What the aged are most worried about is________.
A. loneliness
B. death
C. physical pains
D. wealth
68．The underlined sentence probably means________.
A. I taught myself a lesson by talking to them
B. I learned something important instead of only helping them
C. I only wanted to get something rather than do them a favor
D. I was glad to have given them a favor
69．When volunteers know most of the aged people are dying patients, they feel________ .
A. sad B. disappointed
C. satisfied D. worthless
70．After reading the passage, we know________.
A. the youth are fond of doing popular things
B. they Second Youth Service Day is started by the Chinese government
C. 91% of the aged in China are facing death
D. the volunteers are taking an active part in the activity
E
They are among the 250, 000 people under the age of 25 who are out of work in the Netherlands, a group that explains the cause of 40 percent of the nation’s unemployed. A storm of anger boils up at the government -sponsored（政府资助的）youth center, event among those who are continuing their studies.
“We study for jobs that don’t exist, ” Nicollets Steggerda, 23, said.
After thirty years of prosperity, unemployment among 10 member nations of the European Community has reached as much as 11 percent, affecting a total of 12.3 million people, and the number is climbing.
The bitter disappointment long expressed by British youths is spreading across the Continent. The title of a rock song“ No Future” can now be seen written on the brick walls of closed factories in Belgium and France.
Recent surveys have found that the increasing argument in the last few years over the deployment（部署）in Europe of North Atlantic Treaty Organization missiles and the possibility of nuclear war have clouded European youths' confidence（信心）in the future.
One form of protest （an action that shows disagreement ）tends to put the responsibility for a country’s economic troubles on the large numbers of “guest workers” from Third World nations, people welcomed in Western Europe in the years of prosperity.
Young Europeans, brought up in an extended period of economic success and general stability, seem to be similar to Americans more than they do their own parents. Material enjoyment has given them a sense of expectation , even the right, to a standard of living that they see around them.
“And so we pass the days at the discos, or meet people at the cafe, and sit and stare, ” said Isabella Cault. “There is usually not much conversation. You look for happiness. Sometimes you even find it.”
71．Unemployment in the Netherlands has affected________.
A. about 0.6 million people
B. 250, 000 people
C. less than half of the population
D. one million people
72．What Nicollete Steggerda said （Para. 2）means that________.
A. what the students learn is more than necessary
B. the students cannot get work after graduation
C. the students’aim in study is not clear
D. school education is not sufficient（enough）
73．What does the underlined word“prosperity” most probably mean?
A. advance in politics
B. economic troubles
C. political crisis（危机）
D. achievements in economy
74．British youths________.
A. have pity on the unemployed on the Continent
B. have been the first to show their disappointment over joblessness
C. care about unemployment in France and Belgium
D. are trying to find work on the Continent
75．It seems that young Europeans________.
A. are more like Americans than their elders in their way of thinking
B. look more like Americans than their elders do
C. expect more from Americans than from their elders
D. look upon life as their elders do
阅读理解训练题（七十七）答案
56．A 提示：作者发烧很厉害，还是坚持去学校，其实是为了看Jane．
57．C
58．D
59．A
60．C
61．A
62．C
63．B
64．A
65．D 提示：作为一个律师要不断地学习，而且要把所学的知识应用到实际生活中。
66．C
67．A
68．B
69．A
70．D
71．A
72．B
73．D
74．B 提示：第四段第一句话说明英国年轻人已经受了很长一段时间的失业的折磨，后来这种折磨人的心情传遍整个大陆。
75．A
阅读理解训练题（七十八）
A
By LOS ANGELES TIMES
Published on 2002 - 02 - 10
Posted on 2002 -01 - 18 10︰59︰54
Nervous uncertainty surrounds the fate（命运）of US journalist Daniel Pearl, with no clear communication from his kidnappers （绑匪）and no sign of his whereabouts after three separate police searches for his body in the troublesome pert city Karachi, Pakistan.
Pearl, a 38 - year - old Wall Street Journal reporter, disappeared two weeks ago on his way to an interview in Karachi. An email allegedly from his kidnappers contained four photos of him and a variety of demands, including one for the release of Pakistani prisoners being held at the US naval base in Cuba.
The searches were started last Friday night by an email claiming that Pearl had been killed and his body thrown “in the graveyards of Karachi.”
Pearl has worked for The Wall Street Journal for 12 years and is now their South Asia bureau chief. He was born in Princeton, New Jersey and graduated from Stanford University with a bachelor’s degree in communications.
He joined The Wall Street Journal in November 1990, first as a reporter in the Atlanta bureau. In 1993 he moved to the Washington office to cover transportation before beginning a series of overseas postings.
The members of a radical（激进的）Islamic group in Pakistan who admit having kidnapped him say Pearl is a member of the Israeli intelligence service, Mossad. But Pearl’s employers have angrily denied（否认）that he is the agent（代理）of any government.
Pearl’s French wife, Marianne, is six months pregnant with their first child.
For the past few weeks the couple have been living in Karachi while Pearl tried to arrange an interview with Mubarak Ali Shah Gilani, head of the small militant Islamic group Tanzeem ul-Fuqra.
56．We can see from the text that________.
A. Pearl has been murdered
B. Pearl has escaped from his kidnappers
C. Pearl is in danger
D. Pearl's fate still remains in question
57．According to the text, Pearl most probably disappeared________.
A. on January 4, 2002
B. on January 26, 2002
C. on January 4, 2002
D. on January 11, 2002
58．Pearl’s disappearance has something to do with________.
A. Tanzeem ul - Fuqra
B. a radical Islamic group in Pakistan
C. the US naval base in Cuba.
D. the Israeli intelligence service
B
218 Chestnut Street
Philadelphia, PA28774
May 7th, 2002
Social Security Administration
2119 Main Street
Philadelphia, PA28000
Dear Social Security,
I am applying for a new Social Security Card.
I lost my old one last week. I was walking home from the subway station, and I pulled a tissue （纸巾）out of my pocket and lost my wallet at the same time. My card was in my wallet. Please send me a new card. ff you can get the card to me within two weeks, please sent it to the address at the top of the page. If it will take longer than this, then you will have to send it to my new address. I am moving on May 23rd to:
103 Walnut Street
Philadelphia, PA28445
If you can send my new card within two weeks, I would be very pleased. I am applying for a new job at Ventura Savings Bank, and I know they will want to have my Social Security Number. Unfortunately I have forgotten it, so I will need my card to find out. On my old card I was called Victoria Matthews. Since then I have gotten married. Please issue my new card in my married name: Victoria Villata. In case you need more information about me to hunt down my old number, my date of birth was September 11, 1985. Thank you very much.
Sincerely
Victoria Villata
59．Why does Mrs. Villata need a new Social Security Card?
A. She is moving.
B. She lost the old one.
C. She has just gotten married.
D. She doesn’t remember her Social Security Number.
60．Why does Mrs. Villata give the Social Security Administration her date of birth?
A. She wants them to know how old she is.
B. She is afraid they may have lost her Social Security Card.
C. She thinks it will help them track down her Social Security Number.
D. She thinks that the older she is, the more Social Security she will get.
61．Which part of Victoria Villata’s letter is LEAST important to the Social Security Administration?
A. The fact that she has changed her name.
B. The fact that her card should be mailed to a new address.
C. The fact that she needs a replacement Social Security Card.
D. The fact that she lost her wallet while pulling a tissue out of her pocket.
C
Water Safety
To Rescue a Drowning Person
Don't jump in to save a drowning person unless you are a trained lifesaver. The victim may pull you under.
Instead, try to toss（抛）a life preserver if you have one. Anything that will float can save the person’s life. A beach ball, a vacuum jug, or a picnic chest will also help. The National Safety Council points out that many drowning could be prevented if people knew all the common objects that float well enough to help a drowning person.
If you are in a boat, or you can find one, use the boat to try to reach the person in trouble. Turn the boat so the victim can grab the stern. Don’t stand up to help the victim. Stay seated so the boat won’t overturn. Try to balance the boat as the person climbs aboard. If the boat overturns, stay hanging on to the side for a while to relax before trying to right it.
62．What kind of things should you throw to a person in trouble in the water?
A. A belt.
B. A cardboard box.
C. Something that floats.
D. Something large and heavy.
63．Which sentence belongs to the empty box?
You see some-one in trouble in the water.
Steer（驾驶）boat towards the person.
Remain seated.
Balance boat as person climbs aboard.
A. Jump into water and swim to them.
B. Paddle the boat towards the coast.
C. Stand up and shout for help.
D. Turn rear（后部）of boat towards the person in the water.
64．The first paragraph helps the reader understand why________.
A. there are so few drowning accidents
B. people are often drowned themselves when they try to save a drowning person
C. so many drowning people are able to save themselves
D. it is important to drink plenty of fluids before swimming
65．Where would you be most likely to find a passage like this?
A. In a home medical encyclopedia（百科全书）.
B. In a humorous story about a couple who sail around the world.
C. In a newspaper account of the National Cup sailing competition.
D. In a science text.
D
Dr Wiseman started “the laugh lab” project in September 2001. It is the largest study of humour. Participants（参加者）are invited to log on to the laugh lab website, give a few personal details, tell their favourite jokes and judge the jokes told by other people.
The project will last for a year, and the organizers hope to finally discover the world’s funniest joke. But there is also a serious purpose. The researches want to know what people from different nations and cultures find funny. And they want to find out the differences between the male and female sense of humour. The idea is that if we want to understand each other, we have to find out what makes us laugh.
This is a subject that has long interested psychologists（心理学家）and philosophers（哲学家）. Most of the time, people are not completely honest. We do things that society expects us to and say things that help us get what we want. But laughing cannot be controlled. When we laugh, we tell the truth about ourselves.
By December 2001 over 10, 000 jokes had been submitted. This gave the scientists enough evidence （证据）to make early conclusions. It seems that men and women do have different senses of humour, for instance.
“Our findings show the major differences in the ways in which males and females use humour, ” said Dr. Wiseman. “Males use humour to appear superior（优越）to others, while women are more skilled in languages and prefer word play. ”
Researchers also found that there really is such a thing as a national sense of humour. the British enjoy what is usually called “toilet humour”. But the French like their jokes short and sharp: “You’re a high priced lawyer. Will you answer two questions for 500?” “Yes. What’s the second question?”
The Germans are famous for not having a sense of humour. But the survey found that German participants were more likely to find submitted jokes funny than any other nationality. Perhaps that proves the point. Is this joke funny? I don’t know, but let’s say yes, just to be safe.
Dr Wiseman and his workmates also submitted jokes created by computer. But none of those who took part in the survey found any of them amusing. Perhaps this is relief. Computers already seem like they can do everything. At least they should leave the funny stuff to us.
66．Scientist started“ the laugh lab” project________
A. to find the funniest joke in European countries
B. to know what funny people are from different nations and cultures
C. to find out the differences between the male and female sense of humour
D. to get more personal details about participants
67．We can infer from the passage that________.
A. most of the people all over he world are completely honest
B. psychologists and philosophers take interest in the “laugh lab” project
C. ordinary people are not interested in “the laugh lab” project at all
D. people tell the ruth about themselves only when they laugh
68．What is the main idea of the 4th and 5th paragraph?
A. Man and woman have different senses of humour.
B. male and female have similar senses of humour.
C. About 10, 000 jokes have been submitted from September 2001 to December 2001.
D. Scientists have collected enough evidence to make conclusions.
69．The writer gave the examples of the British, the French and the Germans________.
A. to show thane French people have a better sense of humour
B. to prove the British people have a sense of “toilet humour”
C. to show people from different nations have different senses of humour
D. to prove that the Germans have no sense of humour
70．Which statement is true according to the passage?
A. The jokes by computer are less funny than those by humans.
B. The Germans cannot find the submitted jokes amusing.
C. Males are better at word play compared with women.
D. Females like to use humour to show that they are superior.
E
Rome -Doctors and medical groups around the world last weekend reacted with strong opposition to the news that an Italian specialist is on the brink of cloning the first human baby.
Dr. Severino Antinori, who is the head of a hospital in Rome, has been referred to in an Arab newspaper as claiming that one of his patients is eight weeks pregnant（怀孕）with a cloned baby.
Antinori refused to comment on the reports, but in March 2001 he said he hoped to produce a cloned embryo （卵）for implantation within two years. So far seven different kinds of mammals have already successfully cloned, including sheep, cats and most recently rabbits.
Doctors showed their doubt and were strongly opposed although they admit that human cloning would finally come true unless there was a world wide ban on the practice.
Professor Rudolf Jaenisch of the Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology: “I find it astonishing that people do this where the result can be foretold that it will not be a normal baby. It is using humans as guinea pigs. It makes people feel sick. ”But Ronald Green, director of the Ethics institute at Darmouth College in the US, said it is unlikely that an eight - week - old pregnancy would lead to a birth.
So far all cloned animals have suffered from some different serious disorders, many of them dying soon after their births .
Doctors are opposed to human cloning because they are worried about the welfare of the cloned child if there is one.
“There are no benefits of cloned human beings, just harm, ”said Dr. Michael Wilks of the UK.
71．What do the underlined words “on the brink of” in the first paragraph mean most probably?
A. on the side of
B. on the point of
C. in search of
D. in favour of
72．What is the doctors’ general attitude to cloning of humans according to the passage?
A. They are against it.
B. They support it.
C. They welcome it.
D. They pay no attention to it.
73．What does the underlined word “ban ”in the third paragraph mean most probably?
A. order that forbids cloning
B. suggestion to carrying on cloning
C. anger at cloning
D. cheer for cloning
74．Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A. Dcotor Severino Antinori is strongly oppsed to cloning human beings.
B. Up to now, seven kinds of animals have been cloned, including sheep, cats, humans and rabbits.
C. Professor Rudolf Jaenisch is carrying on an experiment on cloning an eight- week -old embryo.
D. Ronald Green doubts about the future successful birth of the so -called cloned embryo.
75．Which is the best title for the passage?
A. The Success of Cloning Humans
B. The Anger at Cloning Humans
C. Failure of Cloning Humans
D. First Cloned Human?
阅读理解训练题（七十八）答案
56．D提示：从文中可以看出pearl下落不明，所以吉凶未卜
57．C
58．B
59．B
60．C
61．D
62．C
63．D
64．B提示：第一段的内容主要告诉人们如果自己不是专业的救生员的话，最好不要下水去救人，那样可能就会被淹死。故答案选B。
65．A
66．C
67．B
68．A
69．C 提示：作者举出例子来论证自己的观点：不同国家，不同地域的人有不同的幽默感。
70．A
71．B
72．A
73．A
74．D 提示：（短文倒数第四段）从Ronald Green说的话中可以看出他怀疑这个8个月身孕的克隆人是否能成功地出生。
75．D
阅读理解训练题（七十九）
A
With her beautiful looks, cheerful character and strong spirit, Karena Lam（林嘉欣）is making waves among Chinese movie fans and professionals （专业人士）.
The Canada - born actress won the Golden Horse Best Supporting Actress and Best New Performer awards （金马奖最佳女 配角和最佳新人奖）for her role in “July Rhapsody” （《男人四十》 ）in Taiwan on November 16．She won the same titles at the HongKong Film Awards in April, 2002.
Lam played a wifful （任性的）high school girl in the film and her idol （偶像）Jacky Cheung （张学友）played the girl 's middle - aged teacher.
Her awards have made her the person to watch in Hong Kong and Taiwan cinema. But the 24-year-old girl thinks the awards have put more pressure on her and given her new challenges （挑战）.
Besides Jacky Cheung, Lam has appeared alongside other top Hong Kong stars. Last year she starred with Leslie Cheung （张国荣）in“ Inner Senses ” （《异度空间》）and this year she acted with Nicholas Tse （谢霆锋 ）in“ Tiramisu” （《恋爱行星》）. Is there anything that can stop Lam's success?
“I have learnt that ff someone is trying to hurt you, the best revenge （报复）is to keep living happily and having a good life.That’s what I did, ” she said.
She is an optimist （乐天派）and determined to be successful. “I always have a way of finding my own happiness. I know what's going to make me smile, and I go for it, ”she said.
Two films—a comedy and a love - story are waiting for her and she plans to release （首次上演）her first Cantonese （粤语）album next summer.
56．According to the passage, which of the following shows the right order of what Lam did or will do?
a．To star with Leslie Cheung in“Inner Senses.”
b．To win the Golden Horse Best Supporting Actress and Best New Performer awards for her role in“ July Rhapsody.”
c．To release her first cantones album.
d．To act with Nicholas Tse in“ Tiramisu. ”
e．To win the Hong Kong Film Awards.
A. b, e, a, d, c B. c, a, d, e, b
C. e, b, d, c, a D. a, d, e, b, c
57．In“Inner Senses” Lam was one of the________performers.
A. supporting B. chief C. ordinary D. learned
58．The underlined phrase“make waves” probably means________.
A. gain much attention B. make trouble
C. sing and dance D. fan the flames of disorder
B
What comes into your mind when you think about robots? Do you imagine armies of evil metal monsters planning to take over the world? Or, perhaps of mechanical men who have been created as guards or soldiers by a mad genius? Or maybe you think of man- like robots who act, think, and look like human beings. In fact robots like these have more to do with science fiction films than with real life. In the real world robots are machines that do jobs which otherwise have to be done by people. Robots either operate by themselves or under the control of a person.
In a car factory, for example, robot machinery can put together and paint car bodies. On the sea bed remotecontrolled（遥控）underwater machines with mechanical arms can perform tasks too difficult for divers. Robot spacecraft can explore the solar system and send back information about planets and stars.
Many robots have computer brains. Some robots are fitted with cameras , sensors, and microphones which enable them to see, to feel, and to hear. And some robots can even produce electronic speech.
All this does not mean that a robot can think and behave like a human being. Present day robots have to be programmed with a good deal of information before they can carry out even simple tasks.
59．Robots in real life________.
A. can behave like human beings
B. have the ability to control the world
C. can think by themselves
D. can help us with a lot of work
60．According to this article, which of the following is not true about robots in the real world?
A. Some robots are as creative as artists.
B. Some robots can help manufacture cars.
C. Some robots can see and hear.
D. Some robots can explore outer space.
61．Robots can perform many tasks for man because________.
A. they have intelligence
B. they are supplied with computer programs
C. they can imitate human beings
D. they have the ability to learn new things
62．The robots in science fiction films and those in real life differ mainly in________.
A. mentality B. appearance C. material D. size
C
There are two types of people in the world. Although they have equal degree of health and wealth and other comforts of life, one becomes happy, the other becomes unhappy. This arises from the different ways in which they consider things, persons, events and the resulting effects upon their minds.
People who are to be happy fix their attention on the convenience of things. The pleasant parts of conversation, the well prepared dishes, the goodness of the wine, the fine weather. They enjoy all the cheerful things. Those who are to be unhappy think and speak only of the opposite things. Therefore, they are continually dissatisfied. By their remarks, they sour the pleasure of society, offend （hurt）many people, and make themselves disagreeable everywhere. If this turn of mind was founded in nature, such unhappy persons would be the more to be pitied. The intention of criticizing （批评）and being disliked is perhaps taken up by imitation（模仿）. It grows into a habit, unknown to its possessors. The habit may be strong , but it may be cured when those who have it realize its bad effects on their interests and tastes. I hope this little warning may be of service to them, and help them change this habit.
Although in fact it is chiefly an act of the imagination, it has serious results in life since it brings on deep sorrow and bad luck. Those people offend many others; nobody loves them, and no one treats them with more than the most common politeness and respect. This frequently puts them in bad temper and draws them into arguments. If they aim at getting some advantages in social position or fortune, nobody wishes them success. Nor will anyone start a step or speak a word to favor their hopes. If they bring on themselves public objections, no one will defend or excuse them, and many will join to criticize their wrongdoings. These should change this bad habit and be pleased with what is pleasing, without worrying needlessly about themselves and others. If they do not, it will be good for others to avoid any contact （接触）with them. Otherwise, it can be disagreeable and sometimes very inconvenient, especially when one becomes mixed up in their quarrels.
63．“The phrase“sour the pleasure of society” most nearly means________.
A. have a good taste with social life
B. make others unhappy
C. tend to scold others openly
D. enjoy the pleasure of life
64．We can conclude from the passage that________.
A. we should pity all such unhappy people
B. such unhappy people are dangerous to social life
C. people can get rid of the habit of unhappiness
D. unhappy people can not understand happy persons
65．If such unhappy persons insist on keeping the habit , the author suggests that people should ________.
A. prevent any communication with them
B. show no respect and politeness to them
C. persuade them to recognize the bad effects
D. quarrel with them until they realize the mistakes
66．In this passage, the writer mainly________.
A. describes two types of people
B. laughs at the unhappy people
C. suggests ways to help them unhappy
D. tells people how to be happy in life
D
Suppose you work in a big firm and find English very important for your job because you often deal with foreign businessmen. Now you are looking for a place where you can improve your English, especially your spoken English.
Here are some advertisem*nts about English language training from newspapers. You may find the information you need.
Global English Center
*General English in all four skills：listening，speaking，reading，and writing．
*3-month（700 yuan），6-month（1，200 yuan）and one-year（2，000 yuan）courses．
*Choice of morning or evening classes，3 hours perday，Mon—Fri．
*Experienced college English teachers．
*Close to city center and bus stops．
Tel：67705272 Add：105 Ahongshan Road，100082
Modem Language School
*Special courses in English for business，travel，banking．hotel management and office skills．
*Small classes（12-16 students）on Sat. & Sun. from 2︰00-5︰00 p. m.
*Native English teachers from Canada and USA．
*Language lab and computers supplied．
*3-month course：1，050 yuan；6-month course：1，850 yuan．
Write or phone；Modem Language School，675 Park Road．100056
Tel：67353019
The 21 st Century English Training Centre
*We specialize in effective（卓有成效的）teaching at all levels．
*We offer morning or afternoon classes．both three months and a half at a cost of 800 yuan．
*We also have a six-week TOEFL preparation class during winter and summer holidays．
*Emrance exams：June 1 and Dec．1．
*Only 15-minute walk from city center．
Call 67801642 for more information．
The International House of English
*Three／Six-month English courses for students of all levels at very low cost：60 yuan for
12 hours per week；convenient（方便的）class hours：9︰00-12︰00 a. m. and 2︰00-5︰00
p.m.
*A four-month evening programmer for developing speaking skills （same cost as day classes）.
*Free sightseeing and social activities（活动）．
*Very close to the Central Park．For further information call 67432308.
67．You work from 9︰00 a. m. to 4︰30 p. m. every day. Which school will you choose?
A. Global English Center and Modem Language School.
B. Global English Center and the International House.
C. Modern Language School and the 21st Century.
D. The 21st Century and the International House.
68．The 21st Century is different from the other three schools in that________.
A. its teaching quality is better
B. it is nearest to the city center
C. its courses are more advanced
D. it requires an entrance examination
69．You will probably prefer to go to the International House because it________.
A. offers free sightseeing and social activities
B. has a special course in spoken English
C. costs less than the other schools
D. has native English teachers
70．If you take the evening programmed at the International House, you will pay about________.
A. 60 yuan B. 240 yuan C. 720 yuan D. 960 yuan
E
Even plant can run a fever, especially when they’re under attack by insects or disease. But unlike human, plants can have their temperature taken from 3, 000 feet away - straight up. A decade ago, adopting the infrared （红外线）scanning technology developed for military purposes and other satellites, physicist Stephen Paley came up with a quick way to take the temperature of crops to determine which ones are under stress. The goal was to let farmers precisely target pesticide （杀虫剂）spraying rather than rain poison on a whole field, which invariably includes plants that don’t have pest （害虫）problems.
Even better, Paley’s Remote Scanning Services Company could detect crop problems before they became visible to the eye. Mounted on a plane flown at 3, 000 feet at night, an infrared scanner measured the heat emitted by crops. The data were transformed into a color - coded map showing where plants were running“ fevers”. Farmers could then spot - spray, using 50 to 70 percent less pesticide than they otherwise would.
The bad news is that Paley’s company closed down in 1984, after only three years. Farmers resisted the new technology and long - term backers were hard to find. But with the renewed concern about pesticides on produce, and refinements in infrared scanning, Paley hopes to get back into operation. Agriculture experts have no doubt the technology works. “This technique can be used on 75 percent of agricultural land in the United States, ” says George Oerther of Texas A & M. Ray Jackson , who recently retired from the Department of Agriculture, thinks remote infrared crop scanning could be adopted by the end of the decade. But only ff Paley finds the financial backing which he failed to obtain 10 years ago.
71．Plants will emit an increased amount of heat when they are________.
A. sprayed with pesticides
B. facing an infrared scanner
C. in poor physical condition
D. exposed to excessive sun rays
72．In order to apply pesticide spraying precisely, we can use infrared scanning to________.
A. estimate the damage to the crops
B. measure the size of the affected area
C. draw a color -coded map
D. locate the problem area
73．Farmers can save a considerable amount of pesticide by________.
A. resorting to spot - spraying
B. consulting infrared scanning experts
C. transforming poisoned rain
D. detecting crop problems at an early stage
74．The application of infrared scanning technology to agriculture met with some difficulties________.,
A. the lack of official support
B. its high cost
C. the lack of financial support
D. its failure to help increase production
75．Infrared scanning technology may be brought back into operation because of________.
A. the desire of farmers to improve the quality of their produce
B. growing concern about the excessive use of pesticides on crops
C. the forceful promotion by the Department of Agriculture
D. full support from agricultural experts
阅读理解训练题（七十九）答案
56．D 提示：由文章对 Lam介绍的情况，按时间顺序排列而得出答案。
57．B 提示：由第五段句子“Last year she starred with Leslie Cheung（star意为‘主演’）”可知答案。
58．A 提示：由演员与影迷的关系，按常理得出答案。
59．D 提示：由第四段第一句知A，B，C错。
60．A 提示：B，D在文章第二段均有所指，C在第三段中也已提及，A由最后一段可知其说法是错的。
61．B 提示：由文章最后一段知B正确。
62．A 提示：科幻影片中的机器人是有独立的意识的，而现实中的机器人是执行人的命令的机器。
63．B 提示：“sour”是“变酸”的意思；当然可以从短语所在那句话中轻易得出。
64．C 提示：作者用大量笔墨表达了这个观点。并且在二、三段中更有直接的叙述。
65．A 提示：最后一段中有这样一句“If they don't，it will be good for others to avoid any contact with them”，由此可知。
66．C 提示：通读全文可知，作者在描述了这类人后，提出了大量建议，从而最终归结到写作目的去。
67．B 提示：题目设定你的工作时间是9：00 a．m．-4：30 p．m．游览各广告，Global English Center有evening classes，the International House有A four-month evening programmer for developing speaking skill．故选择B.
68．D 提示：The 21st Century与其他学校不同在于它要求有入学考试。选项B具有一定的干扰性。但Global English Center也是close to city center and bus stop。至于哪个学校离市中心最近，不得而知。
69．B 提示：在两所你能够去的英语学校中，你可能选择the International House，是因为它设有英语口语班，这和本文开头提到的你的愿望是提高英语，特别是英语口语水平正好相符。选项A是很诱人的一项，具有较强的干扰性。但与你的主要目的不一致。
70．D 提示：这是一道计算题。已知60 yuan for 12 hours per week，那么60×4=240，每个月学费240 yuan，240×3=720，三个月720 yuan。因为evening course为四个月的课程再加240 yuan，为960 yuan。
71．C 提示：本文是一篇说明文，主要介绍了将原用于军事和卫星的红外线扫描技术运用于农业的前景，人们为此所做出的努力及遇到的困难。依据文章第2段第2行“．．．an infrared scanner measured the heat emitted by crops．The data were transformed into a color-coded map showing where plants were running‘fevers’”，说明植物在发“高烧”，也就是说，“身体状况”不佳时才会散发热。所以选项C符合题意。
72．D 提示：本题要求判断使用红外线扫描技术的目的。依据文章第2段第4行“．．．showing where plants were running ‘fevers’．Farmers could then spot spray，．．．”说明目的是确定有问题的区域，以使农民有针对性地喷杀虫剂。显然，选项D（确定有问题的地域）为最佳选项。
73．A 提示：依据文章第2段最后一句“Farmers could then spot-spray, using 50 to 70 percent less pesticide than they otherwise would”（采取点喷，农民们可以节省平时用量的50％至70％的杀虫剂）。选项A符合题意。
74．C 提示：依据文章第3段的第1句“The bad news is that Palely’s company closed down in 1984， after only three years．Farmers resisted the new technology and long-term backers were hard to find”，从中可以看出红外线扫描技术应用于农业遇到了一些问题，原因有两个：一是农民对新技术的抵制，二是难以找到长期赞助商。文章中还有一处明显的提示出现在最后一句：“But only if Palely finds the financial backing which he failed to obtain 10 years ago”．从该句提供的信息同样可以反推出10年前的情形。所以选项C正确。
75．B 提示：依据文章第3段第2行“But with the renewed concern about pesticide on produce, and refinements in infrared scanning，Palely hopes to get back into operation”可知B项（出于对杀虫剂过度使用的担心）符合题意。
阅读理解训练题（八）
A
We are all called upon to make a speech at some point in life, but most of us don’t do a very good job. This article gives some suggestions on how to give an effective speech.
So, you have to give a speech—and you are terrified. You get nervous, you forget what you want to say, you stumble over words, you talk too long, and you bore your audience. Later you think, “Thank Goodness, it’s over. I’m just not good at public speaking. I hope I never have to do that again.”
Cheep up! It doesn’t have to be that bad. Here are some simple steps to take the pain out of speech making. Ask yourself the purpose of your speech. What is the occasion? Why are you speaking? Then, gather as many facts as you can on your subject. Spend plenty of your time doing your research. Then spend plenty of your time organizing your material so that your speech is clear and easy to follow. Use as many examples as possible, and use pictures, charts, and graphs if they help you make your points more clearly. Never forget your audience. Don’t talk over their heads, and don’t talk down to them. Treat your audience with respect. They will appreciate your thoughtfulness.
Just remember: Be prepared. Know your subject, your audience, and the occasion. Be brief. Say what you have to say and then stop. And be yourself. Let your personality come through so that you make person-to-person contact with your audience.
If you follow these simple steps, you will see that you don’t have to be afraid of public speaking. In fact, you may find the experience so enjoyable that you volunteer to make more speeches! You’re not convinced yet? Give it a try and see what happens.
56．The main idea of this article is .
A．that you can improve your speaking ability
B．that a poor speaker can never change
C．to always make a short speech
D．that it is hard to make a speech
57．Paragraph 2 implies that .
A．many people are afraid of giving a speech
B．many people are happy to give a speech
C．many people don’t prepare for a speech
D．many people talk too long
58．The phrase “talk over their heads” means .
A．speak too loudlyB．look at the ceiling
C．look down upon themD．use words and ideas that are too difficult
59．All of the following statements are TRUE except .
A．few people know how to make good speeches
B．a lecturer does not need to organize his speech
C．research is important in preparing a speech
D．there are simple steps you can take to improve your speaking ability
60．The title for this passage may be .
A．Do Not Make a Long SpeechB．How to Give a Good Speech
C．How to prepare for a SpeechD．Try to Enjoy a speech
B
Theories of crime try to explain two quite different sides of the crime problem: first, why certain forms of behavior are described by society as crimes and second, what the causes of criminal behavior are. Theories about what makes up of criminal behavior have varied widely. One traditional belief is that the criminal code stands for God’s law and is independent of the will of man. In contrast, there is the modern idea that the criminal law is simply the instrument by which the ruling class maintains its power.
There is also a wide variety of explanations for the cause of crime. There is the theory that assumes that an individual choose criminal conduct of his own free will and is therefore responsible for his actions. Other theories describe the criminal more or less as a helpless individual in the grasp of biological, psychological, or social forces beyond his reason or control. Modern studies of crime often depend heavily on statistics（统计）. For example, burglaries are most associated with the poor areas of large cities.
But one thing is clear; it is that criminal behavior is connected with a great number of social, psychological, economic, political, legal, and moral factors. To search for the deciding factor of crime is a too simple action.
61．The author believes that the causes of criminal behavior are .
A．primarily socialB．simple and direct
C．widely variedD．often religious
62．Laws which emphasize punishment for criminal behavior are based on the belief that .
A．the criminal’s behavior is controlled by social factors.
B．The criminal is responsible for his behavior.
C．Crime is connected with poor urban areas.
D．There are many causes of criminal behavior
63．The modern idea that the law is a means for the ruling class to maintain its power is essentially a .
A．political theory
B．psychological explanation
C．moral theory
D．biological explanation
C
CBC is a famous air company which has over twenty planes carrying passengers and goods, flying along 12 fixed lines all over the world. Its service is very good but some passengers are still not satisfied with it and that is why in 2003 and 2004 the company received letters of complaints from consumers or passengers who pointed out over a dozen kinds of problems which are divided in groups in the following table. Those about passengers’ things carried by the plane are Baggage problems. Customer service refers to service work with passengers are not satisfied with. Oversales of seats are about the fact that more seats are sold and as a result the plane is too crowded to be safe. Refund problems appear when passengers fail to receive the money paid back to them because of what they have lost. Fares are problems about the price of tickets.
Consumer Complaints Received By the CBC
Category
2003
2004
Flight problems
20.2%
22.1%
Baggage
18.3%
21.8%
Customer service
3.1%
11.3%
Oversales of seats
10.5%
11.8%
Refund problems
10.1%
8.1%
Fares
6.4%
6.0%
Reservation & Ticketing
5.8%
5.6%
Tours
3.3%
2.3%
Smoking
3.2%
2.9%
Advertising
1.2%
1.01%
Credit
1.0%
0.8%
Special passengers
0.9%
0.9%
Others
6.0%
5.3%
Total Number of Complaints
2,988
1,792
64．About how many complaints about Credit were received by the CBC in 2003?
A．28B．29C．30D．31
65．By about what percent did the total number of complaints decrease from 2003 to 2004?
A．40%B．60%C．75%D．100%
66．If the circle graphs below show total consumer complaints for 2003, which graph shows a dark part that is about Flight problems and Refund problems together?
67．Which of the following statements can be inferred from the table?
a.In 2003 and in 2004, complaints about Flight problem, Baggage, and Customer service together took about 50 percent of all consumer complaints received by the CBC Company.
b.The number of Special passengers complaints was unchanged from 2003 to 2004.
c.From 2003 to 2004 the number of Flight problem complaints increased by more than 2 percent.
A．only aB．only bC．a and bD．a and c
68．From the passage we can know that .
A．customers are not satisfied with CBC
B．sometimes CBC sells more tickets than its plane’s fixed seats
C．CBC has more than twenty planes which fly to all the capital cities of the world
D．customers can only buy tickets with ready money
D
Beijing’s markets will soon be flooded with more and cheaper colourful fruit such as orange mangos and green durian （榴莲） all year round.
Thanks to a new free trade agreement signed last Monday between China and the Association of Southeast Asian Nations（ASEAN）， more and more tropical Southeast Asian fruit will enter the country.
The agreement means that from July 1,2005, China and ASEAN countries will begin to cut tariffs. There are about 7,000 products included in the cuts.
As global communication develops, countries are trading more and more goods with each other. When products are sold across national borders, countries put a tax on them. This type of tax is called a tariff.
Just like removing an obstacle from the path of these goods, the reduction of tariffs will encourage trade between China and ASEAN countries. It means more products and lower prices.
The agreement will bring real benefits for Chinese customers, said a Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman. “In the Beijing markets you will easily find more tropical fruit like durian, which used to very, very, very expensive. Now they will be cheaper.” The current tariff rate on durian is 22 per cent but will fall to zero in 2005.
In the first 10 months of this year China did US＄84.6 billion of trade with ASEAN countries. Experts believe this may reach US＄100 billion next year.
Founded in 1967, ASEAN now includes Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, the Philippines, Thailand, Brunei, Viet Nam, Myanmar, Cambodia and Laos.
69．A tariff is money paid .
A．when buying goods
B．to sell or buy products of foreign brand names
C．to sell or buy goods across the border of the country
D．to go through the customs
70．Which of the following statements about the agreement is NOT true?
A．It will result in an increase in trade between China and ASEAN countries.
B．In might cause the prices of ASEAN products to fall.
C．It may greatly benefit the Chinese customers.
D．It won’t bring any benefits to producers of ASEAN countries.
71．We can infer from the story that .
A．China lacks fruit
B．tariffs are an important factor in foreign trade
C．tropical countries have cheaper fruit
D．China prefers to trade with ASEAN countries
72．The best title for this passage is .
A．Tariff Cut Boosts Trade
B．Best Ways To Sell Fruits
C．Tropical Fruit To China
D．China Joins ASEAN
E
A summary of the physical and chemical nature of life must begin, not on the earth but in the sun; in fact, at the sun’s very center. It is here that is to be found the source of the energy that the sun constantly pours out into space as light and heat. This energy is liberated at the center of the sun as billions upon billions of nuclei hydrogen atoms clash with each other and fuse together to form nuclei of atoms. The output of light and heat of the sun requires that some 600 million tons of hydrogen be converted into helium（氦） in the sun every second. Thus the sun has been doing for several thousands of millions of years.
The nuclear energy is released at the sun’s center as high-energy gamma radiation, a form of electromagnetic（电磁的） radiation like light and radio waves, only of very much shorter wavelength. This gamma radiation is absorbed by atoms inside the sun, to be remitted at slightly longer wavelengths. This radiation in its turn, is absorbed and remitted. As the energy filters through the layers of solar inner, it passes through the X-ray part of the spectrum（光）, eventually becoming light. At this stage, it has reached what we call the solar surface, and can escape into space, without being absorbed further by solar atoms. A very small fraction of the sun’s light and heat is given off in such direction that, after passing unhindered through interplanetary space, it hits the earth.
73．What does the passage mainly discuss?
A．The production of solar light and heat.
B．The physical and chemical nature of life.
C．The conversion of hydrogen to helium.
D．Radiation in the X-ray part of the spectrum.
74．The passage indicates that, in comparison to radio waves, gamma waves .
A．produce louder soundB．are less magnetic
C．do not form in the sun’s centerD．are not so long
75．According to the passage, through which of the following does the energy released in the sun pass before it becomes light?
A．The X-ray part of the spectrum.
B．Electromagnetic space.
C．The solar surface.
D．Interplanetary space.
阅读理解训练题（八）答案
56-60 AADBB 61-65CBACA 66-70DABCD 71-75BAADA
阅读理解训练题（八十）
A
A lot of management training each year for Circle K Corporation, a national chain of convenience stores. Among the topics we address in our course is the retention（保护力） of quality employees-a real challenge to managers when you consider the pay scale（标准）in the service industry. During these discussions, I ask the participants（参加者）, “What has caused you to stay long enough to become a manager?” Some time back a new manager took the question and slowly, with her voice almost breaking, said, “It was a ＄19 baseball glove.”
Cynthia told the group that she originally took a Circle K clerk job as an interim（临时的） position while she looked for something better. On her second or third day behind the counter, she received a phone call from her nine-year-old son, Jessie. He needed a baseball glove for Little League. She explained that as a single mother, money was very tight, and her first check would have to go for paying bills. Perhaps she could buy his baseball glove with her second or third check. When Cynthia arrived for work the next morning, Patricia, the store manager, asked her to come to the small room in the back of the store that served as an office. Cynthia wondered if she had done something wrong or left some part of her job incomplete from the day before. She was concerned and confused.
Patricia handed her a box. “I overheard you talking to your son yesterday,” she said, “and I know that it is hard to explain things to kids. This is a baseball glove for Jessie because he may not understand how important he is, even though you have to pay bills before you can buy gloves. You know we can’t pay good people like you as much as we would like to; but we do care, and I want you to know you are important to us.”
The thoughtfulness, empathy and love of this convenience store manager demonstrates vividly that people remember more how much an employer cares than how much the employer pays. An important lesson for the price of a Little League baseball glove.
56．Among many of the problems in the service industry, talked about in this passage, is .
A．how to ensure his employees’ high pay B．how to attract more customers
C．how to look carefully after the employees D．how to keep the good employees from leaving
57．Although a new manager, Cynthia would do her job well in keeping quality employees because she .
A．had mastered all the courses for the manager
B．had already formed good relationship with the employees
C．know the way how to deal with her employees
D．had her own personal experience
58．This passage shows us that to run a business well it is necessary for managers to let their employees know .
A．how much they can get for their job. B．what good positions they can get later
C．they are very necessary to the business D．they are nice as well as useful
59．The story told in this passage tells us that employees care about .
A．only how large a pay they can get
B．love from the managing people rather than only money
C．if their children could be properly taken care of
D．what position they can be offered
B
Whatever our differences as human beings are, we all think we’re more like the rest of the animal world than we realize. It is said that we share 40 per cent of our genetic（遗传的）structure with the simple worm.
But that fact has helped Sir John Sulston win the 2002 Nobel Prize for Medicine. Sir John is the founder of the Sanger Institute in Cambridge, which was set up in 1992 to get further understanding of the human genome（染色体组）.
To help them do this, they turned to the worm. The nematode（线虫类的）worm is one of the earliest creatures on planet earth. It is less than one millimeter long, completely transparent and spends its entire life digging holes through sand. But it still has lots to say about human life, and what can be done to make it better.
What the worm told Sir John and his colleagues was that each of cells in the human body is programmed like a computer. They grow, develop and die according to a set of instructions that are coded in our genetic make-up.
Many of the diseases that humans suffer from happen when these instructions go wrong or are not obeyed. When the cell refuses to die but carries on growing instead, this leads to cancer. Heart attacks and diseases like AIDS cause more cell deaths than normal, increasing the damage they do to the body. Sir John was the first scientist to prove the existence of programmed cell death.
60．Sir John Sulston got a Nobel Prize for Medicine because he has .
A．found that human beings are similar to the worn
B．got the fact we share 40 per cent of our genetic structure with the simple worm
C．found the computer which controls each of the cells in the human body
D．proved that cell death is programmed
61．People might be seriously ill if the cells in heir body .
A．grow without being instructedB．die regularly
C．fail to follow people’s instructionsD．develop in the human body
62．The underlined word “they” (paragraph 5) refers to .
A．cell deathsB．diseasesC．instructionsD．cells
63．What is the subject discussed in the text?
A．The theory of programmed cell deaths. B．A great scientist—Sir John Sulston.
C．The programmed human life. D．Dangerous diseases.
C
Sports is not only physically challenging, but it can also mentally challenging. Criticism（批评）from coaches(trainers), parents, and other teammates, as well as pressure to win can create too much anxiety or stress for young athletes. Stress can be physical, emotional, or psychological, and research has showed that it can lead to burnout. Burnout has been described as dropping or quitting of an activity that was at one time enjoyable.
The early years of development are critical years for learning about oneself. The sport setting is one where valuable experiences can take place. Young athletes can, for example, learn how to cooperate with others, make friends, and gain other social skills that will be used throughout their lives. Coaches and parents should be aware(realize), at all times, that their feedback（反馈）to youngsters can greatly affect their children. Youngsters many take their parents’ and coaches’ criticisms to heart and find a flaw（缺陷） in themselves.
Coaches and parents should also be cautious(careful) that youth sport participation does not become work for children. The outcome of the game should not be more important than the process of learning the sport and other life lessons. In today’s youth sport setting, young athletes may be worrying more about who will win instead of enjoying themselves and the sport. Following a game, many parents and coaches focus on(pay more attention to) the outcome and find fault with youngsters’ performances. Positive reinforcement should be provided in spite of the outcome. Research shows that positive reinforcement motivates and has a greater effect on learning than criticism. Again, criticism can create high levels of stress(pressure), which can lead to burnout.
64．According to the passage sport is positive for young people in that .
A．it can help them learn more about society
B．it teaches them how to set realistic goals for themselves
C．it enables them to find flaws in themselves
D．it can provide them with valuable experiences
65．Many coaches and parents are in the habit of criticizing young athletes .
A．without realizing criticism may destroy their self-confidence
B．in order to make them remember life’s lessons
C．believing that criticism is beneficial for their early development
D．so as to put more pressure on them
66．According to the passage parents and coaches should .
A．help children to win every game
B．pay more attention to letting children enjoy sports
C．enable children to understand the positive aspect of sports
D．train children to deal with stress
67．The author’s purpose in writing the passage is .
A．to persuade young children not to worry about criticism
B．to emphasize the importance of positive reinforcement to children
C．to discuss the skill of combing criticism with encouragement
D．to teach young athletes how to avoid burnout
D
After the September 11 terrorist attacks, some high schools in America wanted the students to pledge allegiance（宣誓效忠） to the flag. Is it necessary or not? Let’s see how the kids think of this requirement.
Lea Mouallem, Marymount High School
I believe that saying the Pledge of Allegiance is a way of reminding our country that no matter what happens, we are united. I don’t think our president wants us to go and join the army now, but he wants to tell us that we will be able to overcome the disaster as a whole nation that is working together.
Harry Chin, 15, Culver City High School
I am not for the Pledge of Allegiance and I am not against the Pledge of Allegiance because I just say it so many times that it loses meaning. I say it every day at school in the second period. It doesn’t mean anything any more.
David Tran, 15, Warren High School.
The Pledge of Allegiance is another sign of country. We should have some respect to it. It many schools, we don’t say the Pledge every morning-we just stand up and let the National anthem ring through the silence. We said the Pledge of Allegiance on Sept. 12.
Danny Maryanor, 16, Santa Monica High School
I wonder why we were suddenly asked to recite the Pledge when many of us stopped after elementary school; and the Pledge was recited before the play of “Ode to Joy” （欢乐颂）with recorders. This was not to express patriotism（爱国主义）, or even to remember those who lost their lives on Sept. 11.
I feel I cannot support a nation that in this time of crisis looks outward for revenge（报复）instead of inward for peace. Perhaps we should think more about our problems.
68．Saying the Pledge of Allegiance to the flag first appeared in American schools .
A．after Sept. 11, 2000B．before Sept. 11, 2001
C．on Sept. 11, 2001D．after Sept, 11, 2001
69．Who were for the Pledge of Allegiance?
A．Lea Mouallem; David TranB．Harry Chin; Danny Maryanor
C．Lea Mouallem; Danny MaryanorD．Harry Chin; David Tran
70．Which of the following is TRUE?
A．Harry Chin thought the government required them to join the army.
B．Lea Mouallem thought the Pledge of Allegiance of no meaning.
C．Danny Maryanor felt the terrorist attacks happened partly because of America’s own problem. D．The Pledge of Allegiance is of another country.
71．According to the passage, it can be imagined that .
A．all high school students say yes to the Pledge of Allegiance.
B．all high school students say no to the Pledge of Allegiance.
C．all kids don’t agree to the requirement of saying the Pledge of Allegiance.
D．all high schools will require their students to pledge allegiance to the flag.
E
“Life is speeding up. Everyone is getting unwell.”
This may sound like something someone would say today. But in fact, an unknown citizen who lived in Rome in AD 52 wrote it.
We all love new inventions. They are exciting, amazing and can even change our lives.
But have all these developments really improve the quality of our lives?
Picture this: You’re rushing to finish your homework on the computer. Your mobile phone rings, a QQ message from your friend appears on the screen, the noise from the television is getting louder and louder. Suddenly the computer goes blank and you lose all your work. Now you have to stay up all night to get it done. How calm and happy do you feel?
Inventions have speeded up our lives so much that they often leave us feeling stressed and tired. Why do you think people who live far away from noisy cities, who have not telephones, no cars, not even any electricity often seem to be happier? Perhaps because they lead simpler lives.
One family in the UK went “back in time” to see what life was like without all the inventions we have today. The grandparents, with their daughter, and grandsons Benjamin, 10, and Tomas, 7, spent nine weeks in a 1940s house. They had no washing machine, microwave, computer or mobile phones.
The grandmother, Lyn, said, “It was hard physically, but not mentally.” She believed life was less materialistic. “The more things you have, the more difficult life becomes,” She said. The boys said they fought less to fight over, such as their computer. Benjamin also noticed that his grandmother had changed from being a “trendy（时髦的）, beer-drinking granny, to one who cooked things.”
Here are some simple ways to beat the stress often caused by our inventions!
Don’t be available all the time. Turn off your mobile phone at cartain times of the day. Don’t check your e-mail every day.
Don’t reply to somebody as soon as they leave a text message just because you can. It may be fun at first, but it soon gets annoying.
72．The passage is mainly about .
A．problem with technology B．improvements of our life with technology
C．the important roles technology plays in our everyday life
D．major changes which will be likely to happen to technology
73．The writer quoted（引用） what a citizen in ancient Rome said at the beginning of the story in order to .
A．share a truth about life B．tell us what life was like long time ago
C．make us wonder what causes such a thing to happen
D．point out that you experience some big problems and they may be the same
74．Why did the family choose to spend some time in a 1940’s house? Because .
A．they liked to live simple lives
B．they were curious about how people lived without modern inventions
C．they were troubled by modern inventions
D．living in a different time would be a lot of fun for them
75．What do you think the underlined word “available” in the first suggestion offered by the writer mean?
A．Busy on lineB．FreeC．Be able toD．Be found by others.
阅读理解训练题（八十）答案
56-60DDCBD 61-65ABADA 66-70BBBAC 71-75CAABD
阅读理解训练题（九）
A
Consulates (领事馆) exist to help citizens abroad to help themselves. Every year millions of people go abroad for pleasure or profit (利润). There are consular officers ready to do what they can to help if people get into difficulties, but for all sorts of reasons there are limits to what they can do. Most times things go well for travellers abroad but occasionally things go wrong.
So, whether you are an experienced traveller or a first timer, going by yourself, with the family or a group there are things you should do before you go. Think about money sand tickets well in advance. Take enough money including enough to pay your return fare, and hold on to it. Better still, buy return tickets in the first place. In an emergency (紧急情况) a consul (领事馆) will contact relatives or friends and ask them to help you with money or tickets. But there's no law that says a consul has to lend you money and if he eventually does (and it will have to be repaid) he will want to be satisfied first that you really do have no money and there is no one else you know who can help.
It is also important to take out proper insurance (保险) for everything from car breakdowns to loss of life. A consul cannot pay your medical or any other bills, nor can he do the work of local travel representatives or motoring organizations.
56. What is the author trying to do in the text?
A. To inform people about laws abroad. B. To describe an international problem.
C. To explain how to visit a consulate. D. To give advice about consulates.
57. Why would somebody read the text?
A. To know how to contact a consul. B. To find out how to make a complaint (抱怨).
C. To know when to contact a consul. D. To find out where a consul lives.
58. You can borrow money from a consul if you
A. need to stay' abroad longer. B. have to help a relative
C. have no other financial (资金) means D. need to have your car repaired
59. Which of the following notices would you see in Consular Office?
A.
CONSULAR OFFICE
In an emergency you may contact your consul. He may give you advice but you should not rely on being given financial help.
B.
CONSULAR OFFICE
In an emergency you may contact this office. Your consul can always help with hospital and dental costs.
C.
CONSULAR OFFICE
You may contact your consul if you have run out of money. He will arrange for you to receive help if you cannot pay your bills.
D.
CONSULAR OFFICE
Your consul is here to help you. It' your car has broken down or you me experiencing travel difficulties of any kind. contact your consul.
B
Last night was the last game for my eight-year-old son's soccer team. It was the final quarter. The score was two to one, my son's team in the lead. Parents surrounded the playground, offering encouragement.
With less than ten seconds remaining, the ball suddenly rolled in front of my son's teammate, Mickey O'Donnel. With shouts of "Kick it!" echoing (回响) across the playground, Mickey turned around and gave it everything he had. All around me the crowd erupted (沸腾). O'Donnel had scored!
Then there was silence. Mickey had scored all right, but in the wrong goal, ending the game in a tie. For a moment there was a total hush. You see, Mickey has Down syndrome (综合症) and for him there is no such thing as a wrong goal. All goals were celebrated by a joyous hug from Mickey. He had even been known to hug the opposing players when they scored.
The silence was finally broken when Mickey, his face filled with joy, hugged my son tightly and shouted, "I scored! I scored. Everybody won! Everybody won!" For a moment I held my breath, not sure how my son would react. I need not have worried. I watched, through tears, as my son threw up his hand in the classic high-five salute and started chanting, "Way to go Mickey! Way to go Mickey!" Within moments both teams surrounded Mickey, joining in the chant and congratulating him on his goal.
Later that night, when my daughter asked who had won, I smiled as I replied, "It was a tie. Everybody won."
60. What was the score of the soccer match?
A. Two to two, equal to both the teams. B. Three to one in Mickey's team's favor.
C. Two to one in the opposite team's favor. D. Everybody won because of Mickey's goal.
61. The underlined word "hush" in paragraph 3 means
A. cheer B. cry C. laughter D. silence
62. What did the author worry about when Mickey scored and hugged his son?
A. The result of the match would fail his son.
B. His son would shout at Mickey for his goal.
C. Mickey would again hug the opposing players.
D. His son would understand Mickey's wrong goal.
63. It can be inferred from the passage that ________.
A. both teams liked and respected Mickey
B. both teams were thankful to Mickey for his goal
C. Mickey didn't mind though his goal was wrong
D. Mickey was a kind- hearted boy and hoped everybody won
64. The purpose of the author in writing the passage is ________.
A. to tell a joke to make readers laugh
B. to suggest we should not mind losing
C. to show enjoying a game is more than winning a game
D. to present his son's fine qualities of understanding others
C
WHAT'S ON
STAGE
Russian dances: The famous "Little White Birth" Dance Troupe will travel from Russia to present performances in Beijing.
The troupe, founded in 1948, is famous for their combination of Russian folk dances and classical dancing art.
It has been invited by the Beijing Foreign Culture Exchange Co to give four performances in Beijing.
Tickets are available (可得到的) through ticket hotlines and website such as www. paio. com. cn, www. chinaticket, com and www. ticket, elong. com.
Time: 7: 30 pm, January 18 - 21
Place: Beizhan Theatre, 135, Xiwai Dajie, Xicbeng District
Tel: 6606-4258
EXHIBITIONS
Kite show: All together 81 kites collected by the China National Art Museum is on show in the Yanhuang Art Museum.
Kong Xiangze, an expert on Chinese kites, published a book on kites, explaining the origins of the Kite-making process. The exhibited kites arc made in a traditional Chinese style.
Time: 9 am-5 pm until February 11
Place: 9 Huizhong Lu
Tel: 6491-2902
CONCERTS
Folk music: A concert of classics of Chinese folk music will greet audiences on the first day of the Year of Snake at the Beijing Concert Hall.
The China Song and Dance Ensemble will perform dozens of traditional instrumental pieces, such as "Full of Joy", "Colourful Cloud Chasing the Moon." and "Spring Festival Suite."
Time: 7: 30 pm, January 24
Place: 1, Beixinhuajie, Xicheng District
Tel: 6559-8285
EXENTS
Flower festival: The Beijing Botanical Garden is bringing people a blooming festival with the beautiful flowers in its tropical (热带) plants greenhouse.
The garden has introduced nearly 80 kinds of flowers abroad for the exhibition.
There is also an exhibition of potted narcissus (水仙) landscapes (风景). More than 300 mini landscapes involving imported narcissus will be displayed, people can get a preview of the show by visiting www. beijingbd, com, the garden's website.
Time: 8:30 am-5 pm until January 28
Place: Wofosi Lu near the Fragant Hills
Tel: 8259-5547
65. Suppose you are too far away from Beijing or you can't spare time to go there in person, which of the following show can you enjoy all the same?
A. Russian dances. B. Kite show C. Folk music D. Flower festival
66. The phrase "get a preview of" used in the passage means ________.
A. watch in advance B. see clearly
C. get good position of D. get a general idea of
67. If you and vour classmates have a free evening to ,pend on the 19th of January, which is a useful number to call?
A. 6606-4258 B. 6491-2902 C. 6559-8285 D. 8259-5547
D
BEUING (Associated Press 美联社) -China has a growing middle class, a tradition (传统) of expecting education and 21 million new babies every year. Selling educatioinal toys should be easy.
While China may be the world's biggest toy-maker, much of the best is exported (出品). Department stores here do not have enough high-quality toys. It is said that the demand for educational toys is low.
A US company', BabyCare, is trying to change that with a new way to sell toys in China.
BabyCare works basically together with doctors in Beijing hospitals. People who join the company's "mother' club" get lectures and newsletters on baby and child development at no extra cost, if they agree to spend 18 dollars a month on the company's educational toys and childcare books.
"We want to build a seven-year relationship with those people," said Matthew J. Estes, BabyCare's president. "It starts during pregnancy (孕期), when the anxiety and needs are highest." BabyCare works on a one-to-one basis. Doctors, nurses, and teachers paid by BabyCare advise parents, explaining toy's that are designed for children at each stage (阶段) of development to age six.
BabyCare opened its first store in China last June in a shopping center in central Beijing and another near Beijing Zoo. It plans to have 80 stores in China within six years.
It is a new model for China and develops a market in young children's education and health that no other companies are in.
68. What do the first two paragraphs mainly tell us?
A. Educational toy's and foreign toy markets.
B. Problems with China's toy market and education.
C. Reasons for pushing sales of educational toys in China.
D. Baby population and various kinds of toys made in China.
69. Which of the following is a fact according to the passage?
A. Club members buy BabyCare products for free child-care advice.
B. Doctors in Beijing help in making BabyCare products.
C. Parents are. encouraged to pay $ t8 for club activities.
D. BabyCare trains Chinese doctors at no extra cost.
70. BabyCare is developing its business in China by ________.
A. opening stores in Beijing hospitals B. offering 18-month courses on child-care
C. setting up children's education centers D. forming close relationships with parents
71. Which of the following would be the most suitable title for the passage?
A. Mother's Club in China. B. BabyCare and Doctors.
C. American Company Model. D. Educational Toys On.
E
Experts have put forward detailed plans tot a tunnel (隧道) to join Taiwan with the Chinese mainland.
The shortest proposed route would be 126 kilometers-more than twice the length of the English Channel Tunnel. And the longest proposed route would be 207 kilometers.
A recent conference in Xiamen, Fujian Province brought together more than 70 experts. The event was co-sponsored (共同发展) by universities from Taiwan and the Chinese mainland.
Fujian is the province where beth proposed routes would begin.
There is no direct passenger access (通道) between the mainland and Taiwan by air or sea at the moment.
Experts say that it is better to start research sooner rather than later, although there is a lack of government funding. There are no technical problems to build a Taiwan tunnel. But it will require an improved political relationship across the Straits.
A professor of Tsinghua university said, "A special feature of huge projects is that the period of preparation is longer than the period of construction."
For example, he said, the English Channel Tunnel took 14 years of planning and had been discussed for two centuries. And preparations for the huge Three Gorges dam on the Yangtze River began in the 1950s.
The Xiamen conference focused (集中) on the longest southern route., which would use the Taiwan-controlled islands of Jinmen and Penghu as stepping stones.
The first stage of the new project could be a bridge to cross the five kilometers between Xiamen and Jinmen. This would mean that travelling from Xiamen to Jinmen by car would only take five minutes.
The longest tunnel now being planned anywhere in the world is the 54-kilometer Land tunnel to link Lyon in France with Turin in Italy. The tunnel will not be completed until 2015-2020.
72. Which is the longest tunnel in the world at present?
A. The English Channel Tunnel. B. The tunnel between Lyon and Turin.
C. The Taiwan Straits tunnel. D. The passage doesn't mention it.
73. The example of English Channel Tunnel shows _______.
A. it's not easy to complete a huge project
B. there are many problems to be solved before doing something
C. discussions among countries usually take a lot of time
D. the preparation takes longer time than the construction
74. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. Universities both at home and abroad have sponsored (赞助) the plan.
B. If the project is completed, the world's longest tunnel will appear.
C. You can't reach Taiwan from the mainland directly at present.
D. The starting point of the proposed tunnel is in Fujian.
75. What is the possible difficulty in carrying out the plan?
A. The lack of money for the project from the government.
B. Improving the relationship between Taiwan and the mainland.
C. The detailed plans for the tunnel.
D. The technical problems with the tunnel.
阅读理解训练题（九）答案
56-60DCCAA61-65DBACD66-70AACAD71-75DDDAB
展开更多......
